Warning:  Many of the links were broken when the FASB changed all of its links.  If a link to a FASB site does not work , go to the new FASB link and search for the document.  The FASB home page is at http://www.fasb.org/ 

The DIG documents can now be found at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
Nearly 300 pages of  DIG pronouncements as of March 8, 2004 can be downloaded from  http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/allissuesp2.pdf 

Bob Jensen's Web Site

Top of Document

Start of Glossary

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

FAS 133 and IAS 39 Glossary and Transcriptions of Experts
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
Bob Jensen at Trinity University

"What’s a Couple of Hundred Trillion When You’re Talking Derivatives?" by Floyd Norris, The New York Times, September 23, 2006 --- http://www.nytimes.com/2006/09/23/business/23charts.html

Everett McKinley Dirksen, the Senate Republican leader in the 1950’s, is supposed to have said, “A billion here and a billion there, and pretty soon you’re talking real money.” What would he have thought of derivatives today?

The International Swaps and Derivatives Association, a trade group, reported this week that the outstanding nominal value of swaps and derivatives at the end of June was $283.2 trillion.

Compare that with the combined gross domestic product of the United States, the European Union, Canada, Japan and China, which is about $34 trillion. The total value of all homes in the United States is about the same amount.

To be sure, notional value is an exaggerated term as it greatly overstates the amount at risk in many contracts. But the growth rate is real, and in the fastest-growing area of swaps — credit default swaps — notional value is closer to the amount at risk, because such swaps promise to make up the losses if a borrower defaults on the notional amount.

The value of outstanding credit default swaps doubles every year — a trend that must eventually stop — and now equals $26 trillion. That is about the same as the total amount of bond debt in the United States, and corporate debt, on which most credit swaps are traded, comes to just $5.2 trillion.

The credit derivatives cover the risks of default by individual companies, and offer insurance against default for bond indexes and specified bond portfolios.

The growth of the market has forced the swaps and derivatives association to change the way its credit swaps work. It used to be that if a company defaulted, the writer of a credit swap would have to pay par value for the bond he had guaranteed, and could then sell the bond to reduce his losses.

But in some cases defaults led to bond rallies, as those who had purchased credit swaps scrambled to get bonds to deliver. Now traders can choose cash settlements, with the amounts to be paid determined through auctions.

Until 1997, the association provided separate numbers on currency and interest rate contracts, but innovations blurred the distinction between those categories, and now it publishes a combined total. At the end of June, the figure was $250.8 trillion, up 25 percent over the previous 12 months.

Growth in that market slowed markedly early in this decade, as worldwide markets cooled, and there was even one annual decline, from mid-2000 to mid-2001. But growth picked up in 2002 as economies began to recover.

The volume outstanding of equity derivatives is rising by about 30 percent a year, and now totals $5.6 trillion. It could go farther, with world stock market capitalization now about $41 trillion, according to Standard & Poor’s.

Robert Pickel, the chief executive of the association, said that the growth in derivatives enables “more and more firms to benefit from these risk management tools.” On the other hand, the situation allows more and more traders to load up on risk if they choose, and hedge funds have become major derivatives traders.

The combination of large unregulated hedge funds trading ever larger amounts of unregulated derivatives in nontransparent markets makes some people nervous. But so far, anyway, little is being done to change the situation, and nothing devastating has happened to markets.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
One of the main differences between a "financial instrument" versus a "derivative financial instrument" is that the notional is generally not at risk in a "derivative financial instrument." For example if Company C borrows $600 million from Bank B in a financial instrument, the notional amount ($600 million) is at risk immediately after the notional is transferred to Company C. On the other hand, if Company C and Company D contract for an interest rate swap on a notional of $600 million using Bank B as an intermediary, the $600 million notional never changes hands. Only the swap payments for the differences in interest rates are at risk and these are only a small fraction of the $600 million notional. Sometimes the swap payments are even guaranteed by the intermediary, thereby eliminating credit risk.

So where's the risk of a derivative financial instrument that caused all the fuss beginning in the 1980s and led to the most complex accounting standards ever written (FAS 133 in the U.S. and IAS 39 internationally)?

Often there is little or no risk if the derivative contracts are held to maturity. The problem is that derivatives are often settled before maturity at huge gains to one party and huge losses to the counterparty. For example, if Company C swaps fixed-rate interest payments on $600 million (having current value risk with no cash flow variation risk) for variable-rate interest payments on $600 million (having cash flow variation risk but no market value variation risk), Company C has taken on enormous cash flow risk that may become very large if interest rates change greatly in a direction not expected by Company C. If Company C wants to settle its swap contract before maturity it may have to pay an enormous amount of money to do so either to counterparty Company D or to some other company who will take the swap off the hands of Company C. The risk is not the $600 million notional; Rather the risk is in the shifting value of the swap contract itself which can be huge even if it is less than the $600 million notional amount. A tutorial on how swaps are valued is available at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm

Perhaps derivative financial instrument risk is even better illustrated by futures contracts. Futures contracts are traded on organized exchanges such as the Chicago Board of Trade. If Company A speculates in oil futures on January 1, there is no exchange of cash on a 100,000 barrel notional that gives Company A the right to sell oil at a future date (say in one year) at a forward price (say $100 per barrel) one year from now. As a speculation, Company A has gambled by hoping to buy 100,000 barrels of oil one year from now for less than $100 per barrel and sell it for the contracted $100 price.

But futures contracts are unique in that they are net settled in cash each day over the entire one year contract period. If the spot price of oil is $55 on January 12 and $60 on January 13, Company A must provide $500,000 = ($60-$55)(100,000 barrels) to the counterparty on January 13 even though the futures contract itself does not mature until December 31. If Company A has not hedged its position, its risk can become astounding if oil prices dramatically rise. Company A's futures contract had zero value on January 1 (futures contracts rarely have value initially except in the case of options contracts), but the value of the futures contract may become an enormous asset or an enormous liability each each day thereafter depending upon oil spot price movements relative to the forward price ($100) that was contracted.

Hence, derivative contracts may have enormous risks even though the notionals themselves are not at risk. Prior to FAS 133 these risks were generally not booked or even disclosed. In the 1980s newer types of derivative contracts emerged (such as interest rate swaps) in part because it was possible to have enormous amounts of off-balance-sheet debt that did not even have to be disclosed, let alone booked, in financial statements. Astounding frauds transpired that led to huge pressures on the SEC and the FASB to better account for derivative financial instruments.

Most corporations adopted policies of not speculating in derivatives by allowing derivatives to be used only to hedge risk. However, such policies are very misleading since there are two main types of risk --- cash flow risk versus value risk. It is impossible to simultaneously hedge both types of risk, and hedging one type increases the risk of the other type. For example, a company that swaps fixed for floating rate interest payments increases cash flow risk by eliminating value risk (which it may want if it plans to settle debt prior to maturity). The counterparty that swaps floating rate interest payments for fixed rate payments eliminates cash flow risk by taking on value risk. It is impossible to hedge both cash flow and value risk simultaneously.

Hence, to say that a corporation has a policy allowing hedging but not speculating in derivative financial instruments is nonsense. A policy to only hedge cash flow risk may create enormous value risk. A policy to only hedge value risk may create enormous cash flow risk.

As the NYT article above points out that derivative financial instruments are increasingly popular in world commerce. As a result risk exposures have greatly increased even if all contracts were used for hedging purposes only. The problem is that a hedge only reduces or eliminates one type of risk at the "cost" of increasing the other type of risk. Derivative contracts increase one type or the other type of risk the instant they are signed.  Hedging shifts risk but does not eliminate risk per se.

You can read more about scandals in derivative financial instruments contracting (such as one company's "trillion dollar bet" that nearly toppled Wall Street and Enron's derivative scandals) at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds

You can download the CD containing my slide shows and videos on how to account for derivative financial instruments at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Calgary/CD/

My FAS 133 and IAS 39 Glossary is Below.


Table of Contents and Links

Bob Jensen's FAS 133 Glossary on Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

          Also see a comprehensive risk and trading glossary at
http://risk.ifci.ch/SiteMap.htm

Glossary for the energy industry --- Also see http://snipurl.com/EnergyGlossary  

Related glossaries are listed at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbus.htm 

Click here for tutorial links 

Risk Glossary --- http://www.riskglossary.com/

If you are having trouble finding something try a Google search.  Especially note that you can add terms and phrases at http://www.google.com/advanced_search?hl=en
For example, you can add a phrase in the second cell and individual words in the top cell.  You can fill in both cells simultaneously to narrow your search.

Also note that you can seek definitions in Google.  In the top cell type in --- define “phrase” where your phrase can be one word like “contango” or “backwardation” or a phrase like “asian option”.
It is important to first type in the word “define” without quotation marks.

Second try a search within the standard itself.  
You can find digital versions of FAS 133 by scrolling down at http://www.fasb.org/st/#fas153 
DIG text is can be searched at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
Free digital versions of IAS 39 are available but they are difficult to find in EU law.  Fee-based versions are available at http://www.iasb.org/ 

 


Bob Jensen's FAS 133 and IAS 39 helpers --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Why there are new rules of accounting for derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting --- See Why!

Bob Jensen's FAS 133,and FAS 138 Cases --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Examples Illustrating Application of FASB Statement No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/examplespg.shtml
or try clicking here.

Flow Chart for FAS 133 and IAS 39 Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

FAS 133 Excel Workbooks Solutions to Examples and Cases --- http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/
For example, my Excel wookbook for the Solution to Example 1 in Appendix B of FAS 133 is the file 133ex01a.xls
Note that in many instances, I have expanded upon the FASB examples to make more well-rounded presentation.

Bob Jensen's video tutorials on accounting for derivative financial instruments and hedging activity under FAS 133 and IAS 39 standards --- http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/video/acct5341/fas133/WindowsMedia/ 

Comparisons of International IAS Versus FASB Standards --- http://www.deloitte.com/dtt/cda/doc/content/pocketiasus.pdf

Flow Chart for FAS 133 and IAS 39 Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm

Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm

Intrinsic Value Versus Full Value Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/IntrinsicValue.htm 

Canadian Workshop Topics --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000indexLinks.htm

Illustrations --- See Illustrations 

Two Questions
How did Bob Jensen spend his summer vacation?
What can physicists do when they can't find jobs in physics?

Answers

I've spent a great deal of my summer and my Fall 2004 Semester leave plowing through a book entitled Quantitative Finance and Risk Managment:  A Physicists Approach by Jan W. Dash, by Jan W. Dash (World Scientific Publishing, 2004, ISBN 981-238-712-9)
This is a great book by a good writer.

For a more introductory warm up I recommend Derivatives:  An Introduction by Robert A Strong, Edition 2 (Thomson South-Western, 2005, ISBN 0-324-27302-9)

And what about opportunities for physicists?
See "A Geek's Walk on Wall Street," by Peter Coy, Business Week, November 15, Page 26.  This is a review of a book entitled My Life as a Quant, by Emanuel Derman (Wiley, 2005) --- http://www.businessweek.com/@@x3mnUmYQYMjg7RMA/premium/content/04_46/b3908024_mz005.htm 

As one of Wall Street's leading quants, Derman did throw off some intense gamma radiation. He worked at Goldman from 1985 until 2003 except for one year at Salomon Brothers. At Goldman, he moved from fixed income to equity derivatives to risk management, becoming a managing director in 1997. He co-invented a tool for pricing options on Treasury bonds, working with Goldman colleagues Bill Toy and the late Fischer Black, who co-invented the Black-Scholes formula for valuing options on stocks. Derman received the industry's "Financial Engineer of the Year" award in 2000. Now he directs the financial-engineering program at Columbia University.

Derman failed at what he really wanted, which was to become an important physicist. He was merely very smart in a field dominated by geniuses, so he kicked around from one low-paying research job to another. "At age 16 or 17, I had wanted to be another Einstein," he writes. "By 1976...I had reached the point where I merely envied the postdoc in the office next door because he had been invited to give a seminar in France." His move to Wall Street -- an acknowledgment of failure -- brought him financial rewards beyond the dreams of academic physicists and a fair measure of satisfaction as well.

In the tradition of the idiosyncratic memoir, My Life As a Quant is a grab bag of the author's interests. It quotes Schopenhauer and Goethe while supplying not one but three diagrams of a muon neutrino colliding with a proton. There is a long section on the brilliant and punctilious Fischer Black; a glimpse of physicist Richard Feynman; and an embarrassing encounter with finance giant Robert Merton, who sat next to the author on a long flight (Derman treated him rudely before realizing who he was).

Derman's mood seems to vary from bemused on good days to sour on bad ones. The chapter on his postdoc travels is titled "A Sort of Life"; his brief career at Bell Labs, "In the Penal Colony"; his tenure at Salomon Brothers, "A Severed Head." Pre-IPO Goldman Sachs comes off as relatively gentle yet stimulating. He writes: "It was the only place I never secretly hoped would crash and burn."

Continued in the article

Bob Jensen's threads (including video tutorials) on derivative financial instruments and the Freddie and Fannie scandals are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Bob Jensen's threads on the trillions of dollars of worldwide frauds using derivative financial instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds 

September 25, 2003 message from editor jda [editor.jda@gmx.de]

Dear Professor Bob Jensen,

The Journal of Deivatives Accounting (JDA) is preparing to publish its first issue and I would be grateful if you could post the following announcement on your web site.

Regards

Mamouda

Dear Colleagues,

There is a new addition to accounting research Journals. The Journal of Derivatives Accounting (JDA) is an international quarterly publication which provides authoritative accounting and finance literature on issues of financial innovations such as derivatives and their implications to accounting, finance, tax, standards setting, and corporate practices. This refereed journal disseminates research results and serves as a means of communication among academics, standard setters, practitioners, and market participants.

The first and special issue of the JDA, to appear in the Winter of 2003, will be dedicated to:

"Stock Options: Developments in Share-Based Compensation (Accounting, Standards, Tax and Corporate Practice)"

This special issue will consider papers dealing with:

* Analysis of applicable national and international accounting standards * Convergence between IASB and FASB * Accounting treatment (Expensing) * Valuation * Corporate and market practice * Design of stock options * Analysis of the structure of stock options contracts * Executives pay incentives and performance * Taxation * Management and Corporate Governance

For more details on how to submit your work to the journal, please visit http://www.worldscinet.com/jda.html 

Sincerely,
The Editorial Board Journal of Derivatives Accounting (JDA)


JOURNAL OF DERIVATIVES ACCOUNTING 

Hedge Effectiveness Analysis Toolkit
Vol. 1, No. 2 (September 2004) out now!! In this issue issue of JDA, Guy Coughlan, Simon Emery and Johannes Kolb discuss the Hedge Effectiveness Analysis Toolkit, which is JPMorgan’s latest addition to a long list of innovative and cutting-edge risk management solutions. View the Table of Contents @ http://www.worldscinet.com/jda/01/0102/S02198681040102.html


FASB staff posts derivatives compilation of all subsequent changes made to the guidance in the February 10, 2004, edition of the bound codification, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (also referred to as the Green Book) --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/07-10-06_green_book_changes.pdf

Bob Jensen's tutorials on accounting for derivative financial instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm


In May of 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Statement amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under Statement 133 --- http://www.fasb.org/news/nr043003.shtml 

Norwalk, CT, April 30, 2003—Today the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Statement amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under Statement 133.

The new guidance amends Statement 133 for decisions made:

The amendments set forth in Statement 149 improve financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, this Statement clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative as discussed in Statement 133. In addition, it clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. Statement 149 amends certain other existing pronouncements. Those changes will result in more consistent reporting of contracts that are derivatives in their entirety or that contain embedded derivatives that warrant separate accounting.

Effective Dates and Order Information

This Statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except as stated below and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The guidance should be applied prospectively.

The provisions of this Statement that relate to Statement 133 Implementation Issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, should continue to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. In addition, certain provisions relating to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that do not yet exist, should be applied to existing contracts as well as new contracts entered into after June 30, 2003.

Copies of Statement 149 may be obtained through the FASB Order Department at 800-748-0659 or by placing an order on-line at the FASB website.


SAS 92 auditing standard entitled "Auditing Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities, and Investments in Securities."  Click Here.


An earlier FAS 133 Amendment on the Heels of the Previous (FAS 138) Amendment --- A Mere 104 Pages

Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (Exposure Draft)

The News Release reads as follows at http://www.fasb.org/news/nr050102.shtml 

Today the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an Exposure Draft, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Exposure Draft amends Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, to clarify the definition of a derivative. A copy of the Exposure Draft is available on the FASB’s website at www.fasb.org. The comment period concludes on July 1, 2002.

In connection with Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. D1, "Application of Statement 133 to Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets," the Board addressed issues related to the accounting for beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, such as beneficial interests in securitized credit card receivables. In resolving those issues, the FASB decided that an amendment was needed to clarify the definition of a derivative, as set forth in Statement 133.

The purpose of the Exposure Draft is to improve financial reporting by requiring that financial contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for in the same way. The Statement would clarify under what circumstances a financial contract—either an option-based or non-option-based contract—with an initial net investment would meet the characteristic of a derivative discussed in paragraph 6(b) of Statement 133. The FASB believes the proposed change will produce more consistent reporting of financial contracts as either derivatives or hybrid financial instruments.

The proposed effective date for the accounting change is the first day of the first fiscal quarter beginning after November 15, 2002, which, for calendar year end companies, will be January 1, 2003.

Bob Jensen's threads on FAS 122 and IAS 39 are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/casea


The FASB staff has prepared a new updated edition of Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This essential aid to implementation presents Statement 133 as amended by Statements 137 and 138. Also, it includes the results of the Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG), as cleared by the FASB through December 10, 2001, with cross-references between the issues and the paragraphs of the Statement.

“The staff at the FASB has prepared this publication to bring together in one document the current guidance on accounting for derivatives,” said Kevin Stoklosa, FASB project manager. “To put it simply, it’s a ‘one-stop-shop’ approach that we hope our readers will find easier to use.”

Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—DC133-2

Prices: $30.00 each copy for Members of the Financial Accounting Foundation, the Accounting Research Association (ARA) of the AICPA, and academics; $37.50 each copy for others.

International Orders: A 50% surcharge will be applied to orders that are shipped overseas, except for shipments made to U.S. possessions, Canada, and Mexico. Please remit in local currency at the current exchange rate.

To order:


FASB staff posts derivatives compilation of all subsequent changes made to the guidance in the February 10, 2004, edition of the bound codification, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (also referred to as the Green Book) --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/07-10-06_green_book_changes.pdf

Bob Jensen's tutorials on accounting for derivative financial instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm


Derivative Financial Instruments Frauds --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm

A Condensed Multimedia Overview With Video and Audio from Experts --- http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/133summ.htm 

A Longer and More Boring Introduction to FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Flow Chart for FAS 133 and IAS 39 Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm

Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm

Intrinsic Value Versus Full Value Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/IntrinsicValue.htm

The Devil's Derivatives Dictionary at http://www.margrabe.com/Devil/DevilF_J.html 

To understand more about derivative financial instruments, I suggest that you begin by going to the file at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
  
Especially note the discussion of the shortcut method at the end of the above document.

A helpful site on FAS 133 is at http://fas133.com 

Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm 


Auditing Requirements for Derivative Financial Securities
Auditing Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities, and Investments in Securities

http://www.aicpa.org/members/div/auditstd/riasai/sas92.htm 

A Nice Summary of SAS 92 is Available Online (Auditing, Derivative Financial Instruments, Hedging)

SAS 92-New Guidance on Auditing Derivatives and Securities
by Joe Sanders, Ph.D., CPA and Stan Clark, Ph.D., CPA 
http://www.ohioscpa.com/member/publications/Journal/1st2001/page10.asp
  

Auditors face many challenges in auditing derivatives and securities. These instruments have become more complex, their use more common and the accounting requirements to provide fair value information are expanding. There is also an increasing tendency for entities to use service organizations to help manage activities involving financial instruments. To assist auditors with these challenges, the Auditing Standards Board (ASB) issued SAS 92, Auditing Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities and Investments in Securities. The ASB is also currently developing a companion Audit Guide. SAS 92 supersedes SAS 81, Auditing Investments.

SAS 92 provides a framework for auditors to use in planning and performing auditing procedures for assertions about all financial instruments and hedging activities. The Audit Guide will show how to use the framework provided by the SAS for a variety of practice issues. The purpose of this article is to summarize and explain some of the more significant aspects of SAS 92.

Scope SAS 92 applies to:

Derivative instruments, as defined in SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity. Hedging activities which also fall under SFAS 133. Debt and equity securities, as defined in SFAS 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. The auditor should also refer to APB 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock. Special Skill or Knowledge

SEC Chairman Arthur Levitt, in his speech on renewing the covenant with investors stated, "I recognize that new financial instruments, new technologies and even new markets demand more specialized know-how to effectively audit many of today's companies".1 One of the first items noted in SAS 92 is that the auditor may need to seek assistance in planning and performing audit procedures for financial instruments. This advice is based primarily on the complexity of SFAS 133. Understanding an entities' information system for derivatives, including work provided by a service organization, may require the auditor to seek assistance from within the firm or from an outside expert. SAS 73 provides guidance on using the work of a specialist.

Inherent Risk Assessment

The inherent risk related to financial instruments is the susceptibility to a material misstatement, assuming there are no related controls. Assessing inherent risk for financial instruments, particularly complex derivatives, can be difficult. To assess inherent risk for financial instruments, auditors should understand both the economics and business purpose of the entity's financial activities. Auditors will need to make inquiries of management to understand how the entity uses financial instruments and the risks associated with them. SAS 92 provides several examples of considerations that might affect the auditor's assessment of the inherent risk for assertions about financial instruments:2

The complexity of the features of the derivative or security. Whether the transaction that gave rise to the derivative or security involved the exchange of cash. The entity's experience with derivatives or securities. Whether the derivative is freestanding or an embedded feature of an agreement. The evolving nature of derivatives and the applicable generally accepted accounting principles. Significant reliance on outside parties. Control Risk Assessment

SAS 92 includes a section on control risk assessment. Control risk is the risk that a material misstatement could occur and would not be prevented or detected in a timely manner by an entity's internal control. Management is responsible for providing direction to financial activities through clearly stated policies. These policies should be documented and might include:

Policies regarding the types of instruments and transactions that may be entered into and for what purposes. Limits for the maximum allowable exposure to each type of risk, including a list of approved securities broker-dealers and counterparties to derivative transactions. Methods for monitoring the financial risks of financial instruments, particularly derivatives, and the related control procedures. Internal reporting of exposures, risks and the results of actions taken by management. Auditors should understand the contents of financial reports received by management and how they are used. For example, "stop loss" limits are used to protect against sudden drops in the market value of financial instruments. These limits require all speculative positions to be closed out immediately if the unrealized loss on those positions reaches a certain level. Management reports may include comparisons of stop loss positions and actual trading positions to the policies set by the board of directors.

The entity's use of a service organization will require the auditor to gain an understanding of the nature of the service organization's services, the materiality of the transactions it processes, and the degree of interaction between its activities and those of the entity. It may also require the auditor to gain an understanding of the service organization's controls over the transactions the service organization processes for it.

Designing Substantive Procedures Based on Risk Assessments

The auditor should use the assessed levels of inherent and control risk to determine the acceptable level of detection risk for assertions about financial instruments and to determine the nature, timing, and extent of the substantive tests to be performed to detect material misstatements of the assertions. Substantive procedures should address the following five categories of assertions included in SAS 31, Evidential Matter:

1. Existence or occurrence. Existence assertions address whether the derivatives and securities reported in the financial statements through recognition or disclosure exist at the balance sheet date. Occurrence assertions address whether changes in derivatives or securities reported as part of earnings, other comprehensive income, cash flows or through disclosure occurred. Examples of substantive procedures for existence or occurrence assertions include:3

Confirmation with the holder of the security, including securities in electronic form or with the counterparty to the derivative. Confirmation of settled or unsettled transactions with the broker-dealer counterparty. Physical inspection of the security or derivative contract. Inspecting supporting documentation for subsequent realization or settlement after the end of the reporting period. Performing analytical procedures. 2. Completeness. Completeness assertions address whether all of the entity's derivatives and securities are reported in the financial statements through recognition or disclosure. Since derivatives may involve only a commitment to perform under a contract and not an initial exchange of tangible consideration, auditors should not focus exclusively on evidence relating to cash receipts and disbursements.

3. Rights and obligations. These assertions address whether the entity has rights and obligations associated with derivatives and securities reported in the financial statements. For example, are assets pledged or do side agreements exist that allow the purchaser of a security to return the security after a specified period of time? Confirming significant terms with the counterparty to a derivative or the holder of a security would be a substantive procedure testing assertions about rights and obligations.

4. Valuation. Under SFAS 115 and SFAS 133 many financial instruments must now be measured at fair value, and fair value information must be disclosed for most derivatives and securities that are measured at some other amount.

The auditor should obtain evidence corroborating the fair value of financial instruments measured or disclosed at fair value. The method for determining fair value may be specified by generally accepted accounting principles and may vary depending on the industry in which the entity operates or the nature of the entity. Such differences may relate to the consideration of price quotations from inactive markets and significant liquidity discounts, control premiums, commissions and other costs that would be incurred to dispose of the financial instrument.

If the derivative or security is valued by the entity using a valuation model (for example, the Black-Scholes option pricing model), the auditor should assess the reasonableness and appropriateness of the model. The auditor should also determine whether the market variables and assumptions used are reasonable and appropriately supported. Estimates of expected future cash flows, for example, to determine the fair value of long-term obligations should be based on reasonable and supportable assumptions.

The method for determining fair value also may vary depending on the type of asset or liability. For example, the fair value of an obligation may be determined by discounting expected future cash flows, while the fair value of an equity security may be its quoted market price. SAS 92 provides guidance on audit evidence that may be used to corroborate these assertions about fair value.

5. Presentation and disclosure. These assertions address whether the classification, description and disclosure of derivatives and securities are in conformity with GAAP. For some derivatives and securities, GAAP may prescribe presentation and disclosure requirements, for example:

Certain securities are required to be classified into categories based on management's intent and ability such as trading, available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. Changes in the fair value of derivatives used to hedge depend on whether the derivative is a fair-value hedge or an expected cash flow hedge, and on the degree of effectiveness of the hedge. Hedging Transactions

Hedging will require large amounts of documentation by the client. For starters, the auditor will need to examine the companies' established policy for risk management. For each derivative, management should document what risk it is hedging, how it is expected to hedge that risk and how the effectiveness will be tested. Without documentation, the client will not be allowed hedge accounting. Auditors will need to gather evidence to support the initial designation of an instrument as a hedge, the continued application of hedge accounting and the effectiveness of the hedge.

To satisfy these accounting requirements, management's policy for financial instrument transactions might also include the following elements whenever the entity engages in hedging activities:

An assessment of the risks that need to be hedged The objectives of hedging and the strategy for achieving those objectives. The methods management will use to measure the effectiveness of the strategy. Reporting requirements for the monitoring and review of the hedge program. Impairment Losses

Management's responsibility to determine whether a decline in fair value is other than temporary is explicitly recognized in SAS 92. The auditor will need to evaluate whether management has considered relevant information in determining whether other-than-temporary impairment exists. SAS 92 provides examples of circumstances that indicate an other-than-temporary impairment condition may exist:4

Management Representations

The auditor must obtain written representations from management confirming their intent and ability assertions related to derivatives and securities. For example, the intent and ability to hold a debt security until it matures or to enter into a forecasted transaction for which hedge accounting is applied. Appendix B of SAS 85 (AU Sec. 333.17) includes illustrative representations about derivative and security transactions.

Summary

SAS 92 provides guidance for auditing derivatives and securities. Accounting requirements related to these instruments, SFAS 115 and SFAS 133, are very complex and because of their extensive use of fair value measures require significant use of judgment by the accountant. SAS 92 establishes a framework for auditors to assess whether the entity has complied with the provisions of SFAS 115 and SFAS 133. However, because of the subjective nature of many of the requirements of these two standards, considerable auditor judgment will be required to comply with SAS 92.

Effective Date

This SAS is effective for audits of financial statements for fiscal years ending on or after June 30, 2001. Early adoption is permitted.

 


Keeping Up With Financial Instruments Derivatives

You can find some great tutorials go to CBOE at http://www.cboe.com/education/ .   But these do not help with learning how to account for the derivatives under FAS 133 and IAS 39.  The same holds for the CBOT at http://www.cbot.com/cbot/pub/page/0,3181,909,00.html  and the CME at http://www.cme.com/edu/ 

New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) for energy and metals under the Education tab at http://www.nymex.com/jsp/index.jsp 

Optionetics has some good tutorials with respect to options but these do not explain options accounting --- http://www.optionetics.com/education/trading.asp 

Daniel Oglevee's Course Site --- http://www.cob.ohio-state.edu/fin/autumn2004/723.htm 

In 2000, ISDA filed a letter to the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) urging changes to FAS 133, its derivatives and hedge accounting standard. ISDA’s letter urged alterations to six areas of the standard: hedging the risk-free rate; hedging using purchased options; providing hedge accounting for foreign currency assets and liabilities; extending the exception for normal purchase and sales; and central treasury netting. The FASB subsequently rejected changes to purchased option provisions, conceded some on normal purchases and sales, extending the exception to contracts that implicitly or explicitly permit net settlement, declined to amend FAS 133 to facilitate partial term hedging and agreed to consider changing the restrictions on hedge accounting for foreign currency. 
ISDA ®INTERNATIONAL SWAPS AND DERIVATIVES ASSOCIATION, INC.http://www.isda.org/wwa/Retrospective_2000_Master.pdf
  

A good tutorial on energy futures and options hedging is given by the New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) under the Education tab at http://www.nymex.com/jsp/index.jsp 

Two Questions
How did Bob Jensen spend his summer vacation?
What can physicists do when they can't find jobs in physics?

Answers

I've spent a great deal of my summer and my Fall 2004 Semester leave plowing through a book entitled Quantitative Finance and Risk Managment:  A Physicists Approach by Jan W. Dash, by Jan W. Dash (World Scientific Publishing, 2004, ISBN 981-238-712-9)
This is a great book by a good writer.

For a more introductory warm up I recommend Derivatives:  An Introduction by Robert A Strong, Edition 2 (Thomson South-Western, 2005, ISBN 0-324-27302-9)

And what about opportunities for physicists?
See "A Geek's Walk on Wall Street," by Peter Coy, Business Week, November 15, Page 26.  This is a review of a book entitled My Life as a Quant, by Emanuel Derman (Wiley, 2005) --- http://www.businessweek.com/@@x3mnUmYQYMjg7RMA/premium/content/04_46/b3908024_mz005.htm 

As one of Wall Street's leading quants, Derman did throw off some intense gamma radiation. He worked at Goldman from 1985 until 2003 except for one year at Salomon Brothers. At Goldman, he moved from fixed income to equity derivatives to risk management, becoming a managing director in 1997. He co-invented a tool for pricing options on Treasury bonds, working with Goldman colleagues Bill Toy and the late Fischer Black, who co-invented the Black-Scholes formula for valuing options on stocks. Derman received the industry's "Financial Engineer of the Year" award in 2000. Now he directs the financial-engineering program at Columbia University.

Derman failed at what he really wanted, which was to become an important physicist. He was merely very smart in a field dominated by geniuses, so he kicked around from one low-paying research job to another. "At age 16 or 17, I had wanted to be another Einstein," he writes. "By 1976...I had reached the point where I merely envied the postdoc in the office next door because he had been invited to give a seminar in France." His move to Wall Street -- an acknowledgment of failure -- brought him financial rewards beyond the dreams of academic physicists and a fair measure of satisfaction as well.

In the tradition of the idiosyncratic memoir, My Life As a Quant is a grab bag of the author's interests. It quotes Schopenhauer and Goethe while supplying not one but three diagrams of a muon neutrino colliding with a proton. There is a long section on the brilliant and punctilious Fischer Black; a glimpse of physicist Richard Feynman; and an embarrassing encounter with finance giant Robert Merton, who sat next to the author on a long flight (Derman treated him rudely before realizing who he was).

Derman's mood seems to vary from bemused on good days to sour on bad ones. The chapter on his postdoc travels is titled "A Sort of Life"; his brief career at Bell Labs, "In the Penal Colony"; his tenure at Salomon Brothers, "A Severed Head." Pre-IPO Goldman Sachs comes off as relatively gentle yet stimulating. He writes: "It was the only place I never secretly hoped would crash and burn."

Continued in the article

Bob Jensen's threads (including video tutorials) on derivative financial instruments and the Freddie and Fannie scandals are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Bob Jensen's threads on the trillions of dollars of worldwide frauds using derivative financial instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds 

 

You can read a great deal about energy derivatives in The Derivatives 'Zine at http://www.margrabe.com/Energy.html 
Other topics include the following:

The Derivatives 'Zine by Dr. Risk
THE WILLIAM MARGRABE GROUP, INC., CONSULTING, PRESENTS
Home
ABOUT
CONTACT
SEARCH
LINKS
DICTIONARY
ACCOUNTING & FAS 133
BIG APPLET
ASK DR. RISK!
CREDIT RISK
CREDIT DP
CURRENCY
ENERGY
EQUITY
FIXED INCOME
TRADING POST
PERSONAL
IF ONLY ...
DEAL
MARKET RISK
MODEL RISK
BOOKSHELF
MATH APPENDIX
JAVA
JOBS!
CALENDAR
HUMOR
GAMES
DEVIL'S DD

Ask Dr. Risk!

A question of sufficiently general interest to make it into the 'Zine, tends to generate a more comprehensive response. All questions and answers become the property of The William Margrabe Group, Inc


QUANTITATIVE FINANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT A Physicist's Approach
by Jan W Dash

This book is designed for scientists and engineers desiring to learn quantitative finance, and for quantitative analysts and finance graduate students. Parts will be of interest to research academics --- http://www.worldscientific.com/books/economics/5436.html 
804pp Pub. date: Jul 2004
ISBN 981-238-712-9 US$98 / £73


Contents:


The above sources are not much good about accounting for derivatives under FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS 39.  For that, go to the following source:

http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 


FAS 133 Tutorial, SmartPros --- http://www.smartpros.com/x33017.xml 

FAS 133, the standard for financial reporting of derivatives and hedging transactions, was adopted in 1998 by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to resolve inconsistent previous reporting standards and practices. It went into effect at most U.S. companies at the beginning of 2001.

Courtesy of Kawaller & Company, SmartPros presents this FAS 133 tutorial to help you understand the provisions of the standard. For news pertaining to FAS 133, click on the links to the right in Related Stories.

PwC Tutorial on IAS 39 --- http://www.pwcglobal.com/images/gx/eng/fs/bcm/032403iashedge.pdf 


PowerPoint Show Highlighting Some Complaints About IAS 39 and IAS 32 --- http://www.atel.lu/atel/fr/publications/Publications/030524_EACT%20mtg_Milan.ppt 


"IAS 32 and IAS 39 Revised:  An Overview," Ernst & Young, February 2004  --- http://www.ey.com/global/download.nsf/International/IAS32-39_Overview_Febr04/$file/IAS32-39_Overview_Febr04.pdf 
I shortened the above URL to http://snipurl.com/RevisedIAS32and39 


Sharing Professor  --- John Hull (who writes about financial instrument derivatives) --- http://www.rotman.utoronto.ca/~hull/

His great books (not free) are great, but he also shares (for free) some software and data --- http://www.rotman.utoronto.ca/~hull/

Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives, 5th Edition 

Fundamentals of Futures and Options Markets, 4th Edition


Forwarded by Carl Hubbard on September 12, 2003

I would like to bring to your attention Analysis of Derivatives for the CFA(r) Program by Don M. Chance, CFA, recently published this year by the Association for Investment Management and Research(r). While designed for the CFA program, this publication is a terrific text for academic derivatives and risk management courses.

The treatment in this volume is intended to communicate a practical risk management approach to derivatives for the investment generalist. The topics in the text were determined by a comprehensive job analysis of investment practitioners worldwide. The illustrative in-chapter problems and the extensive end-of-chapter questions and problems serve to reinforce learning and understanding of the material.

We believe that this text responds to the need for a globally relevant guide to applying derivatives analysis to the investment process. We hope you will consider adopting Analysis of Derivatives for the CFA(r) Program for a future course.

Thank you for your attention.

Sincerely,

Helen K. Weaver
Associate
AIMR

656 PAGES
0-935015-93-0 
HB 2003


Message from Ira Kawaller on August 4, 2002

Hi Bob,

I posted a new article on the Kawaller & Company website: “What’s ‘Normal’ in Derivatives Accounting,” originally published in Financial Executive, July / August 2002. It is most relevant for financial managers of non-financial companies, who seek to avoid FAS 133 treatment for their purchase and sales contracts. The point of the article is that this treatment may mask some pertinent risks and opportunities. To view the article, click on http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/FE.pdf  .

I'd be happy to hear from you if you have any questions or comments.

Thanks for your consideration.

Ira Kawaller Kawaller & Company, LLC http://www.kawaller.com 

kawaller@kawaller.com 717-694-6270

Bob Jensen's documents on derivative financial instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 


March 8, 2002 Message from the Risk Waters Group [RiskWaters@lb.bcentral.com

ONLINE TRADING TRAINING NOW AVAILABLE (Investments, Finance, Derivatives) … 
‘Introduction to Trading Room Technology’ from Waters Training. A low-cost, Web-based training solution for financial professionals. Go at your own pace, travel nowhere, and learn about the core trading processes and key technology issues from your own desktop. For more information, go to http://www.waters-training.com  to find out more. Lastly, if you have any colleagues, training managers or business associates who would be interested in this new product, please forward them this message. 
Thank you
.

If you are interested in email messages regarding financial risk news, you may be interested in contacting:

Christopher Jeffery  mailto:cjeffery@riskwaters.com 
Editor, RiskNews
http://www.risknews.net 


Governmental Disclosure Rules for Derivative Financial Instruments ---  see Disclosure.


The DIG
In the meantime, the FASB formed the FAS 133 Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG) to help resolve particular implementation questions, especially in areas where the standard is not clear or allegedly onerous.  The FASB's DIG website (that contains its mission and pronouncements) is at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/  DIG issues are also summarized (in red borders) at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#0000Begin.


IAS 138 Implementation Guidance
"Implementation of SFAS 138, Amendments to SFAS 133," The CPA Journal, November 2001. (With Angela L.J. Huang and John S. Putoubas), pp. 54-56 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2001/1100/dept/d115401.htm


April 25, 2002 message from Charlie Stutesman [southwestern.email@swcollege.com

Dear Professor Jensen,

In direct contrast to most trade training derivatives texts which emphasize issues related to the pricing and hedging of derivatives, this groundbreaking text is designed for those who want to teach students how to manage derivatives to maximize firm value through risk management. DERIVATIVES AND RISK MANAGEMENT presents the crucial tools necessary for executives and future derivatives players to effectively hedge with derivatives in order to protect firms from losses.

* WRITTEN TO EMPHASIZE THE ROLE OF MANAGERS: Managers will use derivatives to maximize firm value as opposed to traders who may use derivatives to speculate.

* MANAGERIAL APPLICATION BOXES: Preparing users to meet the challenges of today's business decisions, real-world applications bring chapter concepts to life.

* TECHNICAL BOXES: Concepts presented within the chapters are taken to a higher level of conceptual or mathematical rigor.

We encourage you to request a complimentary exam copy of DERIVATIVES AND RISK MANAGEMENT (ISBN: 0-538-86101-0) by Stulz. Simply reply to this message, contact your South-Western, Thomson Learning representative, call the Thomson Learning Academic Resource Center at 1-800-423-0563, or go to:

http://esampling.thomsonlearning.com/s1.asp?Rid=1+JWA+1719&SC=2SCF2262 

South-Western has helped provide generations of learners with a solid foundation and true understanding of finance. Now more than ever, follow the proven leader into a new century with relevant, comprehensive, and up-to-date finance products and information.

Sincerely,

Charlie Stutesman 
Senior Marketing Manager
 
charlie.stutesman@swlearning.com
 


IAS 39 Implementation Guidance

Supplement to the Publication
Accounting for Financial Instruments - Standards, Interpretations, and Implementation Guidance
http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ias39igc/batch6/39batch6f.pdf

The IASB’s Exposure Draft of the macro hedging compromise is entitled “Amendments to IAS 39:  Recognition and Measurement Fair Value Hedge Accounting for a Portfolio Hedge of Interest Rate” and for a short time can be downloaded free from http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ed-ias39mh/ed-ias39mh.pdf
See Macro Hedging 

Also see Bob Jensen's Interest Rate Swap Valuation, Forward Rate Derivation,  and Yield Curves
for FAS 133 and IAS 39 on Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

Hi Patrick,

The term "better" is a loaded term. One of the main criticisms leveled at IASC standards is that they were too broad, too permissive, and too toothless to provide comparability between different corporate annual reports. The IASC (now called IASB) standards only began ot get respect at IOSCO after they started becoming more like FASB standards in the sense of having more teeth and specificity.

I think FAS 133 is better than IAS 39 in the sense that FAS 133 gives more guidance on specific types of contracts. IAS 39 is so vague in places that most users of IAS 39 have to turn to FAS 133 to both understand a type of contract and to find a method of dealing with that contract. IAS 39 was very limited in terms of examples, but this has been recitified somewhat (i.e., by a small amount) in a recent publication by the IASB: Supplement to the Publication Accounting for Financial Instruments - Standards, Interpretations, and Implementation Guidance http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ias39igc/batch6/39batch6f.pdf 

In theory, there are very few differences between IAS 39 and FAS 133. But this is like saying that there is very little difference between the Bible and the U.S. Commercial Code. Many deals may be against what you find in the Bible, but lawyers will find it of less help in court than the U.S. Commercial Code. I admit saying this with tongue in cheek, because the IAS 39 is much closer to FAS 133 than the Bible is to the USCC.

Paul Pacter wrote a nice paper about differences between IAS 39 and FAS 133. However, such a short paper cannot cover all differences that arise in practice. The paper is somewhat dated now, but you can find more recent updates on differences at Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm  

Although there are differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39, I would not make too big a deal out of such differences. IAS 39 was written with one eye upon FAS 133, and the differences are relatively minor. Paul Pacter's summary of these differences can be downloaded from http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=490603&sc={65834A68-1562-4CF2-9C09-D1D6BF887A00}&sd=860888892&n=3288 

Also note "Comparisons of International IAS Versus FASB Standards" --- http://www.deloitte.com/dtt/cda/doc/content/pocketiasus.pdf

Hope this helps,

Bob (Robert E.) Jensen Jesse H. Jones Distinguished Professor of Business Trinity University, San Antonio, TX 78212 Voice: (210) 999-7347 Fax: (210) 999-8134 Email: rjensen@trinity.edu http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen 

-----Original Message----- 
From: Patrick Charles [mailto:charlesp@CWDOM.DM]  
Sent: Tuesday, February 26, 2002 11:54 AM 
To: CPAS-L@LISTSERV.LOYOLA.EDU 
Subject: US GAAP Vs IASB

Greetings Everyone

Mr Bolkestein said the rigid approach of US GAAP could make it easier to hide companies' true financial situation. "You tick the boxes and out come the answer," he said. "Having rules is a good thing, but having rigid rules is not the best thing.

http://news.ft.com/ft/gx.cgi/ftc?pagename=View&c=Article&cid=FT3AHWRLXXC&live=true&tagid=FTDCZE6JFEC&subheading=accountancy

Finally had a chance to read the US GAAP issue. Robert you mentioned IAS 39, do you have other examples where US GAAP is a better alternative to IASB, or is this an European ploy to get the US to adopt IASB?

Cheers

Mr. Patrick Charles charlesp@cwdom.dm  ICQ#6354999

"Education is an admirable thing, but it is well to remember from time to time that nothing that is worth knowing can be taught."



Bob Jensen's Glossary of FAS 133 and IAS 39

Bob Jensen's Overview of FAS 133 (With Audio) http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Interest Rate Swap Valuation, Forward Rate Derivation,  and Yield Curves
for FAS 133 and IAS 39 on Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments 

See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm

FAS 133 flow chart  http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm

Bob Jensen's Document on the Missing Parts of FAS 133

Summary of Key Paragraphs in FAS 133 on Portfolio/Macro Hedging.

Bob Jensen's Weekly Assignments and Hints Regarding FAS 133

Bob Jensen's Technology Glossary (Includes an Extensive Listing of Accounting and Finance Glossaries)

ACCT 5341 International Accounting Theories Course Helpers

Yahoo Finance is Bob Jensen's Favorite Place to learn more about the mechanics and widespread use of derivative financial instruments.  That web site, however, will not help much with respect to accounting for such instruments under FAS 133.

Bob Jensen's Mexcobre Case

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

Internet Links of Possible Interest

Bob Jensen's Transcripts of Presentations by Experts

PriceWaterhouseCoopers (PWC) Summary Tables (With Some Notes Added by Bob Jensen) 


Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG) 

Hi George,

That depends upon what you mean by "support." If you mean failing to adhere to any FASB standard in the U.S. on a set of audited financial statements, then auditors are sending an open invitation to all creditors and shareholders to contact their tort lawyers --- lawyers always salivate when you mention the magic words "class action lawsuit".

If you mean sending mean-spirited letters to the FASB, then that's all right, because the FASB is open to all communications in what it defines as "due process."

I am a strong advocate of FAS 133 --- corporations got away with hiding enormous risks prior to FAS 133. Could FAS 133/138 and IAS 39 be simplified? Well that's a matter of opinion. The standards will be greatly simplified if your Canadian friends and my U.S. friends support the proposal to book all financial instruments at fair value (as advocated by the JWG and IASB Board Member Mary Barth). But whether this is a simplification is a matter of conjecture since estimation of fair value is a very complex and tedious process for instruments not traded in active and deep markets. In the realm of financial instruments there are many complex financial instruments and derivatives created as custom and unique contracts that are nightmares to value and re-value on a continuing basis. One needs only study how inaccurate the estimated bond yield curves are deriving forward rates. In some cases, we might as well consult astrologers who charge less than Bloomberg and with almost the same degree of error.

My bottom line conclusion: We could simplify the wording of the financial instruments and derivative financial instruments standards by about 95% if we go all the way in adopting fair value accounting for all financial instruments and derivative financial instruments.

But simplifying the wording of the standard does not necessarily simplify the accounting itself and will add a great deal of noise to the measurement of risk. In the U.S., the banking industry is so opposed to fair value accounting that the Amazon river will probably freeze over before the FASB passes what the JWG proposes. See http://www.aba.com/aba/pdf/GR_tax_va6.PDF 

Readers interested in downloading the Joint Working Group IASC Exposure Draft entitled Financial Instruments: Issues Relating to Banks should follow the downloading instructions at http://www.aba.com/aba/pdf/GR_TAX_FairValueAccounting.pdf  
(Trinity University students may find this on J:\courses\acct5341\iasc\jwgfinal.pdf  ).

On December 14, 1999 the FASB issued Exposure Draft 204-B entitled Reporting Financial Instruments and Certain Related Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value. I'm not sure where you can find this buried document at the moment. 
(Trinity University students can find the document at J:\courses\acct5341\fasb\fvhtm.htm  ).

 

Bob Jensen

-----Original Message----- 
From: glan@UWINDSOR.CA [mailto:glan@UWINDSOR.CA]  
Sent: Monday, February 25, 2002 5:33 PM 
To: AECM@LISTSERV.LOYOLA.EDU 
Subject: Re: Intrinsic Versus Time Value

I have seen the credit to be Paid-in Capital- Stock Options or to Stock Options Outstanding rather than to a liability. It would be interesting to learn more about what the accounting firms stand to gain by not supporting FAS133. 

George Lan

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm

Side by Side: IAS 39 Compared with FASB Standards (FAS 133), by Paul Pacter, as published in Accountancy International Magazine, June 1999 --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 
Also note "Comparisons of International IAS Versus FASB Standards" --- http://www.deloitte.com/dtt/cda/doc/content/pocketiasus.pdf

IAS 39 history --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=6941204&sc={CB32B469-886C-4486-86B7-36E49358DDE5}&sd=617116004&n=3306 

Limited Revisions to IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (E66) --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=6941204&sc={CB32B469-886C-4486-86B7-36E49358DDE5}&sd=268256258&n=3222

Recognition and Measurement (E66)

E66, Proposed Limited Revisions to IAS 39 and Other Related Standards, proposed the following limited revisions to IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, and other related Standards:
  • changes to require consistent accounting for purchases and sales of financial assets using either trade date accounting or settlement date accounting. IAS 39 currently requires settlement date accounting for sales of financial assets, but permits both trade date and settlement date accounting for purchases;
  • elimination of the requirement in IAS 39 for a lender to recognise certain collateral received from a borrower in its balance sheet;
  • improvement of the wording on impairment recognition;
  • changes to require consistent accounting for temporary investments in equity securities between IAS 39 and other International Accounting Standards; and
  • elimination of redundant disclosure requirements for hedges in IAS 32, Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation.
None of the proposed revisions represents a change to a fundamental principle in IAS 39. Instead, the purpose of the proposed changes is primarily to address technical application issues that have been identified following the approval of IAS 39 in December 1998. The IASC Board’s assessment is that the proposed changes will assist enterprises preparing to implement IAS 39 for the first time in 2001 and help ensure a consistent application of the Standard. No further changes to IAS 39 are contemplated.

 

At its meeting in March 2000, the Board appointed a Committee to develop implementation guidance on IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition. The guidance is expected to be published later this year, after public comment, as a staff guidance document. The IAS 39 Implementation Guidance Committee may refer some issues either to the SIC or to the Board.  http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen2_139.htm

Recommended Reading

Recommended Links

Bob Jensen's Glossary of FAS 133 and IAS 39

 


A message from Ira Kawaller on January 13, 2002

Hi Bob,

I wanted to alert you to the fact that I posted another article on the Kawaller and Company website, "The New World Under FAS 133." It came out in the latest issue of the GARP Review. It deals with the economics and accounting considerations relating to the use of cross-currency interest rate swaps. The link below brings you to the paper:

http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/garpswaps.pdf

I also posted a new calendar of events, at

http://www.kawaller.com/schedule/calendar.pdf

To navigate to the links in this email message, click on them. If that does not work, copy the link and paste it into the address field of your browser.

Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions, comments, or suggestions. Thanks for your consideration.

Ira Kawaller kawaller@kawaller.com 
http://www.kawaller.com

Bob Jensen's documents on FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS 39 are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 


PriceWaterhouseCoopers (PWC) Summary Tables

Source:  A Guide to Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (New York, Pricewaterhouse Coopers, 1999, pp. 4-5 and pp. 19-22)  

Note that the FASB's FAS 133 becomes required for calendar-year companies on January 1, 2001.  Early adopters can apply the standard prior to the required date, but they cannot apply it retroactively.   The January 1, 2001 effective date follows  postponements from the original starting date of June 15, 1999 stated in Paragraph 48 on Page 29 of FAS 133.   For fiscal-year companies, the effective date is June 15, 2000.  The international counterpart known as the IASC's IAS 39 becomes effective for financial statements for financial years beginning on the same January 1, 2001.  Earlier application permitted for financial years ending after 15 March 1999.  

Note that Bob Jensen has added notes (in red),

OVERVIEW & EXPECTED IMPACT of FAS 133 and IAS 39

FAS 133 and IAS 39

Pre-FAS 133

U.S. FAS 133:  All derivatives must be carried on the balance sheet at fair value.  ¶5

Notes from Jensen:  
International:  IAS 39 differs in that it requires fair value adjustments of "all" debt securities, equity securities, and other financial assets except for those whose value cannot be reliably estimated. ¶s 1,5,6, 95, and 96.  There are exceptions where value estimates are unreliable such as in the case of unlisted equity securities (see IAS ¶s 69, 93, and 95).   FAS 133 requires an active market for value estimation of non-trading items.  Under FAS 133, unquoted equity securities are measured at cost subject to an impairment test whether or not value can be estimated reliably by other means. 

FASB requires fair value measurement for all derivatives, including those linked to unquoted equity instruments if they are to be settled in cash but not those to be settled by delivery, which are outside the scope of FAS 133.

There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed in  IAS 39  ¶ 23c and FAS 133  ¶ 12b.  

Derivatives are reported on the balance sheet on a variety of bases (including fair value, forward value, spot rates, intrinsic value, historical cost) or not recorded at all.

Synthetic (accrual) accounting model for interest-rate swaps is prohibited.

Synthetic (accrual) accounting model is widely used for interest-rate swaps that hedge debt.

Gains and losses on derivative hedging instruments must be recorded in either other comprehensive income or current earnings.  They are not deferred as liabilities or assets.

Note from Jensen
One area of difference between IAS 39 and FAS 133 is that FAS 133 requires that certain gains and losses of hedging instruments be carried in equity (as OCI) whereas IAS 39 provides an option of equity versus current earnings.

Derivative gains and losses for hedges of forecasted transactions and firm commitments are deferred as liabilities or assets on the balance sheet under FAS 52 and FAS 80.

Derivative gains and losses for hedges of forecasted transactions are required to be reported in other comprehensive income (equity), thus causing volatility in equity.

Note from Jensen:
One of the major sources of difference between FAS 133 and IAS 39 concerns embedded derivatives.  In general, net profit or loss will be the same under IAS and FASB Standards, but the balance sheet presentation will be net under IAS and gross under FASB.  See cash flow hedge.

Derivative gains and losses for hedges of forecasted transactions are permitted to be deferred on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities and, as such, do not affect equity.

Hedge accounting is permitted for forward contracts that hedge foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transactions (including intercompany foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transactions).

FAS 52 does not permit hedge accounting for forward contracts that hedge foreign-currency-denominated forecasted transactions.

Some hybrid instruments (i.e., contracts with embedded derivatives), must be bifurcated into their component parts, with the derivative component accounted for separately.

Note from Jensen
IAS 39's definition of a derivative differs in that IAS 39 does not require "net settlement" provisions that are required under FAS 133.

There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed in  IAS 39  ¶s 23b & 23c;  FAS 133  ¶s 12b & 12c.

Bifurcation of many hybrid instruments is not required under current practice and, therefore, such instruments generally are not bifurcated.

Limited use of written options to hedge is permitted (e.g., when changes in the fair value of the written option offset those of an embedded purchased option).

Current practice generally prohibits hedge accounting for written options.

Hedge accounting is prohibited for a hedge of a portfolio of dissimilar items, and strict requirements exist for hedging a portfolio of "similar" items.

Less stringent guidelines are applied in practice for portfolio hedging.

Demonstration of enterprise or transaction risk reduction is not required -- only the demonstration of a high effectiveness of offset in changes in the fair value of cash flows of the hedging instrument and the hedged. item.

Demonstration of enterprise risk reduction is required for hedge transactions with futures contracts and, by analogy, option contracts.  Demonstration of transaction risk reduction is required for foreign-currency hedges.

The definition of a derivative is broader than in current practice (e.g., it includes commodity-based contracts).

Note from Jensen
IAS 39's definition of a derivative differs in that IAS 39 does not require "net settlement" provisions that are required under FAS 133.

The definition of a derivative excludes certain commodity and other contracts involving nonfinancial assets.

 

Table of Derivatives-Contract Types

Contract

Derivative within the scope
of FAS 133?

Underlying

Notional Amount of
Payment Provision

1.

Equity security

No. An initial net investment is required to purchase a security

-

-

2.

Debt security or loan

No. It requires an initial net investment of the principal amount or (if purchased at a discount or premium) an amount calculated to yield a market rate of interest.

-

-

3.

Regular-way security trade (e.g., trade of a debt or equity security)

No. Such trades are specifically excluded from the scope of FAS 133 (paragraph 10(a)).

-

-

4.

Lease

No. It requires a payment equal to the value of the right to use the property.

-

-

5.

Mortgage-backed security

No. It requires an initial net investment based on market interest rates adjusted for credit quality and prepayment.

-

-

6.

Option to purchase or sell real estate

No, unless it can be net-settled and is exchange-traded.

Price of the real estate

A specified parcel of the real estate

7.

Option to purchase or sell an exchange-traded security

Yes

Price of the security

A specified number of securities

8.

Option to purchase or sell a security not traded on an exchange

No, unless it can be net-settled.

Price of the security

A specified number of securities

9.

Employee stock option

No; for purposes of the issuer's accounting. It is specifically excluded as a derivative by paragraph 11.

-

-

10.

Futures contract

Yes. A clearinghouse (a market mechanism) exists to facilitate net settlement.

Price of a commodity or a financial instrument

A specified quantity or fact amount

11.

Forward contract to purchase or sell securities

No, unless it can be net-settled, or if the securities are readily convertible to cash and the forward contract does not qualify as a "regular way" trade.

Price of a security

A Specified number of securities or a specified principal or face amount

12.

A nonexchange traded forward contract to purchase or sell manufactured goods

No, unless it can be net-settled and neither party owns the goods.

Price of the goods

A specified quantity

13.

A nonexchange traded forward contract to purchase or sell a commodity

No, unless it can be net-settled or the commodity is readily convertible to cash and the purchase is not a "normal purchase."

Price of the commodity

A specified quantity

14.

Interest-rate swap

Yes

An interest rate

A specified amount

15.

Currency swap

Yes. Paragraph 257.

An exchange rate

A specified currency amount

16.

Swaption

Yes. It requires the delivery of a derivative or can be net-settled.

Value of the swap

The notional amount of the swap

17.

Stock-purchase warrant

Yes, for the holder, if the stock is readily convertible to cash. No, for the issuer, if the warrant is classified in stockholders' equity.

Price of the stock

A specified number of shares

18.

Property and casualty insurance contract

No. Specifically excluded.

-

-

19.

Life insurance contract

No. Specifically excluded.

-

-

20.

Financial-quarantee contract -- payment occurs if a specific debtor fails to pay the guaranteed party.

No. Specifically excluded.

-

-

21.

Credit-indexed contract -- payment occurs if a credit index (or the creditworthiness of a specified debtor or debtors) varies in a specified way.

Yes

Credit index or credit rating

A specified payment amount (which may vary, depending on the degree of change, or, which may be fixed)

22.

Royalty agreement

No. It is based on sales of one of the parties, which is an excluded underlying.

-

-

23.

Interest-rate cap

Yes

An interest rate

A specified amount

24.

Interest-rate floor

Yes

An interest rate

A specified amount

25.

Interest-rate collar

Yes

An interest rate

A specified amount

26.

Adjustable-rate loan

No. An initial net investment equal to the principal amount of the loan is required.

-

-

27.

Variable annuity contracts

No. Such contracts require an initial net investment.

-

-

28.

Guaranteed investment contracts

No. Such contracts require an initial net investment.

-

-


Other References --- See References 



Beginning of Bob Jensen's FAS 133 and IAS 39 Glossary
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M |
| N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

Note that the FASB's FAS 133 becomes required for calendar-year companies on January 1, 2001.  Early adopters can apply the standard prior to the required date, but they cannot apply it retroactively.   The January 1, 2001 effective date follows  postponements from the original starting date of June 15, 1999 stated in Paragraph 48 on Page 29 of FAS 133.   For fiscal-year companies, the effective date is June 15, 2000The international counterpart known as the IASC's IAS 39 becomes effective for financial statements for financial years beginning on the same January 1, 2001.  Earlier application permitted for financial years ending after 15 March 1999

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm  

Bob Jensen's Web Site

Top of Document

Start of Glossary

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

A-Terms

Accounting Exposure =

a term used in alternate ways. In one context, accounting exposure depicts foreign exchange exposure that cannot be captured by the accounting model. In some textbooks accounting exposure is synonymous with translation exposure. See translation exposure.  Also see risks.

Amortization of Basis Adjustments = see basis adjustment.

Anticipated Transaction = see forecasted transaction.

AOCI = accumulated other comprehensive income.  See comprehensive income.

Arbitrage

By definition, arbitraging entails investing at zero market (price) risk coupled with the risk of losing relatively minor transactions costs of getting into and closing out contracts.  There might be other risks.  Especially when dealing in forward contracts, there may be credit risks.  Forward contracts are often private agreements between contracting individuals.  Other arbitraging alternatives such as futures and options contracts are generally obtained in trading markets such as the Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT) and the Chicago Board of Options Exchange (CBOE).  In markets like the CBOT or the CBOE, the trading exchanges themselves guarantee payments such that there is no credit risk in hedging or speculating strategies.  Arbitrage entails a hedging strategy that eliminates all market (price) risk while, at the same time, has no chance of losing any money and a positive chance of making a profit.  Sometimes the profit is locked in to a fixed amount in advance.  At other times, the profit is unknown, but can never be less than zero (ignoring transactions costs).

Generally arbitrage opportunities arise when the same item is traded in different markets where information asymmetries between markets allows arbitragers with superior information to exploit investors having inferior information.  In perfectly efficient markets, all information is impounded in prices such that investors who "know more" cannot take advantage of investors who are not up on the latest scoop.  Only in inefficient markets can there be some differences between prices due to unequal impounding of information.

FAS 133 says nothing about arbitrage accounting.  Thus it is necessary to drill arbitrage trans actions down to their basic component contracts such as forwards, futures, and options.  See derivative financial instruments and hedge.

You can learn more about arbitrage from my tutorial on arbitraging at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/muppets.htm 

You will find the following definition of arbitrage at http://risk.ifci.ch/00010394.htm 

1) Technically, arbitrage consists of purchasing a commodity or security in one market for immediate sale in another market (deterministic arbitrage). (2) Popular usage has expanded the meaning of the term to include any activity which attempts to buy a relatively underpriced item and sell a similar, relatively overpriced item, expecting to profit when the prices resume a more appropriate theoretical or historical relationship (statistical arbitrage). (3) In trading options, convertible securities, and futures, arbitrage techniques can be applied whenever a strategy involves buying and selling packages of related instruments. (4) Risk arbitrage applies the principles of risk offset to mergers and other major corporate developments. The risk offsetting position(s) do not insulate the investor from certain event risks (such as termination of a merger agreement or the risk of delay in the completion of a transaction) so the arbitrage is incomplete. (5) Tax arbitrage transactions are undertaken to share the benefit of differential tax rates or circumstances of two or more parties to a transaction. (6) Regulatory arbitrage transactions are designed to provide indirect access to a market where one party is denied direct access by law or regulation. (7) Swap- driven arbitrage transactions are motivated by the comparative advantages which swap counterparties enjoy in different debt and currency markets. One counterparty may borrow relatively cheaper in the intermediate- or long-term United States dollar market while the other may have a comparative advantage in floating rate sterling. A cross-currency swap can improve both of their positions. 

At-the-Money = see option and intrinsic value.

Auditing See SAS 92

Available-for-Sale (AFS) Security =

is one of three classifications of securities investments under SFAS 115.  Securities designated as "held-to-maturity" need not be revalued for changes in market value and are maintained at historical cost-based book value.  Securities not deemed as being held-to-maturity securities are adjusted for changes in fair value.  Whether or not the unrealized holding gains or losses affect net income depends upon whether the securities are classified as trading securities versus available-for-sale securities.  Unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are deferred in comprehensive income instead of being posted to current earnings.  This is not the case for securities classified as trading securities rather than trading securities.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 13.  The three classifications are of vital importance to cash flow hedge accounting under FAS 133.  See cash flow hedge and held-to-maturity.   Also see equity method and impairment.

Flow Chart for AFS Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

Classification of an available-for-sale security gives rise to alternative gain or loss recognition alternatives under international rules.  Changes in the value of an available-for-sale instrument either be included in earnings for the period in which it arises; or recognized directly in equity, through the statement of changes in equity ( IAS 1 Paragraphs 86-88) until the financial asset is sold, collected or otherwise disposed of, or until the financial asset is determined to be impaired (see IAS Paragraphs 117-119), at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity should be included in earnings for the period.  See IAS 39 Paragraph 103b.

A trading security (not subject to APB 15 equity method accounting and as defined in SFAS 115) cannot be a FAS 133 hedged item.  That is because SFAS 115 requires that trading securities be revalued (like gold) with unrealized holding gains and losses being booked to current earnings.  Conversely, Paragraphs 4c on Page 2, 38 on Page 24, and 479 on Page 209 of FAS 133 state that a forecasted purchase of an available-for-sale can be a hedged item, because available-for-sale securities are revalued under SFAS 115 have holding gains and losses accounted for in comprehensive income rather than current earnings.  Unlike trading securities, available-for-sale securities can be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.   Mention of available-for sale is made in Paragraphs 4, 18, 23, 36, 38, 49, 52-55, 123, 479-480, and 534 of FAS 133.  Held-to-maturity securities can also be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.

Note that if unrealized gains and losses are deferred in other comprehensive income, the deferral lasts until the transactions in the hedged item affect current earnings.  This means that OCI may carry forward on the date hedged securities are purchased and remain on the books until the securities are sold.  This is illustrated in Example 19 on Page 228 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998).  The Example 5.5 illustration on Page 165 notes that hedge effectiveness need only be assessed for price movements in one direction for put and call options since these only provide one-way price protection.

Suppose a company expects dividend income to continue at a fixed rate over the two years in a foreign currency.  Suppose the investment is adjusted to fair market value on each reporting date.  Forecasted dividends may not be firm commitments since there are not sufficient disincentives for failure to declare a dividend.  A cash flow hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure can be entered into under Paragraph 4b on Page 2 of FAS 133.  Whether or not gains and losses are posted to other comprehensive income, however, depends upon whether the securities are classified under SFAS 115 as available-for-sale or as trading securities.   There is no held-to-maturity alternative for equity securities.

The difference between a forward exchange rate and a spot rate is not excluded from a fair value hedging relationship for firm commitments measured in forward rates.  However Footnote 22 on Page 68 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

If the hedged item were a foreign-currency-denominated available-for-sale security instead of a firm commitment, Statement 52 would have required its carrying value to be measured using the spot exchange rate. Therefore, the spot-forward difference would have been recognized immediately in earnings either because it represented ineffectiveness or because it was excluded from the assessment of effectiveness.

Available-for-Sale  investments are elaborated upon in March 2003 by the FASB in an exposure draft entitled "Financial Instruments --- Recognition and Measurement," March 2003 --- http://www.cica.ca/multimedia/Download_Library/Standards/Accounting/English/e_FIRec_Mea.pdf 

 

Bob Jensen's Web Site

Top of Document

Start of Glossary

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

B-Terms

Backwardation = see basis and contango swap.

Banker Opinions = 

Joint Working Group of Banking Associations Financial Instrument Issues Relating to Banks

- banksjwg.pdf - Discussion Paper 
- jwgfinal.pdf - Final Position on Fair Value Accounting

Hi Dr. Jensen!

It is the official site about the Financial Instruments - Comprehensive Project of the IASC http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm  The site of the IAS Recognition and Measurement Project is: http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen2_139.htm 

Your Trinity-Homepages on Derivatives SFAS No. 133 is my favorite on this subject, espicially the illustrative examples (and the account simulations).

Currently I am focusing on splitting up hybrid financial instruments, especially those with embedded optional building blocks. The book of Smith/Smithson/Willford (1998) Managing Financial Risk and that from Das S. (1998) and Walsey J. (1997) provides a good guidance on how these products are structured.

Best Regard Christian

Basis =

difference between the the current spot price and the forward (strike) price of a derivative such as a futures contract or the forward component  in an options contract.     The basis is negative in normal backwardation.  The basis is is postive in the normal contango.  Various theories exist to explain the two differing convergence patterns. 

There are other definitions of basis found in practice.  Some people define basis as the difference between the spot and futures price.  Alternately basis can be viewed as the benefits minus the costs of  holding the hedged spot underlying until the forward or futures settlement date. 

Still another definition of this term is based on the U.S. tax code where basis is the carrying value of an asset.  It is the last definition that gives rise to the term basis adjustment.  See intrinsic value.  Also see the terms that use "basis" that are listed below.

Still another term is the difference between commodity prices as the difference between physical locations or product quality grades.

Basis Adjustment =

the adjustment of the booked value of an asset or liability as required by SFAS 80 but is no longer allowed for cash flow and foreign currency hedges under FAS 133 according to Paragraph 31 on Page 22 and Paragraphs 375-378 on Pages 172-173 of FAS 133.    Basis adjustment is required for fair value hedges under Paragraphs 22-24 on Pages 15-16 of FAS 133.   An illustration of amortization of fair value hedge basis adjustments appears in Example 2 beginning in Paragraph 111 on Page 60 of FAS 133.   Also see short-cut method.

The carrying value of a hedging offset account (OCI, Firm Commitment, or Balance Sheet Item) may be written off prematurely whenever the hedge becomes severely ineffective.

Under IAS 39, the carrying value of an effective hedge is written off when the hedge expires or is dedesignated. See Paragraphs 162 and 163 of IAS 39.

Under FAS 133, the carrying value of an effective hedge is carried forward until the ultimate disposition of the hedged item (e.g. inventory sale or depreciation of equipment). See Paragraph 31 of FAS 133.

The FASB decision to ban basis adjustment for cash flow hedges is controversial, although the controversy is a tempest in a teapot from the standpoint of reported net earnings each period.  Suppose you are enter into a firm commitment on 1/1/99 to purchase a building for the amount of yen that you can purchase for $5 million on 1/1/99.  The financial risk is that this commitment requires a payout in Japanese yen on 7/1/99 such that the building's cost may be higher or lower in terms of how many yen must be purchased on 7/1/99.   To hedge the dollar/yen exchange rate, you enter into a forward contract that will give you whatever it takes make up the difference between the yen owed and the yen that $5 million will purchase on 7/1/99.  On 1/1/99 the forward contract has zero value.  Six months later, assume that the forward contract has been value adjusted to $1 million because of the decline in the yen exchange rate. The offsetting credit is $1 million in OCI if since this was not designated as a fair value hedge. 

To close out the derivative on 7/1/99, you debit cash and credit the forward contract for $1 million.    To basis adjust the cost of the building, you would debit OCI for $1 million and credit the building fixed asset account.   The building would end up being booked on 7/1/99 for $4 million instead of its 1/1/99 contracted $5 million.  If you did not basis adjust, the credit would stay in OCI and leave the building booked at a 7/1/99 value of $5 million.   Paragraph 376 on Page 173 of FAS 133 requires that you no longer adjust the basis to $4 million as a result of the foreign currency hedge.   Hence depreciation of the building will be more each year than it would be with basis adjustment. 

The controversy stems over how and when to get that $1 million out of  OCI and into retained earnings.  Under SFAS 80, suppose that with basis adjustment the impact would have been a reduction of annual depreciation by $50,000 over the 20-year life of the building.  In other words,  depreciation would have been $50,000  less each year smaller $4 million adjusted basis rather than the $5 million unadjusted basis.   One argument against basis adjustment in this manner is that the company's risk management outcomes become buried in depreciation expense and are not segregated on the income statement.

Without basis adjustment under FAS 133, you get $50,000 more annual depreciation but identical net earnings because you must amortize the $1 million in OCI over the life of the building.  Here we will assume the amortization is $50,000 per year.  Each year a $50,000 debit is made to OCI and a credit is made to the P&L closing account. When OCI is amortized, investors are reminded on the income statement that, in this example, a $50,000 per year savings accrued because the company successfully hedged $1 million in foreign currency risk exposure.

In Paragraph 31 on Page 22 of FAS 133, the amortization approach is required for this cash flow hedge outcome. You cannot basis adjust in order to take $50,000 per year lowered depreciation over the life of the building.  But you report the same net earnings as if you had basis adjusted.   In any case, FAS 133 does not allow you to take the entire $1 million into 7/1/99 earnings.  Paragraph 376 on Page 173 of FAS 133  elaborates on this controversy. 

What is wrong with the FAS 133 approach, in my viewpoint, is that it may give the appearance that a company  speculated when in fact it merely locked in a price with a cash flow or foreign currency hedge.  The hedge locks in a price.  But the amortization approach (in the case of a long-term asset) or the write-off at the time of the sale (in the case of inventory) isolates the hedge cash flow as an expense or revenue as if the company speculated.   In the above example, the company reports $50,000 revenue per year from the forward contract.  This could have been a $50,000 loss if the dollar had declined against the yen between 1/1/99 and 7/1/99.  If the $50,000 was buried in depreciation charges, it would seem less likely that investors are mislead into thinking that the $50,000 per year arose from speculation in forward contracts.  Companies also point out that the amortization approach greatly adds to record keeping and accounting complexities when there are many such hedging contracts.  Basis adjustment gives virtually the same result with a whole lot less record keeping.

It should also be noted that to the extent that the hedge is ineffective, the ineffective portion gets written off to earnings on the date the asset or liability is acquired.  In the above example, any ineffective portion would have to be declared on 1/199 and never get posted to OCI.   Hence it would never be spread over the life of the building.  According to Paragraph 30 on Page 21 of FAS 133, ineffectiveness is to be defined at the time the hedge is undertaken.  Hedging strategy and ineffectiveness definition with respect to a given hedge defines the extent to which interim adjustments affect interim earnings.

Click here to view the IASC's Paul Pacter commentary on basis adjustment.

Basis Point =

interest rate amount equal to .0001 or 0.01%.

Basis Risk

risk of financial exposure of a basis difference as defined under "basis" above.  For example in energy hedging there may be location basis risk due to the differences in location such as the difference between capacity at a supply terminal and a demand terminal.  This risk is commonly hedged with swaps.

Interest rate basis risk is the difference arises from a difference between the index of the hedged item vis-a-vis the exposure risk.  

A basis swap is the swapping of one variable rate for another variable rate for purposes of changing the net interest rate.

Also see interest rate swap.

Basis Swap = see interest rate swap.

Benchmark = the designated risk being hedged.  In FAS 133/138, the term applies to interest rate risk.

In FAS 133, the FASB did not take into account how interest rate risk is generally hedged in practice.  FAS 133 based the hedging rules upon hedging of sector spreads for which there are no hedging instruments in practice.  The is one of the main reasons why FAS 138 amendments to FAS 133 were soon issued.  Components of interest rate risk are shown below:

Risk-free rate u(0) = 
LIBOR spread l(0)-u(0) = 
LIBOR(0) rate l(0) = 
Unhedged credit sector spread s(0)-l(0) = 
Total systematic interest rate risk s(0) = 
Unhedged unsystematic risk v(0)-s(0) = 
Full value effective rate v(0) = 
Premium (discount) on the debt issue f(0)-v(0)= 
Nominal (coupon) rate f(0) = 

In FAS 138, the FASB moved away from sector spread hedging and defined benchmarked interest rate hedging based upon only two allowed interest rate spreads (i.e., the U.S. Treasury risk-free rate with no spread or the LIBOR rate with only the LIBOR spread.  Sector spread hedging can no longer receive hedge accounting.

For an extensive numerical example of benchmark hedging, go to http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/138bench.htm 

FAS 138 Introduces Benchmarking

Examples Illustrating Application of FASB Statement No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/examplespg.shtml
or try clicking here.

FAS 138 Amendments expand the eligibility of many derivative instrument hedges to qualify FAS 133/138 hedge. Such qualifications in accounting treatment that reduces earnings volatility when the derivatives are adjusted for fair value. 

It is very popular in practice to have a hedging instrument and the hedged item be based upon two different indices.  In particular, the hedged item may be impacted by credit factors.  For example, interest rates commonly viewed as having three components noted below:

·        Risk-free risk that the level of interest rates in risk-free financial instruments such as U.S. treasury T-bill rates will vary system-side over time.

·        Credit sector spread risk that interest rates for particular economic sectors will vary over and above the risk-free interest rate movements.  For example, when automobiles replaced horses as the primary means of open road transportation, the horse industry’s credit worthiness suffered independently of other sectors of the economy.  In more recent times, the dot.com sector’s sector spread has suffered some setbacks.

·        Unsystematic spread risk of a particular borrower that varies over and above risk-free and credit sector spreads.  The credit of a particular firm may move independently of more system-wide (systematic) risk-free rates and sector spreads.

Suppose that a hedge only pays at the T-Bill rate for hedged item based on some variable index having credit components.  FAS 133 prohibited “treasury locks” that hedged only the risk-free rates but not credit-sector spreads or unsystematic risk.  This was upsetting many firms that commonly hedge with treasury locks.  There is a market for treasury lock derivatives that is available, whereas hedges for entire interest rate risk are more difficult to obtain in practice.  It is also common to hedge with London’s LIBOR that has a spread apart from a risk-free component.

The DIG confused the issue by allowing both risk-free and credit sector spread to receive hedge accounting in its DIG Issue E1 ruling.  Paragraph 14 of FAS 138 states the following:

Comments received by the Board on Implementation Issue E1 indicated (a) that the concept of market interest rate risk as set forth in Statement 133 differed from the common understanding of interest rate risk by market participants, (b) that the guidance in the Implementation Issue was inconsistent with present hedging activities, and (c) that measuring the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in credit sector spreads would be difficult because consistent sector spread data are not readily available in the market. 

In FAS 138, the board sought to reduce confusion by reducing all components risk into just two components called “interest rate risk” and “credit risk.”  Credit risk includes all risk other than the “benchmarked” component in a hedged item’s index.  A benchmark index can include somewhat more than movements in risk-free rates.  FAS 138 allows the popular LIBOR hedging rate that is not viewed as being entirely a risk-free rate.  Paragraph 16 introduces the concept of “benchmark interest rate” as follows:

Because the Board decided to permit a rate that is not fully risk-free to be the designated risk in a hedge of interest rate risk, it developed the general notion of benchmark interest rate to encompass both risk-free rates and rates based on the LIBOR swap curve in the United States.

FAS 133 thus allows benchmarking on LIBOR.  It is not possible to benchmark on such rates as commercial paper rates, Fed Fund rates, or FNMA par mortgage rates.

Readers might then ask what the big deal is since some of the FAS 133 examples (e.g., Example 5 beginning in Paragraph 133) hedged on the basis of LIBOR.  It is important to note that in those original examples, the hedging instrument (e.g., a swap) and the hedged item (e.g., a bond) both used LIBOR in defining a variable rate?  If the hedging instrument used LIBOR and the hedged item interest rate was based upon an index poorly correlated with LIBOR, the hedge would not qualify (prior to FAS 138) for FAS 133 hedge accounting treatment even though the derivative itself would have to be adjusted for fair value each quarter.  Recall that LIBOR is a short-term European rate that may not correlate with various interest indices in the U.S.  FAS 133 now allows a properly benchmarked hedge (e.g., a swap rate based on LIBOR or T-bills) to hedge an item having non-benchmarked components.

The short-cut method of relieving hedge ineffectiveness testing may no longer be available.  Paragraph 23 of FAS 138 states the following:

For cash flow hedges of an existing variable-rate financial asset or liability, the designated risk being hedged cannot be the risk of changes in its cash flows attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate if the cash flows of the hedged item are explicitly based on a different index.  In those situations, because the risk of changes in the benchmark interest rate (that is, interest rate risk) cannot be the designated risk being hedged, the shortcut method cannot be applied.  The Board’s decision to require that the index on which the variable leg of the swap is based match the benchmark interest rate designated as the interest rate risk being hedged for the hedging relationship also ensures that the shortcut method is applied only to interest rate risk hedges.  The Board’s decision precludes use of the shortcut method in situations in which the cash flows of the hedged item and the hedging instrument are based on the same index but that index is not the designated benchmark interest rate.  The Board noted, however, that in some of those situations, an entity easily could determine that the hedge is perfectly effective.  The shortcut method would be permitted for cash flow hedges in situations in which the cash flows of the hedged item and the hedging instrument are based on the same index and that index is the designated benchmark interest rate.

In other words, any hedge item that is not based upon only a benchmarked component will force hedge effectiveness testing at least quarterly.  Thus FAS 138 broadened the scope of qualifying hedges, but it made the accounting more difficult by forcing more frequent effectiveness testing.

FAS 138 also permits the hedge derivative to have more risk than the hedged item.  For example, a LIBOR-based interest rate swap might be used to hedge an AAA corporate bond or even a note rate based upon T-Bills.

There are restrictions noted in Paragraph 24 of FAS 138:

This Statement provides limited guidance on how the change in a hedged item’s fair value attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate should be determined.  The Board decided that in calculating the change in the hedged item’s fair value attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate, the estimated cash flows used must be based on all of the contractual cash flows of the entire hedged item.  That guidance does not mandate the use of any one method, but it precludes the use of a method that excludes some of the hedged item’s contractual cash flows (such as the portion of interest payments attributable to the obligor’s credit risk above the benchmark rate) from the calculation.  The Board concluded that excluding some of the hedged item’s contractual cash flows would introduce a new approach to bifurcation of a hedged item that does not currently exist in the Statement 133 hedging model.

The FASB provides some new examples illustrating the FAS 138 Amendments to FAS 133 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/examplespg.html
Example 1 on interest rate benchmarking begins as follows:

Example: Fair Value Hedge of the LIBOR Swap Rate in a $100 Million A1-Quality 5-Year Fixed-Rate Noncallable Debt On April 3, 20X0, Global Tech issues at par a $100 million A1-quality 5-year fixed-rate noncallable debt instrument with an annual 8 percent interest coupon payable semiannually. On that date, Global Tech enters into a 5-year interest rate swap based on the LIBOR swap rate and designates it as the hedging instrument in a fair value hedge of the $100 million liability. Under the terms of the swap, Global Tech will receive a fixed interest rate at 8 percent and pay variable interest at LIBOR plus 78.5 basis points (current LIBOR 6.29%) on a notional amount of $101,970,000 (semiannual settlement and interest reset dates). A duration-weighted hedge ratio was used to calculate the notional amount of the swap necessary to offset the debt's fair value changes attributable to changes in the LIBOR swap rate.

An extensive analysis of the above illustration is provided at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/138bench.htm

Some DIG Issues Affecting Interest Rate Hedging

Issue E1—Hedging the Risk-Free Interest Rate
http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/
(Cleared 02/17/99)
Issue E1 heavily influenced FAS 138 as noted above.

*Issue G6—Impact of Implementation Issue E1 on Cash Flow Hedges of Market Interest Rate Risk
(Cleared 5/17/00)

With regard to a cash flow hedge of the variability in interest payments on an existing floating-rate financial asset or liability, the distinction in Issue E1 between the risk-free interest rate and credit sector spreads over the base Treasury rate is not necessarily directly relevant to assessing whether the cash flow hedging relationship is effective in achieving offsetting cash flows attributable to the hedged risk. The effectiveness of a cash flow hedge of the variability in interest payments on an existing floating-rate financial asset or liability is affected by the interest rate index on which that variability is based and the extent to which the hedging instrument provides offsetting cash flows.

If the variability of the hedged cash flows of the existing floating-rate financial asset or liability is based solely on changes in a floating interest rate index (for example, LIBOR, Fed Funds, Treasury Bill rates), any changes in credit sector spreads over that interest rate index for the issuer's particular credit sector should not be considered in the assessment and measurement of hedge effectiveness. In addition, any changes in credit sector spreads inherent in the interest rate index itself do not impact the assessment and measurement of hedge effectiveness if the cash flows on both the hedging instrument and the hedged cash flows of the existing floating-rate financial asset or liability are based on the same index. However, if the cash flows on the hedging instrument and the hedged cash flows of the existing floating-rate financial asset or liability are based on different indices, the basis difference between those indices would impact the assessment and measurement of hedge effectiveness.

*Issue E6—The Shortcut Method and the Provisions That Permit the Debtor or Creditor to Require Prepayment 
http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueg6.html
(Cleared 5/17/00)

An interest-bearing asset or liability should be considered prepayable under the provisions of paragraph 68(d) when one party to the contract has the right to cause the payment of principal prior to the scheduled payment dates unless (1) the debtor has the right to cause settlement of the entire contract before its stated maturity at an amount that is always greater than the then fair value of the contract absent that right or (2) the creditor has the right to cause settlement of the entire contract before its stated maturity at an amount that is always less than the then fair value of the contract absent that right. A right to cause a contract to be prepaid at its then fair value would not cause the interest-bearing asset or liability to be considered prepayable under paragraph 68(d) since that right would have a fair value of zero at all times and essentially would provide only liquidity to the holder. Notwithstanding the above, any term, clause, or other provision in a debt instrument that gives the debtor or creditor the right to cause prepayment of the debt contingent upon the occurrence of a specific event related to the debtor's credit deterioration or other change in the debtor's credit risk (for example, the debtor's failure to make timely payment, thus making it delinquent; its failure to meet specific covenant ratios; its disposition of specific significant assets (such as a factory); a declaration of cross-default; or a restructuring by the debtor) should not be considered a prepayment provision under the provisions of paragraph 68(d). Application of this guidance to specific debt instruments is provided below.

Issue E10—Application of the Shortcut Method to Hedges of a Portion of an Interest-Bearing Asset or Liability (or its Related Interest) or a Portfolio of Similar Interest-Bearing Assets or Liabilities   http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuee10.html
(Released 4/00)

1.        May the shortcut method be applied to fair value hedges of a proportion of the principal amount of the interest-bearing asset or liability if the notional amount of the interest rate swap designated as the hedging instrument matches the portion of the asset or liability being hedged, and all other criteria for applying the shortcut method are satisfied? May the shortcut method similarly be applied to cash flow hedges of the interest payments on only a portion of the principal amount of the interest-bearing asset or liability if the notional amount of the interest rate swap designated as the hedging instrument matches the principal amount of the portion of the asset or liability on which the hedged interest payments are based? [Generally yes was the DIG’s answer.}

2.        May the shortcut method be applied to fair value hedges of portfolios (or proportions thereof) of similar interest-bearing assets or liabilities if the notional amount of the interest rate swap designated as the hedging instrument matches the notional amount of the aggregate portfolio? May the shortcut method be applied to a cash flow hedge in which the hedged forecasted transaction is a group of individual transactions if the notional amount of the interest rate swap designated as the hedging instrument matches the notional amount of the aggregate group that comprises the hedged transaction?  [Generally no was the DIG’s answer.}

*Issue F2—Partial-Term Hedging  http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuef2.html
(Cleared 07/28/99)

A company may not designate a 3-year interest rate swap with a notional amount equal to the principal amount of its nonamortizing debt as the hedging instrument in a hedge of the exposure to changes in fair value, attributable to changes in market interest rates, of the company’s obligation to make interest payments during the first 3 years of its 10-year fixed-rate debt instrument. There would be no basis for expecting that the change in that swap’s fair value would be highly effective in offsetting the change in fair value of the liability for only the interest payments to be made during the first three years. Even though under certain circumstances a partial-term fair value hedge can qualify for hedge accounting under Statement 133, the provisions of that Statement do not result in reporting a fixed-rate 10-year borrowing as having been effectively converted into a 3-year floating-rate and 7-year fixed-rate borrowing as was previously accomplished under synthetic instrument accounting prior to Statement 133. Synthetic instrument accounting is no longer acceptable under Statement 133, as discussed in paragraphs 349 and 350.

*Issue G7—Measuring the Ineffectiveness of a Cash Flow Hedge under Paragraph 30(b) When the Shortcut Method is Not Applied
http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueg7.html
(Cleared 5/17/00)

Three methods for calculating the ineffectiveness of a cash flow hedge that involves either (a) a receive-floating, pay-fixed interest rate swap designated as a hedge of the variable interest payments on an existing floating-rate liability or (b) a receive-fixed, pay-floating interest rate swap designated as a hedge of the variable interest receipts on an existing floating-rate asset are discussed below. As noted in the last section of the response, Method 1 (Change in Variable Cash Flows Method) may not be used in certain circumstances. Under all three methods, an entity must consider the risk of default by counterparties that are obligors with respect to the hedging instrument (the swap) or hedged transaction, pursuant to the guidance in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. G10, "Need to Consider Possibility of Default by the Counterparty to the Hedging Derivative." An underlying assumption in this Response is that the likelihood of the obligor not defaulting is assessed as being probable.

Other DIG issues can be viewed at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html


Also see the following summary of FAS 138
"Implementation of SFAS 138, Amendments to SFAS 133," The CPA Journal, November 2001. (With Angela L.J. Huang and John S. Putoubas), pp. 54-56 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2001/1100/dept/d115401.htm

Black-Scholes Model = see option.

Blockage Factor =

the impact upon financial instrument valuation of a large dollar amount of  items sold in one block.  In the case of derivatives, the FASB decided not to allow discounting of the carrying amount if that amount is to be purchased or sold in a single block.  Some analysts argue that if the items must be sold in a huge block, the price per unit would be less than marginal price of a single unit sold by itself.  Certain types of instruments may also increase in value due to blockage.  In the case of instruments that carry voting rights, there may be sufficient "block" of voting rights to influence strategy and control of an organization (e.g., a 51% block of voting shares or options for voting shares that provide an option for voting control).  If voting power is widely dispersed, less than 51% may constitute a blockage factor if the "block" is significant enough to exercise control. The FASB in SFAS 107does not allow blockage factors to influence the estimation of fair value up or down.  Disallowance of blockage is discussed in FAS 133, Pages 153-154, Paragraphs 312-315. See fair value.

Bookout --- 

The term "bookout" can be used in a variety of contexts such as when firms make a paper transaction in lieu of actual delivery of a product or service.  For an illustration in the power industry, see the Bonneville Dam illustration  under Normal Purchases Normal Sales 
See the DIG C16 resolution under Normal Purchases Normal Sales 

New Guidance on Loans and Revisions to DIG C15 (Bookouts) 
Cleared December 19, 2001 
 http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=61&areaid=438  

Changes in determining how loans will be scoped in bring guidance closer to the statement itself, as more issues achieve closure.

At its meeting on December 19, the Board agreed to the staff's recommendation to change its final guidance on the application of FAS 133 to loans (and other credit arrangements): i.e., when they should be defined as derivatives for accounting purposes. The Board thus decided to override C13,"When a Loan Commitment is Included in the Scope of Statement 133," with broader guidance utilizing FAS 133's characteristic-based definition of a derivative (in particular, the net-settlement criteria found in paragraph 9b).

Under this approach, loans and other off-balance sheet credit arrangements that meet the statement's definition of a derivative would be scoped in. However, the key to this approach is to be found in the language the staff has drafted to help apply the FAS 133 definition of a derivative to such loans/credit arrangements. This language, which we understand will set a relatively high hurdle for loans to meet the 9b test, is to be posted on the FASB site soon, and subjected to a 35-day comment period. [There may be two issues: one to clarify the market mechanism need to qualify for 9b (net settlement) and a second to address the application of the derivative definition in accounting of the loan.]

Clarification on the question of MAC clauses (not to be considered) and asymmetrical accounting for borrower and lender (allowing borrowers to continue to account for loans deemed derivatives for banks as loans) as discussed below will also be included in the guidance posted to the FASB website. Notice will be given that the resulting guidance will be conditioned on amendments to Statements 65 and 91, which covered prior loan accounting.

Desperate for closure, the board stresses that this is essentially the final answer on the subject, and it will primarily consider comments that help improve the application of the derivative definition test. Note that this change sets a further precedent for seeking changes to existing, pre-cleared guidance that go back to the conceptual foundation of the statement itself.

Another issue of large concern to the electricity industry was the Board's discussion of further revisions to C15, "Normal Purchases and Sales Exception for Option-Type Contracts and Forward Contracts in Electricity." In October, the staff revised C15 to clarify the unique nature of capacity contracts in the electrical industry and define criteria under which contracts with certain option features and bookouts can qualify for the normal purchases and sales exception. The Board has given the final go- ahead, approving staff revisions which means C15 will be posted in its final form very soon. We are unclear as to what extent, if at all, these revisions will differ from the October 10 draft, but interested parties will want to scrutinize the words carefully.

Loan commitments and FAS 133 Prior to today's meeting, this issue had been addressed, in part, with C13, "When a Loan Commitment is Included in the Scope of Statement 133," which was posted as tentative guidance on the FASB website in January 2001. C13 provided that (1) loan commitments that relate to the origination or acquisition of mortgage loans that will be held for resale under Statement 65 must be accounted for as derivatives under Statement 133 by both the borrower and lender; (2) loan commitments that relate to the origination or acquisition of mortgage loans that will be held of investment continue to be accounted for under Statement 65 and (3) commitments that relate to the originations of non-mortgage loans continue to be accounted for under Statement 91.

However, C13 dealt mainly with mortgage loans, which would have required FASB to consider extending the guidance in C13 to non-mortgage loans held for resale.

As an alternative, the staff had recommended the Board switch gears and use the Statement's broader guidance on defining derivatives to determine when loans are scoped in, which the Board accepted.

A third and fourth alternative were also presented but not widely considered. The first of these would have imposed the need for both parties of a contract to have access to a market mechanism, in order for the contract to meet the paragraph 9b net settlement criteria. Going down this route would require a similar decision by the board on this "both counterparty" requirement for all 9b tests. The second of these alternatives suggested the Board simply carve out a specific subset of loans from FAS 133.

In discussing this question, one of the board members noted how divisive this issues was in the financial services industry, with constituents coming down almost equally on both sides (see I-bank vs. C-bank debate). This prevented easy consideration of a carve out, or any guidance, that drifted away from FAS 133's conceptual fundamentals.

The guidance in C13 (formerly E13) was already drifting away from the core FAS 133 concepts, but this reflected the Board's mistaken view that most all loan commitments were clearly not derivatives. However, C13 arose out of discussions at the DIG (see Item 11-4 discussions here and here) where DIG members pointed out market mechanisms that could emerge to facilitate net settlement in loans and how loans with option features were included in Statement 119 disclosure guidelines.

Moreover, C13 was potentially holding back the planned move to a fair value model for all financial instruments--a project discussed later at the meeting. As one of the new board members, Katherine Schipper, pointed out, going with the alternative to C13 not only provides an opportunity to fix a flawed approach to loan scope outs, but it brings GAAP further in the direction of the fair value model toward which the FASB is moving. Though, other board members, and the staff, said it was not clear whether more or fewer loans would be likely to be scoped in under the agreed upon C13 alternative.

Having reached on consensus on the first question concerning loans, the Board turned to the second and third questions framed by the staff.

Question 2 dealt with the effect of a subjective material change clause (Ma clause that may be invoked by the issuer based oive evaluation of the adverse change-on whethoped into FAS 133. Though not explicitly stated, this question was posed in order to prevent the insertion of MAC clauses into credit arrangements merely to trigger a scope exception.

The alternative guidance proposed by the staff dealt with the degree of control the issuer has over the MAC trigger:

Alternative 1 states that the existence of a subjective MAC clause always causeso be excluded from the scope of the staff's proposed guidance.

Alternative 2 would have the loan excluded only if it is remote that the issuer would invoke the MAC clause.

Alternative 3 would ignore the MAC altogether and not use it as a consideration in excluding the contract.

The board had no objections to the staff recommendation to ignore the MAC clause (alternative 3).

The third question arising from the loan discussion asked if asymmetrical accounting would be allowed for loans falling under the scope of FAS 133. In other words, a market mechanism might exist for the issuer (lender), but not the holder (borrower), which would make the contract a derivative from the former's perspective but not the latter's.

As a pure practical matter, the Board concluded that asymmetrical accounting would be allowed on an exception basis where the holder (borrower) does not account for the contract as a derivative--even where it meets the test for the issuer (lender). Otherwise, borrowers would have to phone their lenders and ask how they were accounting for the loan in order to arrive at proper accounting.

With respect to Firm Commitments vs. Forward Contracts, the key distinction is Part b of Paragraph 540 of the original FAS 133 (I have an antique copy of the original FAS 133 Standard.)

Those of us into FAS 133’s finer points have generally assumed a definitional distinction between a “firm commitment” purchase contract to buy a commodity at a contract price versus a forward contract to purchase the commodity at a contracted forward price. The distinction is important, because FAS 133 requires booking a forward contract and adjusting it to fair value at reporting dates if actual physical delivery is not highly likely such that the NPNS exception under Paragraph 10(b) of FAS 133 cannot be assumed to avoid booking.

The distinction actually commences with forecasted transactions that include purchase contracts for a fixed notional (such as 100,000 gallons of fuel) at an uncertain underlying (such as the spot price of fuel on the actual future date of purchase). Such purchase contracts are typically not booked. These forecasted transactions become “firm commitments” if the future purchase price is contracted in advance (such $2.23 per gallon for a future purchase three months later). Firm commitments are typically not booked under FAS 133 rules, but they may be hedged with fair value hedges using derivative financial instruments. Forecasted transactions (with no contracted price) can be hedged with cash flow hedges using derivative contracts.

There is an obscure rule (not FAS 133) that says an allowance for firm commitment loss must be booked for an unhedged firm commitment if highly significant (material) loss is highly probable due to a nose dive in the spot market. But this obscure rule will be ignored here.

One distinction between a firm commitment contract and a forward contract is that a forward contract’s net settlement, if indeed it is net settled, is based on the difference between spot price and forward price at the time of settlement. Net settlement takes the place of penalties for non-delivery of the actual commodity (most traders never want pork bellies dumped in their front lawns). Oil companies typically take deliveries some of the time, but like electric companies these oil companies generally contract for far more product than will ever be physically delivered. Usually this is due to difficulties in predicting peak demand.

A firm commitment is gross settled at the settlement date if no other net settlement clause is contained in the contract. If an oil company does not want a particular shipment of contracted oil, the firm commitment contract is simply passed on to somebody needing oil or somebody willing to offset (book out) a purchase contract with a sales contract. Pipelines apparently have a clearing house for such firm commitment transferals of “paper gallons” that never flow through a pipeline. Interestingly, fuel purchase contracts are typically well in excess (upwards of 100 times) the capacities of the pipelines.  

The contentious FAS 133 booking out problem was settled for electricity companies in FAS 149. But it was not resolved in the same way for other companies. Hence for all other companies the distinction between a firm commitment contract and a forward price contract is crucial.

In some ways the distinction between a firm commitment versus a forward contract may be somewhat artificial. The formal distinction, in my mind, is the existence of a net settlement (spot price-forward price) clause in a forward contract that negates a “significant penalty” clause of a firm commitment contract.

The original FAS 133 (I still have this antique original version) had a glossary that reads as follows in Paragraph 540:

Firm commitment

An agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and
usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics:

a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the
quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the
transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified
amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign
currency. It may also be expressed as a specified interest rate
or specified effective yield.

b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is
sufficiently large to make performance probable.

The key distinction between a firm commitment and a forward contract seems to be Part b above that implies physical delivery backed by a “sufficiently large” penalty if physical delivery is defaulted.  The net settlement (spot-forward) provision of forward contracts generally void Part b penalties even when physical delivery was originally intended.

Firm commitments have greater Part b penalties for physical non-conformance than do forward contracts. But in the case of the pipeline industry, Part b technical provisions in purchase contracts generally are not worrisome because of a market clearing house for such contracts (the highly common practice of booking out such contracts by passing along purchase contracts to parties with sales contracts, or vice versa, that can be booked out) when physical delivery was never intended. For example, in the pipeline hub in question (in Oklahoma) all such “paper gallon” contracts are cleared against each other on the 25th of every month. By “clearing” I mean that “circles” of buyers and sellers are identified such that these parties themselves essentially net out deals. In most cases the deals are probably based upon spot prices, although the clearing house really does not get involved in negotiations between buyers and sellers of these “paper gallons.”

See Forward Transaction and Firm Commitment

Business Combinations =

contacts for purchases and/or poolings that require special accounting treatment.  In summary, the major exceptions under FAS 133 for APB Opinion No. 16 are discussed in (FAS 133Paragraph 11c).  

Exceptions are not as important in IAS 39, because fair value adjustments are required of all financial instruments.  However, exceptions or special accounting for derivatives are discussed in IAS 39 Paragraph 1g --- Also note  IAS 22 Paragraphs 65-76)

 

Bob Jensen's Web Site

Top of Document

Start of Glossary

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

C-Terms

Call = see option.

CAP =

a risk bound.  For example, a cap writer, in return for a premium, agrees to limit, or cap, the cap holder's risk associated with an increase in interest rates. If rates go above a specified interest-rate level (the strike price or the cap rate), the cap holder is entitled to receive cash payments equal to the excess of the market rate over the strike price multiplied by the notional principal amount. Issuers of floating-rate liabilities often purchase caps to protect against rising interest rates, while retaining the ability to benefit from a decline in rates. Examples are given in SFAS Paragraphs 182-183 beginning on Page 95 of FAS 133.  Also see Footnote 6 to Paragraph 13 on Page 8 of FAS 133.

The opposite of a cap is termed a floor.  A floor writer, in return for a premium, agrees to limit, or floor, the cap holder's risk associated with an decrease in interest rates. If rates go below a specified interest-rate level (the strike price or the floor rate), the floor holder is entitled to receive cash payments equal to the difference between the market rate over the strike price multiplied by the notional principal amount.  See Footnote 6 to Paragraph 13 on Page 8 of FAS 133

A collar combines a cap and a floor.  In Paragraph 181 on Page 95 of FAS 133, a timing collar is discussed.  Another example is given in Paragraph 182 beginning on Page 95 of FAS 133.  See collar.

Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) =

a model for valuing a corporation in which estimated future cash flows are discounted at a rate equal to the firm's weighted average cost of capital multiplied by the beta, which is a measure of the volatility of a firm's stock priceThe CAPM is a single-index model and, as such, has enormous structural deficiencies.  Alternate approaches and problems in all approaches are discussed in http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/149wp/149wp.htm    Also see option pricing theory.

Capacity Risk see Risks

Cash Flow Hedge =

a derivative with a periodic settlement based upon cash flows such as interest rate changes on variable rate debt. Major portions of FAS 133 dealing with cash flow hedges include Paragraphs 28-35, 127-130, 131-139, 140-143, 144-152, 153-158, 159-161, 162-164, 371-383, 422-425, 458-473, and 492-494.   See hedge and hedge accounting.  The IASC adopted the same definition of a cash flow hedge except that the hedge has also to affect reported net income (See IAS 39 Paragraph 137b).

Flow for Cash Flow Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

The key distinction of a cash flow hedge versus a fair value hedge is that FAS 133 allows deferral of unrealized holding gains and losses on the revaluation of the derivative to be posted to Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) rather than current earnings.  Paragraph 30 on Page 21 of FAS 133 discusses the posting to OCI. Paragraph 31 deals with reclassifications from OCI into earnings. Also see derecognition and dedesignation.

In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.  One of these types is described in Section a and Footnote 2 below:

Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a derivative instrument as follows:

a.
A hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability, or of an unrecognized firm commitment, \2/ that are attributable to a particular risk (referred to as a fair value hedge)
==========================================================================
Footnote 2
\2/ An unrecognized firm commitment can be viewed as an executory contract that represents both a right and an obligation. When a previously unrecognized firm commitment that is designated as a hedged item is accounted for in accordance with this Statement, an asset or a liability is recognized and reported in the statement of financial position related to the recognition of the gain or loss on the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent references to an asset or a liability in this Statement include a firm commitment.
==========================================================================

With respect to Section a above, a firm commitment cannot have a cash flow risk exposure because the gain or loss is already booked.  For example, a contract of 10,000 units per month at $200 per unit is unrecognized and has a cash flow risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further cash flow risk exposure. The booked firm commitment, however, can have a fair value risk exposure.

Another key distinction is between a forecasted transaction versus a firm commitment.  Firm commitments without any foreign currency risk cannot have cash flow hedges, because there is no variability in expected future cash flows (except for credit risks for which cash flow hedges are not allowed under Paragraph 29e on Page 20, Paragraph 32 on Page 22,  and Paragraph 61c on Page 41 of FAS 133 ).  Example 9 beginning in Paragraph 162 on Page 84 of FAS 133 illustrates a forward contract cash flow hedge of a forecasted series of transactions in a foreign currency.  When the forecasted transactions become accounts receivable, a portion of the value changes in the futures contract must be taken into current earnings rather than other comprehensive income.  Controversies between the FASB's distinction between forecasted transactions versus firm commitments are discussed in Paragraphs 324-325 on Page 157 of FAS 133.  Firm commitments can have fair value hedges even though they cannot have cash flow hedges.  See Paragraph 20 on Page 11 of FAS 133.  

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.  For reasons and references, see equity methodA nonderivative instrument, such as a Treasury note, shall not be designated as a hedging instrument for a cash flow hedge (FAS 133 Paragraph 28d). 

Paragraph 40 beginning on Page 25 bans a forecasted transaction of a subsidiary company from being a hedged item if the parent company wants to hedge the cash flow on the subsidiary's behalf.  However Paragraph 40a allows such cash flow hedging if the parent becomes a party to the hedged item itself, which can be a contract between the parent and its subsidiary under Paragraph 36b on Page 24 of FAS 133.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.  In a covered call the combined position of the hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is always greater than potential gains.  The option premium, however, is set so that the option writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to occur.   Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow losses will Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under FAS 133.   Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12.  See written option.

Paragraph 28 beginning on Page 18 of FAS 133 requires that the hedge be formally documented from the start such that prior contracts such as options or futures contracts cannot later be declared hedges.  (Existing assets and liabilities can be hedged items, but the hedging instruments must be new and fully documented at the start of the hedge.)   Paragraphs 29c and 29f on Page 20 of FAS 133 require direct cash flow risk exposures rather than earnings exposures such as a hedge to protect equity-method accounting for an investment under APB 16 rules.   See ineffectiveness.

FAS 133 is silent as to whether a single asset or liability can be hedged in part (as opposed to a portfolio of items having different risks).  For example, can an interest rate swap be used to hedge the cash flows of only the last five years of a ten-year note?  There seems to be nothing to prevent this (as is illustrated in Examples 13 and 15 beginning on Page 225 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998).

Paragraph 18 of FAS 133 allows for using only a portion of a single derivative to hedge an item if, and only if, the selected portion has the risk exposure of the portion is equal to the risk of the whole derivative.  For example, a four-year interest rate swap designated as hedging a two-year note probably does not meet the Paragraph 18 test, because the risk exposure in the first two years most likely is not the same as the risk level in the last two years.

Suppose a company expects dividend income to continue at a fixed rate over the two years in a foreign currency.  Suppose the investment is adjusted to fair market value on each reporting date.  Forecasted dividends may not be firm commitments since there are not sufficient disincentives for failure to declare a dividend.  A cash flow hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure can be entered into under Paragraph 4b on Page 2 of FAS 133.  Whether or not gains and losses are posted to other comprehensive income, however, depends upon whether the securities are classified under SFAS 115 as available-for-sale or as trading securities.   There is no held-to-maturity alternative for equity securities.

With respect to Paragraph 29a on Page 20 of FAS 133, KPMG notes that if the hedged item is a portfolio of assets or liabilities based on an index, the hedging instrument cannot use another index even though the two indices are highly correlated.  See Example 7 on Page 222 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

The hedging instrument  (e.g., a forecasted transaction or firm commitment foreign currency hedge) must meet the stringent criteria for being defined as a derivative financial instrument under FAS 133.  This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely related.  It also includes strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 , 29 beginning on Page 20, and Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host contracts that are being hedged.  Those tests state that if the forecasted "transaction" is in reality a group or portfolio of individual transactions, all transactions in the group must bear the same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in Paragraph 21.    Also see Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133.  The grouping tests are elaborated upon in the following Paragraphs:

The tests can become tricky.  For example, suppose a company has a firm commitment to buy 1,000 units of raw material per month at a unit price of 5,000DM Deutsche Marks. Can this firm commitment be designated as a hedged item on a foreign currency risk exposure of 500 units each month?  The answer according to Paragraph 21a's Part (2b) requires that which units be designated such as the first 500 units or the last 500 unites each month.

A group of variable rate notes indexed in the same way upon LIBOR can be a hedged item, whereas having different indices such as LIBOR and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not qualify.  Also, anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated sales in the same grouping designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the same underlying.   Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133 makes an exception for a portfolio of differing risk exposures for financial instruments designated in foreign currencies so not to conflict with Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Those tests also state that a compound grouping of multiple derivatives (e.g., a portfolio of options or futures or forward contracts or any combination thereof) is prohibited from "separating a derivative into either separate proportions or separate portions and designating any component as a hedging instrument or designating different components as hedges of different exposures."   See Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167 of FAS 133.  Paragraphs dealing with compound derivative issues include the following:

Section c(4) of Paragraph 4 is probably the most confusing condition mentioned in Paragraph 4. It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  The gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. This is an exception to Paragraph 29a on Page 20 of FAS 133.  Reasons for the exception are given in Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133:

The net investment in a foreign operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that would not meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a group of similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the parent's investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net investment in a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The Board decided, however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of Statement 52 in that area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of dissimilar items, hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been explicitly permitted by the authoritative literature.

For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change.  Section 4(c) of Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a derivative.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:

.A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. 

These Section c(4) confusions in Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

Paragraph 18 on Page 10 does allow a single derivative to be divided into components provided but never with partitioning of  "different risks and designating each component as a hedging instrument."  For example, suppose Rippen Company enters into forward contracting with Bank A to sell Dutch guilders and purchase French francs. The purpose is to hedge two combined unrelated foreign currency risks from two related companies, one a Holland subsidiary and the other a French subsidiary. Bank A is independent of all the interrelated companies in this scenario.  If the forward contracting entails one forward contract, it cannot be partitioned into components having different risks of U.S. dollars against guilders versus francs.

Paragraph 29d precludes forecasted transactions from being the hedged items in cash flow hedges if those items, when the transaction is completed, will be remeasured on each reporting date at fair value with holding gains and losses taken directly into current earnings (as opposed to comprehensive income).  See Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133.  Paragraphs 220-231 beginning on Page 123 of FAS 133 leave little doubt that the FASB feels "fair value is the most relevant measure for financial instrument and the only relevant measure for derivative instruments."    Allowing gains and losses from qualified FAS 133-allowed cash flow hedges to be deferred in OCI was more of a political compromise that the FASB intends for the long-term.  But the compromise extends only so far as present GAAP.  It allows OCI deferral on cash flow hedges only if the hedged items are carried at cost under GAAP.  For example, lumber inventory is carried at cost and can be hedged with OCI deferrals of gains and losses on the derivative instrument such as a forward contract that hedges the price of lumber.  The same cannot be said for gold inventory.

The forecasted purchase of lumber inventoried at cost can be a hedged item, but the forecasted purchase of gold or some other "precious" market commodity cannot qualify for OCI deferral as a hedged item.   The reason is that  "precious" items under GAAP are booked at maintained at market value.  For example, suppose a forward contract is entered into on January 1 when commodity's price is $300 per unit.  The "political issue" issue faced by the FASB is merely a matter of when gains and losses on the derivative contract are posted to current earnings.  If the price goes up to $400 per unit on July 1 when the commodity is actually purchased, there is a $100 per unit deferred gain on the forward contract that is transferred from OCI to current earnings if the commodity is lumber.  If the commodity is "precious" gold, however, the there is no intervening credit to OCI because of Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of FAS 133.  Illustrative journal entries are shown below:

 

Transactions

in Lumber

Transactions

in Gold

Date

Accounts

Debit

Credit

Debit

Credit

1/1/x1

Forward

0

 

0

 

        Cash

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

Various dates

Forward

100

 

100

 

        OCI

 

100

 

 

       P&L

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

7/1/x1

Inventory

400

 

400

 

        Cash

 

400

 

400

 

 

 

 

7/1/x1

Cash

100

 

100

 

        Forward

 

100

 

100

 

 

 

 

7/1/x1

OCI

100

 

 

 

        P&L

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

The forward contract was not a FAS 133-allowed cash flow hedge even though it was an economic hedge.  The reason goes back to Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of SFAS 130.

For this same reason, a trading security (not subject to APB 15 equity method accounting and as defined in SFAS 115) cannot be a FAS 133 hedged item.  That is because SFAS 115 requires that trading securities be revalued (like gold) with unrealized holding gains and losses being booked to current earnings.  Conversely, Paragraphs 4c on Page 2, 38 on Page 24, and 479 on Page 209 of FAS 133 state that a forecasted purchase of an available-for-sale security can be a hedged item, because available-for-sale securities revalued under SFAS 115 have holding gains and losses accounted for in comprehensive income rather than current earnings.  Unlike trading securities, available-for-sale securities can be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.   Mention of available-for sale is made in Paragraphs 4, 18, 23, 36, 38, 49, 52-55, 123, 479-480, and 534 of FAS 133.  Held-to-maturity securities can also be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.

Held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for cash flow risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133.  See held-to-maturity.  Suppose a firm has a forecasted transaction to purchase a held-to-maturity bond investment denominated in a foreign currency.  Under SFAS 115, the bond will eventually, after the bond purchase, be adjusted to fair value on each reporting date.  As a result, any hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure to cash flows cannot receive favorable cash flow hedge accounting under FAS 133 rules (as is illustrated in Examples 6 beginning on Page 265 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998).   Before the bond is purchased, its forecasted transaction is not allowed to be a hedged item under Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of FAS 133 since, upon execution of the transaction, the bond "will subsequently be remeasured with changes in fair value ...."  Also see Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133.

Even more confusing is Paragraph 29e that requires the cash flow hedge to be on prices or interest rates rather than credit worthiness.  For example, a forecasted sale of a specific asset at a specific price can be hedged for spot price changes under Paragraph 29e.  The forecasted sale's cash flows may not be hedged for the credit worthiness of the intended buyer or buyers.  Example 24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond.  Because the bond's coupon payments were indexed to credit rating rather than interest rates, the embedded derivative could not be isolated and accounted for as a cash flow hedge.  See also credit risk swaps.

A  swaption can be a cash flow hedge.   See swaption.

Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and Paragraph 29f on Page 20 of FAS 133 prohibits forecasted cash flows from minority interests in a consolidated subsidiary from being designated as a hedged item in a cash flow hedge.  Reasons are given in Paragraph 472 beginning on Page 206 of FAS 133.  See minority interest.

Cash flow hedges are accounted for in a similar manner but not identical manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39 (other than the fact that none of the IAS 39 standards define comprehensive income or require that changes in fair value not yet posted to current earnings be classified under comprehensive income in the equity section of a balance sheet):

To the extent that the cash flow hedge is effective, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized initially in equity. Subsequently, that amount is included in net profit or loss in the same period or periods during which the hedged item affects net profit or loss (for example, through cost of sales, depreciation, or amortization).

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm (emphasis added):

IAS 39 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument will adjust the basis (carrying amount) of the acquired asset or liability. The gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability is subsequently included in net profit or loss when the asset or liability affects net profit or loss (such as in the periods that depreciation expense, interest income or expense, or cost of sales is recognised).

FAS 133 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument will remain in equity when the asset or liability is acquired. That gain or loss will subsequently included in net profit or loss in the same period as the asset or liability affects net profit or loss (such as in the periods that depreciation expense, interest income or expense, or cost of sales is recognised). Thus, net profit or loss will be the same under IAS and FASB Standards, but the balance sheet presentation will be net under IAS and gross under FASB.

Cash Flow Hedges Create Fair Value Risk

Cash flow risk commonly arises in forecasted transactions with an unknown value of the underlying.  Interbank rates that banks charge each other is often used for benchmarking in hedge effectiveness testing.  For example, suppose the underlying is a benchmarked interest rate is the ever-popular London Inter-bank Offering Rate (LIBOR) where a firm borrows $1 million for two years at a  fixed rate of 6.41%.  This loan has fair value risk since the amount required to pay the loan off prematurely at the end of any quarter will vary with interest rate movements in the same manner as bond prices move up and down depending upon the spot market of interest rates such as LIBOR.    The loan does not have cash flow risk since the interest rate is locked in at 6.41% (divided by four) for each quarterly interest payment.

The firm can lock in fixed fair value by entering into some type of derivative such as an interest rate swap contract that will pay a variable benchmarked rate that moves up and down with interest rates.  For example, assume the receivable leg of the swap  is fixed at 6.65%.  Each quarter the difference between 6.65% and the current spot rate of LIBOR determines the net settlement of the interest rate swap payment that locks in a fixed return of 6.65% + 2%.  To read more about this particular cash flow hedge and the hedge accounting that is allowed under FAS 133, go to Example 5 in Appendix B of FAS 133 beginning with Paragraph 131.  Bob Jensen elaborates and extends this example with a video and Excel workbook at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

Financial instruments have a notional and an underlying.  For example, an underlying might be a commodity price and the notional is the quantity such as price of corn and the quantity of corn.  An underlying might be an interest rate such as the U.S. Treasury rate of the London Inter-bank Offering Rate and the notional might be the principal such as the $10 million face value of 10,000 bonds having a face value of $1,000 each.

The unhedged investment of $10 million has cash flow risk but no fair value risk.  The hedged investment has no cash flow risk but the subsequent combination of the hedge and the hedged item creates fair value risk.  The fair value of the interest rate swap used as the hedging instrument fluctuates up and down with the current spot rate of LIBOR used in determining the quarterly swap payments.  For example, in Example 5 mentioned above, the swap begins with a zero value but moves up to a fair value of $24,850 a the end of the first quarter, $73,800 at the end of the second quarter, and even drops to a negative ($42,820) after four quarters.

Companies do trillions of dollars worth of cash flow  hedging with interest rate swaps.  Two enormous examples are Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  Both of these giant companies hedge millions of dollars of outstanding fixed-rate mortgage investments with interest rate swaps that lock in fair value.  You can read more about their cash flow hedging strategy in their annual reports for Years 2001, 2002, and 2003.  Both companies made headlines for not complying with FAS 133 hedge accounting years.  See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

 

Fair Value Hedges Create Cash Flow Risk

Fair value risk commonly arises in fore firm commitments with a contracted value of the underlying.  For example, suppose the underlying is a benchmarked interest rate such as the London Inter-bank Offering Rate (LIBOR) where a firm invests $10 million for two years that pays a quarterly return of the spot rate for LIBOR plus 2.25%.  This investment has cash flow risk since the quarterly values of LIBOR are unknown.  The investment does not fair value risk since the value is locked in at $10 million due to the fact that the returns are variable rather than fixed.  

The firm can lock in a fixed return rate by entering into some type of derivative such as an interest rate swap contract that will lock in the current LIBOR forward rate.  For example, assume the payable leg of the swap  is fixed at 6.41%.  Each quarter the difference between 6.41% and the current spot rate of LIBOR determines the net settlement of the interest rate swap payment that will vary with interest rate movements.  To read more about this particular cash flow hedge and the hedge accounting that is allowed under FAS 133, go to Example 2 in Appendix B of FAS 133 beginning with Paragraph 111.  Bob Jensen elaborates and extends this example with a video and Excel workbook at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

The unhedged loan of $1 million has fair value risk but no fair value risk.  The hedged investment has no fair value risk but the subsequent combination of the hedge and the hedged item creates cash flow risk.  If the hedge is perfectly effective,  fair value of the interest rate swap used as the hedging instrument fluctuates exactly to offset any value change in the loan such that the combined value of the loan plus the swap is fixed at $1 million. For example, in Example 2 mentioned above, the swap begins with a zero value but down down to a fair value of a negative liability of )$16,025) when the value of the loan drops to ($998,851) such that the sum of the two values is the constant $1 million.  The swap costs the borrower an outflow of $16,025 at the end of the first quarter to offset the decline in the value of the loan.  

The point here is that a hedge for fair value risk creates cash flow risk.  

Why would a firm want to enter into a fair value hedge that causes cash flow risk?  There can be many reasons, but one is that the borrower may predict that interest rates are going to fall and it would be advantageous to prepay the fixed-rate loan at some point in time before maturity and borrow at anticipated lower rates.  In Example 2 mentioned above, LIBOR dropped to 6.31% in the fourth quarter such at the firm would have to pay $1,001,074 to prepay the loan (e.g., by buying it back in the market).  However, due to the hedge, the interest rate swap would pay $1,074 such that the net cost is only the $1 million locked in fair value fixed by the interest rate swap hedge.

Companies do a somewhat surprising amount of fair value hedging with interest rate swaps.  Two enormous examples are Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  Both of these giant companies hedge millions of dollars of outstanding variable rate debt with interest rate swaps that lock in fair value.  Both companies thereby create cash flow risk.  Fannie Mae lost $24 billion in derivatives trading, and much of this was due to fair value hedging.  See "$25 Billion in Derivatives Losses at Fannie Mae" --- http://worldvisionportal.org/WVPforum/viewtopic.php?t=192 

An independent analysis of Fannie's accounts suggests it may have incurred losses on its derivatives trading of $24bn between 2000 and third-quarter 2003. That figure represents nearly all of the $25.1bn used to purchase or settle transactions in that period. Any net losses will eventually have to be recognised on Fannie Mae's balance sheet, depressing future profits.

You can read more about Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac fair value hedging strategy in their annual reports for Years 2001, 2002, and 2003.  Both companies made headlines for not complying with FAS 133 hedge accounting years.  See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm

 

 

 

 

DIG issues at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/  
Section G: Cash Flow Hedges

*Issue G1—Hedging an SAR Obligation (Cleared 02/17/99)

*Issue G2—Hedged Transactions That Arise from Gross Settlement of a Derivative ("All in One" Hedges) (Cleared 03/31/99)

*Issue G3—Discontinuation of a Cash Flow Hedge (Cleared 03/31/99)

*Issue G4—Hedging Voluntary Increases in Interest Credited on an Insurance Contract Liability (Cleared 07/28/99)

*Issue G5—Hedging the Variable Price Component
(Cleared 11/23/99)

Issue G6—Impact of Implementation Issue E1 on Cash Flow Hedges of Market Interest Rate Risk
(Released 11/99)

Issue G7—Measuring the Ineffectiveness of a Cash Flow Hedge of Interest Rate Risk under Paragraph 30(b) When the Shortcut Method is Not Applied
(Released 11/99)

Issue G8—Hedging Interest Rate Risk of Foreign-Currency-Denominated Floating-Rate Debt
(Released 11/99)

See Illustrations  and Ineffectivness.

Cash Flow Statement Presentation

From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Educators' Review on May 9, 2003

TITLE: FASB Rules Derivatives Must Be Part of Financing Cash Flow 
REPORTER: Cassell Bryan-Low 
DATE: May 01, 2003 
PAGE: C4 
LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB105174180092459600,00.html  
TOPICS: Debt, Derivatives, Financial Accounting

SUMMARY: The FASB issued this ruling "in an attempt to crack down" on companies that undertake transactions requiring prepayments by a customer. Some companies have been including those prepayments in cash flows from operations.

QUESTIONS: 

1.) Define financing, investing, and operating cash flows--be specific by referring to authoritative literature for these definitions. Cite your source.

2.) How do financial statement users utilize the three sections of the statement of cash flows to assess a companies financial health? Cite all ways you can think of in which these amounts are used.

3.) Summarize the transaction addressed in the article. Why does the headline define these items as derivatives? What is the support for including the cash flows associated with these transactions in the operating section of the statement of cash flows? What is the argument supporting presenting these cash flows in the financing section?

4.) What is free cash flow? Is this concept defined in authoritative accounting literature? How do financial statement readers use this concept in assessing a company's financial health?

5.) How do the transactions described in this article impact a company's free cash flow? How will they impact free cash flow after implementing the new requirements issued by the FASB?

6.) What does the author mean when he writes of the fact that, because banks such as J.P. Morgan Chase and Citigroup financed delivery of commodities, companies using these transactions, such as Dynegy and Enron, were "able to bury that financing in their trading accounts..."

CBOE =

Chicago Board Options Exchange.  See http://www.cboe.com/    Also see CBOT and CME.

You can find some great tutorials at http://www.cboe.com/education/   For the best educational materials at CBOE, you have to download the Authorware player. But that is free and easy to download.

CBOT =

Chicago Board of TradeSee http://www.cbot.com/   Also see CBOE and CME.

There are a number of Internet sources for options and futures prices ---  http://www.cbot.com/  
For example, look under Quotes and Data, Agricultural Futures.  

You can read about contract specifications by clicking on the tab "Education" and choosing the alternative for "Contract Specifications."  This should take you to http://www.cbot.com/cbot/pub/page/0,3181,21,00.html 

Especially note the definitions at http://cbotdataexchange.if5.com/FeaturesOverview.aspx 

A glossary and tutorials are listed at http://www.cbot.com/cbot/pub/page/0,3181,909,00.html 
The CBOT tutorials hang up quite often when downloading.
The CME tutorials are easier to download and use --- http://www.cme.com/edu/ 
The CME Glossary is at http://www.cme.com/edu/res/glos/index.html 

Also note the FAQs --- http://cbotdataexchange.if5.com/Helpfaq.aspx 

Note that sometimes when you click on "Home" that it does not take you back to the "Real Home" at http://www.cbot.com/ 

Choose the day you are studying this question.  For example, suppose you go to www.cbot.com on January 29, 2004 .  On that day you will find vectors (arrays of prices) called forward prices for futures contracts on commodities such as corn, wheat, etc.  Each price is for a contract having a different expiration date such as contracts settling in March 4, May 4, July 4, etc.  These forward contract prices remain fixed throughout the life of the contract.  Spot prices vary minute to minute and day to day.  The spot price used on the contract date of closing is the settlement price.

The prices you first see listed are the forward prices.  To find spot prices, click on the link called "Charts."  Scroll down to the bottom of the charts page and change the "Month" to "Nearby."  For example, if it currently reads "Mar" for the month, change March to "Nearby."  

At times you will see a Free Historical Data spot price table on the right side of the home page of the CBOT.  You must have a paid subscription to Realtime Services for current spot rates.  A great free foreign exchange (FX) spot rate provider is at http://www.xe.com/ucc/ 

Bob,

The USDA Agricultural Marketing Service provides daily prices for commodities at multiple U.S. locations. Go to: http://www.ams.usda.gov/marketnews.htm . Another place to get cash price data is from Farmers Supply at: www.farmersupply.com .

For LIBOR rates, the following site gives regularly updated LIBOR

rates: http://www.libor-loans.com/libor_rate.html .

I hope that this helps.

Regards,

Fred Seamon
Advisory Economist
Chicago Board of Trade

To find details regarding each futures contract at the CBOT, click on "Futures Contract Specs."  There you will find that each contract is for 5,000 bu. and each tic is 1/4 of a cent which is the increments that traders flash with hand signals in the pit of the trading floor at the CBOT.

You can read more about use of the CBOT at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/class02.htm 
Note the references at the end of the above document.

CDO Collateralized Debt Obligation = see Credit Derivatives 

Circus =

a hedging combination that entails both an interest rate swap and a foreign currency swap.   As a   single-contract derivative, the circus swap runs into trouble in FAS 133 because it simultaneously hedges a price (or interest rate) risk and foreign currency risk.   Suppose a U.S. company has a trading or available-for-sale portfolio containing a variable rate note receivable in Brazilian reals.   Suppose the company enters into a circus swap that hedges both interest rate and foreign currency risks.  Since SFAS 115 requires that the hedged item (the Brazilian note) be remeasured to fair value at each interest rate date (with foreign currency gains and losses being accounted for under SFAS 52), Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133 prohibit the Brazilian note for being the basis of a cash flow hedge.  Paragraph 18 on the top of Page 10 prohibits "separating a compound derivative into components representing different risks .... "  Example 14 beginning on Page 271 illustrates the same problem with a note payable illustration in Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998. 

If the Brazilian note was instead classified as held-to-maturity, the booked value is not remeasured to fair value on each balance sheet date.  That overcomes the Paragraph 21c revaluation objection on Page 14 of FAS 133.  Since the note is not an equity investment, other barriers in Paragraph 21c do not apply.  However, held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for cash flow risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133.  And Paragraph 18 on Page 10 looms as a lingering barrier.

To circumvent the Paragraph 18 problem of having compound risk hedges in a single contract, the U.S. company could enter into to separate derivative contracts such as an interest rate swap accompanied by an independent forward contract that hedges the foreign currency risk.  Then the issue for a cash flow hedging combination is whether the Brazilian note qualifies as a hedging instrument qualifies under Paragraph 29 rules beginning on Page 20 of FAS 133.  Paragraph 20e bans interest rate hedging if the note is declared held-to-maturity.   Paragraph 20d bans interest rate hedging for a note declared as a trading security under SFAS 115.  Conversely, Paragraphs 4c on Page 2, 38 on Page 24, and 479 on Page 209 of FAS 133 state that a forecasted purchase of an available-for-sale security can be a hedged item, because available-for-sale securities revalued under SFAS 115 have holding gains and losses accounted for in comprehensive income rather than current earnings.  Unlike trading securities, available-for-sale securities can be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.   Mention of available-for sale is made in Paragraphs 4, 18, 23, 36, 38, 49, 52-55, 123, 479-480, and 534 of FAS 133.  Even if this results in accounting for the two derivatives as a cash flow hedge of the Brazilian note, the same cannot be said for a fair value hedge since the forward contract hedging foreign currency risk must be carried at fair value.  Somewhat similar conclusions arise for a foreign currency note payable illustration in Example 15 on Page 272 of Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

One of my students wrote the following case just prior to the issuance of FAS 133:

Brian T. Simmons For his case and case solution entitled ACCOUNTING FOR CIRCUS SWAPS: AN INSTRUCTIONAL CASE click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/bsimmons/circus/framecase.htm .  He states the following:

This case examines a basic circus swap which involves not only the exchange of floating interest rate for fixed, but also one currency for another. Separation of the effects from both interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations is no simple matter. In fact, no formal accounting pronouncements specifically address this issue. (prior to FAS 133).

The introduction first reviews the history and reasoning of pronouncements leading up to Exposure Draft 162-B. For years, institutions have relied on settlement accounting to record their derivative instruments. With growing concern over the risk of these instruments, however, the SEC and FASB have attempted to increase the detail of disclosure regarding the value and risk of their derivative portfolio. The case provides an example of a hybrid instrument in the form of a circus swap. The case questions review the accounting for these types of instruments under the current settlement accounting guidelines as well as the new fair-value method. Additionally, a simplistic measure of Risk Per Contract (RPC) is developed. By using information that is easy for management to obtain, the likelihood of the benefits of RPC outweighing the costs is greatly enhanced.

Clearly-and-Closely Related Criteria (or Clearly and Closely Related) =

criteria that determine when and when not to treat an embedded derivative as a freestanding contract apart from its host contract.  An embedded derivative that is both deemed to be free standing and is not clearly-and-closely related" must be accounted for separately rather than remain buried in the accounting for the host contract.  Relevant sections of FAS 133 include Paragraphs 304-311 in Pages 150-153 and Paragraphs 443-450 in Pages 196-198.  The FASB reversed its ED 162-B position on compound derivatives.   Examples 12-34 beginning in Paragraph 176 on Page 93 illustrate clearly-and-closely-related criteria in embedded hybrid derivative instruments.  For example, a call option cannot be accounted for separately if it is clearly-and-closely related to to a hybrid instrument that is clearly an equity instrument on a freestanding basis and, thereby, is not subject to FAS 133 rules.  If a prepayment option on a in a variable rate mortgage is based upon an interest rate index, the option is clearly-and-closely related to the host contract and cannot be accounted for separate from its host.  On the other hand, if the option is instead based upon a stock price index such as the Standard and Poors 500 index. the option is no longer clearly-and-closely related to to the host contract.  See hedge.

For example suppose a bond receivable has a variable interest rate with an embedded range floater derivative that specifies a collar of 4% to 8% based upon LIBOR.  The bond holder receives no interest payments in any period where the average LIBOR is outside the collar.  In this case, the range floater embedded option cannot be isolated and accounted for apart from the host bond contract.  The reason is that the option is "clearly-and-closely related" to the interest payments under the host contract (i.e., it can adjust the interest rate).  See Paragraph 12 beginning on Page 7 of FAS 133.

Some debt has a combination of fixed and floating components.  For example, a "fixed-to-floating" rate bond is one that starts out at a fixed rate and at some point (pre-determined or contingent) changes to a variable rate.   This type of bond has a embedded derivative (i.e., a forward component for the variable rate component that adjusts the interest rate in later periods.   Since the forward component is  "clearly-and-closely related"adjustment of interest of the host contract, it cannot be accounted for separately according to Paragraph 12a on Page 7 of FAS 133 (unless conditions in Paragraph 13 apply). 

Illustrations are provided under cap and floater.

See DIG Issue B5 under embedded derivatives.

CME =

Chicago Mercantile ExchangeSee http://www.cme.com   Also see CBOE and CBOT.

Collar=

a hedge that confines risk to a particular range. For example, one form of collar entails buying a call option and selling a put option in such a manner that extreme price variations are hedged from both sides. In Paragraph 181 on Page 95 of FAS 133, a timing collar is discussed.  A collar combines a cap and a floor.  Another example is given in Paragraph 182 beginning on Page 95 of FAS 133. Also see cap and  floater.

Collateralized Debt Obligation (CDO) = see Credit Derivatives 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligation CMO =

a priority claim against collateral used to back mortgage debt. This is considered a derivative financial instrument, because the value is derived from another asset whose value, in turn, varies with global and economic circumstances.

Combination Option = see compound derivatives and option.

Commitment Exposure =

economic exposure arising from the effects of foreign currency fluctuations on the cost curves of competitors. See firm commitment and hedge.

Commodity-Indexed Embedded Derivative =

a derivative embedded in a contract such as an interest bearing note that changes the amount of the payments according to movements of a commodity price index.  When a contract has such a provision, the embedded portion must be separated from the host contract and be accounted for as a derivative according to Paragraph 61i on Page 43 of FAS 133.   This makes embedded commodity indexed derivative accounting different than credit indexed and   inflation indexed embedded derivative accounting rules that do not allow separation from the host contract.  In this regard, credit indexed embedded derivative accounting is more like equity indexed accounting.In this regard, credit indexed embedded derivative accounting is more like equity indexed accounting. See index, equity-indexed, derivative financial instrument and embedded derivatives

In my viewpoint, not all commodity indexed derivatives fail the Paragraph 61i test.  See my Mexcobre Case.

Competitive Exposure =

economic exposure arising from the effects of foreign currency fluctuations on the cost curves of competitors.

Compound Derivatives  =

derivatives that encompass more than one contractual provision such that different risk exposures are hedged in the compound derivative contract.  Paragraph 18 on Pages 9-10 prohibits separation of a compound derivative into components to designate different risks and then use only one or a subset of components as a hedging instrument.  FAS 133, Pages 167-168, Paragraphs 360-361 discusses how the FASB clung to its position on pro rata decomposition in FAS 133 vis-à-vis the earlier Exposure Draft 162-B that also did not allow pro rata decomposition. Further discussion is given in Paragraphs 523-524.  See circus, derivative, embedded derivatives, and option.

Closely related are synthetic instruments arising when multiple financial instruments are synthetically combined into a single instrument, possibly to meet hedge criteria under FAS 133. FAS 133 does not allow synthetic instrument accounting. See Paragraphs 349-350 on Page 164 of FAS 133.  Examples 12-34 beginning in Paragraph 176 on Page 93 illustrate clearly-and-closely-related criteria in embedded hybrid derivative instruments.  These criteria are discussed under hedge.  For a case illustration of a synthetic instrument hedging situation see D.C. Cerf and F.J. Elmy, "Accounting for Derivatives:  The Case Study of a Currency Swap Used to Hedge Foreign Exchange Rate Exposure," Issues in Accounting Education, November 1999, 931-956.

In summary, for hedging purposes, a compound grouping of multiple derivatives (e.g., a portfolio of options or futures or forward contracts or any combination thereof) is prohibited from "separating a derivative into either separate proportions or separate portions and designating any component as a hedging instrument or designating different components as hedges of different exposures."   See Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167 of FAS 133.  Paragraphs dealing with compound derivative issues include the following:

  • Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9,

  • Footnote 13 on Page 29,

  • Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167,

  • Paragraph 413 on Page 186,

  • Paragraphs 523-524 beginning on Page 225.

Section c(4) of Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133 makes an exception to Paragraph 29a on Page 20 for portfolios of dissimilar assets and liabilities. It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  The gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. Reasons are given in Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133:

The net investment in a foreign operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that would not meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a group of similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the parent's investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net investment in a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The Board decided, however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of Statement 52 in that area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of dissimilar items, hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been explicitly permitted by the authoritative literature.

For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change.  Section 4(c) of Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a derivative.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:

.A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.  nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. 

These Section c(4) confusions in Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

Paragraph 18 at the top of  Page 10 does allow a single derivative to be divided into components  but never with partitioning of  "different risks and designating each component as a hedging instrument."   An example using Dutch guilders versus French francs is given under cash flow hedge.  The problem is troublesome in circuses.

Compound derivative rules do not always apply to compound options such as a combination of put and call options.  Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 highlights these exceptions for written compound options or a combination of a written option and a purchased option.  The test is that for all changes in the underlying, the hedging outcome provides positive cash flows that are never less than the unfavorable cash flows.  See Example 16 beginning on Page 273 of of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

See Structure and Synthetic.

Comprehensive Income or Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) 
Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) and Accumulated OCI (AOCI)

OCI is equal to the change in equity of a business entity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources.   Paragraph 5 40 on Page 243 of FAS 133 defines it as follows:

The change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources.   It includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners (FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, paragraph 70).

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners (FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements paragraph 70). The FASB’s ED 162-A proposed a standard on comprehensive income accounting that eventually became a standard in SFAS 130. FAS 133 sought to book financial instrument derivatives without changing net earnings levels prior to issuance of FAS 133. Accordingly, booking of derivative hedgings at fair market value, especially cash flow hedges, entails deferral of earnings in Other Comprehensive Income until cash settlements transpire. Comprehensive income is discussed at various points in FAS 133, notably Paragraphs 46-47, 18c, 127-130, 131-139, 140-143, 144-152, 162-164, 165-172, 173-177, and 338-344.  The acronym AOCI is sometimes used to depict accumulated other comprehensive income. 

The International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC) has not yet defined or required comprehensive statements or the Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) account.  This is especially important since it causes important reproted earnings differences  between IAS 39 versus FAS 133.  Under FAS 133, the OCI account is used for cash flow hedges.  OCI is not used under IAS 39.

See also struggle statement.

OCI and the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) accounts are used in hedge accounting to keep booked changes in value of cash flow hedges and FX hedges from impacting current earnings to the extent such hedges are deemed effective.  See Hedge Accounting and Ineffectiveness.

Summary of FAS 130

Reporting Comprehensive Income (Issued 6/97)

Summary --- http://www.fasb.org/st/summary/stsum130.shtml 

This Statement establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains, and losses) in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. This Statement requires that all items that are required to be recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial
statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. This Statement does not require a specific format for that financial statement but requires that an enterprise display an amount representing total comprehensive income for the period in that financial statement.

This Statement requires that an enterprise (a) classify items of other comprehensive income by their nature in a financial statement and (b) display the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income separately from retained earnings and additional paid-in capital in the equity section of a statement of financial position.

This Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods provided for comparative purposes is required.

"Watch Out for OCI Accounting,"  April 8, 2002 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=51&areaid=955 

When Reliant Resources finally released its earnings in mid-March (see TRAS, 2/11/02), it became clear where the company’s FAS 133 hedge accounting went wrong; it’s a mistake other companies should ensure they do not repeat.

While in Reliant’s case, the mistake ended up contributing $134 million to the company’s 2001 net income, had the fair value of the derivatives in question gone the other way, the result would have been more ominous.

In essence, the FAS 133 mistake had to do with four “structured transactions” involving energy forwards which Reliant initially considered cash flow hedges and in retrospect, did not meet the definition.

In particular, the four transactions involved a series of individual forward contracts, mostly off-market (assuming a lower-than-market price initially in return for a higher-than-market price later).

While the combination of forwards was priced at market, the individual contracts were not. Some even involved some prepayment for credit reasons. Still, Reliant chose to account for each forward contract individually as a cash flow hedge set against an underlying transaction.

The real problem was in the initial accounting for the forwards. Under the original accounting, according to Reliant’s 8-K, “the Company recorded each applicable contract in its hedge accounting records on an individual basis, resulting in the recognition of a non-trading derivative asset or liability on the balance sheet with an offsetting entry in accumulated other comprehensive income at inception for each contract.”

Under FAS 133 cash flow hedge rules, however, OCI can only be used to record subsequent changes in the value of a hedging derivative. At inception, the forward should have had a fair value of 0. (Since they were off market, they have a fair value greater or lesser than 0).

Once you begin the hedge accounting with a debit/credit into OCI on day one of the hedge, “you’ve basically introduced a cancer into the balance sheet that will bleed errors into the income statement as the debits and credits get reclassified,” one accounting expert explains.

Under that original accounting, Reliant recorded a net loss in 2001 and ultimately would result in income being recorded for 2002 and 2003 related to these four structured transactions.

In some ways, the accounting did reflect the economics of the transaction, whereby Reliant agreed to sell below market initially in return for being able to sell at higher levels later on. Economically, it wanted to “levelize” what it considered high prices which were unlikely to last.

However, “the recognition of other comprehensive income was in error, because the fair value of each contract in each structure resulted not from changes in the fair value of any anticipated transaction, but rather from the fact that the individual contracts were not at market at inception,” the 8-K explains.

"Preliminary Lessons From Reliant Resources,"  February 27, 2002 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?areaid=454&page=51 

While financial hedges retained many of their risk management accounting features under FAS 133 (carry-overs from FAS 52 and FAS 80), in the area of commodity risk management accounting there's been some fundamental changes. It's perhaps an indication of the resulting complexity of the rules that Reliant Resources announced it has made an error in its Q2/Q3 financials, which will necessitate a restatement of earnings.

Earning restatements are bad news in any environment. Against the current backdrop of accounting-transparency debate in the wake of Enron, restatements because of accounting errors look even worse. However, Reliant Resources had to do just that - delay its earning release (so far there's no new release date) because it discovered FAS 133-related errors in its income statement.

The errors, according to the company, result from gas hedges in Q2 and Q3 of 2001. These were previously accounted for as cash flow hedges. Now, the company believes that they do not meet the requirements under FAS 133. This error will affect earning upward of $100 million. Basically, it means that the company now believes that it needs to carry the hedges at fair value, hence reclassifying gains that had been parked in OCI into current income. Reliant says it did not expect to recognize this income until this year and next year (presumably, these were one and two-year hedges).

It's hard to say exactly what happened. That's because the company is saying precious little about what led to its discovery. "Our people are not interested in going into details about the accounting, we're still working it out," says Sandy Fruhman, a PR contact at Reliant. As to when the new figures will be available, Ms. Fruhman says she has not been given a timeframe. "We're eager to get our yearend earnings reported," she notes.

No question about that, since any restatement of earnings (even a revision upward as was the case with Reliant), against the current accounting-focused marketplace, leads to a stock market penalty. The negative market reaction is proof enough that the restatement is not a matter of choice (i.e., earning manipulation). The FASB and the SEC had been previously concerned that some companies might terminate cash flow hedges when they are in a gain position in order to book the gains in income, for instance during years when earnings are down. "I would be surprised if that were the case," noted a partner at a big-five firm. "The market hammered them, so I don't suspect anything 'evil.' My guess is that they were just being honest."

All Reliant is willing to say is that in the course of preparing its annual report, its accounting department came to the conclusion that some of the gas hedges on its books, originally entered into in the second and third quarter of 2001, failed to meet cash flow hedge accounting rules and therefore must be marked to market in income. As a result, Reliant said it expects earnings for the two periods to increase by an amount between $100 million and $130 million. "The restatement, due to a reclassification of several specific transactions, will change the timing of earnings recognition, with the effect that the company will recognize earnings in 2001 that it previously expected to recognize in 2002 and 2003," the company noted.

A quick look at the company's quarterly filings reveals that it held a deferred gain of $495 million (see below) at the end of the third quarter. That's the same amount it disclosed in its Q2 report, and slightly under the Q1 deferred gain.

Contango Swap = the following according to one of my students:

A contango swap is a commodity curve swap, which enables the user to lock in a positive spread between the forward price and the spot price. A producer of a commodity, for example, might pay an amount equal to the 6-month futures contract and receive a floating payment equal to the daily price plus a spread. This enables the commodity producer to lock-in the positive spread and hedge against anticipated backwardation.    Her project on such a swap is as follows:

Debra W. Hutcheson For her case and case solution on Accounting for Commodity and Contango Swaps, click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/dhutches/project.htm .  She states the following:

This case examines the interplay of a cotton consumer and a cotton producer, both participating in a commodity swap, one of the many commodity-based financial instruments available to users. Each party wants to protect itself from commodity price risk and the cotton swap allows each participating party to "lock-in" a price for 6 million pounds of cotton. One party might lose in the cotton swap and, therefore, must enter into some other derivative alternatives. Additionally, this case examines the requirements for accounting for these contracts under the FASB’s latest exposure draft on accounting for derivatives and the "forward-looking" disclosure required by the SEC.

The term "contango" is also used in futures trading.  It refers to situations in which the spot price is higher than the futures price and converges toward  zero from above the futures price.  In contrast, backwardation arises when the spot price is lower than the futures price, thereby yielding an upward convergence as maturity draws near.  See basis.

Contingent Consideration =

outcomes that have maturities or payouts that depend upon the outcome of a a contingency such as a civil lawsuit.  Contingent consideration in a business combination as defined in Paragraph 78 of APB 16 are excluded (for the issuer) from the scope of FAS 133 under Paragraph 11c on Page 7.  Accounting for this type of transaction remains as originally required for the issuer in APB 16.  Contingent lease rentals based on related sales volume, inflation indexed rentals, and contingent rentals based upon a variable interest rate are also excluded from FAS 133 in Paragraph 61j on Page 43.

Convertible Debt =

a debt contract that has an embedded derivative such as an option to convert the instrument debt into common stock must be viewed as having an embedded option.  When a contract has such a provision, the embedded portion must be separated from the host contract and be accounted for as a derivative according to Paragraph 61k on Page 43 of FAS 133.   See derivative financial instrument and embedded option.

Covered Call and Covered Put  =

simultaneous writing (selling) of a call option coupled with ownership (long position) of the underlying asset.  The written call option is a short position that exposes the call option writer to upside risk.  A covered call transfers upside potential of the long position to the buyer of the call and, thereby, may create more upside price risk than downside price expected benefit.    Paragraph 399 on Page 180 does not allow hedge accounting for covered calls, because the upside potential must be equal to or greater than the downside potential.   In the case of a covered call, the upside risk may exceed the downside potential..   

A covered put entails writing (selling) a put option (long position) coupled with having a short position (e.g., a short sale contract) on the underlying asset.  In the case of a covered put, the downside risk may exceed the downside potential.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.   In a covered call the combined position of the hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is always greater than potential gains.  The option premium, however, is set so that the option writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to occur.  Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow losses will Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under FAS 133.  Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12.

Also see option and written option.

Credit Derivative and Credit Risk Swap =

"The Credit Default Swap," by Richard K. Skora --- http://www.skora.com/default.pdf 

This article shows how risk neutral pricing theory can be applied to price a credit default swap. The price is obtained by explicitly constructing a hedge from the underlying cash market instruments. 

A credit default swap is the most straightforward type of a credit derivative. It is an agreement between two counterparties that allows one counterparty to be “long” a third-party credit risk, and the other counterparty to be “short” the credit risk. Explained another way, one counterparty is selling insurance and the other counterparty is buying insurance against the default of the third party. 

For example, suppose that two counterparties, a market maker and an investor, enter into a two-year credit default swap. They specify what is called the reference asset, which is a particular credit risky bond issued by a third-party corporation or sovereign. For simplicity, let us suppose that the bond has exactly two years’ remaining maturity and is currently trading at par value. 

The market maker agrees to make regular fixed payments (with the same frequency as the reference bond) for two years to the investor. In exchange the market maker has the following right. (For simplicity assume default can occure only at discrete times, namely, at the times the coupon payment is due.) If the third party defaults at any time within that two years, the market maker makes his regular fixed payment to the investor and puts the bond to the investor in exchange for the bond’s par value plus interest. The credit default swap is thus a contingent put – the third party must default before the put is activated. 

In this simple example there is little difference in terms of risk between the credit default swap and the reference bond. Because the swap and the bond have the same maturity, the market maker is effectively short the bond and the investor is long the bond. (In the real world, it is often the case that the bond tenor is longer than the swap tenor. This means that the swap counterparties have exposure to credit risk, but do not have exposure to the full market risk of the

The simplicity of our example helps clarify how the instrument is priced. Pricing the credit default swap involves determining the fixed payments from the market-maker to the investor. In this case it is sufficient to extract the price from the bond market. One does not need to model default or any other complicated credit risk process. To apply risk neutral pricing theory one needs to construct a hedge for the credit default swap. In this simple example, it is sufficient to construct a static hedge. This means the cash instruments are purchased once, and once only, for the life of the credit default swap; they will not have to be sold until the termination of the credit default swap.

The hedge is different for the market maker and investor. If the market-maker were to hedge the credit default swap, then it would need to go long the bond. As illustrated in Figure B, the market-maker borrows money in the funding markets at Libor and uses those funds to purchase the corporate bond, which pays Libor + X basis points. The hedge is paying the market-maker a net cash flow of X basis points.

Continued in the article.


Danger:  What if everybody uses the same formula? 
Banker David Li's computerized financial formula has fueled explosive growth in the credit derivatives market. Now, hundreds of billions of dollars ride on variations of the model every day.  When a credit agency downgraded General Motors Corp.'s debt in May, the auto maker's securities sank. But it wasn't just holders of GM shares and bonds who felt the pain. Like the proverbial flap of a butterfly's wings rippling into a tornado, GM's woes caused hedge funds around the world to lose hundreds of millions of dollars in other investments on behalf of wealthy individuals, institutions like university endowments -- and, via pension funds, regular folk.
Mark Whitehouse, "How a Formula Ignited Market That Burned Some Big Investors:  Credit Derivatives Got a Boost From Clever Pricing Model; Hedge Funds Misused It Inspiration," The Wall Street Journal, September 12, 2005; Page A1 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB112649094075137685,00.html?mod=todays_us_page_one


"Credit Derivatives Get Spotlight," by Henny Sender, The Wall Street Journal, July 28, 2005; Page C3 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB112249648941697806,00.html?mod=todays_us_money_and_investing

A group of finance veterans released its report on financial-markets risk yesterday, highlighting the mixed blessing of credit derivatives, financial instruments that barely existed the last time the markets seized up almost seven years ago.

"The design of these products allows risk to be divided and dispersed among counterparties in new ways, often with embedded leverage," the report of the Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group II states, adding that "transparency as to where and in what form risks are being distributed may be lost as risks are fragmented and dispersed more widely."

Credit-default swaps are at the heart of the credit-derivatives market. They allow players to buy insurance that compensates them in the case of debt defaults. The market enables parties to hedge against company or even country debt, but the market's opacity makes it difficult for regulators and market participants to sort out who is involved in various trades.

The report also notes that credit derivatives can potentially complicate restructurings of the debt of ailing companies and countries. "To the extent primary creditors use the credit-default swap market to dispose of their credit exposure, restructuring in the future may be much more difficult," the report says.

Already, there have been cases where some banks have been accused of triggering defaults after they had already hedged their risk through the credit-derivatives markets. In other cases, when the cost of credit-default protection on a company has risen, market participants have taken that as a harbinger of more troubles to come, making it harder for a company to get financing, and thereby forcing it into a sale or a restructuring.

Continued in article


"Credit Derivatives Survive a Series of Stress Tests As Demand for the Hedging Instruments Grows," by Michael Mackenzie, The Wall Street Journal, January 21, 2003, Page C13 

Having roughly doubled in size in each of the past five years, credit derivatives have lately survived a series of stress tests. Wall Street is hoping that this encourages even broader participation by new investors.

Last year was certainly the year for fallen credit angels, headlined by the default of Argentina and the bankruptcy of Enron Corp. -- the latter was an actively traded name in the credit derivatives market over the past three years. But Wall Street figures that successful negotiation of these credit craters has set the stage for further growth of credit derivatives, such as default swaps, total-return swaps and synthetic collateralized debt obligations.

Some fear that broader participation by inexperienced players raises the risk of big blowups in the credit-derivatives market. Indeed, a few analysts are predicting headlines from such an event this year.

Still, these instruments, once assigned to the fringes of risk management, encountered only a minimum of legal complications in the Enron and Argentine cases.

"Credit derivatives earned their stripes in the aftermath of Enron filing for bankruptcy," said John McEvoy, cofounder of Creditex, a trading platform for credit derivatives. "The market did what it was supposed to do and that has apprised many investors of the value credit derivatives hold for hedging credit risk."

And the continued expansion of the credit-derivatives market derives not just from the perspective of hedging credit risk, but also from investors on the other side of the trade seeking a source of synthetic liquidity.

A credit default swap acts like an insurance position that allows buyers to transfer the risk of defaults or other kinds of credit events, such as debt restructurings, to a selling counterparty, who is paid a premium that is derived from the notional amount of the contract.

In effect, the seller or underwriter of the default swap establishes a synthetic long position in the credit of the company without having to purchase the underlying cash bond.

Investors are increasingly using default swaps to "increase or reduce credit risk without the liquidity constraints of the cash market," said William Cunningham, director of credit strategy at J.P. Morgan Chase in New York.

Indeed, liquidity in credit derivatives has grown so much that two-way activity is often better than that of the notoriously illiquid cash bond market. "We are increasingly seeing the derivative dictate activity in the underlying cash bond," said Mr. McEvoy. "Credit derivatives act as a barometer for the underlying cash market as they concentrate solely upon credit risk."

The growth of credit derivatives has also created better liquidity for less-popular issues as derivatives trading has encouraged greater use of cash bonds for derivatives traders hedging their positions.

It "has created more demand for off-the-run paper," said John Cieslowski, vice president for credit derivatives at Goldman, Sachs & Co. in New York.

Hedge funds have been particularly active users of these instruments. Jeff Devers, president of Palladin Group LP in Maplewood N.J., a hedge fund that seeks to minimize risk and enhance returns from convertible bonds, uses credit derivatives to "isolate credit risk." This way his fund solely takes on the equity exposure of a convertible bond. Mr. Devers expects further growth of credit derivatives to add even more liquidity to the convertible bond market.

Another key development has been the use of synthetic collateralized debt obligation baskets, which are a series of default swaps upon a range of credits bundled together. These credits are divided into tranches that reflect different risk ratings, appealing to the divergent risk appetites of investors.

The two counterparties to a synthetic CDO are either offsetting the credit risk through such trades or are taking exposure to a diverse number of credits that can augment the performance of their underlying portfolios.

Exposure to synthetic CDOs also raises a money manager's level of assets under management and either lowers or raises the level of exposure to a particular credit.

Creditex, which brokers trading between counterparties in CDOs, has been a beneficiary of this growth. "The past year saw many traditional CDO players enter the synthetic CDO market in credit derivatives and this contributed to a substantial rise in market activity," noted Mr. McEvoy.


From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Educators' Review on April 3, 2003

TITLE: Lending Less, "Protecting" More: Desperate for Better Returns, Banks Turn to Credit-Default Swaps 
REPORTER: Henny Sender and Marcus Walker 
DATE: Apr 01, 2003 
PAGE: C13 
LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB104924410648100900,00.html  
TOPICS: Advanced Financial Accounting, Banking, Fair Value Accounting, Financial Analysis, Insurance Industry

SUMMARY: This article describes the implications of banks selling credit-default swap derivatives. Firtch Ratings has concluded in a recent report that banks are adding to their own risk as they use these derivatives to sell insurance agains default by their borrower clients.

QUESTIONS: 1.) Define the term "derivative security" and describe the particular derivative, credit-default swaps, that are discussed in this article.

2.) Why are banks entering into derivatives known as credit-default swaps? Who is buying these derivatives that the bank is selling?

3.) In general, how should these derivative securities be accounted for in the banks' financial statements? What finanicial statement disclosures are required? How have these disclosures provided evidence about the general trends in the banking industry that are discussed in this article?

4.) Explain the following quote from Frank Accetta, an executive director at Morgan Stanley: "Banks are realizing that you can take on the same risk [as the risk associated with making a loan] at more attractive prices by selling protection."

5.) Why do you think the article equates the sale of credit-default swaps with the business of selling insurance? What do you think are the likely pitfalls of a bank undertaking such a transaction as opposed to an insurance company doing so?

6.) What impact have these derivatives had on loan pricing at Deutsche Bank AG? What is a term that is used to describe the types of costs Deutsche Bank is now considering when it decides on a lending rate for a particular borrower?

"Banks' Increasing Use of Swaps May Boost Credit-Risk Exposure, by Henny Sender and Marcus Walker, The Wall Street Journal, April 1, 2003 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB104924410648100900,00.html 

When companies default on their debt, banks in the U.S. and Europe increasingly will have to pick up the tab.

That is the conclusion of Fitch Ratings, the credit-rating concern. Desperate for better returns, more banks are turning to the "credit default" markets, a sphere once dominated by insurers. In a recent report, Fitch says the banks -- as they use these derivatives to sell insurance against default by their borrowers -- are adding to their credit risk.

The trend toward selling protection, rather than lending, could well raise borrowing costs for many companies. It also may mean greater risk for banks that increasingly are attracted to the business of selling protection, potentially weakening the financial system as a whole if credit quality remains troubled. One Canadian bank, for example, lent a large sum to WorldCom Inc., which filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection last year. Rather than hedging its loan to the distressed telecom company by buying protection, it increased its exposure by selling protection. The premium it earned by selling insurance, though, fell far short of what it both lost on the loan and had to pay out to the bank on the other side of the credit default swap.

"The whole DNA of banks is changing. The act of lending used to be part of the organic face of the bank," says Frank Accetta, an executive director at Morgan Stanley who works in the loan-portfolio management department. "Nobody used to sit down and calculate the cost of lending. Now banks are realizing that you can take on the same risk at more attractive prices by selling protection."

Despite its youth, the unregulated, informal credit-default swap market has grown sharply to total almost $2 trillion in face value of outstanding contracts, according to estimates from the British Bankers Association, which does the most comprehensive global study of the market. That is up from less than $900 billion just two years ago. (The BBA says the estimate contains a good amount of double counting, but it uses the same method over time and thus its estimates are considered a good measuring stick of relative change in the credit-default swap market.) Usually, banks have primarily bought protection to hedge their lending exposure, while insurers have sold protection. But Fitch's study, as well as banks' own financial statements and anecdotal evidence, shows that banks are becoming more active sellers of protection, thereby altering their risk profiles.

The shift toward selling more protection comes as European and American banks trumpet their reduced credit risk. And it is true that such banks have cut the size of their loan exposures, either by taking smaller slices of loans or selling such loans to other banks. They also have diversified their sources of profit by trying to snare more lucrative investment-banking business and other fee-based activity.

Whether banks lend money or sell insurance protection, the downside is generally similar: The bank takes a hit if a company defaults, cushioned by whatever amount can eventually be recovered. (Though lenders are first in line in bankruptcy court; sellers of such protection are further back in the queue.)

But the upside differs substantially between lenders and sellers of protection. Banks don't generally charge their corporate borrowers much when they make a loan because they hope to get other, more lucrative assignments from the relationship. So if a bank extends $100 million to an industrial client, the bank may pocket $100,000 annually over the life of the loan. By contrast, the credit-default swap market prices corporate risk far more systematically, devoid of relationship issues. So if banks sell $100 million of insurance to protect another party against a default by that same company, the bank can receive, say, $3 million annually in the equivalent of insurance premiums (depending on the company's creditworthiness).

All this comes as the traditional lending business is becoming less lucrative. The credit-derivatives market highlights the degree to which bankers underprice corporate loans, and, as a result, bankers expect the price of such loans to rise.

"We see a change over time in the way loans are priced and structured," says Michael Pohly, head of credit derivatives at Morgan Stanley. "The lending market is becoming more aligned with the rest of the capital markets." In one possible sign of the trend away from traditional lending, the average bank syndicate has dropped from 30 lenders in 1995 to about 17 now, according to data from Loan Pricing Corp.

Some of the biggest players in the market, such as J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., are net sellers of such insurance, according to J.P. Morgan's financial statements. In its annual report, J.P. Morgan notes that the mismatch between its bought and sold positions can be explained by the fact that, while it doesn't always hedge, "the risk positions are largely matched." A spokesman declined to comment.

But smaller German banks, some of them backed by regional governments, are also active sellers, according to Fitch. "Low margins in the domestic market have compelled many German state-guaranteed banks to search for alternative sources of higher yielding assets, such as credit derivatives," the report notes. These include the regional banks Westdeutsche Landesbank, Bayerische Landesbank, Bankgesellschaft Berlin and Landesbank Hessen-Thueringen, according to market participants. The state-owned Landesbanken in particular have been searching for ways to improve their meager profits in time for 2005, when they are due to lose their government support under pressure from the European Union.

Deutsche Bank AG is one of biggest players in the market. It is also among the furthest along in introducing more-rational pricing to reflect the implicit subsidy in making loans. At Deutsche Bank, "loan approvals now are scrutinized for economic shortfall" between what the bank could earn selling protection and what it makes on the loan, says Rajeev Misra, the London-based head of global credit trading.

 

A credit default swap is a form of insurance against default by means of a swap. See Paragraphs 190 and 411d of FAS 133. See Risks.

Somewhat confusing is Paragraph 29e on Page 20 of FAS 133 that requires any cash flow hedge to be on prices or interest rates rather than credit worthiness.  For example, a forecasted sale of a specific asset at a specific price can be hedged for spot price changes under Paragraph 29e.  The forecasted sale's cash flows may not be hedged for the credit worthiness of the intended buyer or buyers.  Example 24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond.  Because the bond's coupon payments were indexed to credit rating rather than interest rates, the embedded derivative could not be isolated and accounted for as a cash flow hedge.

One of my students wrote the following case just prior to the issuance of FAS 133:.  John D. Payne's case and case solution entitled A Case Study of Accounting for an Interest Rate Swap and a Credit Derivative appear at http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/jpayne/coverpag.htm .  He states the following:

The objective of this case is to provide students with an in-depth examination of a vanilla swap and to introduce students to the accounting for a unique hedging device--a credit derivative. The case is designed to induce students to become familiar with FASB Exposure Draft 162-B and to prepare students to account for a given derivative transaction from the perspective of all parties involved. In 1991, Vandalay Industries borrowed $500,000 from Putty Chemical Bank and simultaneously engaged in an interest rate swap with a counterparty. The goal of the swap was to hedge away the risk that variable rates would increase by agreeing to a fixed-payable, variable-receivable swap, thus hopefully obtaining a lower borrowing cost than if variable rates were used through the life of the loan. In 1992, Putty Chemical Bank entered into a credit derivative with Mr. Pitt Co. in order to eliminate the credit risk that Vandalay would default on repayment of its loan principal to Putty.

Greg Gupton's site is a major convergence point of research on credit risk and credit derivatives --- http://www.credit-deriv.com/crelink.htm 

A good site on credit risk is at http://www.numa.com/ref/volatili.htm   

Example 24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond.

Misuses of Credit Derivatives

JP Morgan – whose lawyers must be working overtime – is refuting any wrongdoing over credit default swaps it sold on Argentine sovereign debt to three hedge funds. But the bank failed to win immediate payment of $965 million from the 11 insurers it is suing for outstanding surety bonds.
Christopher Jeffery Editor, March 2, 2002, RiskNews http://www.risknews.net 
Note from Bob Jensen:  The above quotation seems to be Year 2002 Déjà Vu  in terms of all the bad ways investment bankers cheated investors in the 1980s and 1990s.  Read passage from Partnoy's book quoted at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book02q1.htm#022502 

Enron was its own investment bank on many deals, especially in credit derivatives. You can read the following at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm 

Selected quotations from "Why Enron Went Bust: Start with arrogance. Add greed, deceit, and financial chicanery. What do you get? A company that wasn't what it was cracked up to be." by Benthany McLean, Fortune Magazine, December 24, 2001, pp. 58-68.

Why Enron Went Bust: Start with arrogance. Add greed, deceit, and financial chicanery. What do you get? A company that wasn't what it was cracked up to be."

In fact , it's next to impossible to find someone outside Enron who agrees with Fasto's contention (that Enron was an energy provider rather than an energy trading company). "They were not an energy company that used trading as part of their strategy, but a company that traded for trading's sake," says Austin Ramzy, research director of Principal Capital Income Investors. "Enron is dominated by pure trading," says one competitor. Indeed, Enron had a reputation for taking more risk than other companies, especially in longer-term contracts, in which there is far less liquidity. "Enron swung for the fences," says another trader. And it's not secret that among non-investment banks, Enron was an active and extremely aggressive player in complex financial instruments such as credi8t derivatives. Because Enron didn't have as strong a balance sheet as the investment banks that dominate that world, it had to offer better prices to get business. "Funky" is a word that is used to describe its trades.

I was particularly impressed, as were all people who phoned in, by the testimony of Scott Cleland (see Tuesday, January 15) and then click on the following link to read his opening remarks to a Senate Committee on December 18. If you think the public accounting profession has an "independence problem," that problem is miniscule relative to an enormous independence problem among financial analysts and investment bankers --- two professions that are literally rotten to the core. Go to http://www.c-span.org/enron/scomm_1218.asp#open 

A portion of Mr. Cleland's testimony is quoted below:

Four, it's common for analysts to have a financial stake in the companies they're covering. That's just like, essentially, allowing athletes to bet on the outcome of the game that they're playing in.

Five, most payments for investment research is routinely commingled in the process with more profitable investment banking and proprietary trading. The problem with this is it effectively means that most research analysts work for the companies and don't work for investors.

Six, credit agencies may have conflicts of interest.

Seven, analysts seeking investment banking tend to be more tolerant of pro-forma accounting and the conflict there is, essentially, the system is allowing companies to tell -- you know, to make up their own accounting. To describe their own financial performance, that no one then can compare objectively with other companies.

Eight, surprise, surprise, companies routinely beat the expectations of a consensus of research analysts that are seeking their investment banking business.

See how banks use/misuse credit derivatives with  tranches.

A Bankers Primer on Credit Derivatives --- http://www.citissb.com/home/Creddriv.pdf 

What are Credit Derivatives?

Credit derivatives have three basic structures: credit default swaps, total return swaps and credit spread options. In a credit default swap, a buyer pays a seller a fixed fee in return for indemnification against losses should a credit event occur. Credit default swaps are used for risk management, capital management and investment management. Buyers of protection reduce credit concentrations or open up credit lines. Buyers may also obtain capital relief, redeploying the capital in more profitable business lines or buying back stock.

Primus Financial Services offers credit derivatives --- http://www.tfibcm.com/news/story/default.asp?734 

Kicking off what analysts are calling a small trend, New York-based Primus Financial Products recently became the first company structured solely to be a swap counterparty, selling protection via credit default swaps. "We're not a dealer, we're not a CDO, and we're not an insurance company," said Chief Executive Officer Tom Jasper. "What we are is a credit derivatives company."

As derivatives are becoming a more and more widely accepted method of transferring risk, it is not surprising that at least two additional companies - both at different stages of development - are following suit. The two are said to be familiar names in the asset-backed market, and the first will likely launch in mid-summer, according to Moody's Investors Service, which, along with Standard & Poor's, has awarded Primus a triple-A counterparty rating. Primus will begin trading in the next few weeks, Jasper said. In the first year of trading, Primus is planning to build a portfolio of about $5.5 billion in single name investment-grade corporate and sovereign credits.

"The plan is to take advantage of what we believe is a pretty efficient capital model and cost model, and to become a very efficient investor in investment-grade risk, using, as the transfer vehicle, the credit default swap," Jasper said. "So we're transferring risk synthetically versus a cash instrument."

Though many of its clients, which could include CDOs, insurance company portfolio managers, hedge funds, banks and other cash investors, might be using PFP to establish hedges, Primus is not incorporating a hedging strategy for its own portfolio, and, only in special situations, will buy credit protection for its exposures. Its triple-A counterparty rating is based primarily on its capital levels, or other resources, being sized to match the expected loss (Moody's) of its referenced obligations.

Also, contrary to some players' initial impressions of the company, Primus doesn't plan to launch any CDOs from its portfolio.

"It's not contemplated that we would securitize the risk that we will take on," Jasper said. "We're very happy to hold the risk to maturity."

March 2002 - Former dealers from Salomon Smith Barney and Bank of America yesterday set up what they claimed to be the first boutique focusing purely on default swap credit derivatives.

Question:
When does a hedge become a speculation?  

Answer:
There are essentially two answers.  Answer 1 is that a speculation arises when the hedge is not perfectly effective in covering that which is hedged such as the current value (fair alue hedge) of the hedged item or the hedged cash flow (cash flow hedge).  Testing for hedge ineffectiveness under FAS 133 and IAS 39 rules is very difficult for auditors.  Answer 2 is that a speculation arises when unsuspected credit risk arises from the settlements themselves such as when dealers who brokered hedge derivatives cannot back the defaults all parties contracted under the derivatives themselves.  Hedges may no longer be hedges!  Answer 2 is even more problematic in this particular down economy.

There is a lot of complaining around the world about need for and technicalities of the U.S. FAS 133 and the international IAS 39 standards on Accounting for Financial Instruments Derivatives and Hedging Activities.  But recent scandals adding to the pile of enormous scandals in derivatives over the past two decades suggest an increased  need for more stringent rather than weakened standards for accounting for derivatives.  The main problem lies in valuation of these derivatives coupled with the possibility that what is a safe hedge is really a risky speculation.  A case in point is Newmont Mining Corporation's Yandal Project in Australia as reported by Steve Maich in "Newmont's Hedge Book Bites Back," on  Page IN1 of the March 4, 2003 edition of Canada's Financial Post --- http://www.financialpost.com/ 

Even by the gold industry's relatively aggressive standards, Yandal's derivatives exposure is stunning.  The unit has 3.4 million ounces of gold committed through hedging contracts that had a market value of negative US$288-million at the end of 2002.

That would be a problem for any major producer, but the situation is particularly dire for Yandal because the development's total proven and provable gold reserves are just 2.1 million ounces.  In other words, the project has, through its hedging contracts, committed to sell 60% more gold than it actually has in the ground.

Making matters worse, the mine's counterparties can require Yandal to settle the contracts in cash, before they come due.  In all, about 2.8 million ounces are subject to these cash termination agreements by 2005, which could cost the company US$223.7-million at current market prices.

With insufficient gold to meet its obligations, and just US$58-million in cash to make up the difference, bankruptcy may be the only option available to Yandal, analysts said.

Comparing Yandal's reserves to its hedging liabilities "suggests that the Yandal assets may be worth more dead than alive," CIBC World Markets analyst Barry Cooper said in a report to clients.

All this is raising even bigger questions about the impact that the Yandal situation might have on the industry's other major hedgers.  Companies such as Canada's Barrick Gold Corp. and Placer Dome Ltd. have lagged the sector's strong rally of the past year, largely because many investors and analysts distrust the companies' derivative portfolios.

One thing that is not stressed hard enough in FAS 133 is the credit risk of the dealers themselves.  The FAS 133 standard and its international IAS 39 counterpart implicitly assume that when speculating or hedging with derivatives, the dealers who broker these contracts are highly credit worthy.  For example, in the case of interest rate swaps it is assumed that the dealer that brokers the swap will stand behind the swapping party and counterparty default risks.  There are now some doubts about this in the present weak economy.

"Derivatives Market a 'Time Bomb':  Buffet," Financial Post, March 4, 2003, Page IN1 --- http://www.financialpost.com/ 
Berkshire chairman warns of risks in shareholder letter --- http://www.berkshirehathaway.com/letters/letters.html 
(The above link is not yet updated for the Year 2002 forthcoming annual Shareholder Letter.)

Billionaire investor Warren Buffett calls derivative contracts "financial weapons of mass destruction, carrying dangers that while now latent are potentially lethal," according to excerpts from his forthcoming annual letter to Berkshire Hathaway Inc. shareholders.

Mr. Buffett, whose company is now seeking to divest of derivatives business tied to its General Re purchase, also worries that substantial credit risk has become concentrated "in the hands of relatively few derivatives dealers."

"Divided on Derivatives Greenspan:  Buffett at Odds on Risks of the Financial Instruments," by John M. Berry, The Washington Post, March 6, 2003, Page E01 --- http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/articles/A48287-2003Mar5.html 

The use of derivatives has grown exponentially in recent years. The total value of all unregulated derivatives is estimated to be $127 trillion -- up from $3 trillion 1990. J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. is the world's largest derivatives trader, with contracts on its books totaling more than $27 trillion. Most of those contracts are designed to offset each other, so the actual amount of bank capital at risk is supposed to be a small fraction of that amount.

Previous efforts to increase federal oversight of the derivatives market have failed, including one during the Clinton administration when the industry, with support from Greenspan and other regulators, beat back an effort by Brooksley Born, the chief futures contracts' regulator. Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.) has introduced a bill to regulate energy derivatives because of her belief that Enron used them to manipulate prices during the California energy crisis, but no immediate congressional action is expected.

Randall Dodd, director of the Derivatives Study Center, a Washington think tank, said both Buffett and Greenspan are right -- unregulated derivatives are essential tools, but also potentially very risky. Dodd believes more oversight is needed to reduce that inherent risk.

"It's a double-edged sword," he said. "Derivatives are extremely useful for risk management, but they also create a host of new risks that expose the entire economy to potential financial market disruptions."

Buffett has no problem with simpler derivatives, such as futures contracts in commodities that are traded on organized exchanges, which are regulated. For instance, a farmer growing corn can protect himself against a drop in prices before he sells his crop by buying a futures contract that would pay off if the price fell. In essence, derivatives are used to spread the risk of loss to someone else who is willing to take it on -- at a price.

Buffett's concern about more complex derivatives has increased since Berkshire Hathaway purchased General Re Corp., a reinsurance company, with a subsidiary that is a derivatives dealer. Buffett and his partner, Charles T. Munger, judged that business "to be too dangerous."

Because many of the subsidiary's derivatives involve long-term commitments, "it will be a great many years before we are totally out of this operation," Buffett wrote in the letter, which was excerpted on the Fortune magazine Web site. The full text of the letter will be available on Berkshire Hathaway's Web site on Saturday. "In fact, the reinsurance and derivatives businesses are similar: Like Hell, both are easy to enter and almost impossible to exit."

One derivatives expert said several of General Re's contracts probably involved credit risk swaps with lenders in which General Re had agreed to pay off a loan if a borrower -- perhaps a telecommunications company -- were to default. In testimony last year, Greenspan singled out the case of telecom companies, which had defaulted on a significant portion of about $1 trillion in loans. The defaults, the Fed chairman said, had strained financial markets, but because much of the risk had been "swapped" to others -- such as insurance companies, hedge funds and pension funds -- the defaults did not cause a wave of financial-institution bankruptcies.

"Many people argue that derivatives reduce systemic problems, in that participants who can't bear certain risks are able to transfer them to stronger hands," Buffett acknowledged. "These people believe that derivatives act to stabilize the economy, facilitate trade and eliminate bumps for individual participants. And, on a micro level, what they say is often true. Indeed, at Berkshire, I sometimes engage in large-scale derivatives transactions in order to facilitate certain investment strategies."

But then Buffett added: "The macro picture is dangerous and getting more so. Large amounts of risk, particularly credit risk, have become concentrated in the hands of relatively few derivatives dealers, who in addition trade extensively with one another. The troubles of one could quickly infect the others. On top of that, these dealers are owed huge amounts by nondealer counterparties," some of whom are linked in such a way that many of them could run into problems simultaneously and set off a cascade of defaults.

March 7, 2003 message from Risk Waters Group [RiskWaters@lb.bcentral.com

Alan Greenspan, chairman of the US Federal Reserve, today once again defended the use of derivatives as hedging tools, especially credit derivatives. His comments come in the wake of Warren Buffett's criticism of derivatives as "time bombs" and Peter Carr - recipient of Risk's 2003 quant of the year award this week - saying that in a [hypothetical] argument between quants convinced of the infallibility of their models and derivatives sceptics such as Buffett, he would probably side with Buffett.

But Greenspan, speaking at the Banque de France's symposium on monetary policy, economic cycle and financial dynamics in Paris, said derivatives have become indispensable risk management tools for many of the largest corporations. He said the marriage of derivatives and securitisation techniques in the form of synthetic collateralised debt obligations has broadened the range of investors willing to provide credit protection by pooling and unbundling credit risk through the creation of securities that best fit their preferences for risk and return.

This probably explains why credit derivatives employees reap the highest salaries, with an Asian-based managing director in synthetic structuring at a bulge-bracket firm earning an average basic plus bonus of £1.35 million last year. These were the findings of a first-of-its-kind survey conducted by City of London executive search company Napier Scott. The survey found that most managing directors working in credit derivatives at the top investment banks earn more than £1 million, with synthetic structurers commanding the highest salary levels. Asia-based staff earn 12-15% more than their US counterparts, with UK-based staff not far behind their Asia-based counterparts. Even credit derivatives associates with one or two years' experience earn in excess of £150,000 a year on average at a tier-1 bank.

In more people news, Merrill Lynch has hired four ex-Goldman Sachs bankers for its corporate risk management group focused on Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Roberto Centeno was hired as a director with responsibility for Iberia. Andrea Anselmetti and Luca Pietrangeli, both directors, and Ernesto Mercadente, an associate, will focus on expanding the corporate risk management and foreign exchange business in the Italian region. The corporate risk management group focuses on providing advice and execution for corporate clients, covering all risk management issues, including foreign exchange, interest rate risk and credit risk. All four will report to Patrick Bauné, co-head of Merrill Lynch's global foreign exchange issuer client group, and Damian Chunilal, head of the EMEA issuer client group, and are expected to join within the next two weeks. Merrill also hired Scott Giardina as a director in credit derivatives trading, based in London. He will report to Jon Pliner, managing director of credit trading EMEA, and Neil Walker, managing director of structured credit trading, EMEA. Giardina also joins from Goldman Sachs.

Christopher Jeffery
Editor, RiskNews

www.risknews.net
cjeffery@riskwaters.com

 

April 11, 2003Update on Accounting for Credit Derivatives
April 11, 2003 message from Risk Waters Group [RiskWaters@lb.bcentral.com

Jean-Claude Trichet, governor of the Bank of France, said transparency is essential to prevent a "herd mentality" in the financial market that can create artificial swings in market prices. During a keynote address at the Professional Risk Managers' International Association 2003 European Summit in Paris this week, Trichet called for a "strengthening of market transparency" and the disclosure of "complete and reliable information". He added that "no satisfying disclosure" yet exists for the credit derivatives market-place, and that while a January study by the Bank for International Settlements cast "some light" on this market, "these efforts should be pursued by central banks as well as market participants". Trichet said transparency is not just an issue for investors and savers but a fundamental tenet underpinning anti-cyclicality. "If information is not transparent, behaving as a 'herd' is a natural reaction," Trichet said.

Banks and Credit Derivatives
From Jim Mahar's blog on August 17, 2005

Minton, Stulz, and Williamson have an important look at banks' usage of credit derivatives. The short version? Very few banks are using them! In 2003, only about 6% of banks with over $1B in assets report using this form of derivatives. Consistent with what we have seen on other derivative usage, these banks tend to be much larger than average. Best guess as for the low usage? Transaction costs driven by moral hazard and adverse selection costs.

Slightly longer version of the paper

Minton, Stulz, and Williamson begin by documenting that the credit derivative market (measured by notional principle) has grown in recent years. Regulators (and even Alan Greenspan himself) have claimed that this reduces the risks that banks face. The paper investigates banks' use of credit derivatives and find that as of 2003, few banks were using credit derivatives. Those banks that were using the derivatives tended to be larger and have a greater need for the risk reduction.

In the words of the paper's authors:

"...net buyers of protection have higher levels of risk than other banks: they have lower capital ratios, lower balances of liquid assets, a higher ratio of risk-based assets to total assets, and a higherfraction of non-performing assets than the non-users of credit derivatives."

Why the limited use? Transaction costs undoubtedly play a role. Like in other derivatives "know-how" can be expensive to obtain and this largely fixed cost may explain a portion of the limited use. However, the very nature of credit derivatives also makes them prone to moral hazard and adverse selection costs. (Tried another way, banks typcially know more about the borrowers (and are often in a better position to monitor), than do derivative market participants. This results in less liquidity (higher transaction costs) for the very loans that would make the most sense to hedge.)

Again in the authors' words:

"These adverse selection and moral hazard problems make the market for credit derivatives illiquid for single name protection precisely for the credit risks that banks would often want to hedge with such protection. The positive coefficient estimates on C&I loan and foreign loan shares in a bank’s loan portfolio are consistent with the hypothesis that banks are more likely to hedge with credit derivatives if they have more loans to credits for which the credit derivatives market is more liquid."

So what does this all mean? The conclusion hints that the benefits of credit derivatives may be overstated but apparently the cost of hedging in papers is lower than in the credit derivative market as the paper ends covering both sides of the debate:

"To the extent that credit derivatives make it easier for banks to maximize their value with less capital, they do not increase the soundness of banks as much as their purchases of credit derivatives would imply. However, if credit derivatives enable banks to save capital, they ultimately reduce the cost of loans for bank customers and make banks more competitive with the capital markets for the provision of loans."

Not only are few banks using the derivatives to hedge, the exact loans that the banks would want to hedge are the most expensive to do. This really should not be surprising. What is more surprising is that these costs are so high as to prevent the use of the derivatives. Going forward in time, it will be interesting to see if this remains the case or if as the market develops, new ways evolve to lower the costs which would allow more effective hedging with credit derivatives. Stay Tuned.

Cite:
Minton, Bernadette A, Rene Stulz, and Rohan Williamson.
"How much do banks use credit derivatives to reduce risk?",
Ohio State working paper,
http://www.cob.ohio-state.edu/fin/dice/papers/2005/2005-17.pdf 

Bob Jensen's threads on derivatives scandals can be found at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#DerivativesFraud 

Bob Jensen's helpers, tutorials, glossary, and instructional cases for FAS 133 and IAS 39 are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

 

Credit Sensitive Payments =

payments on a debt instrument that vary under an embedded option that adjusts the interest rate on the basis of changed credit rating of the borrower.  Paragraph 61c on Page 41 of FAS 133 defines these payments as clearly-and-closely related such that the embedded derivative cannot be accounted for separately under Paragraph 12 on Page 7.  This makes embedded credit derivative accounting different than commodity indexed and equity indexed embedded derivative accounting rules that require separation from the host contract such as commodity indexed, equity indexed, and inflation indexed embedded derivatives.  In this regard, credit indexed embedded derivative accounting is more like inflation indexed accounting.  See derivative financial instrument and embedded derivatives.

Cross-Currency Hedge = see foreign currency hedge.

Cross Rate =

the exchange rate between two currencies other than the dollar, calculated using the dollar exchange rates of those currencies.

Crude Oil Knock-in Note

a bond that has upside potential on the principal payback contingent upon prices in the crude oil market.  Such a note is illustrated in Example 21 in Paragraph 187 of FAS 133.

CTA = a term with alternate meanings.

Commodity Trading Advisor - One who provides advice on investing in currencies as a separate asset class. Some also act in a separate function as overlay managers, advising on hedging the currency risk in international asset portfolios.

Cumulative Translation Adjustment - An entry in a translated balance sheet in which gains and losses from transactions have been accumulated over a period of years.

Cumulative Dollar Offset = see ineffectiveness.

Currency Swap =

a transaction in which two counterparties exchange specific amounts of two different currencies at the outset and repay over time at a predetermined rate that reflects interest payments and possibly amortization of the principal as well. The payment flows are based on fixed interest rates in each currency.    An example of a currency swap in FAS 133 appears in Example 5 Paragraphs 131-139 on Pages 72-76.

Current Rate =

The exchange rate in effect at the relevant-financial-statement date.

 

 

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

D-Terms

Dedesignation =

a change in status of a designated hedge such that all or a portion of the hedged amounts must be taken into current earnings rather being deferred.  Dedesignation for cash flow hedges is discussed in Paragraph 30 on Page 21 of FAS 133.  If a cash forecasted transaction becomes a firm commitment, its corresponding cash flow hedge must be dedesignated.  Controversies between the FASB's distinction between forecasted transactions versus firm commitments are discussed in Paragraphs 324-325 on Page 157 of FAS 133.

An illustration of dedesignation. is given in Example 9 in Paragraphs 165-172 on Pages 87-90 of FAS 133.  Example 9 illustrates a forward contract cash flow hedge of a forecasted series of transactions in a foreign currency.  When the forecasted transactions become accounts receivable, a portion of the value changes in the futures contract must be taken into current earnings rather than other comprehensive income.  Another illustration of dedesignation. is in Example 7 of FAS 133, pp. 79-80, Paragraphs 144-152.  See derecognition and  hedge.

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
A financial asset is derecognised if

  • the transferee has the right to sell or pledge the asset; and

  • the transferor does not have the right to reacquire the transferred assets. (However, such a right does not prevent derecognition if either the asset is readily obtainable in the market or the reacquisition price is fair value at the time of reacquisition.)

FAS 133
In addition to those criteria, FASB requires that the transferred assets be legally isolated from the transferor even in the event of the transferor’s bankruptcy.

 

Default Swap = See Credit Derivatives

Defeasance =

the early extinguishment of debt by depositing, in risk-free securities, the present value of the interest and principal payments in an irrevocable trust such that the earnings from the trust will service the debt and have sufficient funds to eventually extinguish the debt.  Exxon invented the concept in the 1970s.  In one instance Exxon captured $132 million of unrealized gain on $515 million of long-term debt acquired when interest rates were high.  The trust must be entirely under the control of an independent trustee. Defeasance was sometimes used to remove debt and capture gains when recalling the bonds had relatively high transaction costs.   The FASB allowed defeasance to capture gains and remove debt from the balance sheet in SFAS 76.  However, this  was rescinded in SFAS 125.  Defeasance can no longer remove debt from the balance sheet or be used to capture unrecognized gains due to interest rate increases.  See derecognition.

Defined-Benefit-Plan = see not-for-profit.

Delivered Floater = see floater.

Derecognition =

the opposite of recognizing an asset or liability on the balance sheet.  Assets are derecognized when they are sold or abandoned.   Liabilities are derecognized when they are paid or forgiven.  Derecognition, however, can be a more complex issue when rights or obligations are changed in other ways.   Paragraph 26 on Page 17 and Paragraph 491 on Page 213of FAS 133 require that the fair value of a firm commitment be derecognized when the hedged item no no longer meets the Paragraph 22 criteria.  The concept appears again in Paragraph 49.  See dedesignation.

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
A financial asset is derecognised if

  • the transferee has the right to sell or pledge the asset; and

  • the transferor does not have the right to reacquire the transferred assets. (However, such a right does not prevent derecognition if either the asset is readily obtainable in the market or the reacquisition price is fair value at the time of reacquisition.)

FAS 133
In addition to those criteria, FASB requires that the transferred assets be legally isolated from the transferor even in the event of the transferor’s bankruptcy.

 

IAS 39
Guidance in IAS 39 includes the following example. A bank transfers a loan to another bank, but to preserve the relationship of the transferor bank with its customer, the acquiring bank is not allowed to sell or pledge the loan. Although the inability to sell or pledge would suggest that the transferee has not obtained control, in this instance the transfer is a sale provided that the transferor does not have the right or ability to reacquire the transferred asset.

FAS 133
While a similar example is not included in FASB Standards, FASB Standards might be interpreting as prohibiting derecognition by the transferor bank.

 

Derivative =

A financial instrument whose value is derived from changes in the value of some underlying asset such as a commodity, a share of stock, a debt instrument, or a unit of currency.  A nice review appears in Myron Scholes' Nobel lecture that is reprinted as "Derivatives in a Dynamic Environment," American Economic Review, June 1998, 350-370.  For further elaboration, see derivative financial instrument.    Especially note the terms hedge and disclosure.

Humor:  "The Idiot's Guide to Hedging and Derivatives" ---  http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud033103.htm#Idiot'sGuide 

Also see CBOE, CBOT, and CME for some great tutorials on derivatives investing and hedging.

Derivative Financial Instrument =

a financial instrument that by its terms, at inception or upon the occurrence of a specified event, provides the holder (or writer) with the right (or obligation) to participate in some or all of the price changes of an underlying (that is, one or more referenced financial instruments, commodities, or other assets, or other specific items to which a rate, an index of prices, or another market indicator is applied) and does not require that the holder or writer own or deliver the underlying.  A contract that requires ownership or delivery of the underlying is a derivative financial instrument if (a) the underlying is another derivative, (b) a mechanism exists in the market (such as an organized exchange) to enter into a closing contract with only a net cash settlement, or (c) the contract is customarily settled with only a net cash payment based on changes in the price of the underlying.  What is most noteworthy about derivative financial instruments is that in the past two decades, the global use of derivatives has exploded exponentially to where the trading in notional amounts is in trillions of dollars.  Unlike FAS 133, IAS 39 makes explicit reference also to an insurance index or catastrophe loss index and a climatic or geological condition.  


Free derivative financial instruments document from Ira Kawaller --- http://www.kawaller.com/

"10 Tenets of Derivatives" (loads very slow) --- http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/AFP_10Tenets.pdf 

Bob Jensen's tutorials on accounting for derivative financial instruments --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm


Paragraph 6 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

. A derivative instrument is a financial instrument orother contract with all three of the following characteristics:

a. It has (1) one or more underlyings and (2) one or more notional amounts \3/ or payment provisions or both. Thoseterms determine the amount of the settlement or
settlements, and, in some cases, whether or not a settlement is required. \4/

==========================================================================

\3/ Sometimes other names are used. For example, the notional amount is called a face amount in some contracts.

\4/ The terms underlying, notional amount, payment provision, and settlement are intended to include the plural forms in the remainder of this Statement. Including both the
singular and plural forms used in this paragraph is more accurate but much more awkward and impairs the readability.

==========================================================================

b. It requires no initial net investment or an initial net investment that is smaller than would be required for other
types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors.

c. Its terms require or permit net settlement, it can readilybe settled net by a means outside the contract, or it provides for delivery of an asset that puts the recipient
in a position not substantially different from net settlement.

Most derivatives like forward, futures, and swap contracts are acquired at zero cost such that historical cost accounting is meaningless.  The exception is a purchased/written option where a small premium is paid/received to buy/sell the option.  Thus if the derivative financial instrument contract is defaulted a few minutes after being transacted there are generally zero or very small damages.  Such is not the case with traditional non-derivative financial instruments like bonds where the entire notional amounts (thousands or millions of dollars) change hands initially such that enormous damages are possible immediately after the notional amounts change hands.  In the case of of a derivative contract, the notional does not change hands.  It is only used to compute a contracted payment such as a swap payment.

For example, in the year 2004 Wells Fargo Bank sold $63 million in bonds with an interest rate "derived" from the price of a casino's common stock price.  The interest payments are "derivatives" in one sense, but the bonds are not derivative financial instruments scoped into FAS 133 due to Condition b in Paragraph 6 quoted above.  In the case of bonds, the bond holders made a $63 million initial investment of the entire notional amount.  If Wells Fargo also entered into an interest rate swap to lock in a fixed interest rate, the swap contract would be a derivative financial instrument subject to FAS 133.  However, the bonds are not derivative financial instruments under FAS 133 definitions.

"What Goes On in Vegas Reaches Wall Street:  Wells Fargo Sets Derivatives On Stations Casinos Inc. With $63 Million Bond Offering," by Joseph T. Hallinan, The Wall Street Journal, June 11, 2004, Page C1 --- 

Talk about leveraging your bets: Would you believe a bond whose value is tied to the stock performance of a casino?

In the increasingly complicated world of financial derivatives, Wells Fargo & Co. has come up with just such a wrinkle. The San Francisco bank has issued $63 million in 10-year notes whose return will be determined not by the actions of Alan Greenspan or the price of Treasury bills but by the stock price of a Las Vegas casino operator, Station Casinos Inc. (which isn't involved in issuing the derivatives).

For Wells, which has reported consistently strong growth in recent years, it means cheap money. Initially, the bank will pay holders of the note interest at a rate of just 0.25% annually. Over time, the holders may get more money, depending on the performance of the stock. So far this year, Station shares have soared about 60%. At 4 p.m. yesterday, Station was down five cents to $48.95 in New York Stock Exchange composite trading.

Wells said it crafted the unusual deal after one of its customers -- an institutional investor it declines to name -- approached the bank. The investor wanted exposure to Station's stock without actually owning it, says Nino S. Fanlo, Wells's treasurer.

The notes are callable by Wells after three years. When the bonds are cashed, holders may receive 17.6 times the closing price of the stock, or, if the stock price falls, they are guaranteed a return of principal. The notes may be resold to other investors. Banks and others previously have issued notes tied to a stock index or to a basket of stocks. But the Wells Fargo notes, registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, are considered unusual. Wells says this is the first time it has issued a note tied to the performance of a single stock

Continued in the article

Bob Jensen's threads on accounting for derivative financial instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Derivative Financial Instruments Frauds --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm

To understand more about derivative financial instruments, I suggest that you begin by going to the file at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
  
Especially note the discussion of the shortcut method at the end of the above document.

The earliest records of transactions that had features of derivative securities occur around 2000 BC in the Middle East.  (Page 338)
Geoffrey Poitras, The Early History of Financial Economics 1478-1776 (Chelten, UK:  Edward Elgar)
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book01q3.htm#Poitras  

During the Greek and Roman civilizations, transactions involving elements of derivative securities contracts had evolved considerably from the sale for consignment process.  Markets had been formalized to the point of having a fixed time and place for trading together with common barter rules and currency systems.  These early markets did exhibit a practice of contracting for future delivery. (Page 338)
Ibid

Like forward contracts, the use of options contracts or "privileges" has a long history. (Page 339)
Ibid

The heuristics of an options transaction involves the payment of a premium to acquire a right to complete a specific trade at a later date.  These types of transactions appear not only in early commercial activity but also in other areas.  For example, an interesting ancient reference to (sic) options-like transactions can be found in Genesis 29 of the Bible where Laban offers Jacob an option to marry his youngest daughter Rachel in exchange for seven years labour.  (Page 339)
Ibid

What is surprising is that it took over 4000 years (Until FAS 133 in June of 1998)  to finally requiring the booking of derivatives into the ledger.  However, Laban's contract falls outside the scope of FAS 133 if Rachel cannot readily be  converted into cash.
Bob Jensen at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/133intro.htm 

 

Derivative financial instruments accounting became a priority of the SEC, IASC, and FASB after the scandals of the early 1990s.  See "Derivatives Revisited," by Ed McCarthy, Journal of Accountancy, May 2000, pp. 35-43.  The online version is at http://www.aicpa.org/pubs/jofa/may2000/mccarthy.htm

Derivatives debacles have provided some of the past decade’s most devastating financial headlines. Names such as Long Term Capital Management, Orange County and Baring Brothers bring to mind situations where derivatives failed—often miserably (see exhibit 1, below, for details). Several losses were enormous—an estimated $2 billion for Orange County and $4 billion for Long Term Capital. Other incidents resulted in highly publicized lawsuits between derivatives buyers and sellers, such as Procter & Gamble’s lengthy dispute with Bankers Trust.

Exhibit 1: Derivatives Losses in the 1990s
Company/Entity Amount of Loss Area of Loss
Air Products $113,000,000 Leverage and currency swaps.
Askin Securities $600,000,000 Mortgage-backed securities.
Baring Brothers $1,240,500,000 Options.
Cargill (Minnetonka Fund) $100,000,000 Mortgage derivatives.
Codelco Chile $200,000,000 Copper and precious metals futures and forwards.
Glaxo Holdings PLC $150,000,000 Mortgage derivatives.
Long Term Capital Management $4,000,000,000 Currency and interest rate derivatives.
Metallgesellschaft $1,340,000,000 Energy derivatives.
Orange County $2,000,000,000 Reverse repurchase agreements and leveraged structured notes.
Proctor & Gamble $157,000,000 Leveraged German marks and U.S. dollars spread.
Source: Derivatives: Valuable Tool or Wild Beast? by Brian Kettel. Copyright © 1999 by Global Treasury News (www.gtnews.com). Reprinted with permission.

The causes of these losses varied. Among those frequently cited were traders working without adequate supervision, pricing models that failed to account for extreme market movements and market illiquidity. Although derivatives abuses have been absent from the headlines lately, some incidents still make news, such as Sweden’s Electrolux AB’s 1999 loss of more than 55 million German marks (approximately $28 million) due to an employee’s unauthorized futures trading.

 

How Companies Use Derivatives

Source: 1999 Survey of OTC Derivatives Use and Risk Management Practices by the Association for Financial Professionals. Copyright © 1999.

To see how banks use/misuse derivatives, see tranches

 

Tutorial:  Financial Derivatives in Plain English --- http://www.iol.ie/~aibtreas/derivs-pe/ 
There are some good examples of hedging and speculating strategies.  I did not, however, see anything on accounting for derivatives under FAS 133 or IAS 39.

A nonderivative financial instrument fails one or more of the above tests to qualify as a derivative in FAS 133.  Nonderivatives do not necessarily have to be adjusted to fair value like derivative instruments.  However, they may be used for economic hedges even though they do not qualify for special hedge accounting under FAS 133.  Exceptions in FAS 133 that afford special hedge accounting treatment for nonderivative instruments that hedge foreign currency fair value and/or hedge foreign currency exposures of net investment in a foreign operation.  See FAS Paragraphs 6c, 17d, 18d, 20c, 28d, 37, 39, 40, 42, 44, 45, 246, 247, 255, 264, 293-304, 476, 477, and 479.  Also see foreign currency hedge.

It is important to note that all derivatives in finance may not fall under the FAS 133 definition.  In FAS 133, a derivative must have a notional, an underlying, and net settlement.  There are other requirements such as a zero or minimal initial investment as specified in Paragraph 6b and Appendix A Paragraph 57b of FAS 133 and Paragraph 10b of IAS 39.  Examples of derivatives that are explicitly excluded are discussed in Paragraph 252 on Page 134 of FAS 133.  Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net settlement.  IASC does not require a net settlement provision in the definition of a derivative.  To meet the criteria for being a derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.  

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm

There must also be zero or small net investment to meet the definition of a derivative financial instrument  (FAS 133 Paragraphs 6b and Appendix A Paragraph 57b.  Also see IAS 39 IAS 39: Paragraph 10b)

Avoiding derivative accounting.
In an example of the legalistic nature of the accounting rules, Manufacturing could have avoided derivative accounting entirely if the loan and interest rate cap were structured differently. SFAS 133 excludes from its scope certain interest rate caps, floors, and collars that cannot be classified as either a derivative or an embedded derivative. Manufacturing could have embedded the interest rate cap in the loan while failing to meet the criteria of an embedded derivative.
Robert A. Dyson, "Accounting for Interest-Bearing Instruments as Derivatives and Hedges," The CPA Journal, http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2002/0102/features/f014202.htm

Keeping Up With Financial Instruments Derivatives

In 2000, ISDA filed a letter to the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) urging changes to FAS 133, its derivatives and hedge accounting standard. ISDA’s letter urged alterations to six areas of the standard: hedging the risk-free rate; hedging using purchased options; providing hedge accounting for foreign currency assets and liabilities; extending the exception for normal purchase and sales; and central treasury netting. The FASB subsequently rejected changes to purchased option provisions, conceded some on normal purchases and sales, extending the exception to contracts that implicitly or explicitly permit net settlement, declined to amend FAS 133 to facilitate partial term hedging and agreed to consider changing the restrictions on hedge accounting for foreign currency. 
ISDA ®INTERNATIONAL SWAPS AND DERIVATIVES ASSOCIATION, INC.http://www.isda.org/wwa/Retrospective_2000_Master.pdf
  

You can read a great deal about energy derivatives in The Derivatives 'Zine at http://www.margrabe.com/Energy.html 
Other topics include the following:

The Derivatives 'Zine by Dr. Risk
THE WILLIAM MARGRABE GROUP, INC., CONSULTING, PRESENTS
Home
ABOUT
CONTACT
SEARCH
LINKS
DICTIONARY
ACCOUNTING & FAS 133
BIG APPLET
ASK DR. RISK!
CREDIT RISK
CREDIT DP
CURRENCY
ENERGY
EQUITY
FIXED INCOME
TRADING POST
PERSONAL
IF ONLY ...
DEAL
MARKET RISK
MODEL RISK
BOOKSHELF
MATH APPENDIX
JAVA
JOBS!
CALENDAR
HUMOR
GAMES
DEVIL'S DD

Ask Dr. Risk!

  • Free answers: Dr. Risk promises any correspondent from a business domain with a website (e.g., Mack@CSFB.com) at least a five-minute response to your important question, as soon as he has a free moment, probably within one month. 
  • Fast answers: If you absolutely, positively will have to have an answer overnight, set up your consulting account, ahead of time, with the William Margrabe Group, Inc.. Introductory offer: $300 / hour with one-minute granularity. If we can't provide the answer, we'll refer you to someone who can. If we can't refer you, we'll inform you fast for free.
  • No answers: LDiablo@hotmail.com, Chris1492@aol.com, BillyG@MSN.com, and Desperate@Podunk.edu, etc. can no longer count on even brief answers, unless their questions are sufficiently intriguing. Sorry. 

A question of sufficiently general interest to make it into the 'Zine, tends to generate a more comprehensive response. All questions and answers become the property of The William Margrabe Group, Inc

The above sources are not much good about accounting for derivatives under FAS 133, FAS 138, and IAS 39.  For that, go to the following source:

http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

March 20, 2002 Message from Ira Kawaller

Hi Bob,
I just posted a recently published article on how to satisfy the FAS 133 disclosure requirements for interest rate hedges.  Although it was originally published by Bank Asset/Liablility Management (March 2000), the content is 
applicable to all firms with interest rate exposures -- not just banks.  
If you are interested, it is available at 
http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALMHedges.pdf 
You can also find additional information about derivatives, risk management, and FAS 133 in the various articles posted on the Kawaller & Company website:  
http://www.kawaller.com 
Please feel free to contact me with any questions, comments, or suggestions.
Ira Kawaller
Kawaller & Company, LLC
kawaller@kawaller.com 
(718) 694-6270

 

 

DIG FAS 133 Implementation Issue A1 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

If an entity enters into a forward contract that requires the purchase of 1 share of an unrelated company’s common stock in 1 year for $110 (the market forward price) and at inception the entity elects to prepay the contract pursuant to its terms for $105 (the current price of the share of common stock), does the contract meet the criterion in paragraph 6(b) related to initial net investment and therefore meet the definition of a derivative for that entity? If not, is there an embedded derivative that warrants separate accounting?

RESPONSE

Paragraph 6(b) of Statement 133 specifies that a derivative requires either no initial net investment or a smaller initial net investment than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors. If no prepayment is made at inception, the contract would meet the criterion in paragraph 6(b) because it does not require an initial net investment but, rather, contains an unexercised election to prepay the contract at inception. Paragraph 8 further clarifies paragraph 6(b) and states that a derivative instrument does not require an initial net investment in the contract that is equal to the notional amount or that is determined by applying the notional amount to the underlying. If the contract gives the entity the option to "prepay" the contract at a later date during its one-year term (at $105 or some other specified amount), exercise of that option would be accounted for as a loan that is repayable at $110 at the end of the forward contract’s one-year term.

If instead, the entity elects to prepay the contract at inception for $105, the contract does not meet the definition of a freestanding derivative. The initial net investment of $105 is equal to the initial price of the 1 share of stock being purchased under the contract and therefore is equal to the investment that would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors. However, the entity must assess whether that nonderivative instrument contains an embedded derivative that, pursuant to paragraph 12, requires separate accounting as a derivative. In this example, the prepaid contract is a hybrid instrument that is composed of a debt instrument (as the host contract) and an embedded derivative based on equity prices. The host contract is a debt instrument because the holder has none of the rights of a shareholder, such as the ability to vote the shares and receive distributions to shareholders. (See paragraph 60 of Statement 133.) Unless the hybrid instrument is remeasured at fair value with changes in value recorded in earnings as they occur, the embedded derivative must be separated from the host contract because the economic characteristics and risks of a derivative based on equity prices are not clearly and closely related to a debt host contract, and a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would be a derivative subject to the requirements of Statement 133.

 

Also see other DIG issues under net settlement.

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
A derivative is a financial instrument—

(a) - whose value changes in response to the change in a specified interest rate, security price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rates, a credit rating or credit index, or similar variable (sometimes called the ‘underlying’);

(b) - that requires no initial net investment or little initial net investment relative to other types of contracts that have a similar response to changes in market conditions; and

(c) - that is settled at a future date.

FAS 133
(a) – same as IAS 39

(b) – same as IAS 39

(c) – FASB definition requires that the terms of the derivative contract require or permit net settlement.

FAS 133 Paragraph 408 reads as follows:

The Board recognizes that entities are commonly exposed to a variety of risks in the course of their activities, including interest rate, foreign exchange, market price, credit, liquidity, theft, weather, health, catastrophe, competitive, and business cycle risks. The Exposure Draft did not propose detailed guidance on what risks could be designated as being hedged, other than to note in the basis for conclusions that special hedge accounting for certain risk management transactions, such as hedges of strategic risk, would be precluded. In redeliberating the issue of risk, the Board reaffirmed that hedge accounting cannot be provided for all possible risks and decided to be more specific about the risks for which hedge accounting is available.

Various exceptions are dealt with in Paragraph 58 of FAS 133.  For example, Paragraph 58c reads as follows:

Certain contracts that are not traded on an exchange. A contract that is not traded on an exchange is not subject to the requirements of this Statement if the underlying is:

(1) A climatic or geological variable or other physical variable. Climatic, geological, and other physical variables include things like the number of inches of rainfall or snow in a particular area and the severity of an earthquake as measured by the Richter scale.

(2) The price or value of (a) a nonfinancial asset of one of the parties to the contract unless that asset is readily convertible to cash or (b) a nonfinancial liability of one of the parties to the contract unless that liability requires delivery of an asset that is readily convertible to cash.

(3) Specified volumes of sales or service revenues by one of the parties. That exception is intended to apply to contracts with settlements based on the volume of items sold or services rendered, for example, royalty agreements. It is not intended to apply to contracts based on changes in sales or revenues due to changes in market prices.

If a contract's underlying is the combination of two or more variables, and one or more would not qualify for one of the exceptions above, the application of this Statement to that contract depends on the predominant characteristics of the combined variable. The contract is subject to the requirements of this Statement if the changes in its combined underlying are highly correlated with changes in one of the component variables that would not qualify for an exception.

Also see "regular-way" security trading exceptions in Paragraph 58a if FAS 133.  Also note the exception in DIG C1.  Some general DIG exceptions to the scope of FAS 133 are listed in the "C" category at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html 

A nice review of the theory and application (aside from accounting) of derivative financial instruments appears in Myron Scholes' Nobel lecture that is reprinted as "Derivatives in a Dynamic Environment," American Economic Review, June 1998, 350-370.   Types of embedded derivative  instruments are often indexed debt and investment contracts such as commodity indexed interest or principal payments, convertible debt, credit indexed contracts, equity indexed contracts, and inflation indexed contracts.  By "indexed" it is meant that an uncertain economic event that is measured by an economic index (e.g., a credit rating index, commodity price index, convertible debt, or inflation index) defined in the contract.  An equity index might be defined as a particular index derived from common stock price movements such as the Dow Industrial Index or the Standard and Poors 500 Index.   Derivative instruments may also be futures contracts, forward contracts, interest rate swaps, foreign currency derivatives, warrants, forward rate agreements, basis swaps,  and complex combinations of such contracts such as a circus combination.    Interest rate swaps are the most common form of derivatives in terms of notional amounts.  There are Paragraph 6b initial investment size limitations discussed under the term premium.

Derivatives that are covered by FAS 133 accounting rules must remeasured to fair value on each balance sheet date.  Paragraph 18 on Page 10 of FAS 133 outlines how to account gains and losses on derivative financial instruments designated for FAS 133 accounting.  See hedge accounting.

FAS 133 does not change the requirement banning the netting of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet (statement of financial position) unless there is a right of  setoff.  This rule goes back to APB 10, Omnibus Opinion.  Hence the aggregate of positive valued derivative financial instruments cannot be netted against those with negative values.  The only exception would be when there are contractual rights of offset.  FAS 133 is silent as to whether derivatives expiring in the very near future are cash equivalents in the cash flow statement.  KPMG argues against that in terms of SFAS 95 rules.  See Example 6 beginning on Page 347 of of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

FAS 133 requires disclosures of hedging gains and losses by risk type.  Paragraph 45 on beginning on Page 27 does require that aggregate net amounts be reported by type of hedge.  Disclosure by market risk category is required by the SEC. 

In this FAS 133 Glossary, there are added conditions to become a qualified derivative financial instrument under FAS 133 rules.   In certain instances a nonfinancial derivative will also suffice for accounting under FAS 133 rules.  Unless noted otherwise it will be assumed that such instruments meet the FAS 133 criteria.  The formal definition of a derivative financial instrument for purposes of FAS 133 is given in Paragraph 249 on Page 133.  Such an instrument must have all three of the following attributes:

a. 
It has (1) one or more underlyings and (2) one or more notional amounts or payment provisions or both.

b.
It requires no initial net investment or an initial net investment that is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors.

c.
Its terms require or permit net settlement, it can readily be settled net by means outside the contract, or it provides for delivery of an asset that puts the recipient in a position not substantially different from net settlement.

Initial investment is an important criterion for distinguishing a derivative instrument from a nonderivative instrument.  See Paragraph 6b on Page 3 of FAS 133.  Paragraph 256 on Page 135 contains the following example:

A party that wishes to participate in the changes in the fair value of 10,000 shares of a specific marketable equity security can, of course, do so by purchasing 10,000 shares of that security.  Alternatively, the party may enter into a forward purchase contract with a notional amount of 10,000 shares of that security and an underlying that is the price of that security. Purchasing the shares would require an initial investment equal to the current price for 10,000 shares and would result in benefits such as the receipt of dividends (if any) and the ability to vote the shares. A simple forward contract entered into at the current forward price for 10,000 shares of the equity instrument would not require an initial investment equal to the notional amount but would offer the same opportunity to benefit or lose from changes in the price of that security.

Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net settlement.  IASC does not require a net settlement provision in the definition of a derivative.  To meet the criteria for being a derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.  

In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133:

Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a derivative instrument as follows:

a.
A hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability, or of an unrecognized firm commitment, \2/ that are attributable to a particular risk (referred to as a fair value hedge)
==========================================================================
Footnote 2
\2/ An unrecognized firm commitment can be viewed as an executory contract that represents both a right and an obligation. When a previously unrecognized firm commitment that is designated as a hedged item is accounted for in accordance with this Statement, an asset or a liability is recognized and reported in the statement of financial position related to the recognition of the gain or loss on the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent references to an asset or a liability in this Statement include a firm commitment.
==========================================================================

b.
A hedge of the exposure to variability in the cash flows of a recognized asset or liability, or of a forecasted transaction, that is attributable to a particular risk (referred to as a cash flow hedge)

c.
A hedge of the foreign currency exposure of

(1) an unrecognized firm commitment (a foreign currency fair value hedge), (

(2) an available-for-sale security (a foreign currency fair value hedge),

(3) a forecasted transaction (a foreign currency cash flow hedge), or

(4) a net investment in a foreign operation.

With respect to Section a above, a firm commitment cannot have a cash flow risk exposure because the gain or loss is already booked.  For example, a contract of 10,000 units per month at $200 per unit is unrecognized and has a cash flow risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further cash flow risk exposure. The booked firm commitment, however, can have a fair value risk exposure.

With respect to Section c(1) above, firm commitments can have foreign currency risk exposures if the commitments are not already recognized.  See Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133. If the firm commitment is recognized, it is by definition booked and its loss or gain is already accounted for. For example, a purchase contract for 10,000 units per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit is unrecognized and has a foreign currency risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further foreign currency risk exposure.  Similar reasoning applies to trading securities that are excluded in c(2) above since their gains and losses are already booked.  These gains have been deferred in comprehensive income for available-for-sale securities.

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.  For reasons and references, see equity method.

Section c(4) of Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133 makes an exception to  Paragraph 29a on Page 20 for portfolios of dissimilar assets and liabilities. It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52. The gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. Reasons are given in Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133:

The net investment in a foreign operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that would not meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a group of similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the parent's investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net investment in a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The Board decided, however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of Statement 52 in that area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of dissimilar items, hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been explicitly permitted by the authoritative literature.

For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change.  Section 4(c) of Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a derivative.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:

.A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.  nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. 

These Section c(4) confusions in Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

A more confusing, at least to me, portion of Paragraph 36 reads as follows:

The criterion in paragraph 21(c)(1) requires that a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated receivable or payable) not be the hedged item in a foreign currency fair value or cash flow hedge because it is remeasured with the changes in the carrying amount attributable to what would be the hedged risk (an exchange rate change) reported currently in earnings.  Similarly, the criterion in paragraph 29(d) requires that the forecasted acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 not be the hedged item in a foreign currency cash flow hedge because, subsequent to acquisition or incurrence, the asset or liability will be remeasured with changes in the carrying amount attributable to what would be the hedged risk reported currently in earnings. A foreign currency derivative instrument that has been entered into with another member of a consolidated group can be a hedging instrument in the consolidated financial statements only if that other member has entered into an offsetting contract with an unrelated third party to hedge the exposure it acquired from issuing the derivative instrument to the affiliate that initiated the hedge.

Investments accounted for under the equity method cannot be hedged items under FAS 133 accounting for reasons explained under the term "equity method."   Recall that the magic percentage of equity ownership is 20% of more.  Lower ownership share accounted for under the cost as opposed to equity method can be hedged. 

In summary, the major exceptions under FAS 133 are discussed in the following FAS 133 Paragraphs:

  • Business combinations APB Opinion No. 16 (FAS 133Paragraph 11c)

  • Shareholders' equity (FAS 133 Paragraph 11a)

  • Leases (FAS 133 Paragraph 10f)

  • Employee benefits (SFAS 123 (Paragraph 11b)

  • Insurance contracts (note exceptions in FAS 133 Paragraph 10c)

  • Financial guarantees (note exceptions in FAS 133 Paragraph 10d)

  • Physical indices (FAS 133 Paragraphs 10e, 58c)

  • Regular-way trades (FAS 133 Paragraphs 10b, 58b)

Exceptions are not as important in IAS 39, because fair value adjustments are required of all financial instruments.  However, exceptions or special accounting for derivatives are discussed at various places in IAS 39:

  • Business combinations )IAS 39 Paragraph 1g --- Also note  IAS 22 Paragraphs 65-76)

  • Shareholders' equity IAS 39 Paragraph 1e)

  • Leases IAS 39 Paragraph 1b)

  • Employee benefits IAS 39 Paragraph 1c)

  • Insurance contracts IAS 39 Paragraph 1d)

  • Financial guarantees IAS 39 Paragraph 1f)

  • Physical indices (IAS 39 Paragraph 1h)

  • Regular-way trades (Not an explicit exception in IAS 39)

DIG Issue C1 at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

If a contract’s payment provision specifies that the issuer will pay to the holder $10,000,000 if aggregate property damage from all hurricanes in the state of Florida exceeds $50,000,000 during the year 2001, is the contract included in the scope of Statement 133? Alternatively, if the contract specifies that the issuer pays the holder $10,000,000 in the event that a hurricane occurs in Florida in 2001, is the contract included in the scope of Statement 133?

RESPONSE

If the contract contains a payment provision that requires the issuer to pay to the holder a specified dollar amount based on a financial variable, the contract is subject to the requirements of Statement 133. In the first example above, the payment under the contract occurs if aggregate property damage from a hurricane in the state of Florida exceeds $50,000,000 during the year 2001. The contract in that example contains two underlyings — a physical variable (that is, the occurrence of at least one hurricane) and a financial variable (that is, aggregate property damage exceeding a specified or determinable dollar limit of $50,000,000). Because of the presence of the financial variable as an underlying, the derivative contract does not qualify for the scope exclusion in paragraph 10(e)(1) of Statement 133.

In contrast, if the contract contains a payment provision that requires the issuer to pay to the holder a specified dollar amount that is linked solely to a climatic or other physical variable (for example, wind velocity or flood-water level), the contract is not subject to the requirements of Statement 133. In the second example above, the payment provision is triggered if a hurricane occurs in Florida in 2001. The underlying in that example is a physical variable (that is, occurrence of a hurricane). Therefore, the contract qualifies for the scope exclusion in paragraph 10(e)(1) of Statement 133.

However, if the contract requires a payment only when the holder incurs a decline in revenue or an increase in expense as a result of an event (for example, a hurricane) and the amount of the payoff is solely compensation for the amount of the holder’s loss, the contract would be a traditional insurance contract that is excluded from the scope of Statement 133 under paragraph 10(c).

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

See hedge and financial instrument.

Yahoo Finance is Bob Jensen's Favorite Place to learn more about the mechanics and widespread use of derivative financial instruments.  That web site, however, will not help much with respect to accounting for such instruments under FAS 133 and IAS 39.  Also see CBOE, CBOT, and CME for some great tutorials on derivatives investing and hedging.

Message from Ira Kawaller on August 4, 2002

Hi Bob,

I posted a new article on the Kawaller & Company website: “What’s ‘Normal’ in Derivatives Accounting,” originally published in Financial Executive, July / August 2002. It is most relevant for financial managers of non-financial companies, who seek to avoid FAS 133 treatment for their purchase and sales contracts. The point of the article is that this treatment may mask some pertinent risks and opportunities. To view the article, click on http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/FE.pdf  .

I'd be happy to hear from you if you have any questions or comments.

Thanks for your consideration.

Ira Kawaller Kawaller & Company, LLC http://www.kawaller.com 

kawaller@kawaller.com 717-694-6270

Bob Jensen's documents on derivative financial instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

DIG

the Derivatives Implementation Group established by the FASB for purposes of helping firms implement FAS 133.  The web site is a http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/

The Derivatives Implementation Group is a task force that was created to assist the FASB in answering questions that companies will face when they begin implementing Statement 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The FASB’s objective in forming the group was to establish a mechanism to identify and resolve significant implementation questions in advance of the implementation of Statement 133 by many companies.

The role of the Derivatives Implementation Group is different from that of other task forces previously assembled by the FASB because it was established to address issues related to a new Statement that has not yet been implemented by most companies. The responsibilities of the Derivatives Implementation Group are to identify practice issues that arise from applying the requirements of Statement 133 and to advise the FASB on how to resolve those issues. In addition to members of the implementation group, any constituent or organization may submit questions to be debated by the group by sending a detailed letter to the group chairman, FASB Vice Chairman Jim Leisenring. The FASB staff also seeks input from the implementation group on selected technical inquiries that it resolves.

The model for the Derivatives Implementation Group is the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) with the key difference being that the Derivatives Implementation Group does not formally vote on issues to reach a consensus. Instead, it is the responsibility of the Chairman to identify an agreed-upon resolution that emerges based upon the group’s debate. Implementation group members are free submit written objections to any issue where the group reaches an agreed-upon resolution. In instances where no clear resolution of an issue emerges, the issue may be further discussed at a future meeting or handled by the FASB staff.

After each meeting of the Derivatives Implementation Group, the FASB staff has the responsibility of documenting tentative conclusions reached by the group. Those tentative conclusions are publicly available on the FASB web site approximately three weeks after a meeting of the Derivatives Implementation Group. Those conclusions will remain tentative until they are formally cleared by the FASB and become part of an FASB staff implementation guide (Q&A). The Board is typically not asked to formally clear the staff's tentative conclusions at a public Board meeting until those conclusions have been publicly available on the web site for at least one month. That delay provides constituents the opportunity to study those conclusions and submit any comments before the Board considers formal clearance.

Meetings of the Derivatives Implementation Group are held at the FASB offices in Norwalk, CT and are open to public observation. The group will meet bimonthly during 1998 and 1999 when companies are planning for transition to the new accounting requirements. The need for meetings of the group in the year 2000 will be assessed at a later date.

 FAS 133 Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG) Pronouncements (Issues)

Nearly 300 pages of  DIG pronouncements as of March 8, 2004 can be downloaded from  http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/allissuesp2.pdf 

 

If you click on menu choices (Edit, Find) or the binoculars icon in your web browser, you can enter the search term DIG to find various DIG issues in this glossary.  These are in tables with red borders.

Disclosure =

the disclosures of key information in footnotes, special schedules, or other parts of financial reports. FAS 133 deals with disclosure at various points, especially in Paragraphs 502-513 on Pages 216-221.  An entity that holds or issues derivative instruments (or nonderivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments pursuant to /FAS 133 Paragraphs 37 and 42) shall disclose its objectives for holding or issuing those instruments, the context needed to understand those objectives, and its strategies for achieving those objectives.  The description shall distinguish between derivative instruments (and nonderivative instruments) designated as fair value hedging instruments, derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedging instruments, derivative (and nonderivative) instruments designated as hedging instruments for hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation, and all other derivatives
(FAS 133 Paragraph 44)

The following must be disclosed if derivatives are used in hedging relationships (Paragraph 45)
  • Risk management policies must be specified, identifying exposures to be hedged and hedging strategies for managing the associated risks.
  • Identification of the type of hedging relationship (i.e., fair value, cash flow, net investment in foreign operation), if applicable.
  • The hedged item must be explicitly identified.
  • Ineffective hedge results must be disclosed.
  • Any component of the derivatives' results that is excluded from the hedge effectiveness assessment must be disclosed.
Specific requirements for fair value hedges (Paragraph 45a)
  • The place on the income statement where derivative gains or losses are reported must be disclosed.
  • When a firm commitment no longer qualifies as a hedged item, the net gain or loss recognized in earnings must be disclosed.
Specific requirements for cash flow hedges (Paragraph 45b)
  • A description of the conditions that will result in the reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings, and a schedule of the estimated reclassification expected in the coming 12 months must be disclosed.
  • The maximum length of time over which hedging is anticipated (except for variable interest rate exposures) must be disclosed.
  • Entities must disclose the amount reclassified into earnings as a result of discontinued cash flow hedges because the forecasted transaction is no longer probable.
  • Specific requirements for hedges of net investments in foreign operations (Paragraph 45c)
  • Entities must disclose the amount of the derivatives' results that is included in the cumulative translation adjustment during the reporting period.

 

Under IASC international disclosure rulings, financial statements should include all of the disclosures required by IAS 32, except that the requirements in IAS 32 for supplementary disclosure of fair values (IAS 39 Paragraphs 77 and 88) are not applicable to those financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value (Paragraph 166).  The following should be included in the disclosures of the enterprise's accounting policies as part of the disclosure required by IAS 32 Paragraph 47b:

(1) the methods and significant assumptions applied in estimating fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are carried at fair value, separately for significant classes of financial assets (see IAS 39 Paragraph 46)

2) whether gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of those available-for-sale financial assets that are measured at fair value subsequent to initial recognition are included in net profit or loss for the period or are recognized directly in equity until the financial asset is disposed of; and

3) for each of the four categories of financial assets defined in paragraph 10, whether 'regular way' purchases of financial assets are accounted for at trade date or settlement date (see paragraph 30)
(IAS Paragraph 167)

In applying the above paragraph, an enterprise will disclose prepayment rates, rates of estimated credit losses, and interest or discount rates
(paragraph 168)

IAS 39 Paragraph 169
With the exception of the previously noted differences, Paragraph 169 is a long paragraph that requires virtually all disclosures of FAS 133.

 

The SEC has more controversial disclosure requirements for derivatives, especially requirements for quantification of risk. The required disclosures about accounting policies are specified in new Rule 4-08(n) of Regulation S-X and Item 310 of Regulation S-B. The required disclosures about market risk exposures are specified in new Item 305 of Regulation S-K and Item 9A of Form 20-F.   See http://www.sec.gov/rules/othern/derivfaq.htm

Some SEC rules, which amend Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K, require the following new market risk disclosures (unless a business is deemed a small business not subject to market risk disclosure rules and/or unless the market risks apply to trade accounts recievable or trade accounts payable):

  • detailed disclosures of registrants' accounting policies for derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments;

  • quantitative and qualitative disclosures outside the financial statements about market risk information of derivatives and other financial instruments. The required information includes the fair values of the instruments and contract terms needed to determine expected cash flows for each of the next five years and aggregate cash flows thereafter. This information should be categorized by expected maturity dates. The information should be grouped based on whether the instruments are held for trading or for other purposes and summarized by market risk category, subdivided by specific characteristics within a risk category, such as US dollar/German mark and US dollar/Japanese yen foreign currency exchange risk. The subdivision based on characteristics should be made to the extent it better reflects the market risk for a group of instruments.

  • forward-looking information, which includes these quantitative and qualitative disclosures outside the financial statements.;

  • disclosures about the effects of derivatives on other positions.

The Rules allow registrants to select one of the following methods to make their quantitative disclosures for market risk sensitive instruments:

  • a tabular format --- a presentation of the terms, fair value, expected principal or transaction cash flows, and other information, with instruments grouped within risk exposure categories based on common characteristics;

  • a sensitivity analysis --- the hypothetical loss in earnings, fair values, or cash; (the minumum percentage change seems to be 10% in Item 3.A of the Instructions to Paragraphs 305a and 305b.)

  • flows resulting from hypothetical changes in rates or prices;

  • value-at-risk --- a measure of the potential loss in earnings, fair values, or cash;

  • flows from changes in rates or prices.

A registrant that holds nonderivative financial instruments that have material amounts of market risk, such as investments, loans, and deposits, is required to make the qualitative and quantitative disclosures of market risk, even though the registrant may hold no derivatives.

The new Rules are effective for filings that include financial statements for fiscal periods ending after June 15, 1997. However, for registrants that are not banks or thrifts and that have a market capitalization of $2.5 billion or less on January 28, 1997, the effective date for the quantitative and qualitative disclosures outside the financial statements about market risk is delayed one year.

Registrants are required to provide summarized quantitative market risk information for the preceding fiscal year. They should explain the reasons for material quantitative changes in market risk exposures between the current and preceding fiscal years in sufficient detail to enable investors to determine trends in market risk information.

For a reference on SEC disclosure rules, see T.J. Linsmeier and N.D. Pearson, "Quantitative Disclosures of Market Risk in the SEC Release," Accounting Horizons, March 1997, 107-135. 

Click here to view a nice commentary on the SEC financial risk disclosure choices.

Key Disclosure Lessons From FAS 133 Q1 July 6, 2001 By Nilly Essaides --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=81&areaid=405 

A review of 40 10Qs reveals a great diversity in reporting for Q1/01 as well as some lessons on what constitutes a useful disclosure. Second quarter 10Q reports will soon begin to hit the SEC. With them will come Q2/FAS 133 disclosures for most companies. This next wave of 10Qs will certainly offer insight into the quarter-by-quarter effects of FAS 133. But judging from the first bunch, they may leave as much unsaid, as said.

A review of Q1 disclosures in 40 companies’ 10Qs reveals great diversity in reporting depth and quality. But perhaps the clearest revelation is that FAS 133 does not necessarily offer a clearer picture of a company’s derivatives strategy.

Perhaps the quality of disclosures depends on whether the company intends to conceal more than it reveals; perhaps, too, it indicates that MNCs are only at the start of their FAS 133 learning curve. Over time, best practices will hopefully emerge creating more readable 10Qs.

. . . 

What is/isn’t revealed T

his diversity obviously makes it hard to analyze 10Qs. (Difficult perhaps, but not impossible: FAS133.com is working on a matrix that would track, on a quarterly basis, various disclosures and impact on EPS/OCI for large MNCs).

Some trend observations do rise above the disclosure clutter:

• Effectiveness method. Only one registrant alluded to the critical terms methodology. No one else provided information about what effectiveness measures were being used.

• Time value. G20 will make a big difference for some companies, while having no effect at all for others. Many pre-G20 10Qs indicate that there is no time value being recorded in income. Even in cases where some time value was marked to market in income, the effect was minor.

There are exceptions, however. Microsoft’s said the following: “...the reduction to income was mostly attributable to a loss of approximately $300 million reclassified from OCI for the time value of options and a loss of approximately $250 million reclassified from OCI for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.”

• Industry differences: Financial companies seem to be providing more information about their derivatives than non-financial MNCs., perhaps because they have more experience with fair values, have the necessary systems, and tend to have more non-compliant derivatives. Ditto for commodity companies, which must now account for many previously “non-derivatives” as derivatives.

• Qualified vs. non-qualified derivatives. The majority of 10Qs do not list substantial non-compliant derivatives, but there are some notable exceptions, including some written calls and non-qualified cross currency swaps or derivatives that hedge other derivatives.

• Embeddeds. Of all the 10Qs reviewed, only Lucent mentioned the existence of embeddeds (other than equity options in convertible bonds). “Lucent’s foreign currency embedded derivatives consist of sales and purchase contracts with cash flows indexed to changes in or denominated in a currency that neither party to the contract uses as [its] functional currency. Changes in the fair value of these embedded derivatives are recorded in earnings.”

Emerging best practices Of course, what constitutes good disclosure depends on one's perspective. Good from the point of view of the investor/analyst means in context and consistent with some forward-looking information.

Good from the company's standpoint may mean one of two things:

(1) Clearly communicate the intent and value of hedges so that gains and losses are understood and not misread; or

(2) Effectively conceals gains and losses on derivatives so that investors cannot figure out the effect of derivatives on income.

Perhaps, too, what makes good disclosure will take time to figure out, as for many of these companies are reporting FAS 133 info for the first time.

A checklist Still, from the 40 10Qs reviewed for this article, the following useful hints emerged:

• Divide hedge disclosu3 categories: Fair value, cash flow and net investment, with a discussion of strategy, fair values and ineffectiveness total for each category.

• Provide a chart or table summarizing all derivatives gain/loss, impact on income or OCI

• Include pointers as to where in the income statement particular derivatives numbers appear, in income and OCI.

• Listing how market risk exposures would affect derivatives positions.

Sources of volatility Finally, the Q1s reveal three sources of OCI/income volatility:

(1) Time value of options (this will presumably disappear for any hedging options that fall under G20).

(2) Gains/loss on non-qualified derivatives, either derivatives that do not meet the effectiveness standards or derivatives that hedge other derivatives. Of course, this does not mean the derivatives are speculative. There may be as many qualified derivatives as there are speculative, since those that are non-qualified ones may be true economic hedges.

(3) Finally, gains/losses on derivatives that were not accounted for previously as derivatives such as commercial contracts.

 

 

CANADA
DISCLOSURE OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES FOR DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND DERIVATIVE COMMODITY INSTRUMENTS Date Issued: September 5, 2002 
http://www.cica.ca/multimedia/Download_Library/Standards/EIC/English//EIC131.pdf
 

One of my students wrote the following: 

Joseph F. Zullo For his relational database project in Microsoft Access that disaggregates and then aggregates various types of risk on interest rate swaps, click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/jzullo/title.htm
The heart of this project is a relational database. The term project topic was "suggested aids for using emerging technologies in measuring and evaluating investment risk." To that end, I created a relational database that is able to track the use of derivative instruments and assign risk to individual contracts.   The creation of the database is an attempt at dissaggregated reporting. Theoretically, an investor could access the database through the Internet and compute custom reports and evaluate individual measures of risk associated with each derivative. The benefit of dissaggregated reporting lies in the investor’s ability to perform the aggregation of relevant data. In today’s environment, investors have to rely on annual financial statements of a company to acquire relevant information. The financial statements of a company do not always provide a complete picture of the financial condition of the company. Notably, off-balance sheet items such as derivative financial instruments do not appear in the body of the financial statements. The FASB and the SEC have made strides to overcome this reporting deficiency with pronouncements that require more informational disclosures in the financial statements.

Roger Debreceny wrote the following message on July 31, 1998:

Further to previous discussion on derivatives:

KPMG Derivatives and Hedging Handbook Offers Guidance on New Accounting Standards for Derivatives NEW YORK, July 27 /PRNewswire/ -- A comprehensive Derivatives and Hedging Handbook was published today by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, the accounting, tax and consulting firm, in response to the new accounting standard for derivative instruments and hedging activities issued on June 15, 1998 by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB).

The FASB issued the new standard (Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities) to replace the rules that had been in effect since 1984.

"The estimated worldwide amount of derivative instruments is well above $60 trillion," said Michael A. Conway, partner-in-charge, KPMG Department of Professional Practice." We developed this handbook because the new standard is so complex and the potential impact on commercial companies and financial institutions is enormous.

"Implementing this standard may require changes in hedging strategies and accounting systems, with possible significant effects on financial statements," said Conway. "Therefore, we believe it’s important for organizations to immediately begin evaluating the impact of the standard on their operations and financial reporting. This handbook is designed to make that assessment easier."

The primary author of the handbook, Stephen Swad, KPMG partner, Department of Professional Practice, said that companies must consider several key issues, including recognizing all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities measured at fair value; designating all hedging relationships anew; measuring transition adjustments that will affect earnings; and modifying accounting, risk management objectives and strategies, and information systems to comply with the requirements of the standard. The 425-page publication, the second in KPMG’s handbook series, provides over 100 examples illustrating some of the complex areas of the standard, and answers possible questions that might arise during implementation.

KPMG’s Web site is: http://www.us.kpmg.com.

March 20, 2002 Message from Ira Kawaller

Hi Bob,
I just posted a recently published article on how to satisfy the FAS 133 disclosure requirements for interest rate hedges.  Although it was originally published by Bank Asset/Liablility Management (March 2000), the content is 
applicable to all firms with interest rate exposures -- not just banks.  
If you are interested, it is available at 
http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALMHedges.pdf 
You can also find additional information about derivatives, risk management, and FAS 133 in the various articles posted on the Kawaller & Company website:  
http://www.kawaller.com 
Please feel free to contact me with any questions, comments, or suggestions.
Ira Kawaller
Kawaller & Company, LLC
kawaller@kawaller.com 
(718) 694-6270

 

Illustrations of FAS 133 Disclosures

Adobe Systems’ 10Q for the second quarter provides a case study in best practices in FAS 133-related disclosures.

All 10Qs are not made equal. In the area of FAS 133-related disclosure, that truth is even more pronounced (see related item). Indeed, the current diversity in the content and organization of derivatives disclosures, which in part may reflect companies’ ambivalence about making this information public, calls for the emergence of best practices, or disclosure benchmarks.

The lack of uniformity in disclosure geography and format affect the quality of the information. It certainly makes it hard for users of financial statements to reach broad-based conclusions. But perhaps most important, it opens the door for misinterpretation and exaggeration of the financial impact of corporate derivatives activities.

Emerging benchmarks
What should companies use as a guide? To date, the FAS133.com review of 10Qs has surfaced five basic benchmarks of best practice in FAS 133 disclosure:

  • Divide hedge disclosure categories: Fair value, cash flow and net investment, with a discussion of strategy, fair values and ineffectiveness total for each category.
  • Explain risk management policy/strategy in clear language, providing hedge activity context.
  • Provide a chart or table summarizing all derivatives gain/loss, impact on income or OCI.
  • Include pointers as to where in the income statement particular derivatives numbers appear, in income and OCI.
  • List how market risk exposures would affect derivatives positions.

Leading by example: Adobe Systems

Some 10Qs contain various elements of best disclosure. Others are very hard to read. But perhaps one of the clearest examples of some of the best practices in FAS 133 disclosure can be found in the second quarter 10Q filed by Adobe Systems on July 16, 2001.

There are several reasons the Adobe 10Q represents best practice:

  1. It presents information in context. Disclosure of actual figures on derivatives gain/losses follow clear explanations of risk management strategy and objectives.
  2. It highlights strategy based on hedge objective. The context is presented in a very organized manner. Risk management activities are segregated based on their objectives, and the type of exposure being hedged.
  3. It summarizes gains/losses in table. Not only does the table provide figures and how they affect OCI, but Adobe lists both quarterly, and year to date information, giving the reader a chance to review the trend.
  4. It’s in “English.” Perhaps most important, the disclosures are clearly written, refraining from jargon and providing simple, “lay man’s” explanation of risk management activities.

Salute to treasury
The top-notch disclosure statement represents the product of treasury’s hard work. “We worked hard on it,” confesses Barbara Hill, Adobe’s treasurer. Indeed, the language and the disclosure were the work of the Adobe treasury team, and received only minor tweaking from the external auditor once complete. “We tried to spend a lot of effort to make it clear,” she says. Even at companies where accounting plays a more dominant role, she cautions, treasury’s input is critical. “You have to have someone who is trading and understands options, for example, to put together the disclosures.”

While Adobe reviewed other companies’ 10Qs and went back to the original standard to ensure all i's are dotted and t's are crossed, “we came up with the language in treasury,” Ms. Hill says. In part, Ms. Hill says her group was so well prepared for the task as a result of several months’ worth of FAS 133 studying with Helen Kane of Hedgetrackers (a consultancy).

This approach, Ms. Hill says, is in line with Adobe’s general approach to communications with its investors. “It’s part of our philosophy to be as forthcoming and open in our disclosures.

This straightforward approach carried tangible benefits, she notes. “You get a reputation for honesty and integrity, and analysts and investors know that they can trust your statements.” Overtime, the consistency in reporting helps build credibility “that’s invaluable over the long term,” she says. Basically, it helps determine whether investors and fund managers are interested in investing in the company, or not.

Perhaps the best part of the Adobe disclosure is the summary tables (see below). The tables are Ms. Hill’s idea. “It’s pretty bold,” she admits. She notes some 10Qs seem to lose the content in the language of FAS 133 (as well as in indeterminable geography, such as including ineffectiveness in “costs of good sold,” as some MNCs have).

The tables, she says, “are an offshoot of what I use from a big-pictures standpoint, to make sure that the numbers I see with regard to FX hedging make sense. It’s a tool I use internally, which makes it easy for me (and now investors) to spot problems right away.” Ms. Hill decided shareholders could benefit from sharing the information, which she gathers anyway for in-house performance evaluation purposes.

Continued at http://fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?areaid=408 

  • Calpine

    One of the best illustrations of disclosure is SEC 10-K Year 2001 derivatives policy disclosures of Calpine Corporation --- http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/916457/000089161802001569/0000891618-02-001569-index.htm 

    An excerpt is shown below:

    Any hedging, balancing, and optimization activities that we engage in are directly related to exposures that arise from our ownership and operation of power plants and gas reserves and are designed to protect or enhance our “spark spread” (the difference between our fuel cost and the revenue we receive for our electric generation). In many of these transactions CES purchases and resells power and gas in contracts with third parties (typically trading companies). We also engage in limited trading activity as described below.

    We utilize derivatives, which are defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” to include many physical commodity contracts and commodity financial instruments such as exchange-traded swaps and forward contracts, to optimize the returns that we are able to achieve from our power and gas assets. While certain of our contracts are considered energy trading contracts as defined in Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 98-10, our traders have very low capital at risk and value at risk limits for energy trading, and our risk management policy limits, at any given time, our net sales of power and our net purchases of gas to our generating capacity and fuel consumption requirements, respectively, calculated on a total portfolio basis. Total electricity and gas trading gains recognized in 2001, consisting of unrealized mark-to-market gains as well as realized gains, together accounted for approximately 12% of our gross profit. This model is markedly different from that of companies that actively and extensively engage in commodity trading operations that are unrelated to underlying physical assets. Following is a discussion of the types of electricity and gas hedging, balancing, optimization, and trading activities in which CES engages. The accounting treatment for these various types of activities is discussed in Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements and in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operation.

    Electricity Transactions

    • Electricity hedging activities are done to reduce potential volatility in future results. An example of an electricity hedging transaction would be one in which we sell power at a fixed rate to allow us to predict the future revenues from our portfolio of generating plants. Hedging is a dynamic process; from time to time we adjust the extent to which our portfolio is hedged. An example of an electricity hedge adjusting transaction would be the purchase of power in the market to reduce the extent to which we had previously hedged our generation portfolio through fixed price power sales. To illustrate, suppose we had elected to hedge 65% of our portfolio of generation capacity for the following six months but then believed that prices for electricity were going to steadily move up during that same period. We might buy electricity on the open market to reduce our hedged position to, say, 50%. If electricity prices, do in fact increase, we might then sell electricity again to increase our hedged position back to the 65% level.

    • Electricity balancing activities are typically short-term in nature and are done to make sure that sales commitments to deliver power are fulfilled. An example of an electricity balancing transaction would be where one of our generating plants has an unscheduled outage so we buy replacement power to deliver to a customer to meet our sales commitment.

    • Electricity optimization activity, also generally short-term in nature, is done to maximize our profit potential by executing the most profitable alternatives in the power markets. An example of an electricity optimization transaction would be fulfilling a power sales contract with power purchases from third parties instead of generating power when the market price for power is below the cost of generation. In all cases, optimization activity is associated with the operating flexibility in our systems of power plants, natural gas assets, and gas and power contracts. That flexibility provides us with alternatives to most profitably manage our portfolio.

    • Energy trading activities are done with the purpose of profiting from movement in commodity prices or to transact business with customers in market areas where we do not have generating assets. An example of an electricity trading contract would be where we buy and sell electricity, typically with trading company counterparties, solely to profit from electricity price movements. We have engaged in limited activity of this type to date in terms of earnings impact. Mostly, it is done by CES through short-term contracts. Another example of an electricity trading contract would be one in which wetransact with customers in market areas where we do not have generating assets, generally to develop market experience and customer relations in areas where we expect to have generation assets in the future. We have done a small number of such transactions to date.

    Natural Gas Transactions

    • Gas hedging activities are also done to reduce potential volatility in future results. An example of a gas hedging transaction would be where we purchase gas at a fixed rate to allow us to predict the future costs of fuel for our generating plants or conversely where we enter into a financial forward contract to essentially swap floating rate (indexed) gas for fixed price gas. Similar to electricity hedging, gas hedging is a dynamic process, and from time to time we adjust the extent to which our portfolio is hedged. To illustrate, suppose we had elected to hedge 65% of our gas requirements for our generation capacity for the next six months through fixed price gas purchases but then believed that prices for gas were going to steadily decline during that same period. We might sell fixed price gas on the open market to reduce our hedged gas position to 50%. If gas prices do in fact decrease, we might then buy fixed price gas again to increase our hedged position back to the 65% level.

    • Gas balancing activities are typically short-term in nature and are done to make sure that purchase commitments for gas are adjusted for changes in production schedules. An example of a gas balancing transaction would be where one of our generating plants has an unscheduled outage so we sell the gas that we had purchased for that plant to a third party.

    • Gas optimization activities are also generally short-term in nature and are done to maximize our profit potential by executing the most profitable alternatives in the gas markets. An example of gas optimization is selling our gas supply, not generating power, and fulfilling power sales contracts with power purchases from third parties, instead of generating power when market gas prices spike relative to our gas supply cost.

    • Gas trading activities are done with the purpose of profiting from movement in commodity prices. An example of gas trading contracts would be where we buy and sell gas, typically with a trading company counterparty, solely to profit from gas price movements or where we transact with customers in market areas where we do not have fuel consumption requirements. We have engaged in a limited level of this type of activity to date. Mostly it is done by CES and through short-term contracts.

    In some instances economic hedges may not be designated as hedges for accounting purposes. The accounting treatment of our various risk management and trading activities is governed by SFAS No. 133 and EITF Issue No. 98-10, as discussed above. An example of an economic hedge that is not a hedge for accounting purposes would be a long-term fixed price electric sales contract that economically hedges us against the risk of falling electric prices, but which for accounting purposes is exempted from derivative accounting under SFAS No. 133 as a normal sale.


AOL-Time Warner's FAS 133-Related Financial Reporting: Ignoring Interest Rate Exposure?
By Ed Rombach
Link --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=61&areaid=440 

Is AOL-Time Warner ignoring their interest rate exposure, or merely managing it in a way that avoids disclosure?

As one of the component companies in the 'Portfolio of 33' we are obliged to focus some attention on what, at first glance, may be perceived to be AOL-Time Warner's lack of disclosure into some of the details regarding risk management under FAS 133 accounting. Is it a fair question to ask why this company, with a market capitalization of $157 billion and net debt in excess of $19 billion, would not make use of interest-rate derivatives of some kind to modify that interest rate exposure?

Or, if they do make use of interest rate derivatives for risk management purposes, why is there no mention of it in their quarterly reports, which in accordance with FAS 133 requires that derivatives used for hedging activities be recorded at fair value?

These questions are all the more interesting when we consider the relationship Time Warner has had with the FASB's DIG: two of its recent assistant controllers were not only former SEC accountants, but observing and/or regular members of the DIG: Steve Swad and Pascal Desroches. We should assume, then, that AOL-TW might serve the financial reporting community as a paragon example of FAS 133-related financial reporting.

Are we just being impatient?
In fairness to AOL-TW, what they left out of recent quarterly reports they partially made up for in their last annual report for 2000. Under the heading QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK, for example, it states: America Online is exposed to immaterial levels of market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates." The bulk of the company's exposure, per the 10-K, concerns its investment portfolio. "America Online is exposed to market risk as it relates to changes in the market value of its investments. America Online invests in equity instruments of public and private companies for business and strategic purposes, most of which are Internet and technology companies." Accordingly, the derivatives used to hedge this exposure get the bulk of the FAS 133-related attention in the company's financial reporting.

But is their interest rate risk really that immaterial? The third quarter 10Q reports as September 30, 2001, AOL Time Warner had $20.7 billion of debt and $1.5 billion of cash and cash equivalents for a net debt of $19.2 billion.

Fixed vs. Floating
It's not clear from the financial statements how much of the $19.2 billion outstanding debt is in fixed rate and how much is floating, but AOL-TW's web site itemizes some twenty six separately issued notes and debentures mostly by Time Warner and its consolidated subsidiaries, with remaining maturities of five, ten, twenty and thirty years (14.36 years on average), with an average coupon of 8.12%. This listing though doesn't provide the amounts issued per cusip so it is not possible to tell with any precision what the total amount of fixed rate debt is for the combined companies, and unfortunately, AOL-Time Warner treasury staff declined to comment on any of this publicly available information.

The company's 2000 10-K explains that a Bank Credit Agreement was in place permitting borrowings of up to $7.5 billion for general business purposes and in support of commercial paper borrowings of which amounts totaling $6.8 billion had been drawn down by Time Warner and its consolidated subsidiaries as of December 31, 2000. By April of 2001, AOL-TW had established a $5 billion commercial paper program allowing the company to issue commercial paper to investors periodically in maturities of up to 365 days for general corporate purposes including investments, capital expenditures, repayment of debt and financing acquisitions. However, it is still not quite clear from the public disclosures just how much of this program has been utilized to date.

 

Opportunity risk
Nevertheless, a cursory estimation using a rough metric suggests a ratio of about 65% to 35% of fixed rate vs. floating rate debt, a ratio that might be considered less than optimal during a quarter when the federal reserve cut the fed funds rate by 100 basis points and ten year swap rates fell by a corresponding amount. Assuming that 65% of AOL-TW's debt was fixed, at an average maturity of 14 years and at an average coupon rate of 8.12%, a drop in yields on that debt of 100 basis points implies a fair value change in present value terms of close to $1.2 billion. Not that they would want to eliminate all of their fixed rate debt, but if half of it was converted to floating via fixed to floating swaps, they still would have saved themselves a significant amount from the lower funding cost. Did that 10K really say company's exposure to interest rates was immaterial?


More illustrations --- see Illustrations 


The Emerging Issues Committee (EIC) of the CICA (Canada) issued for comment (by July 17, 2002) draft Abstract D21: Disclosure of Accounting Policies for Derivative Financial Instruments and Derivative Commodity Instruments.

The Committee reached a consensus that an enterprise should disclose the accounting policies for derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments pursuant to CICA 1505, following the guidance in CICA 3860.48-51. 

Disclosures regarding accounting policies should include descriptions of the accounting policies used for derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments and the methods of applying those policies that affect the determination of financial position, cash flows, or results of operation. This description should include each of the following items: 

(a) a discussion of each method used to account for derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments — fair value method or hedge accounting methods (i.e., deferral, accrual or settlement methods); 
(b) the types of derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments accounted for under each method; 
(c) the criteria required to be met for each hedge accounting method used, including a discussion of the criteria required to be met for hedge accounting as set out in AcG-13;
(d) the accounting method used if the criteria for hedge accounting specified in item (c) are not met; 
(e) if applicable to the period, the method used to account for terminations of derivatives designated as hedges, including the method used to account for derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments designated as hedging items, as when: 

(i) the designated hedged item matures, is sold, is extinguished, or is terminated; 
(ii) the hedge is no longer effective;



The Emerging Issues Committee (EIC) of the CICA (Canada) issued for comment (by July 17, 2002) draft Abstract D21: Disclosure of Accounting Policies for Derivative Financial Instruments and Derivative Commodity Instruments.

The Committee reached a consensus that an enterprise should disclose the accounting policies for derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments pursuant to CICA 1505, following the guidance in CICA 3860.48-51. 

Disclosures regarding accounting policies should include descriptions of the accounting policies used for derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments and the methods of applying those policies that affect the determination of financial position, cash flows, or results of operation. This description should include each of the following items: 

(a) a discussion of each method used to account for derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments — fair value method or hedge accounting methods (i.e., deferral, accrual or settlement methods); 
(b) the types of derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments accounted for under each method; 
(c) the criteria required to be met for each hedge accounting method used, including a discussion of the criteria required to be met for hedge accounting as set out in AcG-13;
(d) the accounting method used if the criteria for hedge accounting specified in item (c) are not met; 
(e) if applicable to the period, the method used to account for terminations of derivatives designated as hedges, including the method used to account for derivative financial instruments and derivative commodity instruments designated as hedging items, as when: 

(i) the designated hedged item matures, is sold, is extinguished, or is terminated; 
(ii) the hedge is no longer effective;

April 2003
Unlike U.S. business firms, governmental organizations do not necessarily have to report derivative financial instruments are fair (mark-to-market) values.  However, the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) proposed some new disclosure rules for derivatives, including rules for disclosing more about current values --- http://www.gasb.org/news/nr040203.html 

Governmental Accounting Standards Board Issues Technical Bulletin To Improve Disclosures About Derivatives

Norwalk, CT, April 2, 2003—In an effort to improve disclosures about the risks associated with derivative contracts, the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) has released for public comment accounting guidance that would provide more consistent reporting by state and local governments. The proposed Technical Bulletin, Disclosure Requirements for Derivatives Not Presented at Fair Value on the Statement of Net Assets, is designed to increase the public’s understanding of the significance of derivatives to a government’s net assets and would provide key information about the potential effects on future cash flows.

While state and local governments use a vast array of increasingly complex derivative instruments to manage debt and investments, they also may be assuming significant risks. Governments must communicate those risks to financial statement users and the proposed Technical Bulletin would help clarify existing accounting guidance so that more consistent disclosures can be made across all governments.

In commenting on why the GASB believes this issue is so important, GASB Project Manager, Randal J. Finden, remarked, “The market for derivative instruments has recently exploded for state and local governments as current financing needs have changed in connection with a more constrained budgetary environment. Some derivative contracts may pose substantial risks, and we want to help governments better disclose those risks in their financial statements.”

Governments would be required to disclose the derivative’s objective, its terms, fair value and risks. The proposed accounting guidance would require governments to disclose in their financial statements credit risk, interest rate risk, basis risk, termination risk, rollover risk and market access risk.

This Technical Bulletin would be effective for periods ending after June 15, 2003. The proposed Technical Bulletin is available from the GASB’s website. Comments on the proposed documents may be made through May 16, 2003.

The proposed Technical Bulletin can be downloaded from http://www.gasb.org/exp/tb2003-a.pdf 

Some of the previous derivative financial instruments frauds and scandals have centered around governmental organizations such as the Orange County fraud --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#DerivativesFraud 

Bob Jensen's documents on accounting for derivative financial instruments and hedging activities are linked at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
 

 

 

Discount = see premium.

Disincentives for nonperformance = see firm commitment.

Dollar Offset Method =

a computation of the cumulative derivative hedging gain or loss on the basis of multiple period historical changes in fair value of the hedging instrument vis-a-vis changes in the fair value of the underlying.   The dollar offset period change ratio is the ratio of the dollar gain or loss of the hedging instrument divided by the dollar gain or loss of the hedged item.  The cumulative dollar change ratio is the sum of the gains and losses of the hedging instrument divided by the sum of the gains and losses of the hedged item.  See net settlement.

Dynamic Portfolio Management =

a technique of assessing the risk and managing a portfolio or group of assets and liabilities. Dynamic management is characterized by continuous assessment and periodic adjustment of the portfolio components.  See the discussion of macro hedges under hedge.  Also see compound derivatives.  Also see value at risk (VAR)

 See Macro Hedge 

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

E-Terms

Earnings Management

Interest rate swap derivative instruments are widely used to manage interest rate risk, which is viewed as a perfectly legitimate use of these hedging instruments.  I stumbled on to a rather interesting doctoral dissertation which finds that firms, especially banks, use such swaps to manage earnings.  The dissertation from Michigan State University is by Chang Joon Song under Professor Thomas Linsmeier.

"Are Interest Rate Swaps Used to Manage Banks' Earnings," by Chang Joon Song, January 2004 --- http://accounting-net.actg.uic.edu/Department/Songpaper.pdf 

This dissertation is quite clever and very well written.  

Previous research has shown that loan loss provisions and security gains and losses are used to manage banks’ net income. However, these income components are reported below banks largest operating component, net interest income (NII). This study extends the literature by examining whether banks exploit the accounting permitted under past and current hedge accounting standards to manage NII by entering into interest rate swaps. Specifically, I investigate whether banks enter into receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps to increase earnings when unmanaged NII is below management’s target for NII. In addition, I investigate whether banks enter into receive-variable/pay-fixed swaps to decrease earnings when unmanaged NII is above management’s target for NII. Swaps-based earnings management is possible because past and current hedge accounting standards allow receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps (receivevariable/ pay-fixed) to have known positive (negative) income effects in the first period of the swap contract. However, entering into swaps for NII management is not costless, because such swaps change the interest rate risk position throughout the swap period. Thus, I also examine whether banks find it cost-beneficial to enter into offsetting swap positions in the next period to mitigate interest rate risk caused by entering into earnings management swaps in the current period. Using 546 bank-year observations from 1995 to 2002, I find that swaps are used to manage NII. However, I do not find evidence that banks immediately enter into offsetting swap positions in the next period. In sum, this research demonstrates that banks exploit the accounting provided under past and current hedge accounting rules to manage NII. This NII management opportunity will disappear if the FASB implements full fair value accounting for financial instruments, as foreshadowed by FAS No. 133.

What is especially interesting is how Song demonstrates that such earnings management took place before FAS 133 and is still taking place after FAS 133 required the booking of swaps and adjustment to fair value on each reporting date.  It is also interesting how earnings management comes at the price of added risk.  Other derivative positions can be used to reduce the risk, but risks arising from such earnings management cannot be eliminated.

See Gapping and Immunization 

See interest rate swap and hedge 

Bob Jensen's threads on FAS 133 and IAS 39 are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Effectiveness =  see ineffectiveness.

Embedded Derivatives =

portions of contracts that meet the definition of a derivative when the entire nonderivative contract cannot be considered a financial instruments derivative. Types of embedded derivative  instruments are often indexed debt and investment contracts such as commodity indexed interest or principal payments, convertible debt, credit indexed contracts, equity indexed contracts, and inflation indexed contracts.  Embedded derivatives are discussed in FAS 133, pp. 7-9, Paragraphs 12-16.  Embedded derivatives such as commodity indexed and equity indexed contracts and convertible debt require separation of the derivative from the host contract in FAS 133 accounting.  In contrast, credit indexed and inflation indexed embedded derivatives are not separable from the host contract.   Also see FAS 133 Paragraphs 51, 60, 61, 176-178, and 293-311. The overall contract is sometimes referred to as a "hybrid" that contains one or more embedded derivatives.  Embedded derivatives within embedded derivatives generally meet the closely-and-clearly related test and cannot be accounted for as separate derivatives.  The concept of "closely related is also discussed in IAS 39: paragraph 23a.  Rules for accounting for the host contract after an embedded derivative has be bifurcated are discussed in SFAS Paragraph 16).  If an embedded derivative should bifurcated but the firm cannot do so for some reason, SFAS 16 requires that the entire contract be treated as a trading security that is adjusted to fair value at least quarterly with changes and fair value being charged to current earnings rather than OCI.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 16 and IAS Paragraph 26.

Paragraph 10 notes that interest only strips and principal only strips are not subject to FAS 133 accounting rules under conditions noted in Paragraph 14. In Paragraph 15, it is noted that embedded foreign currency derivatives "shall not be separated from the host contract and considered a derivative instrument."   Prepayment options on mortgage loans also do not qualify for accounting under FAS 133 according to Paragraph 293 on Page 146.  See compound derivative and   embedded option.

An example is a leveraged gold note that has the amount of note's principal vary with the price of gold. This type of note can be viewed as containing a series of embedded commodity (gold) option contracts.  These options can separated out and accounted for as derivatives apart from the host contract under Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133 under the assumption that the price of gold is not "clearly-and-closely related" to interest rates. 

An equity-linked bear note is another example of a note with a series of embedded options that can be accounted for as separate derivative instruments under Paragraph 12 of FAS 133.  For example, suppose has 5% coupon bonds that increase interest rates at certain levels of movement up or down of an index such the S&P stock price index.  The embedded condition that interest rates may move up based upon an index can qualify as an embedded derivative that can be separated according to Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133 provided the derivative is not clearly-and-closely related.   The S&P index is an equity index that is not clearly-and-closely reated, whereas an interest rate index such a LIBOR is a clearly-and-closely related index.  The host contract (hedged item)  must be an asset or liability that is not itself a derivative instrument.   In this example, the bonds are not derivatives, and the embedded derivatives can be separated from the host contract under FAS 133 rules.  See equity-indexed.

Derivatives cannot be embedded in other derivatives according to Paragraph 12c on the top of Page 8 of FAS 133..  For example, an index-amortizing interest rate swap cannot usually be accounted for as a derivative instrument (pursuant to FAS 133 under Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133) when it is a derivative embedded in another derivative.  Suppose a company swaps a variable rate for a fixed rate on a notional of $10 million.  If an embedded derivative in the contract changes the notional to $8 million if LIBOR falls below 6% and $12 million if LIBOR rises above 8%, this index-amortizing embedded derivative cannot be separated under Paragraph 12 rules.  KPMG states that Paragraph 12 applies only "when a derivative is embedded in a nonderivative instrument and illustrates this with an index-amortizing Example 29 beginning on Page 75 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.    The prior Example 28 and the subsequent Example 30 illustrate index-amortizing embedded derivatives that qualifies since, in each example, the derivative is embedded in a nonderivative instrument.

One of the major sources of difference between FAS 133 and IAS 39 concerns embedded derivatives.  There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed in  IAS 39  Paragraphs 23b and 23c;  Also see FAS 133  Paragraphs 12b and 12c.

In summary, bifurcation under FAS 133 is required in the following examples:

  • Call/Put Debt Option --- If options alter maturity dates, they are clearly and closely related to a debt instrument that requires principal repayments unless both (1) the debt involves a substantial premium or discount and (2) the put/call option is only contingently exercisable.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 61d.  An example is given in FAS 133 Paragraph 186.  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 24g.

  • Put/Call Equity Option on Host Equity Instrument --- A put option should abe separated from the host contract by the issuer of the equity instrument except in those cases in which the put option is not considered to be a derivative instrument pursuant to FAS 133 Paragraph 11(a), because it is classified in stockholders' equity.  A call option embedded in the related equity instrument would not be separated from the host contract by the issuer, but would be otherwise for the holder of the related equity instrument
    See FAS 133 Paragraphs 11a and 61b;  IAS 39 Paragraphs 11a, 24a, and 25b

  • Equity-indexed interest payments --- See FAS 133 Paragraph 61h and an example given in SFAS Paragraph 185.  Also see IAS Paragraph 24d.

  • Option to Extend Debt Maturity --- Variable annuity instruments are generally not subject to FAS 133 accounting rules except for specific components such as equity-index-based interest annuity and accumulation period payments discussed in Paragraph 200.  Also see IAS Paragraph 24c.

  • Credit-linked Debt --- These are not be separated from the host contract for debt instruments that have the interest rate reset in the event of (1) default, (2) a change in the debtor's published credit rating, or (3) a change in the debtor's creditworthiness indicated by a change in its spread over Treasury bond See Paragraph 61c of FAS 133.  An example is given in SFAS Paragraph 190..  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 24h.

  • Equity Conversion Feature --- If an option is indexed to the issuer's own stock, a separate instrument with the same terms would be classified in stockholders' equity in the statement of financial position, so that the written option is not considered a derivative instrument.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 11a.  If a debt instrument is convertible into a shares of the debtor's common equity stock or another company's common stock, the conversion option must be separated from the debt host contract.  That accounting applies only to the holder if the debt is convertible to the debtor's common stock. See FAS 133 Paragraph 61k.  An example is provided in Paragraph 199 of FAS 133.  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 24f.

  • Commodity-linked Notes --- A commodity-related derivative embedded in a commodity-indexed debt instrument must be separated from the a host contract under FAS 133 Paragraph 61i.  Examples are given in FAS 133  Paragraphs 187 and 188.  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 24e.

Bifurcation under FAS 133 is not allowed in the following examples:

  • Loan Prepayment Options --- these are not bifurcated.  See Paragraphs 14, 189, and 198 of FAS 133 and Paragraph 25e of IAS 39.  This also included prepayment options embedded in interest-only strips or principal-only strips that (1) initially resulted from separating the right to receive contractual cash flows of a financial instrument that, in and of itself, did not contain an embedded derivative and that (2) does not contain any terms not present in the original host debt contract (IAS Paragraph 25f)

  • Contingent rentals --- these are not bifurcated.  Examples include Contingent rentals based upon variable interest rates (FAS 133 Paragraph 68j), related sales, inflation bonds (FAS 133 Paragraph 191).  There also is no bifurcation of a lease payment in foreign currency (FAS 133 Paragraph 196), although the derivative should be separated if the lease payments are specified in a currency unrelated to each party's functional currency.  Also see (FAS 133 Paragraph 197).  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 25g.

  • Embedded Cap/Floor --- See FAS 133 Paragraph 183 for reasons why embedded caps and floors are not bifurcated.  See IAS Paragraph 25b.  

  • Indexed amortizing note --- See Paragraph 194 in FAS 133.  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 25h.

  • Inverse Floater --- See Paragraphs 178 and 179 of FAS 133.  Birfurcation depends upon certain circumstances.   Inverse floaters are separated if the embedded derivative could potentially result in the investor's not recovering substantially all of its initial recorded investment.  In addition, Levered inverse floaters must be separated if there is a possibility of the embedded derivative increasing the investor's rate of return on the host contract to an amount that is at least double the initial rate of return on the host contract.  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 25a.

  • Some Foreign Currency Embedded Derivatives --- Dual Currency Bond (FAS 133 Paragraph 194) and Short-Term Loan with a Foreign Currency Option (FAS 133 Paragraph 195) if both the principal payment and the interest payments on the loan had been payable only in a fixed amount of a specified foreign currency, in which case remeasurement will be done according to SFAS 52 (refer to paragraph 194).   However, foreign currency options not clearly and closely related to issuing a loan should be separated (refer to FAS 133 Paragraph 195.)  Also see IAS 39 Paragraph 25c.

 

 

 

Nothing the FASB has issued with respect to derivatives makes much sense unless you go outside the FASB literature for basic terminology, most of which is borrowed from finance. A hybrid instrument is financial instrument that possesses, in varying combinations, characteristics of forward contracts, futures contracts, option contracts, debt instruments, bank depository interests, and other interests. The host contract may not be a derivative contract but may have embedded derivatives. See the definition of embedded derivative at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#EmbeddedDerivatives 

The problem is that the value of the hybrid (which may be a market price or transaction price) is often difficult to bifurcate into component values when the components themselves are not traded on the market on their own. An excellent paper on how to value some bifurcated components is provided in "Implementation of an Option Pricing-Based Bond Valuation Model for Corporate Debt and Its Components," by M.E. Barth, W.R. Landsman, and R.J. Rendleman, Jr., Accounting Horizons, December 2000, pp. 455-480.

Some firms contend that the major problem they are having in implementing FAS 133 or IAS 39 lies in having to review virtually every financial instrument in search of embedded derivatives and then trying to resolve whether bifurcation is required or not required. Many of the embedded derivatives are so "closely related" that bifurcation is not required. See "closely related" in http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm 

Also listen to executives and analysts discuss the bifurcation problem in http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/133summ.htm 

Detecting derivatives and embedded derivatives to account for worldwide (bifurcation)

Bob Jensen

May 6, 2002 message from George Lan

I am trying to read the FASB draft (Questions and Answers Related to Derivative Financial Instruments Held or Entered into by a Qualifying Special-Purpose Entity (SPE))  and got stumped right at the beginning. Perhaps someone on the list can clarify these sentences for me: "Under FASB 133, hybrid instruments that must be bifurcated contain two components for accounting purpose-- a derivative financial instrument and a nonderivative host contract....Hybrid instruments that are not bifurcated ... are not considered to be derivative instruments." I am familiar with split accounting (methods of splitting the financial instrument into its bond and equity components, e.g) and with most of the common derivative contracts such as futures, forwards, options, swaps but am ignorant about hybrid instruments and why they must be or do not have to be bifurcated and would certainly appreciate some examples and assistance from AECMers.

I am also a little familiar with much of the derivative jargon, but expressions like "the floor purchased..." could perhaps be clarified to make the draft easier to read and understand by a wider audience.

Just a couple of thoughts,

George Lan 
University of Windsor

 

 

DIG Issue B1 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

An entity (Company A) issues a 5-year "debt" instrument with a principal amount of $1,000,000 indexed to the stock of an unrelated publicly traded entity (Company B). At maturity, the holder of the instrument will receive the principal amount plus any appreciation or minus any depreciation in the fair value of 10,000 shares of Company B, with changes in fair value measured from the issuance date of the debt instrument. No separate interest payments are made. The market price of Company B shares to which the debt instrument is indexed is $100 per share at the issuance date. The instrument is not itself a derivative because it requires an initial net investment equal to the notional amount; however, what is the host contract and what is the embedded derivative comprising the hybrid instrument?

RESPONSE

The host contract is a debt instrument because the instrument has a stated maturity and because the holder has none of the rights of a shareholder, such as the ability to vote the shares and receive distributions to shareholders. The embedded derivative is an equity-based derivative that has as its underlying the fair value of the stock of Company B. Paragraph 60 states:

...most commonly a financial instrument host contract will not embody a claim to the residual interest in an entity and, thus, the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract should be considered that of a debt instrument. For example, even though the overall hybrid instrument that provides for repayment of principal may include a return based on the market price...of XYZ Corporation common stock, the host contract does not involve any existing or potential residual interest rights (that is, rights of ownership) and thus would not be an equity instrument. The host contract would instead be considered a debt instrument, and the embedded derivative that incorporates the equity-based return would not be clearly and closely related to the host contract. Unless the hybrid instrument is remeasured at fair value with changes in value recorded in earnings as they occur, the embedded derivative must be separated from the host contract. As a result of the host instrument being a debt instrument and the embedded derivative having an equity-based return, the embedded derivative is not clearly and closely related to the host contract and must be separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative by both the issuer and the holder of the hybrid instrument.

DIG Issue B2 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

An investor purchases for $10,000,000 a structured note with a face amount of $10,000,000, a coupon of 8.9 percent, and a term of 10 years. The current market rate for 10-year debt is 7 percent given the single-A credit quality of the issuer. The terms of the structured note require that if the interest rate for single-A rated debt has increased to at least 10 percent at the end of 2 years, the coupon on the note is reduced to zero, and the investor must purchase from the issuer for $10,000,000 an additional note with a face amount of $10,000,000, a zero coupon, and a term of 3.5 years. How does the criterion in paragraph 13(a) apply to that structured note? Does the structured note contain an embedded derivative that must be accounted for separately?

RESPONSE

The structured note contains an embedded derivative that must be accounted for separately. The requirement that, if interest rates increase and the derivative is triggered, the investor must purchase the second $10,000,000 note for an amount in excess of its fair value (which is about $7,100,000 based on a 10 percent interest rate) generates a result that is economically equivalent to requiring the investor to make a cash payment to the issuer for the amount of the excess. As a result, the cash flows on the original structured note and the excess purchase price on the second note must be considered in concert. The cash inflows ($10,000,000 principal and $1,780,000 interest) that will be received by the investor on the original note must be reduced by the amount ($2,900,000) by which the purchase price of the second note is in excess of its fair value, resulting in a net cash inflow ($8,880,000) that is not substantially all of the investor’s initial net investment on the original note.

As described in paragraph 13(a) of Statement 133, an embedded derivative in which the underlying is an interest rate or interest rate index and a host contract that is a debt instrument are considered to be clearly and closely related unless the hybrid instrument can contractually be settled in such a way that the investor would not recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment. Paragraph 61(a)(1) clarifies that this test would be conducted by comparing the investor’s undiscounted net cash inflows over the life of the instrument to the initial recorded investment in the hybrid instrument. As demonstrated by the scenario above, if a derivative requires an asset to be purchased for an amount that exceeds its fair value, the amount of the excess — and not the cash flows related to the purchased asset — must be considered when analyzing whether the hybrid instrument can contractually be settled in such a way that the investor would not recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment under paragraph 13(a). Whether that purchased asset is a financial asset or a nonfinancial asset (such as gold) is not relevant to the treatment of the excess purchase price.

It is noted that requiring the investor to make a cash payment to the issuer is also economically equivalent to reducing the principal on the note. The note described in the question above could have been structured to include terms requiring that the principal of the note be substantially reduced and the coupon reduced to zero if the interest rate for single-A rated debt increased to at least 10 percent at the end of 2 years. That alternative structure would clearly have required that the embedded derivative be accounted for separately, because that embedded derivative’s existence would have resulted in the possibility that the hybrid instrument could contractually be settled in such a way that the investor would not recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment.

DIG Issue B3 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

Should an investor (creditor) account separately for a put or call option that is added to a debt instrument by a third party contemporaneously with or subsequent to the issuance of the debt instrument?

BACKGROUND

The last two sentences of paragraph 61(d) states, "In certain unusual situations, a put or call option may have been subsequently added to a debt instrument in a manner that causes the investor (creditor) to be exposed to performance risk (default risk) by different parties for the embedded option and the host debt instrument, respectively. In those unusual situations, the embedded option and the host debt instrument are not clearly and closely related." The references to the "embedded" option in the previous sentences refer to the added option.

Example 1 presents a transaction that involves the addition of a call option contemporaneously with or subsequent to the issuance of debt. Example 2 presents a group of transactions with a similar overall effect.

Example 1 Company X issues 15-year puttable bonds to an Investment Banker for $102. The put option may be exercised at the end of five years. Contemporaneously, the Investment Banker sells the bonds with an attached call option to Investor A for $100. (The call option is a written option from the perspective of Investor A and a purchased option from the perspective of the Investment Banker.) The Investment Banker also sells to Investor B for $3 the call option purchased from Investor A on those bonds. The call option has an exercise date that is the same as the exercise date on the embedded put option. At the end of five years, if interest rates increase, Investor A would presumably put the bonds back to Company X, the issuer. If interest rates decrease, Investor B would presumably call the bonds from Investor A.

Example 2 Company Y issues 15-year puttable bonds to Investor A for $102. The put option may be exercised at the end of five years. Contemporaneously, Company Y purchases a transferable call option on the bonds from Investor A for $2. Company Y immediately sells that call option to Investor B for $3. The call option has an exercise date that is the same as the exercise date of the embedded put option. At the end of five years, if rates increase, Investor A would presumably put the bonds back to Company Y, the issuer. If rates decrease, Investor B would presumably call the bonds from Investor A.

RESPONSE

Yes. A put or call option that is added to a debt instrument by a third party contemporaneously with or subsequent to the issuance of the debt instrument should be separately accounted for as a derivative under Statement 133 by the investor (that is, by the creditor); it must be reported at fair value with changes in value recognized currently in earnings unless designated in a qualifying hedging relationship as a hedging instrument. As a result, in Example 1 above, the call option that is attached by the Investment Banker is a separate derivative from the perspective of Investor A. Similarly, the call option described in Example 2 is a separate freestanding derivative that also must be reported at fair value with changes in value recognized currently in earnings unless designated as a hedging instrument.

The discussion in the last two sentences of paragraph 61(d) that refers to a put or call option that is added to a debt instrument by a third party subsequent to its issuance incorrectly uses the phrase embedded option in referring to that option. An option that is added or attached to an existing debt instrument by another party results in the investor having different counterparties for the option and the debt instrument and, thus, the option should not be considered an embedded derivative. The notion of an embedded derivative in a hybrid instrument refers to provisions incorporated into a single contract, and not to provisions in separate contracts between different counterparties. Consequently, such added or attached options should not have been discussed in paragraph 61, which discusses only embedded derivatives. (When the Board next considers a "technical corrections" amendment of the accounting literature, the staff plans to recommend deletion of the last two sentences of paragraph 61(d).)

DIG Issue B4 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 

QUESTION

Two entities enter into a long-term service contract whereby one entity (A) agrees to provide a service to the other entity (B), at market rates over a three-year period. Entity B forecasts it will pay 1,000 kroner to Entity A at the end of the three-year period for all services rendered under the contract. Entity A's functional currency is the kroner and Entity B's is the U.S. dollar. In addition to providing the terms under which the service will be provided, the contract includes a foreign currency exchange provision. The provision requires that over the term of the contract, Entity B will pay or receive an amount equal to the fluctuation in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar and the kroner applied to a notional amount of 100,000 kroner (that is, if the U.S. dollar appreciates versus the kroner, Entity B will pay the appreciation, and if the U.S. dollar depreciates versus the kroner, Entity B will receive the depreciation). The host contract is not a derivative and will not be recorded in the financial statements at market value. For the purpose of applying paragraph 15, is the embedded foreign currency derivative considered to be clearly and closely related to the terms of the service contract?

BACKGROUND

Paragraph 12 of Statement 133 requires that an embedded derivative instrument be separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative instrument pursuant to the Statement if certain criteria are met. Paragraph 15 provides that an embedded foreign currency derivative instrument is not to be separated from the host contract and considered a derivative pursuant to paragraph 12 if the host contract is not a financial instrument and specifies payments denominated in either of the following currencies:

The currency of the primary economic environment in which any substantial party to the contract operates (that is, its functional currency)

The currency in which the price of the related good or service is routinely denominated in international commerce.

Paragraph 15 provides the exclusion to paragraph 12 on the basis that if a host contract is not a financial instrument and it is denominated in one of the two aforementioned currencies, then the embedded foreign currency derivative is considered to be clearly and closely related to the terms of the service contract.

RESPONSE

No, the embedded foreign currency derivative instrument should be separated from the host and considered a derivative instrument under paragraph 12.

In paragraph 311, "[t]he Board decided that it was important that the payments be denominated in the functional currency of at least one substantial party to the transaction to ensure that the foreign currency is integral to the arrangement and thus considered to be clearly and closely related to the terms of the lease." It follows that the exception provided by paragraph 15 implicitly requires that the other aspects of the embedded foreign currency derivative must be clearly and closely related to the host.

In the example discussed above, because the contract is leveraged by requiring the computation of the payment based on a 100,000 kroner notional amount, the contract is a hybrid instrument that contains an embedded derivative — a foreign currency swap with a notional amount of 99,000 kroner. That embedded derivative is not clearly and closely related to the host contract and under paragraph 12 of Statement 133 must be recorded separately from the 1,000 kroner contract. Either party to the contract can designate the bifurcated foreign currency derivative instrument as a hedging instrument pursuant to Statement 133 if applicable qualifying criteria are met.

DIG Issue B5 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

If the terms of a hybrid instrument permit, but do not require, the investor to settle the hybrid instrument in a manner that causes it not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment, does the contract satisfy the condition in paragraph 13(a), thereby causing the embedded derivative to be considered not clearly and closely related to the host contract?

BACKGROUND

Paragraph 13 of Statement 133 states:

For purposes of applying the provisions of paragraph 12, an embedded derivative instrument in which the underlying is an interest rate or interest rate index that alters net interest payments that otherwise would be paid or received on an interest-bearing host contract is considered to be clearly and closely related to the host contract unless either of the following conditions exist:

The hybrid instrument can contractually be settled in such a way that the investor (holder) would not recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment.

The embedded derivative could at least double the investor's initial rate of return on the host contract and could also result in a rate of return that is at least twice what otherwise would be the [current] market return for a contract that has the same terms as the host contract and that involves a debtor with a similar credit quality. [Footnote omitted.]

Even though the above conditions focus on the investor's rate of return and the investor's recovery of its investment, the existence of either of those conditions would result in the embedded derivative instrument being considered not clearly and closely related to the host contract by both parties to the hybrid instrument.

Paragraph 61(a) elaborates on the condition in paragraph 13(a) as follows:

...the embedded derivative contains a provision that (1) permits any possibility whatsoever that the investor's (or creditor's) undiscounted net cash inflows over the life of the instrument would not recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment in the hybrid instrument under its contractual terms.... RESPONSE

No. The condition in paragraph 13(a) does not apply to a situation in which the terms of a hybrid instrument permit, but do not require, the investor to settle the hybrid instrument in a manner that causes it not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment, assuming that the issuer does not have the contractual right to demand a settlement that causes the investor not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment. Thus, if the investor in a 10-year note has the contingent option at the end of year 2 to put it back to the issuer at its then fair value (based on its original 10-year term), the condition in paragraph 13(a) would not be met even though the note's fair value could have declined so much that, by exercising the option, the investor ends up not recovering substantially all of its initial recorded investment.

The condition in paragraph 13(a) was intended to apply only to those situations in which the investor (creditor) could be forced by the terms of a hybrid instrument to accept settlement at an amount that causes the investor not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment. For example, assume the investor purchased from a single-A-rated issuer for $10 million a structured note with a $10 million principal, a 9.5 percent interest coupon, and a term of 10 years at a time when the current market rate for 10-year single-A-rated debt is 7 percent. Assume further that the terms of the note require that, at the beginning of the third year of its term, the principal on the note is reduced to $7.1 million and the coupon interest rate is reduced to zero for the remaining term to maturity if interest rates for single-A-rated debt have increased to at least 8 percent by that date. That structured note would meet the condition in paragraph 13(a) for both the issuer and the investor because the investor could be forced to accept settlement that causes the investor not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment. That is, if increases in the interest rate for single-A-rated debt triggers the modification of terms, the investor would receive only $9 million, comprising $1.9 million in interest payments for the first 2 years and $7.1 in principal repayment, thus not recovering substantially all of its $10 million initial net investment.

DIG Issue B6 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

Three methods have been identified for determining the initial carrying values of the host contract component and the embedded derivative component of a hybrid instrument:

Estimating the fair value of each individual component of the hybrid instrument and allocating the basis of the hybrid instrument to the host instrument and the embedded derivative based on the proportion of the fair value of each individual component to the overall fair value of the hybrid (a "relative fair value" method).

Recording the embedded derivative at fair value and determining the initial carrying value assigned to the host contract as the difference between the basis of the hybrid instrument and the fair value of the embedded derivative (a "with and without" method based on the fair value of the embedded derivative).

Recording the host contract at fair value and determining the carrying value assigned to the embedded derivative as the difference between the basis of the hybrid instrument and the fair value of the host contract (a "with and without" method based on the fair value of the host contract).

Because the "relative fair value" method (#1 above) involves an independent estimation of the fair value of each component, the sum of the fair values of those components may be greater or less than the initial basis of the hybrid instrument, resulting in an initial carrying amount for the embedded derivative that differs from its fair value. Similarly, the "with and without" method based on the fair value of the host contract (#3 above) may result in an initial carrying amount for the embedded derivative that differs from its fair value. Therefore, both of those methods may result in recognition of an immediate gain or loss upon reporting the embedded derivative at fair value.

RESPONSE

The allocation method that records the embedded derivative at fair value and determines the initial carrying value assigned to the host contract as the difference between the basis of the hybrid instrument and the fair value of the embedded derivative (#2 above) should be used to determine the carrying values of the host contract component and the embedded derivative component of a hybrid instrument when separate accounting for the embedded derivative is required by Statement 133.

Statement 133 requires that an embedded derivative that must be separated from its host contract be measured at fair value. As stated in paragraph 301 of the basis for conclusions, "…the Board believes that it should be unusual that an entity would conclude that it cannot reliably separate an embedded derivative from its host contract." Once the carrying value of the host contract is established, it would be accounted for under generally accepted accounting principles applicable to instruments of that type that do not contain embedded derivatives. Upon separation from the host contract, the embedded derivative may be designated as a hedging instrument, if desired, provided it meets the hedge accounting criteria.

If the host contract component of the hybrid instrument is reported at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings or other comprehensive income, then the sum of the fair values of the host contract component and the embedded derivative should not exceed the overall fair value of the hybrid instrument. That is consistent with the requirement of footnote 13 to paragraph 49, which states, in part:

"For a compound derivative that has a foreign currency exchange risk component (such as a foreign currency interest rate swap), an entity is permitted at the date of initial application to separate the compound derivative into two parts: the foreign currency derivative and the remaining derivative. Each of them would thereafter be accounted for at fair value, with an overall limit that the sum of their fair values could not exceed the fair value of the compound derivative." (emphasis added.) While footnote 13 to paragraph 49 addresses separation of a compound derivative upon initial application of Statement 133, the notion that the sum of the fair values of the components should not exceed the overall fair value of the combined instrument is also applicable to hybrid instruments containing a nonderivative host contract and an embedded derivative. However, in instances where the hybrid instrument is reported at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings, paragraph 12(b) would not be met and therefore separation of the embedded derivative from the host contract would not be permitted.

DIG Issue B7 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
Embedded Derivatives: Variable Annuity Products and Policyholder Ownership of the Assets

DIG Issue B8 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

How does one determine the host contract in a nontraditional variable annuity contract (a hybrid instrument)?

BACKGROUND

While traditional variable annuity contracts represent the majority of contracts sold today by life insurance and other enterprises, those enterprises have also developed a wide range of variable annuity contracts with nontraditional features. Nontraditional features of traditional variable annuity contracts result in a sharing of investment risk between the issuer and the holder. Nontraditional variable annuity contracts provide for some sort of minimum guarantee of the account value at a specified date. This minimum guarantee may be guaranteed through a minimum accumulation benefit or a guaranteed account value floor. For example, the floor guarantee might be that, at a specified anniversary date, the contract holder will be credited with the greater of (1) the account value, as determined by the separate account assets, or (2) all deposits that are made, plus three percent interest compounded annually.

While these nontraditional variable annuity contracts have distinguishing features, they possess a common characteristic: the investment risk associated with the assets backing the contract is shared by the issuer and the policyholder. That is, in contrast to traditional variable annuity contracts, the investment risk is, by virtue of the nontraditional product features, allocated between the two parties and not borne entirely by only one of the parties (the holder in the case of a traditional variable annuity contract).

Paragraphs 12 and 16 of Statement 133 require that, in certain circumstances, an embedded derivative is to be accounted for separately from the host contract as a derivative instrument. An example illustrating the application of paragraph 12 to insurance contracts is provided in paragraph 200 of Statement 133. Paragraph 200, second bullet point entitled "Investment Component," concludes that the investment component of an insurance contract backed by investments owned by the insurance company is a debt instrument because ownership of those investments rests with the insurance company, noting that the investments are recorded in the general account of the insurance company. The same bullet point concludes that the investment component of an insurance contract backed by assets held in the insurance company's separate account is a direct investment of the policyholder because the policyholder directs and owns the investments. (Subsequent to the issuance of Statement 133, some have challenged the assertion that the policyholder "owns" the investments. The propriety of the conclusions reached in paragraph 200 relating to traditional variable annuities has been addressed in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B7, "Embedded Derivatives: Variable Annuity Products and Policyholder Ownership of the Assets.")

RESPONSE

The FASB staff guidance presented in Statement 133 Implementation Issue B7 indicates that a traditional variable annuity (as described in that Issue) contains no embedded derivatives that warrant separate accounting under Statement 133 even though the insurer, rather than the policyholder, actually owns the assets.

The host contract in a nontraditional variable annuity contract would be considered the traditional variable annuity that, as described in Issue B7, does not contain an embedded derivative that warrants separate accounting. Nontraditional features (such as a guaranteed investment return through a minimum accumulation benefits or a guaranteed account value floor) would be considered embedded derivatives subject to the requirements of Statement 133. Paragraph 12 of Statement 133, states, in part, that:

Contracts that do not in their entirety meet the definition of a derivative instrument such as … insurance policies… may contain "embedded" derivative instruments—implicit or explicit terms that affect some or all of the cash flows or the value of other exchanges required by the contract in a manner similar to a derivative instrument. The effect of embedding a derivative instrument in another type of contract is that some or all of the cash flows or other exchanges that otherwise would have been required by the contract, whether unconditional or contingent upon the occurrence of a specified event, will be modified based on one or more underlyings. [Emphasis added; reference omitted.] The economic characteristics and risks of the investment guarantee and those of the traditional variable annuity contract would typically be considered to be not clearly and closely related.

In determining the accounting for other seemingly similar structures, it would be inappropriate to analogize to the above guidance due to the unique attributes of nontraditional variable annuity contracts and the fact that the above guidance, which is based on Issue B7, can be viewed as an exception for nontraditional variable annuity contracts issued by insurance companies.

DIG Issue B9 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

Are the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative (market adjusted value prepayment option) in a market value annuity contract (MVA or the hybrid instrument) clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract?

BACKGROUND

An MVA accounted for as an investment contract under FASB Statement No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments, given its lack of significant mortality risk, provides for a return of principal plus a fixed rate of return if held to maturity, or alternatively, a "market adjusted value" if the surrender option is exercised by the contract holder prior to maturity. The market adjusted value is typically based on current interest crediting rates being offered for new MVA purchases. As an example of how the market adjusted value is calculated at any period end, the formula typically takes the contractual guaranteed amount payable at the end of the specified term, including the applicable guaranteed interest, and discounts that future cash flow to its present value using rates currently being offered for new MVA purchases with terms equal to the remaining term to maturity of the existing MVA. As a result, the market value adjustment may be positive or negative, depending upon market interest rates at each period end. In a rising interest rate environment, the market adjustment may be such that less than substantially all principal is recovered upon surrender.

The following is an example of an annuity with a fixed return if held for a specified period or market adjusted value if surrendered early.

Single premium deposit: $100,000 on 12/31/98

Maturity Date: 12/31/07 (9 yr. term)

Guaranteed Fixed Rate: 7%

Fixed Maturity Value: $183,846 ($100,000 @ 7% compounded for 9 yrs.)

Market Value Adjustment Formula: Discount future fixed maturity value to present value at surrender date using currently offered market value annuity rate for the period of time left until maturity.

12/31/99 Valuation Date

(1) Fixed rate account value @7%
(2) Market Adjusted Value
3) Market Value Adjustment

5%

$107,000
  124,434
$ 17,434
========

9%

$107,000
    92,266
$  (14,734)
========

RESPONSE

Yes, the embedded derivative (prepayment option) is clearly and closely related to the host debt contract.

Paragraph 61(d) provides interpretation of the clearly and closely related criteria as it applies to debt with put options, noting that:

Call options (or put options) that can accelerate the repayment of principal on a debt instrument are considered to be clearly and closely related to a debt instrument that requires principal repayments unless both (1) the debt involves a substantial premium or discount (which is common with zero-coupon bonds) and (2) the put or call option is only contingently exercisable. Thus, if a substantial premium or discount is not involved, embedded calls and puts (including contingent call or put options that are not exercisable unless an event of default occurs) would not be separated from the host contract. The terms of MVAs do not include either feature. There is no substantial premium or discount present in these contracts at inception, and the put option is exercisable at any time by the contract holder (that is, it is not "contingently exercisable").

Since the embedded derivative has an underlying that is an interest rate index and the host contract is a debt instrument, the MVA contract must be analyzed under the criteria in paragraphs 13 and 61(a) as well. Pursuant to the tentative FASB staff guidance presented in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B5, the condition in paragraph 13(a) was intended to apply only to those situations in which the investor (creditor) could be forced by the terms of a hybrid instrument to accept settlement at an amount that causes the investor not to recover substantially all of its initial recorded investment. That is, because the investor always has the option to hold the MVA contract to maturity and receive the fixed rate and the insurance company cannot force the investor to surrender, the condition in paragraph 13(a) would not be met (that is, the insurance company does not have the contractual right to demand surrender and put the investor in a situation of not recovering substantially all of its initial recorded investment). The condition in paragraph 13(b) also would not be met in a typical MVA contract, since there is no leverage feature that would result in twice the initial and current market rate of return.

Because the criteria in paragraphs 13, 61(a), and 61(d) are not met, the prepayment option is considered clearly and closely related to the host debt instrument.

As the above examples demonstrate, the prepayment option enables the holder simply to cash out of the instrument at fair value at the surrender date. The prepayment option provides only liquidity to the holder. The holder receives only the market adjusted value, which is equal to the fair value of the investment contract at the surrender date. As such, the prepayment option (the embedded derivative) has a fair value of zero at all times.

DIG Issue B10 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
Embedded Derivatives: Equity-Indexed Life Insurance Contracts

DIG Issue B11 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
Embedded Derivatives: Volumetric Production Payments

DIG Issue B12 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
Embedded Derivatives in Certificates Issued by Qualifying Special-Purpose Entities

DIG Issue B13 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
Embedded Derivatives: Accounting for Remarketable Put Bonds

DIG Issue B14 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
Purchase Contracts with a Selling Price Subject to a Cap and a Floor
(Released 11/99)
DIG Issue B15--- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/  
Separate Accounting for Multiple Derivative Features Embedded in a Single Hybrid Instrument
(Released 11/99)
DIG Issue B16 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/  
Calls and Puts in Debt Instruments
(Released 11/99)

 

DIG Issue K2 at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

If a bond includes in its terms at issuance an option feature that is explicitly transferable independent of the bond and thus is potentially exercisable by a party other than either the issuer of the bond (the debtor) or the holder of the bond (the investor), should the option be considered under Statement 133 as an attached freestanding option or an embedded option by the writer and the holder of the option?

BACKGROUND

Certain structured transactions involving the issuance of a bond incorporate transferable options to call or put the bond. As such, those options are potentially exercisable by a party other than the debtor or the investor. For example, certain "put bond" structures involving three separate parties - the debtor, the investor, and an investment bank - may incorporate options that are ultimately held by the investment bank, giving that party the right to call the bond from the investor. Several put bond structures involving options that are exercisable by a party other than the debtor or investor are described in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B13, "Accounting for Remarketable Put Bonds."

RESPONSE

If a bond includes in its terms at issuance an option feature that is explicitly transferable independent of the bond and thus is potentially exercisable by a party other than either the issuer of the bond (the debtor) or the holder of the bond (the investor), that option should be considered under Statement 133 as an attached freestanding derivative instrument, rather than an embedded derivative, by both the writer and the holder of the option.

For example, a call option that is either transferable by the debtor to a third party and thus is potentially exercisable by a party other than the debtor or the original investor based on the legal agreements governing the debt issuance can result in the investor having different counterparties for the option and the original debt instrument. Accordingly, even when incorporated into the terms of the original debt agreement, such an option may not be considered an embedded derivative by either the debtor or the investor because it can be separated from the bond and effectively sold to a third party. The notion of an embedded derivative, as discussed in paragraph 12, does not contemplate features that may be sold or traded separately from the contract in which those rights and obligations are embedded. Assuming they meet Statement 133’s definition of a derivative, such features must be considered attached freestanding derivatives rather than embedded derivatives by both the writer and the current holder.

In addition, Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. B3, "Investor’s Accounting for a Put or Call Option Attached to a Debt Instrument Contemporaneously with or Subsequent to Its Issuance," require that an option that is added or attached to an existing debt instrument by a third party also results in the investor having different counterparties for the option and the debt instrument and, thus, the option should not be considered an embedded derivative.

An attached freestanding derivative is not an embedded derivative subject to grandfathering under the transition provisions of Statement 133.

 

 

Embedded Option =

an option that is an inseparable part of another instrument. Most embedded options are conversion features granted to the buyer or early termination options reserved by the issuer of a security. A call provision of a bond or note that contractually allows for early extinguishment is an example of an embedded option.   See embedded derivatives and option.

Convertible debt can be viewed as a debt instrument with a call option on equity securities of the issuer.  Interest rates on that option are not clearly-and-closely related.  Hence, the embedded option might be accounted for separately under Paragraph 6 on Page 3 of FAS 133.

DIG Issue K3 at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

Should the combinations of purchased and written options described below be considered for accounting purposes as two separate option contracts or as a single forward contract:

An embedded (non-transferable) purchased call (put) option and an embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option executed contemporaneously with the same counterparty as part of a single hybrid instrument?

A freestanding purchased call (put) option and a freestanding or embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option that are executed contemporaneously with the same counterparty at inception but where the purchased option may be transferred?

A freestanding purchased call (put) option and a freestanding or embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option that are executed contemporaneously with different counterparties at inception?

For the purposes of this question, in all cases, the purchased and written options have the same terms (strike price, notional amount, and exercise date) and the same underlying, and neither of the two options is required to be exercised. The notion of the "same counterparty" encompasses contracts entered into directly with a single counterparty and contracts entered into with a single party that are structured through an intermediary. In addition, consistent with the conclusion in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. K2, "Are Transferable Options Freestanding or Embedded?", an option incorporated into the terms of a hybrid instrument at inception that is explicitly transferable should be considered a freestanding, rather than an embedded, derivative instrument.

RESPONSE

This section provides separate responses for each of the combinations of options in the Question section.

A combination of an embedded (non-transferable) purchased call (put) option and an embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option in a single hybrid instrument that have the same terms (strike price, notional amount, and exercise date) and same underlying and that are entered into contemporaneously with the same counterparty, should be considered for accounting purposes as a single forward contract by both parties to the contracts. Those embedded options are in substance an embedded forward contract because they (a) convey rights (to the holder) and obligations (to the writer) that are equivalent from an economic and risk perspective to an embedded forward contract and (b) cannot be separated from the hybrid instrument in which they are embedded. Even though neither party is required to exercise its purchased option, the result of the overall structure is a hybrid instrument that will likely be redeemed at a point earlier than its stated maturity. That result is expected by both the hybrid instrument’s issuer and investor regardless of whether the embedded feature that triggers the redemption is in the form of two separate options or a single forward contract. (However, if either party is required to exercise its purchased "option" prior to the stated maturity date of the hybrid instrument, the hybrid instrument should not be viewed for accounting purposes as containing one or more embedded derivatives. In substance, the debtor (issuer) and creditor (investor) have agreed to terms that accelerate the stated maturity of the instrument and the exercise date of the "option" is essentially the hybrid’s actual maturity date. As a result, it is inappropriate to characterize the hybrid instrument as containing two embedded option contracts that are exercisable only on the actual maturity date or as containing an embedded forward contract that is a combination of an embedded purchased call (put) and a written put (call) with the same terms.)

Embedded options in a hybrid instrument that are required to be considered a single forward contract for accounting purposes as a result of the guidance contained herein may not be designated individually as hedged items in a fair value hedge in which the hedging instrument is a separate, unrelated freestanding option. Statement 133 does not permit a component of a derivative to be designated as the hedged item.

A combination of a freestanding purchased call (put) option and a freestanding or embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option that have the same terms and same underlying and are entered into contemporaneously with the same counterparty at inception should be considered for accounting purposes as separate option contracts, rather than a single forward contract, by both parties to the contracts. Derivatives that are transferable are, by their nature, separate and distinct contracts. That is consistent with the conclusion in Issue K2 which states: "…a call option that is either transferable by the debtor to a third party or that is deemed to be exercisable by a party other than the debtor or the original investor based on the legal agreements governing the debt issuance can result in the investor having different counterparties for the option and the original debt instrument. Accordingly, even when incorporated into the terms of the original debt agreement, such an option may not be considered an embedded derivative by either the debtor or the investor because it can be separated from the bond and effectively sold to a third party…."

A combination of a freestanding purchased call (put) option and a freestanding or embedded (non-transferable) written put (call) option that have the same terms and same underlying and are entered into contemporaneously with different counterparties at inception should be considered for accounting purposes as separate option contracts, rather than a single forward contract, by both parties to the contracts. Similarly, a combination of a freestanding written call (put) option and an embedded (non-transferable) purchased put (call) option that have the same terms and same underlying and are entered into contemporaneously with different counterparties at inception should be considered for accounting purposes as separate option contracts, rather than a single forward contract, by both parties to the contracts. Separate purchased and written options with the same terms but that involve different counterparties convey rights and obligations that are distinct and do not warrant bundling as a single forward contract for accounting purposes under Statement 133.

 

Also see compound derivative.

Equity-Indexed Embedded Derivative =

a contract with payments derived from a common stock price index such as the Dow Industrial Price Index or the Standard and Poors 500 Index.  For example,when a   note's interest payments has an embedded derivative (e.g., a common stock price option on a particular stock or a stock index) pegged to equity prices, the embedded portion must be separated from the host contract and be accounted for as a derivative according to Paragraph 61h on Pages 42-43 of FAS 133.  This makes equity  indexed derivative accounting different than credit indexed and   inflation indexed embedded derivative accounting rules that do not allow separation from the host contract.  In this regard, credit-indexed embedded derivative accounting is more like commodity-indexed accounting.  An illustration is provided beginning in Paragraph 185 on Page 97 of FAS 133.  Also see Paragraph 250 on Page 133 of FAS 133.  FAS 133 does not cover derivatives in which the equity index is tied only to the firm's on common stock according to Paragraph 11a beginning on Page 6 of FAS 133.  Also see index-amortizing, derivative financial instrument and embedded derivative.

See DIG Issue B10 under embedded derivatives.

Equity-Linked Bear Note = see embedded derivatives.

Equity Method =

a naughty word for hedge accounting under FAS 133.  See Paragraph 29f on Page 20 of FAS 133.  Risks of cash flows, fair value and foreign currency cannot be hedged for securities accounted for under the equity method under SFAS 115 except under confusing net investment hedges discussed below.  For equity method accounting, ownership must constitute at least 20% of the outstanding voting (equity) shares of the security in question. Under the equity method the investment is adjusted for the owner's share of net earnings irrespective of cash dividends.  Since dividends do not affect earnings, the FASB does not allow cash flow hedges of forecasted dividends under equity method accounting.  

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.

Not allowing equity method investments to be hedged items is controversial.  The FASB defends its decision in Paragraph 455 beginning on Page 200 of FAS 133.  This reads as follows:

The Board decided to retain the prohibition in the Exposure Draft from designating an investment accounted for by the equity method as a hedged item to avoid conflicts with the existing accounting requirements for that item. Providing fair value hedge accounting for an equity method investment conflicts with the notion underlying APB Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock. Opinion 18 requires an investor in common stock and corporate joint ventures to apply the equity method of accounting when the investor has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. Under the equity method of accounting, the investor generally records its share of the investee’s earnings or losses from its investment. It does not account for changes in the price of the common stock, which would become part of the basis of an equity method investment under fair value hedge accounting. Changes in the earnings of an equity method investee presumably would affect the fair value of its common stock. Applying fair value hedge accounting to an equity method investment thus could result in some amount of double counting of the investor’s share of the investee’s earnings. The Board believes that result would be inappropriate. In addition to those conceptual issues, the Board was concerned that it would be difficult to develop a method of implementing fair value hedge accounting, including measuring hedge ineffectiveness, for equity method investments and that the results of any method would be difficult to understand. For similar reasons, this Statement also prohibits fair value hedge accounting for an unrecognized firm commitment to acquire or dispose of an investment accounted for by the equity method.

Section c(4) of Paragraph 4 is probably the most confusing condition mentioned in Paragraph 4. It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  The gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. Reasons are given in Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133:

The net investment in a foreign operation can be viewed as a portfolio of dissimilar assets and liabilities that would not meet the criterion in this Statement that the hedged item be a single item or a group of similar items. Alternatively, it can be viewed as part of the fair value of the parent's investment account. Under either view, without a specific exception, the net investment in a foreign operation would not qualify for hedging under this Statement. The Board decided, however, that it was acceptable to retain the current provisions of Statement 52 in that area. The Board also notes that, unlike other hedges of portfolios of dissimilar items, hedge accounting for the net investment in a foreign operation has been explicitly permitted by the authoritative literature.

For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change.  Section 4(c) of Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a derivative.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Paragraph 42 on Page 26 reads as follows:

.A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. 

These Section c(4) confusions in Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

A more confusing, at least to me, portion of Paragraph 36 reads as follows:

The criterion in paragraph 21(c)(1) requires that a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated receivable or payable) not be the hedged item in a foreign currency fair value or cash flow hedge because it is remeasured with the changes in the carrying amount attributable to what would be the hedged risk (an exchange rate change) reported currently in earnings.  Similarly, the criterion in paragraph 29(d) requires that the forecasted acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 not be the hedged item in a foreign currency cash flow hedge because, subsequent to acquisition or incurrence, the asset or liability will be remeasured with changes in the carrying amount attributable to what would be the hedged risk reported currently in earnings. A foreign currency derivative instrument that has been entered into with another member of a consolidated group can be a hedging instrument in the consolidated financial statements only if that other member has entered into an offsetting contract with an unrelated third party to hedge the exposure it acquired from issuing the derivative instrument to the affiliate that initiated the hedge.

Exposed Net Asset Position =

the excess of assets that are measured or denominated in foreign currency and translated at the current rate over liabilities that are measured or denominated in foreign currency and translated at the current rate.

Exposure Draft 162-B =

a part of history in the Financial Accounting Standards Board leading up to FAS 133. See the Background Information section in FAS 133, pp. 119-127, Paragraphs 206-231. Especially note Paragraphs 214, 360-384, and 422-194.  See FAS 133.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |




F-Terms

Fair Value =

the estimated best disposal (exit, liquidation) value in any sale other than a forced sale.  It is defined as follows in Paragraph 540 on Page 243 of FAS 133:

The amount at which an asset (liability) could be bought (incurred) or sold (settled) in a current transaction between willing parties, that is, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and should be used as the basis for the measurement, if available. If a quoted market price is available, the fair value is the product of the number of trading units times that market price. If a quoted market price is not available, the estimate of fair value should be based on the best information available in the circumstances. The estimate of fair value should consider prices for similar assets or similar liabilities and the results of valuation techniques to the extent available in the circumstances. Examples of valuation techniques include the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using discount rates commensurate with the risks involved, option- pricing models, matrix pricing, option-adjusted spread models, and fundamental analysis.  Valuation techniques for measuring assets and liabilities should be consistent with the objective of measuring fair value. Those techniques should incorporate assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of values, future revenues, and future expenses, including assumptions about interest rates, default, prepayment, and volatility. In measuring forward contracts, such as foreign currency forward contracts, at fair value by discounting estimated future cash flows, an entity should base the estimate of future cash flows on the changes in the forward rate (rather than the spot rate). In measuring financial liabilities and nonfinancial derivatives that are liabilities at fair value by discounting estimated future cash flows (or equivalent outflows of other assets), an objective is to use discount rates at which those liabilities could be settled in an arm's-length transaction.

This is old news, but it does provide some questions for students to ponder.  The main problem of fair value adjustment is that many ((most?) of the adjustments cause enormous fluctuations in earnings, assets, and liabilities that are washed out over time and never realized.  The main advantage is that interim impacts that “might be” realized are booked.  It’s a war between “might be” versus “might never.”  The war has been waging for over a century with respect to booked assets and two decades with respect to unbooked derivative instruments, contingencies, and intangibles.

As you can see below, the war is not over yet.  In fact it has intensified between corporations (especially banks) versus standard setters versus members of the academy.

From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Educators' Review on April 2, 2004

TITLE: As IASB Unveils New Rules, Dispute With EU Continues 
REPORTER: David Reilly 
DATE: Mar 31, 2004 
PAGE: A2 LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB108067939682469331,00.html  
TOPICS: Generally accepted accounting principles, Fair Value Accounting, Insider trading, International Accounting, International Accounting Standards Board

SUMMARY: Despite controversy with the European Union (EU), the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) is expected to release a final set of international accounting standards. Questions focus on the role of the IASB, controversy with the EU, and harmonization of the accounting standards.

QUESTIONS: 
1.) What is the role of the IASB? What authority does the IASB have to enforce standards?

2.) List three reasons that a country would choose to follow IASB accounting standards. Why has the U.S. not adopted IASB accounting standards?

3.) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of harmonization of accounting standards throughout the world. Why is it important the IASB reach a resolution with the EU over the disputed accounting standards?

4.) What is fair value accounting? Why would fair value accounting make financial statements more volatile? Is increased volatility a valid argument for not adopting fair value accounting? Does GAAP in the United States require fair value accounting? Support your answers.

There are a number of software vendors of FAS 133 valuation software.

One of the major companies is Financial CAD --- http://www.financialcad.com/ 

FinancialCAD provides software and services that support the valuation and risk management of financial securities and derivatives that is essential for banks, corporate treasuries and asset management firms. FinancialCAD’s industry standard financial analytics are a key component in FinancialCAD solutions that are used by over 25,000 professionals in 60 countries.

See software.

What are the advantages and disadvantages of requiring fair value accounting for all financial instruments as well as derivative financial instruments?

Advantages:

 

  1. Eliminate arbitrary FAS 115 classifications that can be used by management to manipulate earnings (which is what Freddie Mac did in 2001 and 1002.
  2. Reduce problems of applying FAS 133 in hedge accounting where hedge accounting is now allowed only when the hedged item is maintained at historical cost.
  3. Provide a better snap shot of values and risks at each point in time.  For example, banks now resist fair value accounting because they do not want to show how investment securities have dropped in value.

 

Disdvantages:

 

  1. Combines fact and fiction in the sense that unrealized gains and losses due to fair value adjustments are combined with “real” gains and losses from cash transactions.  Many, if not most, of the unrealized gains and losses will never be realized in cash.  These are transitory fluctuations that move up and down with transitory markets.  For example, the value of a $1,000 fixed-rate bond moves up and down with interest rates when at expiration it will return the $1,000 no matter how interest rates fluctuated over the life of the bond.
  2. Sometimes difficult to value, especially OTC securities.
  3. Creates enormous swings in reported earnings and balance sheet values.

"Derivatives and hedging:  An Analyst's Response to US FAS 133," by Frank Will, Corporate Finance Magazine, June 2002, http://www.corporatefinancemag.com/pdf/122341.pdf 

However, FAS 133 still needs further clarification and improvement as the example of Fannie Mae shows. Analysts focus more on the economic value of a company and less on unrealised gains and losses.  Much of the FAS 133 volatility in earnings and in equity does not consistently reflect the economic situation.  This makes it difficult to interpret the figures.  Therefore, analysts welcome the decision of some companies voluntarily to disclose a separate set of figures excluding the effect of FAS 133.

For more on Frank Will's analysis of FAS 133, Fair Value Accounting, and Fannie Mae, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory.htm 

Those threads dealing with fair value are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/theory01.htm

From Paul Pacter's IAS Plus on July 13, 2005 --- http://www.iasplus.com/index.htm
Also see http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/IASBFairValueFAQ.pdf

 
The European Commission has published Frequently Asked Questions – IAS 39 Fair Value Option (FVO) (PDF 94k), providing the Commission's views on the following questions:
  • Why did the Commission carve out the full fair value option in the original IAS 39 standard?
  • Do prudential supervisors support IAS 39 FVO as published by the IASB?
  • When will the Commission to adopt the amended standard for the IAS 39 FVO?
  • Will companies be able to apply the amended standard for their 2005 financial statements?
  • Does the amended standard for IAS 39 FVO meet the EU endorsement criteria?
  • What about the relationship between the fair valuation of own liabilities under the amended IAS 39 FVO standard and under Article 42(a) of the Fourth Company Law Directive?
  • Will the Commission now propose amending Article 42(a) of the Fourth Company Directive?
  • What about the remaining IAS 39 carve-out relating to certain

 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) requires estimation of fair value for many types of financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments. The main guidelines are spelled out in SFAS 107 and FAS 133 Appendix F Paragraph 540.  If a range is estimated for either the amount or the timing of possible cash flows, the likelihood of possible outcomes shall be considered in determining the best estimate of future cash flows according to FAS 133 Paragraph 17.  For related matters under international standards, see IAS 39 Paragraphs 1,5,6, 95-100, and 165.  According to the FASB, fair value is the amount at which an asset (liability) could be bought (incurred) or sold (settled) in a current transaction between willing parties, that is, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and should be used as the basis for the measurement, if available. If a quoted market price is available, the fair value is the product of the number of trading units times that market price.  There are some exceptions for hybrid instruments as discussed in  IAS 39  Paragraph 23c and FAS 133  Paragraph 12b.  There are also exceptions where value estimates are unreliable such as in the case of unlisted equity securities (see IAS 39 Paragraphs 69, 93, and 95).   

If an item is viewed as a financial instrument rather than inventory, the accounting becomes more complicated under SFAS 115.  Traders in financial instruments adjust such instruments to fair value with all changes in value passing through current earnings.  Business firms who are not deemed to be traders must designate the instrument as either available-for-sale (AFS) or hold-to-maturity (HTM).  A HTM instrument is maintained at original cost.  An AFS financial instrument must be marked-to-market, but the changes in value pass through OCI rather than current earnings until the instrument is actually sold or otherwise expires.   

Under international standards, the IASC requires fair value adjustments for most financial instruments. This has led to strong reaction from businesses around the world, especially banks. There are now two major working group documents taking sides for and against fair value accounting for all financial instruments. 
Go to http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm 

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
All debt securities, equity securities, and other financial assets that are not held for trading but nonetheless are available for sale – except those unquoted equity securities whose fair value cannot be measured reliably by another means are measured at cost subject to an impairment test.

SFAF 133
All debt securities, equity securities, and other financial assets that are not held for trading but nonetheless are available for sale – except all unquoted equity securities are measured at cost subject to an impairment test.

FASB requires fair value measurement for all derivatives, including those linked to unquoted equity instruments if they are to be settled in cash but not those to be settled by delivery, which are outside the scope of 133

 

Paragraph 28 beginning on Page 18 of FAS 133 requires that the hedge be formally documented from the start such that prior contracts such as options or futures contracts cannot later be declared hedges. Under international accounting rules, a hedged item can be a recognized asset or liability, an unrecognized firm commitment, or a forecasted transaction (IAS 39  Paragraph 127). 

If quoted market prices are not available, the estimate of fair value should be based on the best information available in the circumstances. The estimate of fair value should consider prices for similar assets and liabilities and the results of valuation techniques to the extent available in the circumstances. Examples of valuation techniques include the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved, option-pricing models, matrix pricing, option-adjusted spread models, and fundamental analysis. Valuation techniques for measuring assets and liabilities should be consistent with the objective of measuring fair value. Those techniques should incorporate assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of values, future revenues, and future expenses, including assumptions about interest rates, default, prepayment, and volatility.

Under IAS 39 Paragraph 100, under circumstances when a quoted market price is not available, estimation techniques may be used --- which include reference to the current market value of another instrument that is substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and option pricing models.  When an enterprise has matching asset and liability positions, it may use mid-market prices according to IAS 39 Paragraph 99.

In reality, the FASB in FAS 133 and the IASC in IAS 39 require continual adjustments of financial instruments derivatives to fair value without giving much guidance about such matters when the instruments are not traded on exchange markets or are traded in markets that are too thin to rely upon for value estimation.  Unfortunately, over half of the financial instruments derivative contracts around the world are customized contracts for which there are no markets for valuation estimation purposes.  The most difficult instruments to value are forward contracts and interest rate and foreign currency swaps.  In my Working Paper 231 I discuss various approaches for valuation of interest rate swaps.  See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/231wp/231wp.htm .

The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts should be based on the change in the forward rate and should consider the time value of money. In measuring liabilities at fair value by discounting estimated future cash flows, an objective is to use discount rates at which those liabilities could be settled in an arm's-length transaction. Although the FASB  does not give very explicit guidance on estimation of a derivative’s fair market value, this topic appears at many points in FAS 133. See Paragraphs 312-319 and 432-457.See blockage factor and yield curve.

Paragraphs 216 on Page 122 and 220-231 beginning on Page 123 of FAS 133 leave little doubt that the FASB feels "fair value is the most relevant measure for financial instrument and the only relevant measure for derivative instruments."  This can be disputed, especially when unrealized gains and value hide operating losses. The December 1998 issue of the Journal of Accountancy provides an interesting contrast on fair value accounting.  On Pages 12-13 you will find a speech by SEC Chairman Arthur Levitt bemoaning the increasingly common practice of auditors to allow earnings management.  On Page 20 you will find a review of an Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals case in which a firm prevented the reporting of net losses for 1988 and 1989 by persuading its auditor to allow reclassification of a large a large hotel as being "for sale" so that it could revalue historical cost book value to current exit value and record the gain as current income.  Back issues of the Journal of Accountancy are now online at http://www.aicpa.org/pubs/jofa/joaiss.htm .

The FASB intends eventually to book all financial instruments at fair value. Jim Leisingring comments about " first shot in a religious war" in my tape31.htm. The IASC also is moving closer and closer to fair value accounting for all financial instruments for virtually all nations, although it too is taking that big step in stages.  Click here to view Paul Pacter's commentary on this matter.

See DIG Issue B6 under embedded derivatives.

At the moment, accounting standards dictate fair value accounting for derivative financial instruments but not all financial instruments.  However, the entire state of fair value accounting is in a state of change at the moment with respect to both U.S. and international accounting standards.

If a purchased item is viewed as an inventory holding, the basis of accounting is the lower of cost or market for most firms unless they are classified as securities dealers.  In other words, the inventory balance on the balance sheet does not rise if expected net realization rises above cost, but this balance is written down if the expected net realization falls below cost.  The one exception, where inventory balances are marked-to-market for upside and well as downside price movements, arises when the item in inventory qualifies as a "precious" commodity (such as gold or platinum) having a readily-determinable market value.    Such commodities as pork bellies, corn, copper, and crude oil, are not "precious" commodities and must be maintained in inventory at lower-of-cost-or market. 

If an item is viewed as a financial instrument rather than inventory, the accounting becomes more complicated under SFAS 115. Traders in financial instruments adjust such instruments to fair value with all changes in value passing through current earnings. Business firms who are not deemed to be traders must designate the instrument as either available-for-sale (AFS) or hold-to-maturity (HTM). A HTM instrument is maintained at original cost. An AFS financial instrument must be marked-to-market, but the changes in value pass through OCI rather than current earnings until the instrument is actually sold or otherwise expires. Under international standards, the IASC requires fair value adjustments for most financial instruments. This has led to strong reaction from businesses around the world, especially banks. There are now two major working group documents taking sides for and against fair value accounting for all financial instruments. 
Go to http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm 

  • Financial Instruments: Issues Relating to Banks (strongly argues for fair value adjustments of financial instruments). The issue date is August 31, 1999.
    Trinity University students may view this paper at J:\courses\acct5341\iasc\jwgbaaug.pdf.  

  • Accounting for financial Instruments for Banks (concludes that a modified form of historical cost is optimal for bank accounting). The issue date is October 4, 1999.
    Trinity University students may view this paper at J:\courses\acct5341\iasc\jwgfinal.pdf 

Fair value accounting politics in the revised IAS 39

From Paul Pacter's IAS Plus on July 13, 2005 --- http://www.iasplus.com/index.htm

 
The European Commission has published Frequently Asked Questions – IAS 39 Fair Value Option (FVO) (PDF 94k), providing the Commission's views on the following questions:
  • Why did the Commission carve out the full fair value option in the original IAS 39 standard?
  • Do prudential supervisors support IAS 39 FVO as published by the IASB?
  • When will the Commission to adopt the amended standard for the IAS 39 FVO?
  • Will companies be able to apply the amended standard for their 2005 financial statements?
  • Does the amended standard for IAS 39 FVO meet the EU endorsement criteria?
  • What about the relationship between the fair valuation of own liabilities under the amended IAS 39 FVO standard and under Article 42(a) of the Fourth Company Law Directive?
  • Will the Commission now propose amending Article 42(a) of the Fourth Company Directive?
  • What about the remaining IAS 39 carve-out relating to certain hedge accounting provisions?

 

 


"FASB Approves Fair Value Measurement Experiment Using Loan Commitments," October 2, 2003 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?areaid=1384&page=1 

The FASB Board agreed to a new project to clarify FAS 133 guidance on loan commitments accounted for as derivatives (at fair value). It expects the project to raise issues that will bring Fair Value accounting near its breaking point.

At its October 1 meeting, the FASB Board agreed to a new interpretation project to clarify FAS 133 guidance on loan commitments accounted for as derivatives (at fair value). Loan commitments contain a witches brew of fair value measurement issues that the Board’s attempts to resolve will either validate the fair value model are derail it.

What to do with loans has been a longstanding issue for FAS 133, since it was discovered that many loan contracts have derivative-like features that arguably could scope them into FAS 133 accounting. Fitting such loan commitments into the FAS 133 framework was never fully resolved, other than with guidance specific to the origination of mortgage loans (see C13). Those held for resale (by issuers), for example, would be accounted for as derivatives, but those held for investment purposes would not. While the fall out over Freddie Mac was not mentioned as a reason to conduct this experiment now, its influence on matters pertaining to mortgage lending and FAS 133 is hard to avoid.

To keep this project manageable given everything else seeking the FASB’s attention, its scope will be strictly limited to interpretation of how to measure the fair value of loan committments scoped into FAS 133. It will not seek to resolve the broader loans as derivatives questions. The primary focus is likely to be on valuation questions related to issuers of loan commitments generally falling under the heading of interest rate locks, which amounts to a written option on a mortgage loan at a set rate (though another potential project on mortgage servicing rights may be folded in at a later date).

Specifically the two questions proposed by the staff are:

1. What information the issuer should use to determine the fair value of a loan commitment that is accounted for as a derivative under Statement 133 (as amended), and

2. Whether it is appropriate for a loan commitment to be recorded as an asset by the issuer of that commitment.

As background, the staff noted that they had been made aware of a “diversity in practice,” regarding how issuers chose to fair value their loan commitments. Some market participants attempted to recognize the future benefit to be derived from the loan, for example, whereas others exclude such recognition until the option holder exercises and borrowed. While the latter approach appears sensible, it may not be "fair value" since so much of the option's value to the issuer is tied up in the expected loan. There is also the question of which markets to look to in determining fair value and what intangibles and indirect costs associated with conversion of the written option to a loan should be considered in the valuation. And the valuation method has a direct impact on revenue recognition. The asset classification question derives from the notion that under current guidance written options cannot be classified as assets, which among other things, creates capital constraints on issuers.

"Redefining Fair Value Through New GAAP Measurement Guidance," July 18, 2003 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=1&areaid=1338 

More Fair Value accounting headaches are coming soon to a treasury near you, as FASB accelerates its guidance on how to measure Fair Value in time for “Fair Value M&A.”

“Risk measures are based on Fair Value metrics and there is not intersection between accounting books and records and the Fair Value based on risk measurement calculations, so it’s a completely different set of measures.” -- Gregory J. Parseghian, Freddie Mac CEO(June 25, 2003 conference call: in response to an analyst questioning why Freddie’s accounting issue should not call its risk management into question,)

This statement, in the context of Freddie Mac’s recent restatements, helps sum up why FASB’s Fair Value Measurement project is under tremendous pressure to get its measurement guidance right. If its guidance remains at odds with market practice, as appears to be the case now with financial institutions’ risk management measures, then analyst’s questions may be easily (and perhaps believably) dismissed with statements like this. Unfortunately, someone still has to figure out how to get the accounting measures right to comply with GAAP and avoid a restatement headline. In the words of one of the analysts on the recent Freddie Mac call in considering the Fair Value accounting challenges for GAAP, regulatory capital and risk management, “good luck to us all.”

How should GAAP fair value be measured?

In bringing its Fair Value Measurement guidance into line with its current project, perhaps FASB should consider what value these measures have if firms elect to make disclosures on reconciliation between measures used for risk management and GAAP. If there is no incremental value, then why not just use the risk measures? And if there is value in the GAAP, what should then be disclosed about the differences?

But alas, FASB lacks the resources to pursue fair value disclosure and fair value measurement projects simultaneously. Thus, the decision at the July 9 Board meeting to shut down the FAS 107 Amendment project in order to focus FASB’s still limited resources on measurement. Indeed, the timely logic in this is that as more of GAAP moves to Fair Value, the Fair Value disclosure mandate changes significantly. Why seek to capture a moving target now? Surely, Freddie Mac is thinking the same.

Besides, there is some urgency to the Fair Value Measurement project, which was just launched in June, since the Board would like to be able to bring out an Exposure Draft to coincide with the ED for Business Combinations, which is due out before year-end. The reason being: The current phase of the Business Combinations project (Purchase Method Procedures), being undertaken in conjunction with the IASB, has advanced Fair Value guidance significantly in its deliberations on applying “accounting’s” evolving Fair Value concept (i.e., how to measure the “exchange value”) to Purchase Accounting, of which financial instruments are a mere subcomponent. [If Fair Value accounting causes such confusion in the derivatives/risk management arena, much less stock options, you can imagine what is going to be said to analysts when it gets applied on a much broader basis to corporate acquisitions.]

Rather than document all the Fair Value Measurement guidance in the Business Combinations ED, the Board thought it was more prudent to bring all this together under a separate, new Standard—which would also put in one place and make consistent, guidance on Fair Value Measurement that exists elsewhere in the accounting literature (the IASB’s as well).

"Fair Value Accounting Back in the Spotlight,"  June 19, 2003 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=11&areaid=1321

Two items in today’s news point to fair value accounting and why it’s returning to the spotlight.

The first item is the on-going investigation of what is behind the Freddie Mac earnings restatements. The second is a report on efforts by an insurance group led by AIG to derail IASB efforts at fair value accounting. Both items are part of developing stories that will soon impact corporates outside of the mortgage finance and insurance space.

FAS 133 flaws

As the Wall Street Journal is reporting, the Freddie Mac restatements will be in the billions, stemming from improper hedge accounting under FAS 133. There was always a greater likelihood that one of the mortgage finance giants would emerge as the FAS 133 Wall Street Journal headline, since the task of hedging the risks in mortgage finance, involving multiple interest, credit and optionality risks is a tough one, and Fannie and Freddie knew it would be tough to account for this.

At first, media reports painted as positive the fact that the Freddie Mac restatements were positive and not negative. In other words, the gains on the hedges that were deemed non-hedges for accounting purposes were no longer being deferred. This ignored the “hedging” notion that these gains were offsetting anticipated losses in the underlying (e.g. the mortgage paper), which presumably are still anticipated. The disconnect of hedge from hedged item in the accounting guidance was always the fundamental flaw in hedge accounting that FAS 133 inadequately addressed, preferring to focus on derivatives. This is also why it is difficult to glean the impact bringing forward the hedge gains will have on Freddie Mac’s future earnings.

Broader IASs

Just as Freddie Mac exposes flaws in a limited fair value approach, the insurance industry is aggressively seeking to counter acceleration of fair value accounting more broadly. According to the Wall Street Journal, an insurance group, led by AIG, is actively opposing international accounting standards (IAS 32/39) and the related IASB effort to push the fair value concept further into insurance accounting. These IASB efforts go further than FAS 133 and related FASB efforts to introduce fair value to a wider scope of accounting: financial instruments as opposed to just derivatives. Though the IASB has taken the lead on the fair value drive, FASB is set to follow, which is why the IASB trends should be followed closely by all concerned with US GAAP.

Fair value accounting has its flaws, not least of which is the AIG argument that it introduces meaningless volatility to earnings statements. However, insurance firms, aside from broker-dealer banking operators, have as good a shot as any at making fair value accounting work as a means of giving investors and the markets a more telling portrait of financial position.

Just as Freddie Mac has revealed how FAS 133 does not go far enough--it’s focus on derivatives has left financial statement readers in the dark on hedged items--the insurance firm complaints show how broadening the focus to financial assets and liabilities is not going to offer an easy solution. But, if accounting is going to move increasingly toward a fair value model, as its standard setters plan, they must use the IASB’s insurance market “test” to prove the model’s practical efficacy. The Exposure Draft of Phase I of this IASB project is due out in Q3, with a tight implementation timetable to become effective for EU adoption of IASB standards in 2005.

If fair value accounting cannot be made to work with insurance firms, it cannot be made to work with non-financial corporations, and the current course to fair value accounting should be reversed. Further, by establishing guidelines for accounting for insurance risk management activities, the IASB effort will help define accounting for all risk management activities. For example, at its meeting earlier this week, the IASB discussed the definition of insurance risk “as risk other than financial risk” (defined by IAS 39), along with other pre-ballot items to become part of the exposure draft.

This is a high stakes experiment that all should watch closely for its broader impact, not to mention its transforming effects on an insurance market already in the midst of a paradigm shift.

 

 

Inputs to and suggestions for fair value estimation are elaborated upon in March 2003 by the FASB in an exposure draft entitled "Financial Instruments --- Recognition and Measurement," March 2003 --- http://www.cica.ca/multimedia/Download_Library/Standards/Accounting/English/e_FIRec_Mea.pdf 

Inputs to valuation techniques 

A34 
An appropriate technique for estimating the fair value of a particular financial instrument would incorporate available market information about the market conditions and other factors that are likely to affect the instrument’s fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument will be based on one or more of the following (and perhaps other) factors: 

(a) The time value of money (i.e., interest at the basic or risk-free rate). Basic interest rates can usually be derived from observable government bond prices and are often quoted in financial publications. These rates typically vary with the expected dates of the projected cash flows along a yield curve of interest rates for different time horizons. For practical reasons, an entity may use a well-accepted and readily observable general rate, such as a LIBOR/swap rate, as the benchmark rate. Since a rate such as LIBOR is not the basic interest rate, the credit risk adjustment appropriate to the particular financial instrument would be determined on the basis of its credit risk in relation to the credit risk in this benchmark rate. In some countries, the central government’s bonds may carry a significant credit risk and may not provide a useful, stable benchmark basic interest rate for instruments denominated in that currency. Some entities in these countries may have better credit standings and lower borrowing rates than the central government. In such a case, basic interest rates may be more appropriately determined by reference to interest rates for the highest-rated corporate bonds issued in the currency of that jurisdiction. 

(b) Credit risk. The effect on fair value of credit risk (i.e., the premium over the basic interest rate for credit risk) may be derived from observ-able market prices for traded corporate bonds of varying credit quality or from observable interest rates charged by lenders for loans of various credit ratings. 

(c) Foreign currency exchange prices. Active currency exchange markets exist for most major currencies, and prices are quoted daily in financial publications. 

(d) Commodity prices. There are observable market prices for many commodities. 

(e) Equity prices. Prices (and indexes of prices) of traded equity securities are readily observable in some markets. Present-value-based techniques may be used to estimate the current market price of equity instruments for which there are no observable prices. 

(f) Marketability (the return market participants demand to compensate for the risk that they may not be able to sell an asset or obtain relief from a liability immediately). In some cases it may be reasonable to assume that the effects of marketability are included in the credit risk interest rate premium. In some other cases it may be reasonable to assume that there has been no significant change in the marketability of a financial instrument and the effect on the instrument’s fair value during a reporting period. 

(g) Volatility (i.e., the frequency and magnitude of future changes in price of the financial instrument or other item that is the subject of an option). Measures of the volatility of actively traded items can normally be reasonably estimated on the basis of historical market data. 

Relationship between discount rates and projected cash flows 

A35 
The present value of projected cash flows may be estimated using a discount rate adjustment approach or a cash flow adjustment approach, as appropriate. 

A36 Discount rate adjustment approach. Under the discount rate adjustment approach, the stream of contracted cash flows forms the basis for the present value computation, and the rate(s) used to discount those cash flows reflects the uncertainties of the cash flows. This approach is most readily applied to financial instrument contracts to receive or pay fixed cash flows at fixed future times (i.e., instruments for which the only significant uncertainties in amount and timing of cash flows are caused by credit risk). 

A37 The discount rate adjustment approach is consistent with the manner in which assets and liabilities with contractually specified cash flows are commonly described (as in “a 12 percent bond”) and it is useful and well accepted for those instruments. However, because the discount rate adjustment approach places the emphasis on determining the interest rate, it is more difficult to apply to complex financial instruments where cash flows are conditional or optional, and where there are uncertainties in addition to credit risk that affect the amount and timing of future cash flows. 

A38 Cash flow adjustment approach. Under the cash flow adjustment approach, the projected cash flows for a financial instrument reflect the uncertainties in timing and amount (i.e., they are weighted according to the probability of their occurrence), and adjusted to reflect the market’s evaluation of the non-diversifiable risk relating to the uncertainty of those cash flows. The cash flow adjustment approach has advantages over the discount rate adjustment approach when an instrument’s cash flows are conditional, optional, or otherwise particularly uncertain for reasons other than credit risk. 

A39 To illustrate this, suppose that an entity holds a financial asset such as a derivative that has no specified cash flows and the entity has estimated that there is a 10 percent probability that it will receive $100; a 60 percent probability that it will receive $200; and a 30 percent probability that it will receive $300. Further, suppose that the cash flows are expected to occur one year from the measurement date regardless of the amount. The expected cash flow is then 10 percent of $100 plus 60 percent of $200 plus 30 percent of $300, which gives a total of $220. The discount rate used to estimate the instrument’s fair value based on that expected cash flow would then be the basic (risk-free) rate adjusted for the premium that market participants would be expected to receive for bearing the uncertainty of expected cash flows with the same level of risk. 

A40 The cash flow adjustment approach also can incorporate uncertainties with respect to the timing of projected cash flows. For example, if the cash flow in the previous example was certain to be $200, and there was a 50 percent chance it would be received in one year and a 50 percent chance it would be received in three years, the present value computation would weight those possibilities accordingly. Because the interest rate for a two-year instrument is not likely to be the weighted average of the rates for one-year and three-year instruments, two separate present value computations would be required. One computation would discount $200 for one year at the basic interest rate for a one-year instrument and the other would discount $200 for three years at the basic interest rate for a three-year instrument. The ultimate result would be determined by probability-weighting the results of the two computations. Since the probabilities of each are 50 percent, the fair value would be the sum of 50 percent of the results of each present value computation, after adjustment for the estimated effect of any non-diversifiable risk related to the uncertainty of the timing of the cash flow. 

A41 The discount rate adjustment approach would be difficult to apply in the previous example because it would be difficult to find a discount rate that would reflect the uncertainties in timing.

 

On December 14, 1999 the FASB issued Exposure Draft 204-B entitled Reporting Financial Instruments and Certain Related Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value.  This document can be downloaded from http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/draft/draftpg.html (Trinity University students can find the document at J:\courses\acct5341\fasb\pvfvalu1.doc ).


"Accounting for Impaired Assets in Bank Credit Analysis, by Roger B Taillon, New York (1) 212-438-7400, Standard & Poor's, July 3, 2002 --- http://www.standardandpoors.com/ 

Accounting for impaired assets not only differs markedly from country to country, it also offers substantial scope for management judgment. The accounting method prescribed and the judgment exercised in following that method has a profound impact on bank balance sheets and income statements. Although not new, accounting for impaired assets probably remains the biggest accounting-related issue in the credit analysis of a bank. Whether triggered by systemic crises or by poor lending practices specific to a single bank, poor asset quality is the most common fundamental cause of bank failure, although a liquidity crisis when depositors or lenders begin to suspect the poor asset quality typically is the proximate cause. Thus, the credit analyst must understand accounting for impaired assets and attempt to adjust for differences in order to make more meaningful comparisons between banks, particularly banks in different countries. For rating purposes, Standard & Poor's will make these adjustments and generally opt for the more conservative accounting techniques, given the dangers of underestimating the extent of (or underreserving for) impaired assets.

The following major issues must be considered in accounting for impaired assets: What is the definition of an impaired asset? To what extent is interest accrued on impaired assets? What is the policy for providing or reserving against losses on impaired assets? What is the policy for finally writing off impaired assets?

Even the terminology of impaired assets differs from system to system. In some countries, both a contra-asset account used to reduce the accounting value of the loan portfolio and the income statement item used to create it are called "loan loss reserves" (or something similar). In other countries, both items are called "provisions." To distinguish between the two in its publications, Standard & Poor's calls the balance sheet item a "reserve" and the income statement item a "provision." Thus, in Standard & Poor's terminology, a provision creates a reserve. When the loan is ultimately judged to be uncollectable, it is either "written off" directly against the income statement or "charged off" by reducing a previously created reserve (although this may also be called a "write-off"). "Write-backs" refer to the reversal of a reserve no longer considered necessary, and "recoveries" refer to the recuperation of all or part of a previously written-off loan. Types of Impaired Assets Impaired assets can include loans, loan-related assets such as foreclosed properties, securities, off-balance-sheet assets such as guarantees receivable, or in-the-money derivatives. Additionally, there can be off-balance-sheet commitments that require provisioning, such as guarantees provided or LOCs payable, where the primary obligor is expected to default, and commitments to lend to problem borrowers. Securitized assets on which the bank still bears the risk are also off balance sheet.

In a number of cases, banks suffering from large amounts of problem loans have "sold" them to special purpose companies, sometimes called "bad banks," designed to remove the problem loan portfolios from the bank's balance sheets and liquidate them. On a few occasions, these companies have been set up by individual banks; more frequently, they have been set up by governments following a systemic crisis. In most cases, these special purpose companies have been funded by the banks, which also bear all or most of the risk of eventual losses. Standard & Poor's puts the assets sold to these companies back on a bank's balance sheet for the purpose of analyzing the amount of a bank's impaired assets and the adequacy of its reserves.

The loan portfolio is typically a bank's largest asset category; it is also the category most likely to suffer impairment. For this reason, knowing the definition of nonperforming loans (NPLs) is the key first step in analyzing asset quality. In the U.S., the definition of nonaccrual loans is standardized as loans that are maintained on a cash basis because of deterioration in the borrower's financial condition, where payment in full of principal or interest is not expected and where principal and interest have been in default for 90 days, unless the asset is both well-secured and in the process of collection. Restructured loans (loans restructured for credit reasons at a below-market interest rate) and "other real estate owned" (OREO, or properties obtained through or in lieu of foreclosure) must also be disclosed and are considered nonperforming.

In other countries, the definition can vary considerably. Nonperforming consumer loans and residential mortgage loans are typically identified by aging, but the past-due period necessary for the loan to be considered nonperforming can vary from as short as 30 days to as long as 180 days. Some countries and banks define delinquency on a contractual basis, and others define it on a recency of payments basis. If delinquency is defined on a recency basis, sometimes only full payments are counted, and sometimes partial payments are sufficient to show the loan as performing. In some countries, there can be different standards for mortgage and other consumer installment loans, with the mortgage loans being put in nonperforming categories only after longer periods.

In terms of corporate loans, in most countries management judgment is the most important factor in deciding whether a loan is classified as nonperforming or not. For certain types of loans, such as overdraft loans, which are very common in some countries such as the U.K., management judgment is actually the only possible standard for determining if the loan is performing or not, since there are no specific maturities as long as the borrower is within its credit limit. Deciding just how liberal or conservative management is in making that judgment is one of the most difficult parts of the analysis and is generally possible only after extensive discussions.

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision proposed a "reference definition" of a default to be used by banks that plan to use the "internal ratings-based approach" to the proposed new capital standards. Under the proposed definition, "a default is considered to have occurred with regard to a particular obligor when one or more of the following events has taken place:

The obligor is unlikely to pay its debt obligations (principal, interest, or fees) in full; A credit loss event associated with any obligation of the obligor, such as a charge-off, specific provision, or distressed restructuring involving the forgiveness or postponement of principal, interest, or fees; The obligor is past due more than 90 days on any credit obligation; or The obligor has filed for bankruptcy or similar protection from creditors." If widely adopted, this definition would lead to greater standardization between countries, but it still relies heavily on management judgment.

There are also differences as to whether a particular loan is considered nonperforming only when it goes into arrears, or if all loans to that legal entity are treated as nonperforming. The most conservative method is to consider all loans to the defaulting entity and loans to closely related entities as nonperforming. In some countries, only that portion of a loan that is actually past due is considered nonperforming. In a few countries, the latter condition is the rule for mortgage loans, but the entire balance of other loans is considered nonperforming.

In addition, restructured loans may or may not be separately disclosed depending on the country. In many countries, the figures for restructured loans will not be disclosed, and loans may be reclassified from nonperforming to performing as soon as they are restructured. In other countries, they will be reclassified to performing only after they have met the new terms for a specified period.

Foreclosed properties are only grouped with NPLs in a few countries, as they are in the U.S. In most countries, they will not be considered in management discussions of nonperforming asset (NPA) trends. However, they frequently are available as a separate category on the balance sheet or else are disclosed in the footnotes.

Although the analysis of impaired assets is focused on the loan portfolio (and the real estate portfolio, to the extent that it represents foreclosed assets), impaired assets can also be present in the securities portfolio, including:

Debt securities either purchased as investments or as loan-equivalents, which have defaulted; and Debt and equity securities received in exchange for loans as part of reorganizations or debt restructurings, or as foreclosed collateral. Equity securities purchased as investments that declined sharply in value might also be considered impaired, but would be looked at separately rather than combined with NPAs.

For analytical purposes, Standard & Poor's believes a broad definition of NPAs is appropriate. According to that definition, NPAs should include:

The full amount of all loans 90 days or more past due, and any other loans to the same legal entity; The full amount of all loans to an entity whose creditworthiness is believed to be impaired to the point where collection is doubtful, which would typically include any closely related entities of borrowers that were nonperforming; All loans restructured at nonmarket rates of interest, even if they are performing according to the new terms; All foreclosed properties, and properties received in lieu of foreclosure; Impaired securities as described above; and Impaired off-balance-sheet assets, including loans sold to problem asset disposition companies where there is recourse back to the bank, and nonperforming securitized assets where the bank retains the risk. To the extent possible, Standard & Poor's will adjust total NPAs to conform to this broad definition. If this is not possible, Standard & Poor's will make qualitative distinctions to recognize the difference in definitions.

Policies on Accrual of Interest Policies related to the accrual of interest on NPAs also differ substantially from country to country. The cleanest method is that which is used currently in most countries, where interest is not accrued on NPLs. Even there, there are differences as to whether interest previously accrued but not received is reversed or capitalized. In addition, the treatment of cash interest received is a matter of management judgment: typically, it would flow into interest income if the bank believed it would likely recoup its principal, but if this were in doubt, it would be used instead to reduce the principal balance on the bank's books. In other countries, interest continues to accrue but is fully provisioned. On a bottom-line basis, this provides the same results as the first policy: net NPAs and net income are the same as they would be under the nonaccrual method. However, a number of line items will differ: gross NPAs, reserves on the balance sheet, gross and net interest income, and loan loss provisions charged to the income statement will all be higher than they would be at banks that use the nonaccrual method. Comparisons between banks in different countries using the two methods will have to be adjusted to take this into account.

From a credit analyst's viewpoint, the most pernicious policy is the methodology of ceasing to accrue interest or provide for it only in those cases where management believes that collateral on the loan will be insufficient for it to recover the interest. This is consistent with "mark-to-market" accounting (which will be covered more generally in a separate article that will be forthcoming from Standard & Poor's). This methodology suffers from the following disadvantages:

It relies more heavily on valuations of collateral. Even if collateral valuations are theoretically correct, a bank may have great difficulty realizing these values. The costs of workout and recovery can be very high. Unless detailed information is provided on how much interest is accrued on NPLs, comparisons with banks using more conservative accounting methods will be impossible. All of these issues concerning accrual of interest apply to restructured loans and nonperforming debt securities as well as to identified NPLs. This is particularly true in restructurings that involve grace periods or extremely low payments in early years, postponing the day of reckoning where the borrower's true ability to repay will be tested.

Unfortunately, it is generally impossible to actually adjust for differences in accrual policies where provisioning for interest is not done fully. However, in many cases the balance sheet asset of accrued interest receivable is available. If this figure grows significantly more rapidly than that of earning assets (taking into account interest rate fluctuations) or the liability item of accrued interest payable, it can be an indication of aggressive accounting.

Policies on Loan Loss Reserves Loan loss reserving policies also differ substantially from country to country, and can vary to a greater or lesser extent among banks within a country. The most conservative policy is to fully write off or reserve for any identified problem loans, as well as to establish general reserves for potential future loan losses that have not yet been identified as problems. In the U.S. the emphasis has been on writing off problem loans, while in most other countries the emphasis has been on reserving. The policy itself is much less important than the adequacy of the amount. Comparison between NPLs in systems emphasizing charge-offs and NPLs in systems emphasizing reserving needs must be made net of reserves, however.

The following factors must be considered in terms of reserves and provisioning:

Are necessary reserves determined based solely on the number of days past due, on regulatory or internal loan classification, or (for the larger loans) on loan-by-loan estimates of loss? To what extent is collateral taken into account in determining necessary reserves, how is its value calculated, and are related costs fully taken into account? How does the percentage coverage of NPLs by reserves compare to regulatory minimums, historical figures, and that of the bank's peers? Have reserves been constituted for other impaired assets, such as securities, and for off-balance-sheet items such as guarantees of debt of problem clients or commitments to lend to them, and are both the income-statement and balance sheet figures disclosed? In addition to (or instead of, if the bank charges off rapidly) "specific" reserves covering individual problem loans, are there "general" reserves? If so, how are they calculated? Are there also "country risk reserves"? How does the tax treatment of the provisions affect the adequacy of the reserves? Are loan loss provisions shown only as net, or are both gross new provisions and write-backs disclosed? Generally, reserves that are determined based on loan-by-loan analysis for corporate loans are preferable to those that are determined based on some mechanical method, assuming they are conservatively estimated. Unfortunately, it is also more difficult to judge how conservative such reserves are, although detailed discussions with management can help. From a credit rating viewpoint, the ideal is probably a situation in which the reserve on a given loan is the larger of (a) a minimum based on the number of days past due, or (b) the necessary amount estimated through detailed analysis.

For consumer and residential mortgage loans, typically the reserve amount will be determined through a formula either based on the aging of the portfolio or on the bank's experience with the particular type of loan.

Similarly, from a credit rating viewpoint, one needs to be very skeptical of taking collateral into account in determining the adequacy of reserves. There are difficulties in valuing the collateral, with banks often using valuations assuming "normal" markets when they are in the midst of a recession with markets falling sharply. There can be legal and other difficulties in foreclosing, and these difficulties intensify in bad economic times. Even if banks eventually can foreclose, substantial costs may be involved that may not have been fully taken into account in the valuations. Finally, in a bad market, even if the bank can foreclose, it may be difficult to sell the collateral.

Provisions taken against foreclosed assets, impaired securities, off-balance-sheet items, and the like also must be aggregated with the loan loss provisions in order to judge the bank's credit track record. These provisions frequently are included in securities losses or other expenses, and they may or may not be disclosed in the footnotes.

Write-backs of provisions are generally (but not always) disclosed separately for banks that emphasize specific reserves. Sometimes necessary reserves are added up and then compared to those of the previous period, with the difference being the loan loss provision, so there are no gross and write-back figures available. The more robust method calls for looking at each loan individually, recording new and increased reserves separately from decreased reserves. The total of the new reserves and the increases to the reserves is the gross new provision, and the total of the decreases in reserves is the write-back figure. These separate figures are usually disclosed in the footnotes. The loan loss provision shown on the income statement is normally the net figure, although it is sometimes the gross figure, with write-backs included in other income. Ideally, specific and general provisions are disclosed separately. When the information is available, Standard & Poor's will use net new provisions as the expense item, but it will analyze the separate components to help evaluate the conservatism of a bank's reserving policies.

Charge-Off Policies Charge-off policies are subject to most of the same considerations as reserving policies. This is true at banks such as those in the U.S., which are more likely to charge off quickly than they are to create a specific reserve. In most countries, however, the issue of when and how much of a loan is actually charged off is much less important. In these countries, loans are not charged off until: The borrower has completely gone through the bankruptcy process, or the bank is nearly certain it will not recover anything for other reasons; A time period prescribed by regulation has elapsed; The tax authorities allow them to; or Some combination of the above. Even in these cases, however, the analyst must be aware of the charge-off procedures to make more meaningful comparisons of bank loan loss records: if charge-offs are quick, NPAs will tend to be low compared to where charge-offs take longer. Loan loss reserves also tend to be lower at banks where charge-offs are quicker; if not, it is probably a sign of more conservative accounting.

Tax Treatment of Impaired Assets Finally, there is the question of tax treatment. In some countries, banks account for the tax benefits of a loan loss when the provision is made, even though the loss cannot be taken for tax purposes until the charge-off is made. Where there is a big delay between the two and loan loss provisions are increasing more rapidly than charge-offs, banks can build up large deferred tax assets, which can amount to a substantial proportion of reported equity. This was the case for both the Japanese and the Mexican banks in the 1990s. Analysts had to question when or even whether the banks would actually be able to realize these future tax benefits, taking into account both the difficulties in getting charge-offs accepted by tax authorities and whether profits would be sufficient to use the tax benefits, even if the charge-offs were allowed. On the other hand, if provisions or certain types of provisions are not deductible for tax purposes, and the bank does not immediately account for the deferred tax benefit, the bank will be able to realize and account for these benefits in the future. Thus, reserves created without booking the tax benefits can cover more than their face value of loan losses, if the future charge-off is tax deductible and the bank has taxable income at the time the charge-off is made.


Fair Value Exposure Draft
FAS 133 is arguably the most complex, controversial, and tentative standard ever issued by the FASB.  It is not tentative in terms of required implementation, but it may fade in prominence if and when the FASB issues its proposed fair value standard for all financial instruments.  The first exposure draft on this even more controversial proposal is given in Exposure Draft 204-B entitled Reporting Financial Instruments and Certain Related Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value. See updated information on this at http://www.fasb.org/project/fv_measurement.shtml 


Option Pricing : Modeling and Extracting State-Price Densities A New Methodology by Christian Perkner
ISBN 3-258-06101-7  http://www.haupt.ch/asp/titels.asp?o=f&objectId=3372 

The focus of this book is on the valuation of financial derivatives. A derivative (e.g. a financial option) can be defined as a contract promising a payoff that is contingent upon the unknown future state of a risky security. The goal of this book is to illustrate two different perspectives of modern option pricing:

Part I: The normative viewpoint: How does (how should) option pricing theory arrive at the fair value for such a contingent claim? What are crucial assumptions? What is the line of argument? How does this theory (e.g. Black-Scholes) perform in reality?

Part II: The descriptive viewpoint: How are options truly priced in the financial markets? What do option prices tell us about the expectations of market participants? Do investor preferences play a role in the valuation of a derivative?

To answer both questions, the author introduces an insightful valuation framework that consists of five elements. Its central component is the so called state-price density - a density that represents the market's valuation of $1 received in various states of the world. It turns out that the shape of this density is the crucial aspect when determining the price of an option.

The book illustrates several techniques allowing the flexible modeling of the state-price density. Implementation issues are discussed using real datasets and numerical examples, implications of the various modeling techniques are analyzed, and results are presented that significantly improve standard option pricing theory.

Also see Option and Option Pricing Theory

Bob Jensen's threads on valuation of derivative financial instruments can be found at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

 

 

Fair Value Hedge =

a hedge that bases its periodic settlements on changes in value of an asset or liability. This type of hedge is most often used for forecasted purchases or sales. See FAS 133 Paragraphs 20-27,104-110, 111-120, 186, 191-193, 199, 362-370, 422-425, 431-457, and 489-491. The FASB intends to incrementally move towards fair value accounting for all financial instruments, but the FASB feels that it is too much of a shock for constituents to abruptly shift to fair value accounting for all such instruments.  See Paragraph 247 on Page 132, Paragraph 331 on Page 159, Paragraph 335 on Page 160, and Paragraph 321 on Page 156.  The IASC adopted the same definition of a fair value hedge except that the hedge has also to affect reported net income (See IAS 39 Paragraph 137a)

Flow Chart for Fair Value Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

Held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for fair value risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133.  See held-to-maturity.

In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.  One of these types is described in Section a and Footnote 2 below:

Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a derivative instrument as follows:

a.
A hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability, or of an unrecognized firm commitment, \2/ that are attributable to a particular risk (referred to as a fair value hedge)
==========================================================================
Footnote 2
\2/ An unrecognized firm commitment can be viewed as an executory contract that represents both a right and an obligation. When a previously unrecognized firm commitment that is designated as a hedged item is accounted for in accordance with this Statement, an asset or a liability is recognized and reported in the statement of financial position related to the recognition of the gain or loss on the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent references to an asset or a liability in this Statement include a firm commitment.
==========================================================================

With respect to Section a above, a firm commitment cannot have a cash flow risk exposure because the gain or loss is already booked.  For example, a contract of 10,000 units per month at $200 per unit is unrecognized and has a cash flow risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further cash flow risk exposure. The booked firm commitment, however, can have a fair value risk exposure.

Generally assets and liabilities must be carried on the books at cost (or not be carried at all as unrecognized firm commitments) in order to host fair value hedges.  The hedged item may not be revalued according to Paragraph 21c on Page 14 of SFAS 113.  However, since GAAP prescribes lower-of-cost-or market write downs (LCM) for certain types of assets such as inventories and receivables, it makes little sense if LCM assets cannot also host fair value hedges. Paragraph 336 on Page 160 does not discuss LCM.  It is worth noting, however, that Paragraph 336 on Page 160 does not support fair value adjustments of hedged items at the inception of a hedge.

The hedging instrument (e.g., a forecasted transaction or firm commitment) must meet the stringent criteria for being defined as a derivative financial instrument under FAS 133.   This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely related.  It also includes strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 , 29 beginning on Page 20, and Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host contracts that are being hedged.  Those tests state that if the forecasted "transaction" is in reality a group or portfolio of individual transactions, all transactions in the group must bear the same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in Paragraph 21.   Also see Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133.  The grouping tests are elaborated upon in the following Paragraphs:

  • Paragraph 21 on Page 13,

  • Paragraph 29 beginning on Page 20,

  • Paragraph 241 on Page 130,

  • Paragraph317 on Page 155,

  • Paragraphs 333-334 beginning on Page 159,

  • Paragraph 432 on Page 192,

  • Paragraph 435 on Page 193,

  • Paragraph 443-450 beginning on Page 196

  • Paragraph 462 on Page 202,

  • Paragraph 477 on Page 208.

For example, a group of variable rate notes indexed in the same way upon LIBOR might qualify, whereas having different indices such as LIBOR and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not qualify.    Also, anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated sales in the same grouping designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the same underlying.   Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133 makes an exception for a portfolio of differing risk exposures for financial instruments designated in foreign currencies so not to conflict with Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.   For more detail see cash flow hedge and foreign currency hedge.

Those tests also state that a compound grouping of multiple derivatives (e.g., a portfolio of options or futures or forward contracts or any combination thereof) is prohibited from "separating a derivative into either separate proportions or separate portions and designating any component as a hedging instrument or designating different components as hedges of different exposures."   See Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167 of FAS 133.  Paragraphs dealing with compound derivative issues include the following:

  • Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9,

  • Footnote 13 on Page 29,

  • Paragraphs 360-362 beginning on Page 167,

  • Paragraph 413 on Page 186,

  • Paragraphs 523-524 beginning on Page 225.

Paragraph 18 on Page 10 does allow a single derivative to be divided into components provided but never with partitioning of   "different risks and designating each component as a hedging instrument."   An example using Dutch guilders versus French francs is given under cash flow hedge.

One question that arises is whether a hedged item and its hedge may have different maturity dates.  Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9 of FAS 133 rules out hedges such as interest rate swaps from having a longer maturity than the hedged item such as a variable rate loan or receivable.  On the other hand, having a shorter maturity is feasible according to KPMG's Example 13 beginning on Page 225 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998) states the following.  A portion of that example reads as follows:

Although the criteria specified in paragraph 28(a) of the Standard do not address whether a portion of a single transaction may be identified as a hedged item, we believer that the proportion principles discussed in fair value hedging model also apply to forecasted transactions.

The difference between a forward exchange rate and a spot rate is not excluded from a fair value hedging relationship for firm commitments measured in forward rates.  However Footnote 22 on Page 68 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

If the hedged item were a foreign-currency-denominated available-for-sale security instead of a firm commitment, Statement 52 would have required its carrying value to be measured using the spot exchange rate. Therefore, the spot-forward difference would have been recognized immediately in earnings either because it represented ineffectiveness or because it was excluded from the assessment of effectiveness.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.  See written option.

Fair value hedges are accounted for in a similar manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39.  Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Definition
a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (such as a hedge of exposure to changes in the fair value of fixed rate debt as a result of changes in interest rates).

However, a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a cash flow hedge

IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
To the extent that the hedge is effective, the gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value is recognised immediately in net profit or loss. At the same time, the corresponding gain or loss on the hedged item adjusts the carrying amount of the hedged item and is recognised immediately in net profit or loss.

 

FAS 133 Fair Value Hedge Definition:
Same as IAS 39

...except that a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.


SFAS Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
Same as IAS 39

 

a. The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value should be recognized immediately in earnings; and

b. The gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk should adjust the carrying amount of the hedged item and be recognized immediately in earnings.

c. This applies even if a hedged item is otherwise measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized directly  in equity under paragraph 103b.  It also applies if the hedged item is otherwise measured at cost. 
(IAS 39 Paragraph 153)
See IAS 39 Paragraph 154 for example
.

Derivatives cannot hedge derivatives for accounting purposes -- now or under FASB 133," Bass said. "Does Dave [Duncan] think his accounting works even under FASB 133? No way."
Carl Bass, Andersen Auditor in 1999 who asked to be removed from Enron's audit review responsibilities --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm#Bass
 
The main reasons are given in FAS Paragraph 405.  FAS 133 Paragraph 21(2)(c) disallows hedged items to be derivative financial instruments for accounting purposes, because derivative instruments are carried at fair value and cannot therefore be hedged items in fair value hedges.  Also see Paragraphs 405-407.  Paragraph 472 prohibits derivatives from be designated hedged items any type of hedge, including cash flow, fair value, and foreign exchange hedges.  The reason is that derivatives under FAS 133 must be adjusted to fair value with the offset going to current earnings.  This is tantamount to the "equity method" referred to in Paragraph 472.  More importantly from the standpoint of Enron transactions, Paragraphs 230 and 432  prohibit a firm's own equity shares from being hedged items for accounting purposes.  Whenever a firm hedges the value of its own shares, FAS 133 does not allow hedge accounting treatment.

Also see hedge and hedge accounting.

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges Create Fair Value Risk

Cash flow risk commonly arises in forecasted transactions with an unknown value of the underlying.  Interbank rates that banks charge each other is often used for benchmarking in hedge effectiveness testing.  For example, suppose the underlying is a benchmarked interest rate is the ever-popular London Inter-bank Offering Rate (LIBOR) where a firm borrows $1 million for two years at a  fixed rate of 6.41%.  This loan has fair value risk since the amount required to pay the loan off prematurely at the end of any quarter will vary with interest rate movements in the same manner as bond prices move up and down depending upon the spot market of interest rates such as LIBOR.    The loan does not have cash flow risk since the interest rate is locked in at 6.41% (divided by four) for each quarterly interest payment.

The firm can lock in fixed fair value by entering into some type of derivative such as an interest rate swap contract that will pay a variable benchmarked rate that moves up and down with interest rates.  For example, assume the receivable leg of the swap  is fixed at 6.65%.  Each quarter the difference between 6.65% and the current spot rate of LIBOR determines the net settlement of the interest rate swap payment that locks in a fixed return of 6.65% + 2%.  To read more about this particular cash flow hedge and the hedge accounting that is allowed under FAS 133, go to Example 5 in Appendix B of FAS 133 beginning with Paragraph 131.  Bob Jensen elaborates and extends this example with a video and Excel workbook at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

Financial instruments have a notional and an underlying.  For example, an underlying might be a commodity price and the notional is the quantity such as price of corn and the quantity of corn.  An underlying might be an interest rate such as the U.S. Treasury rate of the London Inter-bank Offering Rate and the notional might be the principal such as the $10 million face value of 10,000 bonds having a face value of $1,000 each.

The unhedged investment of $10 million has cash flow risk but no fair value risk.  The hedged investment has no cash flow risk but the subsequent combination of the hedge and the hedged item creates fair value risk.  The fair value of the interest rate swap used as the hedging instrument fluctuates up and down with the current spot rate of LIBOR used in determining the quarterly swap payments.  For example, in Example 5 mentioned above, the swap begins with a zero value but moves up to a fair value of $24,850 a the end of the first quarter, $73,800 at the end of the second quarter, and even drops to a negative ($42,820) after four quarters.

Companies do trillions of dollars worth of cash flow  hedging with interest rate swaps.  Two enormous examples are Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  Both of these giant companies hedge millions of dollars of outstanding fixed-rate mortgage investments with interest rate swaps that lock in fair value.  You can read more about their cash flow hedging strategy in their annual reports for Years 2001, 2002, and 2003.  Both companies made headlines for not complying with FAS 133 hedge accounting years.  See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

 

Fair Value Hedges Create Cash Flow Risk

Fair value risk commonly arises in fore firm commitments with a contracted value of the underlying.  For example, suppose the underlying is a benchmarked interest rate such as the London Inter-bank Offering Rate (LIBOR) where a firm invests $10 million for two years that pays a quarterly return of the spot rate for LIBOR plus 2.25%.  This investment has cash flow risk since the quarterly values of LIBOR are unknown.  The investment does not fair value risk since the value is locked in at $10 million due to the fact that the returns are variable rather than fixed.  

The firm can lock in a fixed return rate by entering into some type of derivative such as an interest rate swap contract that will lock in the current LIBOR forward rate.  For example, assume the payable leg of the swap  is fixed at 6.41%.  Each quarter the difference between 6.41% and the current spot rate of LIBOR determines the net settlement of the interest rate swap payment that will vary with interest rate movements.  To read more about this particular cash flow hedge and the hedge accounting that is allowed under FAS 133, go to Example 2 in Appendix B of FAS 133 beginning with Paragraph 111.  Bob Jensen elaborates and extends this example with a video and Excel workbook at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

The unhedged loan of $1 million has fair value risk but no fair value risk.  The hedged investment has no fair value risk but the subsequent combination of the hedge and the hedged item creates cash flow risk.  If the hedge is perfectly effective,  fair value of the interest rate swap used as the hedging instrument fluctuates exactly to offset any value change in the loan such that the combined value of the loan plus the swap is fixed at $1 million. For example, in Example 2 mentioned above, the swap begins with a zero value but down down to a fair value of a negative liability of )$16,025) when the value of the loan drops to ($998,851) such that the sum of the two values is the constant $1 million.  The swap costs the borrower an outflow of $16,025 at the end of the first quarter to offset the decline in the value of the loan.  

The point here is that a hedge for fair value risk creates cash flow risk.  

Why would a firm want to enter into a fair value hedge that causes cash flow risk?  There can be many reasons, but one is that the borrower may predict that interest rates are going to fall and it would be advantageous to prepay the fixed-rate loan at some point in time before maturity and borrow at anticipated lower rates.  In Example 2 mentioned above, LIBOR dropped to 6.31% in the fourth quarter such at the firm would have to pay $1,001,074 to prepay the loan (e.g., by buying it back in the market).  However, due to the hedge, the interest rate swap would pay $1,074 such that the net cost is only the $1 million locked in fair value fixed by the interest rate swap hedge.

Companies do a somewhat surprising amount of fair value hedging with interest rate swaps.  Two enormous examples are Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  Both of these giant companies hedge millions of dollars of outstanding variable rate debt with interest rate swaps that lock in fair value.  Both companies thereby create cash flow risk.  Fannie Mae lost $24 billion in derivatives trading, and much of this was due to fair value hedging.  See "$25 Billion in Derivatives Losses at Fannie Mae" --- http://worldvisionportal.org/WVPforum/viewtopic.php?t=192 

An independent analysis of Fannie's accounts suggests it may have incurred losses on its derivatives trading of $24bn between 2000 and third-quarter 2003. That figure represents nearly all of the $25.1bn used to purchase or settle transactions in that period. Any net losses will eventually have to be recognised on Fannie Mae's balance sheet, depressing future profits.

You can read more about Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac fair value hedging strategy in their annual reports for Years 2001, 2002, and 2003.  Both companies made headlines for not complying with FAS 133 hedge accounting years.  See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm

To see how banks use/misuse derivatives, see tranches

FAS 133 = See SFAS 133

FASB = See Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)

 

FIN 46
What's Right and What's Wrong With (SPEs), SPVs, and VIEs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm 

Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) =

Financial Accounting Standards Board, P.O. Box 5116, Norwalk, CT 06856-5116. Phone: 203-847-0700 and Fax: 203-849-9714.  The web site is at http://www.fasb.org/ .  See FAS 133.

On December 14, 1999 the FASB issued Exposure Draft 204-B entitled Reporting Financial Instruments and Certain Related Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value.  This document can be downloaded from http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/  (Trinity University students can find the document at J:\courses\acct5341\fasb\pvfvalu1.doc ).

Also see International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and IAS 39

Financial Instrument =

cash, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity, or a contract that both:

Imposes on one entity a contractual obligation (1) to deliver cash or another financial instrument to a second entity or (2) to exchange other financial instruments on potentially unfavorable terms with the second entity

Conveys to that second entity a contractual right (1) to receive cash or another financial instrument from the first entity or (2) to exchange other financial instruments on potentially favorable terms with the first entity.

The definition of financial instrument includes commodity-based contracts that provide the holder with an option to receive from the issuer either a financial instrument or a nonfinancial commodity.  See derivative financial instrument.

Firm Commitment =

an agreement with an unrelated party, usually legally enforceable, under which performance is probable because of a sufficiently large disincentive for nonperformance.  For example, even though a company expects future dividends from an investment to continue at a fixed rate, future dividends are not firm commitments unless there are disincentives for failure to declare dividends.   There might be such disincentives in the case of preferred dividends, but there are no such disincentives for common stock dividends.  Disincentives for nonperformance may not be indirect opportunity gains or losses according to Paragraph 540 beginning on Page 243 of FAS 133.  Paragraph 540 on Page 244 defines a firm commitment as follows:

An agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics:

a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign currency. It may also be expressed as a specified interest rate or specified effective yield.

b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is sufficiently large to make performance probable.

Section b above is judgmental.  The best way to meet this condition is to spell out the penalties for nonperformance in the contract.  But there are many situations where legal recourse is implicit as a matter of statute or tradition.  Must the "agreement disincentives"  be spelled out in each contract?  Clearly there are many situations in which disincentives are implicit in the law.  There are many others in which it is not so much legal as it is economic disincentives requiring laying off of workers, closing down of plants, negative publicity, etc.  Economic disincentives, however, are far more difficult to use in distinguishing firm commitments from forecasted transactions.

To my students I like to relate firm commitments and forecasted transactions to purchase commitments or sales contracts that call for future delivery.  If the contract specifies an exact quantity at a fixed (firm) price, the commitment is deemed a "firm commitment."   Cash flow is never in doubt with a firm (fixed-price) commitments and, therefore, a firm commitment cannot be hedged by a cash flow hedge.  For example, suppose Company A enters into a purchase contract to purchase 10,000 tons of a commodity for $600 per ton in three months time.  This a firm commitment without any doubt about the cash flows.  However, if the price is contracted at "spot price" in three months, the commitment is no longer a "firm" commitment.  The clause "spot price" makes this a forecasted transaction for 10,000 at a future price that can can move up or down from its current level.  It is possible to enter into a cash flow hedge with a derivative instrument that will lock in price of a forecasted transaction.  In the case of a firm commitment there is no need for a cash flow hedge.

In the case of a firm commitment the cash flow is fixed but the value can vary with spot prices.  For example, in three months time the firm commitment cash flow may be ($600)($10,000) = $6,000,000.  If the spot price moves to $500, the cash flow is more than the value of the commodity at the time of purchase.  It is possible, however, to use a derivative financial instrument to hedge the value at a given level (called a fair value hedge) such that if the spot rate falls to $500, the hedge will pay ($600-$500)(10,000 tons) =  $1,000,000.

In the case of a forecasted transaction at spot rates, the value stays fixed at ($ spot rate)(10,000 tons).  However, the cash flow accordingly varies.  It is possible to enter into a cash flow hedge using a derivative financial instrument, however, such that the cash flow is fixed a desired level.  In summary either cash flows are fixed and values vary (i.e., a fixed commitment) or cash flows vary and values are fixed (forecasted transaction).  If hedging takes place, firm commitments are only hedged with respect to value, whereas forecasted transactions are only hedged as to cash flow.  

I think the FASB really intends that the disincentives or penalties must be legally specified for each firm commitment to a point where these specifications will invoke very serious damages after a court in case for any breach of contract.   Section b is probably best interpreted in terms of its main purpose.  The main purpose, I surmise, is to distinguish a firm commitment from both a forecasted transaction and a common form of purchase contract that is easily broken with few if any penalties.  For example, a newspaper's 80-year agreement to purchase newsprint from a paper manufacturer might be broken with relatively small damages if the trees needed for the newsprint have not even been planted.  That type of purchase agreement is not a firm commitment.  It would seem, however, that Section b must be a matter of judgment regarding degrees of "firmness." rather than the mere writing in of any form of penalty for breach of contract.

See DIG Implementation Issue A5 under net settlement.

Differences between firm commitments versus forecasted transactions are elaborated upon in Paragraphs 320-326 beginning on Page 157 of FAS 133.  Respondents did not necessarily agree that the differences are important.   The FASB argues that they are important.  As a result,  firm commitments do not need cash flow hedges unless there is foreign currency risk.  They may   need fair value hedging since values may vary from committed prices.   According to Paragraph 325, forecasted transactions have fewer rights and obligations vis-a-vis firm commitments.  All significant terms of the exchange should be specified in the agreement, including the quantity to be exchanged and the fixed price.  A forecasted transaction has no contractual rights and obligations.  Firm commitments differ from long-term purchase commitments. Generally long-term purchase agreements such as agreements to purchase timber of trees not yet planted or oil not yet pumped from the ground can usually be broken with a relatively small amount of penalty equal to damages sustained in the breaking of a contract. A firm commitment usually entails damage awards equal to or more than the contractual commitment. Hence they are less likely to be broken than purchase commitments. Firm commitments are discussed at various points in FAS 133.  See Paragraphs 37, 362, 370, 437-442, and 458-462.

Firm commitments can have fair value hedges even though they cannot have cash flow hedges other than cash flow hedges of foreign currency risk exposures --- see Paragraph 20 on Page 11 and Paragraph 37 on Page 24 of FAS 133.  They can be contracted in terms of a currency other than the designated functinal currency.   Gains and losses on fair value hedges of firm commitments are accounted for in current earnings following guidance in Paragraph 39 on Page 25 of FAS 133.  If the firm commitment is recognized, it is by definition booked and its loss or gain is already accounted for. For example, a purchase contract for 10,000 units per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit is unrecognized and has a foreign currency risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further foreign currency risk exposure.  See derivative financial instrument.

With respect to Firm Commitments vs. Forward Contracts, the key distinction is Part b of Paragraph 540 of the original FAS 133 (I have an antique copy of the original FAS 133 Standard.)

Those of us into FAS 133’s finer points have generally assumed a definitional distinction between a “firm commitment” purchase contract to buy a commodity at a contract price versus a forward contract to purchase the commodity at a contracted forward price. The distinction is important, because FAS 133 requires booking a forward contract and adjusting it to fair value at reporting dates if actual physical delivery is not highly likely such that the NPNS exception under Paragraph 10(b) of FAS 133 cannot be assumed to avoid booking.

The distinction actually commences with forecasted transactions that include purchase contracts for a fixed notional (such as 100,000 gallons of fuel) at an uncertain underlying (such as the spot price of fuel on the actual future date of purchase). Such purchase contracts are typically not booked. These forecasted transactions become “firm commitments” if the future purchase price is contracted in advance (such $2.23 per gallon for a future purchase three months later). Firm commitments are typically not booked under FAS 133 rules, but they may be hedged with fair value hedges using derivative financial instruments. Forecasted transactions (with no contracted price) can be hedged with cash flow hedges using derivative contracts.

There is an obscure rule (not FAS 133) that says an allowance for firm commitment loss must be booked for an unhedged firm commitment if highly significant (material) loss is highly probable due to a nose dive in the spot market. But this obscure rule will be ignored here.

One distinction between a firm commitment contract and a forward contract is that a forward contract’s net settlement, if indeed it is net settled, is based on the difference between spot price and forward price at the time of settlement. Net settlement takes the place of penalties for non-delivery of the actual commodity (most traders never want pork bellies dumped in their front lawns). Oil companies typically take deliveries some of the time, but like electric companies these oil companies generally contract for far more product than will ever be physically delivered. Usually this is due to difficulties in predicting peak demand.

A firm commitment is gross settled at the settlement date if no other net settlement clause is contained in the contract. If an oil company does not want a particular shipment of contracted oil, the firm commitment contract is simply passed on to somebody needing oil or somebody willing to offset (book out) a purchase contract with a sales contract. Pipelines apparently have a clearing house for such firm commitment transferals of “paper gallons” that never flow through a pipeline. Interestingly, fuel purchase contracts are typically well in excess (upwards of 100 times) the capacities of the pipelines.  

The contentious FAS 133 booking out problem was settled for electricity companies in FAS 149. But it was not resolved in the same way for other companies. Hence for all other companies the distinction between a firm commitment contract and a forward price contract is crucial.

In some ways the distinction between a firm commitment versus a forward contract may be somewhat artificial. The formal distinction, in my mind, is the existence of a net settlement (spot price-forward price) clause in a forward contract that negates a “significant penalty” clause of a firm commitment contract.

The original FAS 133 (I still have this antique original version) had a glossary that reads as follows in Paragraph 540:

Firm commitment

An agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and
usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics:

a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the
quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the
transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified
amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign
currency. It may also be expressed as a specified interest rate
or specified effective yield.

b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is
sufficiently large to make performance probable.

The key distinction between a firm commitment and a forward contract seems to be Part b above that implies physical delivery backed by a “sufficiently large” penalty if physical delivery is defaulted.  The net settlement (spot-forward) provision of forward contracts generally void Part b penalties even when physical delivery was originally intended.

Firm commitments have greater Part b penalties for physical non-conformance than do forward contracts. But in the case of the pipeline industry, Part b technical provisions in purchase contracts generally are not worrisome because of a market clearing house for such contracts (the highly common practice of booking out such contracts by passing along purchase contracts to parties with sales contracts, or vice versa, that can be booked out) when physical delivery was never intended. For example, in the pipeline hub in question (in Oklahoma) all such “paper gallon” contracts are cleared against each other on the 25th of every month. By “clearing” I mean that “circles” of buyers and sellers are identified such that these parties themselves essentially net out deals. In most cases the deals are probably based upon spot prices, although the clearing house really does not get involved in negotiations between buyers and sellers of these “paper gallons.”

See Bookout and Forward Transaction  

In Paragraph 440 beginning on Page 195 of FAS 133, the definition of a firm commitment reads the same as is does in Paragraph 540:

An agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics:

a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign
currency. It also may be expressed as a specified interest rate or specified effective yield.

b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is
sufficiently large to make performance probable.

That definition is based on the definition of a firm commitment in
Statements 52 and 80
.

Paragraph 324 on Page 157 also declares that firm commitments must be fixed-price contracts. Also see Paragraphs 370, 416, and 432 of FAS 133.  Contracts not having fixed prices are generally not allowed to host fair value hedges.   An illustration of a fair value hedge of a firm commitment begins in Paragraph 121 on Page 67 of FAS 133.  Disincentives for nonperformance can be direct penalties, but they may not be indirect opportunity gains or losses according to Paragraph 540 beginning on Page 243 of FAS 133.

Some firm commitments are not booked at the time of the contract.  For example, purchase contracts for raw materials are not booked until title changes hands or prepayment takes place.  Unrecognized firm commitments, unlike recognized firm commitment, are not booked as assets or liabilities.  Footnote 2 on Page 2 of SFAS reads as follows:

An unrecognized firm commitment can be viewed as an executory contract that represents both a right and an obligation. When a previously unrecognized firm commitment that is designated as a hedged item is accounted for in accordance with this Statement, an asset or a liability is recognized and reported in the statement of financial position related to the recognition of the gain or loss on the firm commitment. Consequently, subsequent references to an asset or a liability in this Statement include a firm commitment

Footnote 8 on Page 13 of FAS 133 notes how commitments sometimes do and sometimes do not qualify for accounting as firm commitments for hedges:

A firm commitment that represents an asset or liability that a specific accounting standard prohibits recognizing (such as a noncancellable operating lease or an unrecognized mortgage servicing right) may nevertheless be designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge. A mortgage banker's unrecognized "interest rate lock commitment" (IRLC) does not qualify as a firm commitment (because as an option it does not obligate both parties) and thus is not eligible for fair value hedge accounting as the hedged item.  (However, a mortgage banker's "forward sale commitments," which are derivatives that lock in the prices at which the mortgage loans will be sold to investors, may qualify as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges of the forecasted sales of mortgage loans.)

Sometimes even a firm commitment is not eligible for hedge accounting.  For example, a a firm commitment to acquire equity investment in a consolidated subsidiary is not eligible under Paragraph 456 on Page 201 of FAS 133.  Under international rules, a hedged item can be a recognized asset or liability, an unrecognized firm commitment, or a forecasted transaction (IAS 39 Paragraph 127).  Also see FAS 133 Paragraph 21a.

A firm commitment must meet the stringent criteria for being defined as a derivative financial instrument under FAS 133.  This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely related.  It also includes strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 , 29 beginning on Page 20, and Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host contracts that are being hedged.  Those tests state that if the firm "commitment" is in reality a group or portfolio of individual transactions, all transactions in the group must bear the same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in Paragraph 21.   Also see Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133.  The grouping tests are elaborated upon in the following Paragraphs:

  • Paragraph 21 on Page 13,

  • Paragraph 29 beginning on Page 20,

  • Paragraph 241 on Page 130,

  • Paragraph317 on Page 155,

  • Paragraphs 333-334 beginning on Page 159,

  • Paragraph 432 on Page 192,

  • Paragraph 435 on Page 193,

  • Paragraph 443-450 beginning on Page 196

  • Paragraph 462 on Page 202,

  • Paragraph 477 on Page 208.

For example, a group of variable rate notes indexed in the same way upon LIBOR might qualify, whereas having different indices such as LIBOR and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not qualify.    Also, anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated sales in the same grouping designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the same underlying.   Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133 makes an exception for a portfolio of differing risk exposures for financial instruments designated in foreign currencies so not to conflict with Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
Fair value hedge definition
: a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (such as a hedge of exposure to changes in the fair value of fixed rate debt as a result of changes in interest rates).

However, a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a cash flow hedge

FAS 133
Same...

...except that a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.

Also see forecasted transaction and hedge accounting.

 

Fixed-to-Floating = see floater.

Floater =

a variable coupon (nominal) rate that determines the interim cash flows on bond debt and bond investments.   Example 12 in FAS 133 Paragraph 178 illustrates an inverse floater where the coupon rate varies with changes in an interest rate index such as the prime rate or LIBOR.  Example 13 in Paragraph 179 illustrates a levered inverse floater that varies indirectly rather than directly with an index.  Example 14 in Paragraph 180 illustrates a delivered floater that has a lagged relation to an index.   Example 15 in Paragraph 15 illustrates a range floater with a cash payment based upon the number of days that the referent index stays with a a pre-established collar (range).  Example 16 illustrates a ratchet floater that has an adjustable cap and floor that move in relation to a referent index such as LIBOR.  Example 17 in Paragraph 183 illustrates a fixed-to-floating floater varies between fixed rate periods versus floating rate periods. 

Much of the concern in FAS 133 accounting focuses on whether a floater-based embedded option can be separated from its host.  For example suppose a bond receivable has a variable interest rate with an embedded range floater derivative that specifies a collar of 4% to 8% based upon LIBOR.  The bond holder receives no interest payments in any period where the average LIBOR is outside the collar.  In this case, the range floater embedded option cannot be isolated and accounted for apart from the host bond contract.  The reason is that the option is clearly and closely related to the interest payments under the host contract (i.e., it can adjust the interest rate).  See Paragraph 12 beginning on Page 7 of FAS 133.   An example of a range floater is provided beginning in Paragraph 181 on Page 95 of FAS 133.

A ratchet floater pays a floating interest rate with an adjustable cap and an adjustable floor.  The embedded derivatives must be accounted for separately under Paragraph 12.  An example is provided in Paragraph 182 beginning on Page 95 of FAS 133.

Some debt has a combination of fixed and floating components.  For example, a "fixed-to-floating" rate bond is one that starts out at a fixed rate and at some point (pre-determined or contingent) changes to a variable rate.   This type of bond has a embedded derivative (i.e., a forward component for the variable rate component that adjusts the interest rate in later periods.   Since the forward component is  "clearly-and-closely related"adjustment of interest of the host contract, it cannot be accounted for separately according to Paragraph 12a on Page 7 of FAS 133 (unless conditions in Paragraph 13 apply).  See also Paragraph 21a(2) on Page 14 of FAS 133.  An example of a fixed-to-floating rate debt is provided beginning in Paragraph 183 on Page 196 of FAS 133.

Floor = see cap.

Forecasted Transaction =

a transaction that is expected, with high probability, to occur but as to which there has been no firm commitment. Particularly important is the absence penalties for breach of contract.  Paragraph 540 on Page 245 of FAS 133 defines it as follows:

A transaction that is expected to occur for which there is no firm commitment. Because no transaction or event has yet occurred and the transaction or event when it occurs will be at the prevailing market price, a forecasted transaction does not give an entity any present rights to future benefits or a present obligation for future sacrifices

To my students I like to relate firm commitments and forecasted transactions to purchase commitments or sales contracts that call for future delivery.  If the contract specifies an exact quantity at a fixed (firm) price, the commitment is deemed a "firm commitment."   Cash flow is never in doubt with a firm (fixed-price) commitments and, therefore, a firm commitment cannot be hedged by a cash flow hedge.  For example, suppose Company A enters into a purchase contract to purchase 10,000 tons of a commodity for $600 per ton in three months time.  This a firm commitment without any doubt about the cash flows.  However, if the price is contracted at "spot price" in three months, the commitment is no longer a "firm" commitment.  The clause "spot price" makes this a forecasted transaction for 10,000 at a future price that can can move up or down from its current level.  It is possible to enter into a cash flow hedge with a derivative instrument that will lock in price of a forecasted transaction.  In the case of a firm commitment there is no need for a cash flow hedge.

In the case of a firm commitment the cash flow is fixed but the value can vary with spot prices.  For example, in three months time the firm commitment cash flow may be ($600)($10,000) = $6,000,000.  If the spot price moves to $500, the cash flow is more than the value of the commodity at the time of purchase.  It is possible, however, to use a derivative financial instrument to hedge the value at a given level (called a fair value hedge) such that if the spot rate falls to $500, the hedge will pay ($600-$500)(10,000 tons) =  $1,000,000.

In the case of a forecasted transaction at spot rates, the value stays fixed at ($ spot rate)(10,000 tons).  However, the cash flow accordingly varies.  It is possible to enter into a cash flow hedge using a derivative financial instrument, however, such that the cash flow is fixed a desired level.  In summary either cash flows are fixed and values vary (i.e., a fixed commitment) or cash flows vary and values are fixed (forecasted transaction).  If hedging takes place, firm commitments are only hedged with respect to value, whereas forecasted transactions are only hedged as to cash flow. 

 

Because no transaction or event has yet occurred and the transaction or event when it occurs will be at the prevailing market price, a forecasted transaction does not give an entity any present rights to future benefits or obligations for future sacrifices.  Firm commitments differ from forecasted transactions in terms of legal rights and obligations.  A forecasted transaction has no contractual rights and obligations. Forecasted transactions are referred to at various points in FAS 133. For example, see FAS 133 Paragraphs 29-35, 93, 358, 463-465, 472-473, and 482-487. A forecasted transaction, unlike a firm commitment, may need a cash flow hedge.  

Paragraph 29b on Page 20 of FAS 133 requires that the forecasted transaction be probable.  Important in this criterion would be past sales and purchases transactions.  An on-going baking company, for example, must purchase flour.  It does not have to purchase materials for a plant renovation, however, until management decisions to renovate are firmed up.

Paragraph 325 on Page 157 of FAS 133 states that even though forecasted transactions may be highly probable, they lack the rights and obligations of a firm commitment, including unrecognized firm commitments that are not booked as assets and liabilities. 

Forecasted transactions differ from firm commitments in terms of enforcement rights and obligations. They do not differ in terms of the need for a specific notional and a specific underlying under Paragraph 440a on Page 195 of FAS 133.  Section a of that paragraph reads as follows:

a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign
currency. It also may be expressed as a specified interest rate or specified effective yield.

In Paragraph 29c on Page 20 of FAS 133, the forecasted transaction cannot be with a related party such as a subsidiary or parent company if it is to qualify as the hedged transaction of a cash flow hedging derivative.  An exception is made in Paragraph 40 on Page 25 for forecasted intercompany foreign currency-denominated transactions if the conditions on Page 26 are satisfied. Also see Paragraphs 471 and 487.  Paragraph 40 beginning on Page 25 allows such cash flow hedging if the parent becomes a party to the hedged item itself, which can be a contract between the parent and its subsidiary under Paragraph 36b on Page 24 of FAS 133.  However, a consolidated group may not apply cash flow hedge accounting as stated in Paragraph 40d on Page 26. 

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.  For reasons and references, see equity method.

Suppose a company expects dividend income to continue at a fixed rate over the two years in a foreign currency.  Suppose the investment is adjusted to fair market value on each reporting date.  Forecasted dividends may not be firm commitments since there are not sufficient disincentives for failure to declare a dividend.  A cash flow hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure can be entered into under Paragraph 4b on Page 2 of FAS 133.  Whether or not gains and losses are posted to other comprehensive income, however, depends upon whether the securities are classified under SFAS 115 as available-for-sale or as trading securities.   There is no held-to-maturity alternative for equity securities.

One question that arises is whether a hedged item and its hedge may have different maturity dates.  Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9 of FAS 133 rules out hedges such as interest rate swaps from having a longer maturity than the hedged item such as a variable rate loan or receivable.  On the other hand, having a shorter maturity is feasible according to KPMG's Example 13 beginning on Page 225 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998) states the following.  A portion of that example reads as follows:

Although the criteria specified in paragraph 28(a) of the Standard do not address whether a portion of a single transaction may be identified as a hedged item, we believer that the proportion principles discussed in fair value hedging model also apply to forecasted transactions.

Paragraph 29d precludes forecasted transactions from being the hedged items in cash flow hedges if those items, when the transaction is completed, will be remeasured on each reporting date at fair value with holding gains and losses taken directly into current earnings (as opposed to comprehensive income).  Also see Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133.  Thus, a forecasted purchase of raw material inventory maintained at cost can be a hedged item, but the forecasted purchase of a trading security not subject to APB 15 equity method accounting and as defined in SFAS 115, cannot be a hedged item. That is because SFAS 115 requires that trading securities be revalued with unrealized holding gains and losses being booked to current earnings.  Conversely, the forecasted purchase of an available-for-sale security can be a hedged item, because available-for-sale securities revalued under SFAS 115 have holding gains and losses accounted for in comprehensive income rather than current earnings.

Even more confusing is Paragraph 29e that requires the cash flow hedge to be on prices rather than credit worthiness.  For example, a forecasted sale of a specific asset at a specific price can be hedged for spot price changes under Paragraph 29e.  The forecasted sale's cash flows may not be hedged for the credit worthiness of the intended buyer or buyers.  Example 24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond.  Because the bond's coupon payments were indexed to credit rating rather than interest rates, the embedded derivative could not be isolated and accounted for as a cash flow hedge.

A forecasted transaction must meet the stringent criteria for being defined as a derivative financial instrument under FAS 133.  This includes the tests for being clearly-and-closely related.  It also includes strict tests of Paragraphs 21 beginning on Page 13 , 29 beginning on Page 20, and Paragraph 56 on Page 33 of FAS 133 with respect to the host contracts that are being hedged.  Those tests state that if the forecasted "transaction" is in reality a group or portfolio of individual transactions, all transactions in the group must bear the same risk exposure within a 10% range discussed in Paragraph 21.    Also see Footnote 9 on Page 13 of FAS 133.  The grouping tests are elaborated upon in the following Paragraphs:

  • Paragraph 21 on Page 13,

  • Paragraph 29 beginning on Page 20,

  • Paragraph 241 on Page 130,

  • Paragraph317 on Page 155,

  • Paragraphs 333-334 beginning on Page 159,

  • Paragraph 432 on Page 192,

  • Paragraph 435 on Page 193,

  • Paragraph 443-450 beginning on Page 196

  • Paragraph 462 on Page 202,

  • Paragraph 477 on Page 208.

For example, a group of variable rate notes indexed in the same way upon LIBOR might qualify, whereas having different indices such as LIBOR and U.S. Prime rate underlyings will not qualify.    Also, anticipated purchases cannot be combined with anticipated sales in the same grouping designated as a forecasted transaction even if they have the same underlying.   Paragraph 477 on Page 208 of FAS 133 makes an exception for a portfolio of differing risk exposures for financial instruments designated in foreign currencies so not to conflict with Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  For more detail see foreign currency hedge.

Merely meeting the tests of being a forecasted transaction or a firm commitment does not automatically qualify the item to be designated a hedge item in a hedging transaction.  For example, it cannot be a forecasted transaction cannot be hedged for cash flows if it is remeasured at fair value on reporting dates.  For example, trading securities under SFAS 115 are remeasured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses going directly into earnings. 

Paragraph 40 beginning on Page 25 bans a forecasted transaction of a subsidiary company from being a hedged item if the parent company wants to hedge the cash flow on the subsidiary's behalf.  However Paragraph 40a allows such cash flow hedging if the parent becomes a party to the hedged item itself, which can be a contract between the parent and its subsidiary under Paragraph 36b on Page 24 of FAS 133.  Also see Paragraphs 471 and 487.

Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and Paragraph 29f on Page 20 of FAS 133 prohibits forecasted cash flows from minority interests in a consolidated subsidiary from being designated as a hedged item in a cash flow hedge.   Reasons are given in Paragraph 472 beginning on Page 206 of FAS 133.  See minority interest.

Also see firm commitment

Foreign Currency Financial Statements =

financial statements that employ foreign currency as the unit of measure.

Foreign Currency Futures Options = see foreign currency hedge.

Foreign Currency Hedge =

a hedge that manages risks of variations in exchange rates for foreign currencies. For example, companies that have firm commitments to purchase or sell items priced in foreign currencies can hedge against exchange rate losses between the time of the commitment and the time of the transaction. Major sections of FAS 133 dealing with such hedges include Paragraphs 36-42, 121-126, 162-175, 194-197, and 474-487.  See currency swap, hedge, and hedge accountingThe IASC retained the definition in IAS 21 Paragraph 137c.  Held-to-maturity investments carried at amortized cost may be effective hedging instruments with respect to risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates (IAS 39 Paragraph 125).  A financial asset or liability whose fair value cannot be reliably measured cannot be a hedging instrument except in the case of a nonderivative instrument (a) that is denominated in a foreign currency, (b) that is designated as a hedge of foreign currency risk, and (c) whose foreign currency component is reliably measurable (IAS 39 Paragraph 126).  A nonderivative financial asset or liability may be designated as a hedging instrument, for hedge accounting purposes, only for a hedge of a foreign currency risk according to IAS 39 Paragraph 122.

Under IAS 39, foreign currency hedge accounting is similar to accoutning for  cash flow hedges.

(a) the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge (see IAS Paragraph 142) should be recognized directly in equity through the statement of changes in equity (see IAS 1, Paragraphs 86-88); and

(b) the ineffective portion should be reported:  (1) immediately in earnings if the hedging instrument is a derivative; or (2) in accordance with Paragraph 19 of IAS 21, in the limited circumstances in which the hedging instrument is not a derivative

The gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge should be classified in the same manner as the foreign currency translation gain or loss
(IAS Paragraph 164)

Flow Chart for FX Hedge  Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

A common type of economic hedge in practice cannot receive hedge accounting treatment under FAS 133 is called a cross-currency swap.  This is a variant on the standard currency or interest rate swap in which the interest rate in one currency is fixed, and the interest rate in the other is floating. The only difference between a traditional interest rate swap and a currency coupon swap is the combination of the currency and interest rate features. But the DIG has taken a hard position on cross-currency swaps that upsets corporations.  See http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueh4.html.  Also listen to the audio file CERINO40.mp3 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issueh4.html. Also see circus.

FAS 133 Paragraph 40 reads as follows:

A nonderivative financial instrument shall not be designated as a hedging instrument in a foreign currency cash flow hedge. A derivative instrument designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure to variability in the functional-currency-equivalent cash flows associated with either a forecasted foreign-currency-denominated transaction (for example, a forecasted export sale to an unaffiliated entity with the price to be denominated in a foreign currency) or a forecasted intercompany foreign-currency-denominated transaction (for example, a forecasted sale to a foreign subsidiary or a forecasted royalty from a foreign subsidiary) qualifies for hedge accounting if all of the following criteria are met:

a. The operating unit that has the foreign currency exposure is a party to the hedging instrument (which can be an instrument between a parent company and its subsidiary -- refer to FAS 133 Paragraph 36).

b. The hedged transaction is denominated in a currency other than that unit's functional currency.

c. All of the criteria in FAS 133 Paragraphs 28 and 29 are met, except for the criterion in FAS 133 Paragraph 29c that requires that the forecasted transaction be with a party external to the reporting entity.

d. If the hedged transaction is a group of individual forecasted foreign currency denominated transactions, a forecasted inflow of a foreign currency and a forecasted outflow of the foreign currency cannot both be included in the same group.

In FAS 133, derivative financial instruments come in three basic types that are listed in Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.  One of the types is described in Section c below:

Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133.
This Statement standardizes the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an entity recognize those items as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure them at fair value. If certain conditions are met, an entity may elect to designate a derivative instrument as follows:

c.
A hedge of the foreign currency exposure of

(1) an unrecognized firm commitment (a foreign currency fair value hedge), (

(2) an available-for-sale security (a foreign currency fair value hedge),

(3) a forecasted transaction (a foreign currency cash flow hedge), or

(4) a net investment in a foreign operation.

With respect to Section c(1) above, firm commitments can have foreign currency risk exposures if the commitments are not already recognized.  See Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133. If the firm commitment is recognized, it is by definition booked and its loss or gain is already accounted for. For example, a purchase contract for 10,000 units per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit is unrecognized and has a foreign currency risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further foreign currency risk exposure.  Similar reasoning applies to trading securities that are excluded in c(2) above since their gains and losses are already booked.  These gains have been deferred in comprehensive income for available-for-sale securities.

An example of a foreign currency hedge is a contract for foreign currency options on the Philadelphia Exchange.  On Page C23 of the Wall Street Journal on July 22, 1998, blocks of 62,500 Swiss franc European-style August call options required a payment of 3.58 or $0.0358 per franc plus a strike price of 63 or $0.6300 bringing the total price up to $0.6658 per franc.  Hence, spot price on July 22 was 66.23 or $0.6623 per franc.  Hence, the price need only rise by more than $0.0035 per franc to be in-the-money.  On the Philadelphia Exchange, options on Swiss francs can only be transacted in blocks of 62,500 francs.

It is also possible to buy options on foreign currency futures options.  A futures call option gives the owner the right (but not an obligation) to buy the underlying futures contract at the option contract's strike price.  The Chicago Board of Trade deals in foreign currency futures options.

If the hedged item is a specific portion of an asset/liability (or of a portfolio of similar assets/liabilities), the hedged item is one of the following:

(1) A percentage of the entire asset/liability

(2) One or more selected contractual cash flows

(3) A put option, a call option, an interest rate cap, or an interest rate floor embedded in an existing asset/liability that is not an embedded derivative accounted for separately pursuant to paragraph 12 of the Statement

(4) The residual value in a lessor's net investment in a direct financing or sales-type lease
If the entire asset/liability is an instrument with variable cash flows, the hedged item cannot be deemed to be an implicit fixed-to-variable swap perceived to be embedded in a host contract with fixed cash flows.  (FAS 133 Paragraph 21a(2))

The hedged item is not:

(1) an asset or liability that is remeasured with the changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings (for example, if foreign exchange risk is hedged, a foreign-currency-denominated asset for which a foreign currency transaction gain or loss is recognized in earnings), (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c(1)).  Likewise, paragraph 29d prohibits the following transaction from being designated as the hedged forecasted transaction in a cash flow hedge: the acquisition of an asset or incurrence of a liability that will subsequently be remeasured with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings.  If the forecasted transaction relates to a recognized asset or liability, the asset or liability is not remeasured with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings.)

(2) an investment accounted for by the equity method in accordance with the requirements of APB Opinion No. 18.

(3) a minority interest in one or more consolidated subsidiaries.

(4) an equity instrument in a consolidated subsidiary.

(5) a firm commitment either to enter into a business combination or to acquire or dispose of a subsidiary, a minority interest or an equity method investee.

(6) an equity instrument issued by the entity and classified in stockholders' equity in the statement of financial position (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c).

The following cannot be designated as a hedged item in a foreign currency hedge:

(a) a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated receivable or payable) either in a  fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.

(b) the forecasted acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 in a cash flow hedge
(FAS 133 Paragraph 36).  An available-for-sale equity security can be hedged for changes in the fair value attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates if:

(a) the security is not traded on an exchange on which trades are denominated in the investor's functional currency.
(b) dividends or other cash flows to holders of the security are all denominated in the same foreign currency as the currency expected to be received upon sale of the security (FAS 133 Paragraph 38).

Under Paragraph 42 on Page 26, a financial instrument that may give rise to foreign currency transaction gains or losses under SFAS 52 can be designated as a hedge against a net investment in a foreign operation (e.g., a subsidiary, branch, or joint venture).  However, such hedges are subject to Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52 criteria rather than FAS 133 criteria.  SFAS 52 dictates that that the gain or loss on the hedging instrument recorded in the SFAS 52-defined currency translation adjustment (CTA) cannot be greater than the offsetting CTA that arose by translating the foreign entity's financial statements into the investor's reporting currency.  It allows hedging under "net investment" criteria under Paragraph 20 of SFAS 52.  For more detail see cash flow hedge.

FAS 133 does not provide guidance as to which currencies qualify for an effective hedge.  Tandem or cross-currency hedging is permitted for a fair value hedge.  For example, if the Canadian and Australian dollars can be shown to be highly correlated, a forward contract on one currency can be used as a fair value hedge against a forecasted transaction in the other currency.

With respect to Paragraph 29a on Page 20 of FAS 133, KPMG notes that if the hedged item is a portfolio of assets or liabilities based on an index, the hedging instrument cannot use another index even though the two indices are highly correlated.  See Example 7 on Page 222 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.  For some complicating factors, however, see equity method.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.   In a covered call the combined position of the hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is always greater than potential gains.  The option premium, however, is set so that the option writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to occur.  Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow losses will Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under FAS 133.  Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12.  See written option.

Foreign currency hedges can be on the basis of after-tax risk.  See tax hedging.

In summary, a derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under SFAS 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation (FAS 133 Paragraph 42).  A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under SFAS 52 can be designated as hedging changes in the fair value of an unrecognized firm commitment, or a specific portion thereof, attributable to foreign currency exchange rates (FAS 133 Paragraph 37).  However, such an instrument cannot be classified as available-for-sale.  A derivative instrument can be designated as hedging the changes in the fair value of an available-for-sale debt security attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  (See FAS 133 Paragraph 38).  Unlike originated loans and receivables, a held-to-maturity investment cannot be a hedged item with respect to interest-rate risk because designation of an investment as held-to-maturity involves not accounting for associated changes in interest rates.  However, a held-to-maturity investment can be a hedged item with respect to risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and credit risk (IAS 39 Paragraph 127).

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
Use of noncash hedging instruments is restricted to exposure to hedges of any risk of gain or loss from changes in foreign currency exchange rates arising in fair value hedges, cash flow hedges, or hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.

FAS 133
Use of noncash hedging instruments is restricted to exposure to hedges of risk of gain or loss from changes in foreign currency exchange rates arising in firm commitments or hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.

 

Hi Kevin,

How is your talented wife doing these days? Is she still doing any distance education.

I provide an illustration related to your question at in the fx01s.xls Excel workbook at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/mfrFX/FX/ 

If the hedged item has no cash flow risk, it has fair value risk. For example, a fixed rate bond payable has no cash flow risk, but the market price fluctuates inversely with interest rates. Suppose a firm wants to take advantage of possible lowering of interest rates possibly buying back its bonds payable in the future. If the interest rates plunge, it becomes very expensive to buy back those bonds. The firm can initially, hedge against a rising buy-back price by hedging the fair value of the bonds payable. In doing so, however it creates cash flow risk of the combined hedged item and the hedging derivative (such as an interest rate swap).

Conversely, if the bonds are floating rate bonds, there is no market value risk, but there is cash flow risk. The firm can hedge cash flow risk, but that will create value risk. You must have one or the other types of risk.

The FASB took all sorts of flak when FAS 133 did not allow a single hedging derivative to hedge both interest rate risk and FX risk in the same derivative.  You can listen to one pro complain about the issue prior to FAS 133 at 

Audio of J.C. Mercier, BankBoston MERC30.mp3  

Other audio clips are available at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/133summ.htm 

I've not worked the BigWheels case, but you can read the following in "Implementation of SFAS 138, Amendments to SFAS 133," by Angela L. J. Hwang, Robert E. Jensen, and John S. Patouhas, The CPA Journal, November 2001, pp. 54-56 ---  http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2001/1100/dept/d115401.htm 

One important provision of SFAS 138 is that it allows joint hedging of interest rate risk and foreign exchange (FX) risk in one compound hedge. SFAS 138 widens the net of qualified FX hedges to include the following:

Foreign currency-denominated (FCD) assets or liabilities can be hedged in fair value or cash flow hedges. However, cash flow hedges of recognized FCD assets or liabilities are permitted only when all the variability in the hedged items’ functional currency equivalent cash flows is reduced to zero. Unrecognized FCD firm commitments can be hedged in fair value or cash flow hedges. Prior to SFAS 138, hedge accounting for foreign currency risk exposures was limited to fair value hedges of unrecognized FCD firm commitments, cash flow hedges of forecasted FCD transactions, and net investments in FCD foreign operations.

Example. FCD items (e.g., a fixed-rate bond in deutsche marks) are subject to two underlying risks: fair value risk in terms of changes in German interest rates, and changes in the FX rates (between the deutsche mark and the U.S. dollar). Before SFAS 138, the debtor would first hedge the interest rate risk by locking in the combined value of the bond and swap at a fixed amount in marks with a swap in which variable interest was received and fixed interest was paid. Then another derivative contract, such as a forward contract to hedge against the possible fall of the mark against the dollar, would hedge the combined FCD value for FX risk. Under SFAS 133, the FCD debt was remeasured (via the income statement) based on the prevailing spot rate of exchange and the derivative was marked to market (also via the income statement). However, these two adjustments rarely match, creating unintended earnings volatility.

Under the SFAS 138 amendments, it is now possible to acquire a single compound derivative to hedge the joint fair value risk of interest rate and FX movements. One such derivative is a cross-currency interest swap, which would receive a fixed interest rate in foreign currency and pay a variable interest rate in domestic currency. SFAS 138 permits these recognized FCD assets and liabilities to be designated as the hedged items in fair value or cash flow hedges.

I provide an illustration related to your question at in the fx01s.xls Excel workbook at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/mfrFX/FX/ 

The FASB issued a cross-currency hedging illustrations that I never have been able to figure out.  It is incomprehensible if you want to derive all of the numbers in the FX hedging illustrations at http://accounting.rutgers.edu/raw/fasb/derivatives/examplespg.html 

Thus far the FASB has not provided any help in comprehending the above incomprehensible examples.

Hope this helps a little.

Bob Jensen

-----Original Message----- 
From: Kevin Lightner [mailto:Kevin.Lightner@sdsu.edu]  
Sent: Tuesday, February 12, 2002 3:56 PM  
To: rjensen@trinity.edu  
Subject: Derivatives

Bob

I'm trying to learn something about derivatives, but am not having a great deal of success. I was wondering if you could help me with a few items. Which accounting entries represent the proper accounting for the combined foreign currency and interest rate swap in the "BigWheels Case"? Is this swap a "fair-value hedge? Would the entries and the type of hedge be different if the interest exchange required BigWheels to exchange fixed dollar payments (at a rate higher than 10%) for the receipt of fixed payments in francs (for the amount needed to service the 10% franc bond interest payable)? Any help you can give me would be greatly appreciated. Thanks.

Kevin

Kevin M. Lightner, Ph.D. 
Professor of Accounting School of Accountancy 
San Diego State University 
Office: SS2427 Phone: 594-3736 
Email:
Kevin.Lightner@sdsu.edu 

 

Also see DIG Issue B4 under embedded derivatives.

 

DIG issues at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
Section H: Foreign Currency Hedges

*Issue H1—Hedging at the Operating Unit Level
(Cleared 02/17/99)
*Issue H2—Requirement That the Operating Unit Must Be a Party to the Hedge
(Cleared 02/17/99)
*Issue H3—Hedging the Entire Fair Value of a Foreign-Currency-Denominated Asset or Liability
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue H4—Hedging Foreign-Currency-Denominated Interest Payments
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue H5—Hedging a Firm Commitment or Fixed-Price Agreement Denominated in a Foreign Currency
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue H6—Accounting for Premium or Discount on a Forward Contract Used as the Hedging Instrument in a Net Investment Hedge
(Cleared 11/23/99)
*Issue H7—Frequency of Designation of Hedged Net Investment
(Cleared 11/23/99)
Issue H8—Measuring the Amount of Ineffectiveness in a Net Investment Hedge
(Released 11/99)
Issue H9—Hedging a Net Investment with a Compound Derivative That Incorporates Exposure to Multiple Risks
(Released 11/99)
Issue H10—Hedging Net Investment with the Combination of a Derivative and a Cash Instrument
(Released 11/99)

A Message from K Badrinath on January 25, 2002

Dear Mr. Jensen:

To cut a potentially long introduction short, I am associated with the leading vendor of treasury software in India, Synergy Log-In Systems Ltd. Shall be glad to share more on that with you should you be interested.

The reason for writing this is, while negotiating the minefield called FAS 133, courtesy your wonderful Glossary on the net, I came across apparantly contradictory statements under two different heads about whether held-to-maturity securities can be hedged items:

HELD-TO-MATURITY 
Unlike originated loans and receivables, a held-to-maturity investment cannot be a hedged item with respect to interest-rate risk because designation of an investment as held-to-maturity involves not accounting for associated changes in interest rates. However, a held-to-maturity investment can be a hedged item with respect to risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and credit risk

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE 
Held-to-maturity securities can also be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.

Help!!

K. Badrinath

Hello K. Badrinath,

I think your confusion comes from the fact that FAS 138 amended Paragraph 21(d) as noted below.

Original Paragraph 21(d) .
If the hedged item is all or a portion of a debt security (or a portfolio of similar debt securities) that is classified as held-to-maturity in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in the obligor's creditworthiness or if the hedged item is an option component of a held-to- maturity security that permits its prepayment, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the entire fair value of that option component. (The designated hedged risk for a held-to-maturity security may not be the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in market interest rates or foreign exchange rates. If the hedged item is other than an option component that permits its prepayment, the designated hedged risk also may not be the risk of changes in its overall fair value.)

FAS 138 Amendment of Paragraph 21(d)"
[Hedged Item] If the hedged item is all or a portion of a debt security (or a portfolio of similar debt securities) that is classified as held-to-maturity in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to credit risk,
foreign exchange risk, or both.

Related paragraph changes are noted in Appendix B of FAS 138.

Hedge accounting for held-to-maturity securities under FAS 133 is especially troublesome for me.  You can get hedge accounting treatment for for creditworthiness risk and certain prepayment option fair value changes, but you cannot get hedge accounting for interest rate risk.  The FASB reasoning is spelled out in Paragraphs 426-431.  

Keep in mind, however, that the derivative used to hedge a held-to-maturity security must be adjusted to fair value at least every 90 days with changes it its value going to current earnings.  

Hedges of securities classified as available-for-sale do not take the same beating under FAS 133.  Without a hedge, FAS 115 rules require changes in value of AFS investments to be booked, but the offset is to OCI rather than current earnings.  Paragraph 23 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

Paragraph 23
If a hedged item is otherwise measured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in other comprehensive income (such as an available-for-sale security), the adjustment of the hedged item's carrying amount discussed in paragraph 22 shall be recognized in earnings rather than in other comprehensive income in order to offset the gain or loss on the hedging instrument

Foreign currency risk is somewhat different under Paragraph 38 for AFS securities.

 

Some key paragraphs from FAS 133 are as follows:

Paragraph 54
At the date of initial application, an entity may transfer any held-to-maturity security into the available-for-sale category or the trading category. An entity will then be able in the future to designate a security transferred into the available-for-sale category as the hedged item, or its variable interest payments as the cash flow hedged transactions, in a hedge of the exposure to changes in market interest rates, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, or changes in its overall fair value. (paragraph 21(d) precludes a held-to- maturity security from being designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge of market interest rate risk or the risk of changes in its overall fair value. paragraph 29(e) similarly precludes the variable cash flows of a held-to-maturity security from being designated as the hedged transaction in a cash flow hedge of market interest rate risk.) The unrealized holding gain or loss on a held-to-maturity security transferred to another category at the date of initial application shall be reported in net income or accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the requirements of paragraphs 15(b) and 15(c) of Statement 115 and reported with the other transition adjustments discussed in paragraph 52 of this Statement. Such transfers from the held-to-maturity category at the date of initial adoption shall not call into question an entity's intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the future. 

Paragraphs 426-431

Prohibition against Hedge Accounting for Hedges of Interest Rate Risk of Debt Securities Classified as Held-to-Maturity

426. This Statement prohibits hedge accounting for a fair value or cash flow hedge of the interest rate risk associated with a debt security classified as held-to-maturity pursuant to Statement 115. During the deliberations that preceded issuance of Statement 115, the Board considered whether such a debt security could be designated as being hedged for hedge accounting purposes. Although the Board's view at that time was that hedging debt securities classified as held-to-maturity is inconsistent with the basis for that classification, Statement 115 did not restrict hedge accounting of those securities because constituents argued that the appropriateness of such restrictions should be considered in the Board's project on hedging.

427. The Exposure Draft proposed prohibiting a held-to-maturity debt security from being designated as a hedged item, regardless of the risk being hedged. The Exposure Draft explained the Board's belief that designating a derivative as a hedge of the changes in fair value, or variations in cash flow, of a debt security that is classified as held-to-maturity contradicts the notion of that classification. Respondents to the Exposure Draft objected to the proposed exclusion, asserting the following: (a) hedging a held-to-maturity security does not conflict with an asserted intent to hold that security to maturity, (b) a held-to-maturity security contributes to interest rate risk if it is funded with shorter term liabilities, and (c) prohibiting hedge accounting for a hedge of a held-to-maturity security is inconsistent with permitting hedge accounting for other fixed-rate assets and liabilities that are being held to maturity.

428. The Board continues to believe that providing hedge accounting for a held-to- maturity security conflicts with the notion underlying the held-to-maturity classification in Statement 115 if the risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the fair value of the entire hedged item or is otherwise related to interest rate risk. The Board believes an entity's decision to classify a security as held-to-maturity implies that future decisions about continuing to hold that security will not be affected by changes in market interest rates. The decision to classify a security as held-to-maturity is consistent with the view that a change in fair value or cash flow stemming from a change in market interest rates is not relevant for that security. In addition, fair value hedge accounting effectively alters the traditional income recognition pattern for that debt security by accelerating gains and losses on the security during the term of the hedge into earnings, with subsequent amortization of the related premium or discount over the period until maturity. That accounting changes the measurement attribute of the security away from amortized historical cost. The Board also notes that the rollover of a shorter term liability that funds a held-to-maturity security may be eligible for hedge accounting. The Board therefore decided to prohibit both a fixed-rate held-to- maturity debt security from being designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge and the variable interest receipts on a variable-rate held-to-maturity security from being designated as hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge if the risk being hedged includes changes in market interest rates.

429. The Board does not consider it inconsistent to prohibit hedge accounting for a hedge of market interest rate risk in a held-to-maturity debt security while permitting it for hedges of other items that an entity may be holding to maturity. Only held-to-maturity debt securities receive special accounting (that is, being measured at amortized cost when they otherwise would be required to be measured at fair value) as a result of an asserted intent to hold them to maturity.

430. The Board modified the Exposure Draft to permit hedge accounting for hedges of credit risk on held-to-maturity debt securities. It decided that hedging the credit risk of a held-to-maturity debt security is not inconsistent with Statement 115 because that Statement allows a sale or transfer of a held-to-maturity debt security in response to a significant deterioration in credit quality.

431. Some respondents to the Task Force Draft said that a hedge of the prepayment risk in a held-to-maturity debt security should be permitted because it does not contradict the entity's stated intention to hold the instrument to maturity. The Board agreed that in designating a security as held-to-maturity, an entity declares its intention not to voluntarily sell the security as a result of changes in market interest rates, and "selling" a security in response to the exercise of a call option is not a voluntary sale. Accordingly, the Board decided to permit designating the embedded written prepayment option in a held-to-maturity security as the hedged item. Although prepayment risk is a subcomponent of market interest rate risk, the Board notes that prepayments, especially of mortgages, occur for reasons other than changes in interest rates. The Board therefore does not consider it inconsistent to permit hedging of prepayment risk but not interest rate risk in a held-to-maturity security.

Paragraph 533(2)(e)
For securities classified as available-for-sale, all reporting enterprises shall disclose the aggregate fair value, the total gains for securities with net gains in accumulated other comprehensive income, and the total losses for securities with net losses in accumulated other comprehensive income, by major security type as of each date for which a statement of financial position is presented. For securities classified as held-to-maturity, all reporting enterprises shall disclose the aggregate fair value, gross unrecognized holding gains, gross unrecognized holding losses, the net carrying amount, and the gross gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income for any derivatives that hedged the forecasted acquisition of the held-to-maturity securities, by major security type as of each date for which a statement of financial position is presented
.

 

 

 

IAS 138 Implementation Guidance
Examples Illustrating Application of FASB Statement No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/examplespg.shtml
or try clicking here.

"Implementation of SFAS 138, Amendments to SFAS 133," The CPA Journal, November 2001. (With Angela L.J. Huang and John S. Putoubas), pp. 54-56 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2001/1100/dept/d115401.htm

Hedging of Foreign Currency– Denominated Items

One important provision of SFAS 138 is that it allows joint hedging of interest rate risk and foreign exchange (FX) risk in one compound hedge. SFAS 138 widens the net of qualified FX hedges to include the following:

Foreign currency-denominated (FCD) assets or liabilities can be hedged in fair value or cash flow hedges. However, cash flow hedges of recognized FCD assets or liabilities are permitted only when all the variability in the hedged items’ functional currency equivalent cash flows is reduced to zero. Unrecognized FCD firm commitments can be hedged in fair value or cash flow hedges. Prior to SFAS 138, hedge accounting for foreign currency risk exposures was limited to fair value hedges of unrecognized FCD firm commitments, cash flow hedges of forecasted FCD transactions, and net investments in FCD foreign operations.

Example. FCD items (e.g., a fixed-rate bond in deutsche marks) are subject to two underlying risks: fair value risk in terms of changes in German interest rates, and changes in the FX rates (between the deutsche mark and the U.S. dollar). Before SFAS 138, the debtor would first hedge the interest rate risk by locking in the combined value of the bond and swap at a fixed amount in marks with a swap in which variable interest was received and fixed interest was paid. Then another derivative contract, such as a forward contract to hedge against the possible fall of the mark against the dollar, would hedge the combined FCD value for FX risk. Under SFAS 133, the FCD debt was remeasured (via the income statement) based on the prevailing spot rate of exchange and the derivative was marked to market (also via the income statement). However, these two adjustments rarely match, creating unintended earnings volatility.

Under the SFAS 138 amendments, it is now possible to acquire a single compound derivative to hedge the joint fair value risk of interest rate and FX movements. One such derivative is a cross-currency interest swap, which would receive a fixed interest rate in foreign currency and pay a variable interest rate in domestic currency. SFAS 138 permits these recognized FCD assets and liabilities to be designated as the hedged items in fair value or cash flow hedges.

Intercompany Exposures

Multinational corporations enter into many transactions with FX risk exposure. A centralized treasury center that assesses corporate-wide FX exposure and hedges the net exposure with a single derivative offers significant cost savings over subsidiaries acquiring their own third-party hedges.

Example. A German subsidiary forecasts sales of DM 5 million from a Japanese purchaser in the next three months, and a Japanese subsidiary expects to purchase DM 3 million worth of inventory from a German supplier in the same period. The net exposure would be a long position of DM 2 million and the parent company could hedge its risk by selling a forward contract or buying a put option for DM 2 million.

SFAS 133 discouraged hedge accounting by treasury centers because it required individual members of a consolidated group to enter individual offsetting derivative contracts with third parties, which nullifies the cost savings benefits. The SFAS 138 amendments allow certain intercompany derivatives that are offset by unrelated third-party contracts to be designated as the hedging instrument in cash flow hedges of foreign currency risk in the consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to DIG Guidance

SFAS 138 also amends related interpretations issued by the Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG).

Issue G3: Discontinuation of a cash flow hedge. SFAS 138 amends the accounting for discontinued cash flow hedges by requiring that the net derivative gain or loss from a discontinued cash flow hedge be reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, unless it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period or within an additional two months.

Issue H1: Hedging at the operating unit level. SFAS 138 extends the functional currency concept of SFAS 52 to foreign currency fair value hedges and to hedges of the net investment in a foreign operation, in addition to foreign currency cash flow hedges. It also requires that the hedged transaction be denominated in a currency other than the hedging unit’s functional currency.

Issue H2: Requirement that the unit with the exposure must be a party to the hedge. The SFAS 138 amendments ensure that the functional currency concept of SFAS 52 is applied to determine whether hedge accounting is appropriate for consolidated financial statements. One of two conditions must be satisfied in order to use hedge accounting:

The operating unit with the FX exposure must be party to the hedging instrument; or Another member of the consolidated group is party to the hedge; this party has the same functional currency as the operating unit, and there are no intervening subsidiaries with a different functional currency. Example. A second-tier subsidiary (B) whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar has a French franc exposure. A parent company could designate a dollar-franc derivative as a hedge of a first-tier subsidiary’s (A) exposure, provided that A’s functional currency is also the dollar.

However, if A’s functional currency is the Japanese yen, the consolidated parent company could not designate its dollar-franc derivative as a hedge of B’s exposure. In this case, the financial statements of B are first translated into yen before the yen-denominated financial statements of A are translated into dollars for consolidation. As a result, there is no direct FX exposure, because A has a different functional currency than B’s functional currency. Furthermore, there is no direct exposure to the consolidated parent company.

Issue H5: Hedging a firm commitment or a fixed-price agreement denominated in a foreign currency. Unrecognized FCD firm commitments can be designated as either a fair value or a cash flow hedge. A similar DIG position for payments due under an available-for-sale debt security is explicitly permitted by SFAS 138.

What SFAS 138 Did Not Amend

Except for the confusing and highly limited amendments on intercompany derivative contracts, SFAS 138 did not change FASB’s stand against portfolio (macro) hedging. In order to qualify as a SFAS 133/138 hedge, the hedge must, except in unrealistic circumstances, relate to a specific hedged item in a portfolio rather than a subset of items. The only exception applies to subsets of items with identical terms that are nearly fungible. Matching individual hedges against individual hedged items not only magnifies the accounting costs, but also contradicts the way many firms view economic hedges. Some have complained that SFAS 133/138 forces changes in hedging strategies and risk management practices for accounting reasons that defy economic sense.

FASB did not replace SFAS 52, which causes additional complexity when applying it simultaneously with SFAS 133 and 138. SFAS 138 reduces the differences between spot and forward rate adjustments, but difficult issues remain in reconciling the two standards.

Although FASB requires fair value statements, it provides very little measurement guidance for customized derivatives that are either not traded at all or not traded in sufficiently wide markets. Appendix B of SFAS 133 contains some errors and omissions that were not addressed by SFAS 138 or other FASB announcements. In particular, there is no FASB guidance on how swap values were derived in Examples 2 or 5. Corrections and derivation discussions are discussed in the following two documents:

“The Receive Fixed/Pay Variable Interest-Rate Swap in SFAS 133, Example 2, Needs An Explanation: Here It Is,” by Carl M. Hubbard and Robert E. Jensen, Derivatives Report, November 1999, pp. 6–11 (http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ caseans/294wp.doc; the Excel workbook is at www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/ 133ex02a.xls). “An Explanation of Example 5, Cash Flow Hedge of Variable-Rate Interest Bearing Asset in SFAS 133,” by Carl M. Hubbard and Robert E. Jensen, Derivatives Report, April 2000, pp. 8–13 (www.trinity.edu/ rjensen/caseans/133ex05.htm; the Excel workbook is at www.cs.trinity.edu/ ~rjensen/133ex05a.xls). Derivative instruments cannot be designated as held-to-maturity items that are not subject to fair value adjustment. For certain derivatives, this can cause income volatility that is entirely artificial and will ultimately, at maturity, cause all previously recognized fair value gains to wash out against fair value losses. Economic hedges of hedged items (e.g., bond investments) designated as held-to-maturity items cannot receive hedge accounting under SFAS 133 even though the hedges must be booked at fair value. The reason given in Paragraph 29e is that this hedge is a credit hedge. Fair value hedging of fixed-rate debt makes little sense since the item will be held to maturity. Cash flow hedging of variable interest payments will wash out unless the contract is defaulted. The reasons for not allowing such hedges to receive SFAS 133 treatment are clear. It is unclear, however, why the hedges have to be booked to market value if they will be held to maturity.

Foreign Currency Transactions =

transactions (for example, sales or purchases of goods or services or loans payable or receivable) whose terms are stated in a currency other than the entity's functional currency. Foreign currency risks are discussed extensively in FAS 133. See for example, Paragraphs 71.

Also see DIG Issue B4 under embedded derivatives.

 

Foreign Currency Translation =

the process of expressing amounts denominated or measured in one currency in terms of another currency by use of the exchange rate between the two currencies.

Foreign Operation =

an operation whose financial statements are (1) combined or consolidated with or accounted for on an equity basis in the financial statements of the reporting enterprise and (2) prepared in a currency other than the reporting currency of the reporting enterprise.

Forward Contract or Forward Exchange Contract =

an agreement to exchange at a specified future date currencies of different countries at a specified rate (forward rate). An example of a forward contract appears in Example 3 Paragraphs 121-126 beginning on Page 67 of FAS 133. See forward transaction.

Forward Exchange Rate Agreement (FXA) =

a forward contract on exchange rates.  A FXA is a forward contract to buy/sell a notional amount of foreign currency forward at a contracted price.   See forward transaction and forward rate agreement (FRA).

Forward Rate = =

the rate quoted today for delivery of a specific currency amount at a specific exchange rate on a specific future date.

Forward Rate Agreement (FRA) =

a forward contract on interest rates.   Loan principals are not exchanged and are used only as notionals to establish forward contract settlements.  These are customized contracts that allow borrowers to hedge future borrowing rates on anticipated loans in the future.  FRA contracts can also be purchased in foreign currencies, thereby affecting currency exchange and interest rate risk management strategies.  See forward transaction and forward exchange rate agreement (FXA).

Forward Transaction or Forward Contract =

an agreement to deliver cash, foreign currency, or some other item at a contracted date in the future. The key distinction between futures versus forward contracts is that forward contracts are customized and are not traded in organized markets. Unlike with futures contracts, it is very simple to specify exact terms such as the exact notional amount and rate to be applied. In the case of a futures contract, it may be difficult or impossible to find the needed combinations traded in markets. However, since forward contracts are not traded in markets, their value is often very difficult to estimate.

Since forward contracts are individually contracted, often through third party investment banks or brokers, the transactions costs of a forward contract can be high relative to futures contracts. Matters of settlement assurances must be contracted since they do not carry the settlement guarantees of futures contracts.

See FAS 133 Paragraphs 59a, 93, and 100. An example of a forward contract in FAS 133 appears in Example 3 Paragraphs 121-126 and Example 10 Paragraphs 165-172.

By way of illustration, currency trading on July 22, 1998 showed the following exchange selling rates among banks in amounts of $1 million or more:

Wall Street Journal, 07/22/98, Page C23

U.S. $ Equivalent

Currency per U.S. $

Britain (Pound) Spot

1.6435

.6085

     1-month  forward

1.6408

.6095

    3-months forward

1.6352

.6115

    6-months forward

1.6271

.6146

Canada (Dollar) Spot

.6702

1.4921

     1-month  forward

.6706

1.4911

    3-months forward

.6712

1.4898

    6-months forward

.6720

1.4882

For example, the spot rate is such that in $1 million trades or higher, each British pound exchanges into $1.6435 U.S. dollars.  However, a forward exchange contract reduces that amount to $1.6271 if settled in six months.  In practice, forward contracts are tailor-made for the length or time and amounts to be exchanged.  The above rates serve only as guidelines for negotiation.  See futures contract.

FAS 133 leaves out the issue of trade date versus settlement date accounting and, thereby,  excluded forward contracts for regular-way security trades from the scope of FAS 133 (See Appendix C Paragraph 274).

See DIG Issue A1 under derivative financial instrument.
See DIG Issues A2 and A3 under net settlement.


With respect to Firm Commitments vs. Forward Contracts, the key distinction is Part b of Paragraph 540 of the original FAS 133 (I have an antique copy of the original FAS 133 Standard.)

Those of us into FAS 133’s finer points have generally assumed a definitional distinction between a “firm commitment” purchase contract to buy a commodity at a contract price versus a forward contract to purchase the commodity at a contracted forward price. The distinction is important, because FAS 133 requires booking a forward contract and adjusting it to fair value at reporting dates if actual physical delivery is not highly likely such that the NPNS exception under Paragraph 10(b) of FAS 133 cannot be assumed to avoid booking.

The distinction actually commences with forecasted transactions that include purchase contracts for a fixed notional (such as 100,000 gallons of fuel) at an uncertain underlying (such as the spot price of fuel on the actual future date of purchase). Such purchase contracts are typically not booked. These forecasted transactions become “firm commitments” if the future purchase price is contracted in advance (such $2.23 per gallon for a future purchase three months later). Firm commitments are typically not booked under FAS 133 rules, but they may be hedged with fair value hedges using derivative financial instruments. Forecasted transactions (with no contracted price) can be hedged with cash flow hedges using derivative contracts.

There is an obscure rule (not FAS 133) that says an allowance for firm commitment loss must be booked for an unhedged firm commitment if highly significant (material) loss is highly probable due to a nose dive in the spot market. But this obscure rule will be ignored here.

One distinction between a firm commitment contract and a forward contract is that a forward contract’s net settlement, if indeed it is net settled, is based on the difference between spot price and forward price at the time of settlement. Net settlement takes the place of penalties for non-delivery of the actual commodity (most traders never want pork bellies dumped in their front lawns). Oil companies typically take deliveries some of the time, but like electric companies these oil companies generally contract for far more product than will ever be physically delivered. Usually this is due to difficulties in predicting peak demand.

A firm commitment is gross settled at the settlement date if no other net settlement clause is contained in the contract. If an oil company does not want a particular shipment of contracted oil, the firm commitment contract is simply passed on to somebody needing oil or somebody willing to offset (book out) a purchase contract with a sales contract. Pipelines apparently have a clearing house for such firm commitment transferals of “paper gallons” that never flow through a pipeline. Interestingly, fuel purchase contracts are typically well in excess (upwards of 100 times) the capacities of the pipelines.  

The contentious FAS 133 booking out problem was settled for electricity companies in FAS 149. But it was not resolved in the same way for other companies. Hence for all other companies the distinction between a firm commitment contract and a forward price contract is crucial.

In some ways the distinction between a firm commitment versus a forward contract may be somewhat artificial. The formal distinction, in my mind, is the existence of a net settlement (spot price-forward price) clause in a forward contract that negates a “significant penalty” clause of a firm commitment contract.

The original FAS 133 (I still have this antique original version) had a glossary that reads as follows in Paragraph 540:

Firm commitment

An agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and
usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics:

a. The agreement specifies all significant terms, including the
quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price, and the timing of the
transaction. The fixed price may be expressed as a specified
amount of an entity's functional currency or of a foreign
currency. It may also be expressed as a specified interest rate
or specified effective yield.

b. The agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is
sufficiently large to make performance probable.

The key distinction between a firm commitment and a forward contract seems to be Part b above that implies physical delivery backed by a “sufficiently large” penalty if physical delivery is defaulted.  The net settlement (spot-forward) provision of forward contracts generally void Part b penalties even when physical delivery was originally intended.

Firm commitments have greater Part b penalties for physical non-conformance than do forward contracts. But in the case of the pipeline industry, Part b technical provisions in purchase contracts generally are not worrisome because of a market clearing house for such contracts (the highly common practice of booking out such contracts by passing along purchase contracts to parties with sales contracts, or vice versa, that can be booked out) when physical delivery was never intended. For example, in the pipeline hub in question (in Oklahoma) all such “paper gallon” contracts are cleared against each other on the 25th of every month. By “clearing” I mean that “circles” of buyers and sellers are identified such that these parties themselves essentially net out deals. In most cases the deals are probably based upon spot prices, although the clearing house really does not get involved in negotiations between buyers and sellers of these “paper gallons.”

See Bookout and Firm Commitment

Frauds in Derivatives History

Derivative Financial Instruments Frauds --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm

Functional Currency =

the primary currency in which an entity conducts its operation and generates and expends cash. It is usually the currency of the country in which the entity is located and the currency in which the books of record are maintained.  See translation adjustment.

Futures Contract =

an exchange-traded contract between a buyer or seller and the clearinghouse of a futures exchange to buy or sell a standard quantity and quality of a commodity, financial instrument, or index at a specified future date and price. Futures contracts commonly require daily settlement payments (known as the variation margin) for changes in the market price of the contract and often permit or require a final net cash settlement, rather than an actual purchase or sale of the underlying asset. Not all futures contracts are financial instruments derivatives. Futures on commodities, for example, are not necessarily financial instruments related unless qualifying as hedges of anticipated transactions.

By way of illustration, futures trading on July 29, 1998 showed the following exchange futures contract prices per stipulated contract amounts:

Wall Street Journal, 07/22/98, Page C20

U.S. $ Settlement

Contract Amounts

Britain (Pound) Spot

1.6435

     September 98 futures contract

1.6384

62,500 British Pounds

     December  98 futures contract

1.6308

62,500 British Pounds

     July 99 futures contract

1.6162

62,500 British Pounds

Canada (Dollar) Spot

.6702

     September 98 futures contract

.6710

100,000 Canadian Dollars

     December  98 futures contract

.6719

100,000 Canadian Dollars

     March 99 futures contract

.6728

100,000 Canadian Dollars

For example, each 62,500 British pound contract for July 99 will settle at $1.6162 per pound.   Unlike forward contracts, the futures contracts are not customized for maturities or amounts. 

Futures contracts are typically purchased through margin accounts at brokerage firms.   Margin accounts allow for high leveraging due to the fact that only a small percentage (e.g. 10%) of each contract need be held in cash in the account.  Price movements upward are settled daily and contract holders can cash out those gains each day in advance of the contract maturities.  Similarly, price movements downward are charged to the margin account daily such that at some point investors may be required to add more cash to bring the margin account balances up to minimum balances.  Example 7 in FAS 133 Paragraphs 144-152 simplifies the illustration of 20 futures contracts on corn by not illustrating margin account trading.  In my Excel tutorial of Example 7, however, I added margin account illustrations.  Example 11 in FAS 133 Paragraphs 173-177 illustrate hedging with pork belly futures contracts.

There are many types of futures contracts ranging from orange juice to cotton and interest rates.  For example, interest rate futures may be purchased to hedge future borrowing rates, interest rate strip contracts, and variable rate loans.  They may also be speculations.  Futures contracts are traded in block amounts such as $100,000 each for interest rate futures on U.S. Treasury notes. Trading markets may be very thin (in terms of numbers of traders and frequency of trades) for certain types of futures contracts.

Parties include the buyer, seller, and the clearinghouse of a futures exchange.   The contract is to  buy or sell a standard quantity and quality of a commodity, financial instrument, or index at a specified future date and price. Futures contracts commonly require daily settlement payments (known as the variation margin) for changes in the market price of the contract and often permit or require a final net cash settlement, rather than an actual purchase or sale of the underlying asset. Futures contracts are discussed at various points in FAS 133. See for example Paragraphs 73-77.  See forward transaction and foreign currency hedge.

Paragraph 64 on Page 45 of FAS 133 describes a futures contract "tailing strategy."  Such a strategy entails adjusting the size or contract amount of the hedge so that cash from reinvestment of daily settlements (recall that futures price changes are settled daily in margin accounts)  do not distort the hedge effectiveness with reinvestment gains and losses.

Yahoo Finance is Bob Jensen's Favorite Place to learn more about the mechanics and widespread use of futures contracts.  That web site, however, will not help much with respect ot accounting for such instruments under FAS 133.

FX = See Foreign Exchange Contract

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

G-Terms

Gapping and Immunization

Gapping Risk
Bankers refer to the mismatch between assets and liabilities as "gapping."  The usual cause in banking is borrowing with short-term obligations and lending at long-term fixed interest rates.  Bank investments such as fixed rate loans tend to have market values that are negatively correlated with interest rate movements.  But the cash inflows are stable over longer periods of time while the value of money fluctuates.  Short-term obligations tend to have greater cash flow risk and less market value risk.  Banks tend to manage gapping risks in a variety of ways, but they are generally concerned with managing current value and earnings stability, and their fair value and earnings management hedging may put cash flows at risk.


Pension funds are different than banks in that the " gapping" risk may work in the other direction.   The usual cause in pension funds is borrowing with long-term obligations whose values rise and fall much more dramatically with interest rate movements than short-term obligations.  Many pension funds have been mismatched in terms of having debt with 15-year durations and investments with five-year durations.  In the past this arose from a "stupefying reason."  Consultants graded performance against shorter term bond investment indexes, which is the type of mismanagement that led General Motors and other corporate pension funds to lose ground in 1995 when their investments in stocks and bonds were having a banner year.  In 1995, interest rates also fell such that the value of the funds' long-term debt wiped out the gains on the asset side in terms of current value.  Cash increases from investments had to be set aside to pay off higher amounts of debt.  "Pension liabilities swing upward and downward with interest rates much more than assets swing upward and downward.  See Robert Lowenstein, "How Pension Funds Lost in Market Book," The Wall Street Journal, February 1, 1996.  

Immunization
Asset and liability duration "gapping" is a major reason why a newer type of derivative hedging instrument known as the interest rate swap became immensely popular.  Such swaps could be used to "immunize" pension funds from having huge losses in periods of interest rate decline.  They could also be used to help banks manage earnings.

See Earnings Management 

See interest rate swap and hedge 

 

Gearing = see leverage.

Gold-Linked Bull Note =

a note with interest rates indexed to upward movements in gold prices.  This is a leveraged form of investment in gold.  It can be viewed as an equivalent of a series of embedded options indexed on on gold price movements.  The derivatives are required to be accounted for separately under Paragraph 12a on Page 7 of FAS 133.  The underlying is the price of gold and the notional is the note's principal amount.  There is usually little or no premium and gold is actively traded in commodity markets such that conversion to cash is quick and easy.  The price of gold is not deemed to be clearly-and-closely related to any fixed-rate notes.  An example of a gold-linked bull note is provided beginning in Paragraph 188 on Page 98 of FAS 133.

Governmental Disclosure Rules for Derivative Financial Instruments = see Disclosure.

Group of Thirty =

a private and independent, nonprofit body that examines financial issues, In its July 1993 study Derivatives: Practices and Principles, the Group of Thirty called for disclosure of information about management's attitude toward financial risks, how derivatives are used and how risks are controlled, accounting policies, management's analysis of positions at the balance sheet date and the credit risk inherent in those positions, and, for dealers, additional information about the extent of activities in derivatives. Derivatives also were the subject of major studies prepared by several federal agencies, all of which cited the need for improvements in financial reporting for derivatives.

 

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

 

H-Terms

Hard Currency

a currency actively traded and easily converted to other currencies on world markets.

Hedge =

a transaction entered into to manage (usually reduce) risk exposure to interest rate movements, foreign currency exchange rate variations, or most any other contractual exposure. The classic example is when a company has a contract to pay or receive foreign currency in the future. A foreign currency hedge can lock in the amount such that fluctuations in exchange rates will not give rise to exchange rate gains or losses. An effective hedge is one in which there is no gain or loss. An ineffective hedge may give rise to risk of some gain or loss. Effective and ineffective hedges are discussed at various points in FAS 133. See, for example, major sections in Paragraphs 17-28, 62-103, 351-383, and 374-383.  See dedesignation. and ineffectiveness.

Flow Chart for Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

The subject of "clearly-and-closely related" is taken up in FAS 133, Pages 150-153, Paragraphs 304-311 and again in Paragraphs 443-450.. The closely-related criterion is illustrated in Paragraphs 176-177. Also the FASB reversed its position on compound derivatives.   Example 11 in Paragraphs 176-177 illustrate clearly-and-closely-related criteria in embedded hybrid derivative instruments.

See cash flow hedge, compound derivatives, derecognition, dedesignation., fair value hedge, hedge accounting, open position, tax hedging, and foreign currency hedge.

Also see Macro Hedge 

Click here to view Professor Linsmeier's commentary on hedging.

 

FAS 133 permits after-tax hedging of foreign currency risk and/or market price risk.  The hedge must be entered into to reduce taxes, and the item hedged must be ordinary assets or liabilities in the normal course of the taxpayer's business.  

March 25, 2002 message from Richard Newmark [richard.newmark@phduh.com

Bob,
I thought you might be interested in this.
Rick
-------------------------
Richard Newmark
Assistant Professor of Accounting
University of Northern Colorado
Kenneth W. Monfort College of Business
Campus Box 128
Greeley, CO  80639
(970) 351-1213 Office
(801) 858-9335 Fax (free e-mail fax at efax.com)
richard.newmark@PhDuh.com
http://PhDuh.com
 


IRS finalizes hedging regs with liberalizations
TD 8985; Reg. § 1.1221-2, Reg. § 1.1256(e)-1
IRS has issued final regs for determining the character of gain or loss from hedging transactions.
Background. As a result of a '99 law change, capital assets don't include any hedging transaction clearly identified as such before the close of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered into. (Code Sec. 1221(a)(7)) Before the change, IRS had issued final regs in '94 providing ordinary character treatment for most business hedges. Last year, IRS issued proposed changes to the hedging regs to reflect the '99 statutory change (see Weekly Alert ¶ 6 2/1/2001). IRS has now finalized the regs with various changes, many of which are pro-taxpayer. The regs apply to transactions entered into after Mar 19, 2002. However, the Preamble states that IRS won't challenge any transaction entered into after Dec. 16, '99, and before Mar. 20, 2002, that satisfies the provisions of either the proposed or final regs.

Hedging transactions. A hedging transaction is a transaction entered into by the taxpayer in the normal course of business primarily to manage risk of interest rate, price changes, or currency fluctuations with respect to ordinary property, ordinary obligations, or borrowings of the taxpayer. (Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(i); Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(ii)) A hedging transaction also includes a transaction to manage such other risks as IRS may prescribe in regs. (Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(iii)) IRS has the authority to provide regs to address nonidentified or improperly identified hedging transactions (Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(B)), and hedging transactions involving related parties. (Code Sec. 1221(b)(3))

Key changes in final regs. The final regs include the following changes from the proposed regs.

    ... Both the final and the proposed regs provide that they do not apply to determine the character of gain or loss realized on a section 988 transaction as defined in Code Sec. 988(c)(1) or realized with respect to any qualified fund as defined in section Code Sec. 988(c)(1)(E)(iii). The proposed regs also provided that their definition of a hedging transaction would apply for purposes of certain other international provisions of the Code only to the extent provided in regs issued under those provisions. This is eliminated in the final regs because the other references were to proposed regs and to Code sections for which the relevant regs have not been issued in final form. The Preamble states that later regs will specify the extent to which the Reg. § 1.1221-2 hedging transaction rules will apply for purposes of those other regs and related Code sections.

    ... Several commentators noted that the proposed regs used risk reduction as the operating standard to implement the risk management definition of hedging. They found that risk reduction is too narrow a standard to encompass the intent of Congress, which defined hedges to include transactions that manage risk of interest rate, price changes or currency fluctuations. In response, IRS has restructured the final regs to implement the risk management standard. No definition of risk management is provided, but instead, the rules characterize a variety of classes of transactions as hedging transactions because they manage risk. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(c)(4); Reg. § 1.1221-2(d))

    ... The proposed regs provided that a taxpayer has risk of a particular type only if it is at risk when all of its operations are considered. Commentators pointed out that businesses often conduct risk management on a business unit by business unit basis. In response, the final regs permit the determination of whether a transaction manages risk to be made on a business-unit basis provided that the business unit is within a single entity or consolidated return group that adopts the single-entity approach. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(1))

        RIA observation: As a result of the two foregoing changes made by the final regs, more transactions will qualify as hedging transactions. This is good for taxpayers because any losses from the additional transactions qualifying as hedges will be accorded ordinary treatment.

      ... In response to comments, the final regs have been restructured to separately address interest rate hedges and price hedges. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(1)(iv); Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(2))

      ... In response to comments, the final regs provide that a transaction that converts an interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate or from a floating rate to a fixed rate manages risk. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(2))

      ... The final regs provide that IRS may identify by future published guidance specified transactions that are determined not to be entered into primarily to manage risk. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(5))

      ... The proposed regs sought comments on expanding the definition of hedging transactions to include transactions that manage risks other than interest rate or price changes, or currency fluctuations with respect to ordinary property, ordinary obligations or borrowings of the taxpayer. While comments were received, the final regs did not make any changes in this area. However, IRS continues to invite comments on the types of risks that should be covered, including specific examples of derivative transactions that may be incorporated into future guidance, as well as the appropriate timing of inclusion of gains and losses with respect to such transactions.

      ... With respect to the identification requirement, a rule has been added specifying additional information that must be provided for a transaction that counteracts a hedging transaction. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(f)(3)(v))

RIA Research References: For hedging transactions, see FTC 2d/FIN ¶ I-6218.01 ; United States Tax Reporter ¶ 12,214.80

 

From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Educators' Review on June 16, 2004

TITLE: Calpine Raises Cash to Pay Debt, Turn Profit 
REPORTER: Steven D. Jones 
DATE: Jun 15, 2004 
PAGE: C3 
LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB108724453234036647,00.html  
TOPICS: Accounting, Cash Flow, Debt, Early Retirement of Debt, Asset Disposal

SUMMARY: Calpine Corp. has revealed a plan that will significantly change its balance sheet and statement of cash flows. Questions focus on evaluating the plan and the related accounting.

QUESTIONS: 
1.) Outline each economic event that is described in the article. For each event, briefly explain the economic significance of the event.

2.) Assume that Calpine Corp. continues with the plan that is described in the article. Explain how each component of the plan would impact the financial statements.

3.) Why would bondholders be concerned about disposing of assets?

4.) What is a hedge? Into what type of hedge transaction did Calpine Corp. enter? Why did Calpine Corp. enter into the hedge transaction? Is net income changed by changes in market value of the asset underlying the hedge transaction? Is net income changed by changes in market value of the electricity in Calpine's long-term sales contracts? Support your answers.

Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island 
Reviewed By: Benson Wier, Virginia Commonwealth University 
Reviewed By: Kimberly Dunn, Florida Atlantic University

"Outside Audit: Calpine Takes Basic Approach to Power Game," by Steven D. Jones, The Wall Street Journal, June 15, 2004, Page C3 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB108724453234036647,00.html 

Calpine Corp., one of the main actors in California's long-running energy soap opera, is working from a script that sounds like it came right out of a business textbook: raising cash, reducing debt and aiming to put out a more profitable product.

As any soaps fan knows, however, plots can turn unexpectedly.

Calpine, based in San Jose, is raising nearly $1 billion in cash from asset sales, and in the bargain positioning itself to profit from more volatile electricity prices in the year ahead.

In a series of deals, including the sale of a large block of Canadian gas, Calpine will raise cash to finish power plants and meet obligations for maturing debt and hybrid securities that begin coming due this fall.

At the same time, the energy company is reducing how much electricity it has tied up in long-term supply contracts to 51% of output for the remainder of the year from 65% a year ago.

The change means that Calpine has more megawatts to sell on the open market this summer, when consumer demand is projected to grow 2.5% nationwide and swell as much as 6% in California

Combined, the moves mean Calpine is poised to boost cash from asset sales and increase cash flow if market prices for electricity move higher this summer. Calpine has 88 power plants generating 22,000 megawatts and another 10 plants nearing completion.

The strategy isn't foolproof: Those gas reserves are real assets, and thus are a comfort to bond holders, who may fret at their disposal. Also, if it is a cool summer, the market price for electricity would understandably suffer, and Calpine, which had a weak first quarter, would too.

The independent power generator burned through about $400 million in cash in the first quarter. It had $1.4 billion in liquidity at the end of the quarter, but it also plans about $900 million in capital spending and faces two maturing debt obligations totaling about $570 million in the next two years. In addition, the first $225 million of a type of hybrid convertible security that Calpine sold comes due this fall, and many investors are likely to want to cash out.

Calpine traded at nearly $50 a share when those hybrid securities were first sold five years ago. At 4 p.m. yesterday in New York Stock Exchange composite trading, it stood at $3.98, up five cents.

Wall Street and investors are acutely concerned with how Calpine manages its ready cash, as even the company notes. "The whole issue on Calpine has been liquidity," says Bob Kelly, the chief financial officer. "One way to get that off the table is to build our cash balance."

For Calpine, building cash is in large part about the difference between fuel costs and the price it receives for electricity it generates. For example, if it costs Calpine $35 for the gas to generate a megawatt of electricity that the company sells for $50, then it earns $15.

Five years ago, when prices and demand for electricity were high, Calpine prospered by selling long-term power contracts. To hedge those contracts, the company locked in fixed gas prices partly by purchasing Canadian gas fields.

Since then, gas prices have risen, but electricity demand and prices haven't kept pace. Sometimes Calpine customers, many of them utilities, could come out ahead by relying on Calpine's fixed-price power, shutting off their own generating plants and selling their gas for a profit on the open market.

Now Calpine is going back to customers with an offer to provide the generating capacity only. Or, as in the earlier example, the utility pays $15 for the generating capacity and provides the gas at its own expense. While that may appear to be a small change, it makes a big difference on the balance sheet, because Calpine no longer needs as much gas in the ground as a long-term hedge.

"Our profit margin doesn't change," says Mr. Kelly. "We get the capacity value of the megawatts just the same as we do now, but we have removed the energy side of the trade so we are long gas. That frees up the opportunity to sell the gas."

Calpine has 230 billion cubic feet of natural gas in Alberta on the block. Mr. Kelly estimates the company paid about $1.25 per thousand cubic feet for that gas and recent Canadian deals suggest the company could now get $2 per thousand cubic feet. At that price, Calpine's Alberta gas reserves represent a 60% return on a three-year investment.

But the deal looks even better from a balance-sheet perspective, since Calpine intends to pay off some bank debt and then use most of the proceeds to buy back bonds that are trading for about 60 cents on the dollar. Put it all together: Calpine bought gas for $1.25, will sell it for $2 and use the cash to repay nearly $3 of debt.

"We've doubled our money in 2½ to three years," says Mr. Kelly. "People ought to be happy."

Yet the enthusiasm on Wall Street has been restrained. Calpine shares have gained little since the plan was announced June 10, and its bonds have lost ground, trading down another 25 cents yesterday.

The tepid response is tied to the view that the gas on Calpine's balance sheet is a core asset, with some creditors seeing billions of cubic feet of gas as a cushion against a hard landing for their bonds.

"That's not the way to look at it," counters Mr. Kelly. "If anyone is looking at gas as security on the bonds, then they ought to sell the bonds."

The other key to Calpine's current restructuring is higher power prices that will spur cash flow, and for that Calpine could use a heat wave. Consumers weather cold with natural gas and other sources of energy, but most rely on electrically powered air conditioners to beat the heat. Too many cool and breezy days, however, and air conditioners get turned off.

Bob Jensen's threads on accounting for derivative financial instruments are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Hedge Accounting =

accounting treatment that allows gains and losses on hedging instruments such as forward contracts and derivatives to be deferred and recognized when the offsetting gain or loss on the item being hedged is recognized. Criteria for qualifying as a hedge are discussed in FAS 133 Paragraphs 9-42, 70, 384-431, 432-457,, 458-473, and 488-494. Derivatives qualifying as hedges must continue to meet hedging criteria for the term of the contracts. Impairment tests are discussed in Paragraphs 27 on Page 17 and 31-35 on Page 22 of FAS 133.   A nonderivative instrument, such as a Treasury note, shall not be designated as a hedging instrument for a cash flow hedge (FAS 133 Paragraph 28d).  See cash flow hedge, compound derivatives, disclosure, fair value hedge, hedge,  ineffectiveness, and foreign currency hedge.  Especially note the term disclosure.

In a nutshell, hedge accounting might be viewed simply as the way changes in value of a booked derivative financial instrument might be offset against something other than current earnings.
Many firms are eager to have a hedge qualify for hedge accounting to reduce earnings fluctuations that arise from changes in derivative instrument values that do not qualify for hedge accounting.

Flow Chart for Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

Cash flows from a derivative financial instrument such as a swap are debited or credited to current earnings.  However, the change in the value of a derivative financial instrument may receive special accounting treatment if that derivative qualifies as a hedge under FAS 133 accounting rules.  If the derivative is not scoped into FAS 133, there is not requirement under FAS 133 to book the derivative and change its value on the balance sheet over time (although the derivative such as an insurance contract) may be booked under other accounting standards).  Such non-scoped derivatives include derivatives having an underlying based upon sports scores or geological indices (such as rainfall amounts.  Other non-scoped derivatives include regular-way trades, normal purchases and sales, insurance contracts, financial guarantees, and other derivatives scoped out of FAS 133 under Paragraph 58,

Changes in value of derivatives that are scoped into FAS 133 (which includes most derivatives commonly used in business) must be charged to current earnings if they are speculations or economic hedges that do not qualify for special accounting treatment under FAS 133.  For example, an interest rate swap that is based upon some interest rate index other than the U.S. Treasury rate or LIBOR will not qualify changes in value of that swap to receive special hedge accounting treatment under FAS 138 benchmarking constraints.  (See benchmark.).  The swap must nevertheless be booked as a derivative financial instrument and changes in its value must be charged to current earnings.  

If its underlying of the interest rate swap is the U.S. Treasury rate or LIBOR it would qualify for benchmarked  hedge accounting, and changes in its value would then be charged to other comprehensive income (OCI) for a qualified cash flow hedge.  See cash flow hedge.

If the hedge qualified as a fair value hedge, hedge accounting becomes a bit more complex.  If the hedged item is a firm commitment for an unbooked hedged item, the changes in the derivative's value are charged to an account invented in FAS 133 called "Firm Commitment."  If the hedged item is a booked asset or liability maintained at historical cost, the accounting for the hedged item is changed from historical cost to fair value accounting during the hedge period.  If the asset (such as gold) or liability is carried normally at fair value, then no hedge accounting is allowed and all changes in derivative value are charged to current earnings.  For example, changes in the value of a derivative that hedges gold are charged to current earnings, whereas the changes in the value of a derivative hedging a firm commitment to purchase wheat are charged to an account called "Firm Commitment" and do not affect current earnings until the derivative is settled.  See fair value hedge.

Hedges of investment securities receive different treatment depending upon whether the hedged item under FAS 115 is classified as "trading," "available for sale," or "held to maturity."  Derivatives hedging investments to be held to maturity or classified as trading investments cannot receive hedge accounting treatment.  All changes in the the value  of derivatives hedging such securities are charged to current earnings.  Changes in the value of derivatives hedging available for sale (AFS) securities also get charged to current earnings, but the accounting for the changes in value of the hedged items get changed in that FAS 115 rules are suspended during the hedging period for AFS securities.  During the hedging period, the changes in value of AFS hedged items are charged to current earnings rather than Other Comprehensive Income (OCI).  The changes in the value of the derivative hedging an AFS security, thereby, offsets the changes in the value of the AFS security itself, and there is no net impact on net earnings to the extent that the hedge is effective.

Derivatives that are covered by FAS 133 accounting rules must remeasured to fair value on each balance sheet date.  Paragraph 18 on Page 10 of FAS 133 outlines how to account gains and losses on derivative financial instruments designated for FAS 133 accounting.  The FASB requires that an entity use that defined method consistently throughout the hedge period (a) to assess at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis whether it expects the hedging relationship to be highly effective in achieving offset and (b) to measure the ineffective part of the hedge (FAS 133 Paragraph 62).  If the entity identifies an improved method and wants to apply that method prospectively, it must discontinue the existing hedging relationship and designate the relationship anew
(FAS 133 Paragraph 62).

According to Paragraph 70 of FAS 133, differences in credit risk do not preclude hedges from being perfectly effective with respect to price or interest rate risk being hedged.

70. Comparable credit risk at inception is not a condition for assuming no ineffectiveness even though actually achieving perfect offset would require that the same discount rate be used to determine the fair value of the swap and of the hedged item or hedged transaction. To justify using the same discount rate, the credit risk related to both parties to the swap as well as to the debtor on the hedged interest-bearing asset (in a fair value hedge) or the variable-rate asset on which the interest payments are hedged (in a cash flow hedge) would have to be the same. However, because that complication is caused by the interaction of interest rate risk and credit risk, which are not easily separable, comparable creditworthiness is not considered a necessary condition to assume no ineffectiveness in a hedge of interest rate risk.

An individual item (specific identification) hedge is a hedge against a particular underlying, e.g, a foreign currency hedge or fair value hedge against a firm commitment to purchase a machine such as in Example 1 in FAS 133 Paragraphs 104-110, 432-435, 458, Example 3 in Paragraphs 121-126, and Example 4 in Paragraphs 127-129. Also see Paragraph 447 on Page 197. A  Macro Hedge  is one in which a group of items or transactions is hedged by one or multiple derivative contracts. There is a gray zone between an individual item versus a macro hedge. Although portfolio (macro) hedging is common in finance, FAS 133 and IAS 39 prohibit most macro hedges. Reasoning is given in Paragraphs 21a and 357-361 of FAS 133.  The hedge must relate to a specific identified and designated risk, and not merely to overall enterprise business risks, and must ultimately affect the enterprise's net profit or loss (IAS 39 Paragraph 149).  If similar assets or similar liabilities are aggregated and hedged as a group, the individual assets or individual liabilities in the group will share the risk exposure for which they are designated as being hedged.  Further, the change in fair value attributable to the hedged risk for each individual item in the group will be expected to be approximately proportional to the overall change in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the group (IAS Paragraph 132).  Under international rules, the hedged item can be (a) a single asset, liability, firm commitment, or forecasted transaction or (b) a group of assets, liabilities, firm commitments, or forecasted transactions with similar risk characteristics (IAS 39 Paragraph 127).

Example:  Example: if the change in fair value of a hedged portfolio attributable to the hedged risk was 10% during a reporting period, the change in the fair values attributable to the hedged risk for each item constituting the portfolio should be expected to be within a range of 9-11%.  In contrast, an expectation that the change in fair value attributable to the hedged risk for individual items in the portfolio would range from 7-13% would be inconsistent with this provision (SFAS Paragraph 21a(1)).

If the hedged item is a financial asset or liability, a recognized loan servicing right, or a nonfinancial firm commitment with financial components, the designated risk being hedged is (1) the risk of changes in the overall fair value of the entire hedged item, (2) the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in market interest rates, (3) the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in the related foreign currency exchange rates (refer to FAS 133 Paragraphs 37 and 38), or (4) the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in the obligor's creditworthiness.  One controversial issue of frustration to companies was the initial FAS 133 failure to give hedge accounting treatment to interest rate derivatives that only hedge against the risk-free interest rate portion of a note.  This type of hedge is sometimes called a "treasury lock."  Treasury lock hedges are popular because it is relatively easy to find a derivative instrument that is marketed for purposes of hedging interest free rates.  Hedging against "fair value of the entire hedged item" is much more difficult and often requires the acquisition of a custom derivative that is not traded on exchanges.  The Derivative Instrument Group hung tough on this controversy in E1 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuee1.html 

Derivatives cannot hedge derivatives for accounting purposes -- now or under FASB 133," Bass said. "Does Dave [Duncan] think his accounting works even under FASB 133? No way."
Carl Bass, Andersen Auditor in 1999 who asked to be removed from Enron's audit review responsibilities --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm#Bass
 
The main reasons are given in FAS Paragraph 405.  FAS 133 Paragraph 21(2)(c) disallows hedged items to be derivative financial instruments for accounting purposes, because derivative instruments are carried at fair value and cannot therefore be hedged items in fair value hedges.  Also see Paragraphs 405-407.  Paragraph 472 prohibits derivatives from be designated hedged items any type of hedge, including cash flow, fair value, and foreign exchange hedges.  The reason is that derivatives under FAS 133 must be adjusted to fair value with the offset going to current earnings.  This is tantamount to the "equity method" referred to in Paragraph 472.  More importantly from the standpoint of Enron transactions, Paragraphs 230 and 432  prohibit a firm's own equity shares from being hedged items for accounting purposes.  Whenever a firm hedges the value of its own shares, FAS 133 does not allow hedge accounting treatment.

 

QUESTION (In DIG Issue E1)

In a fair value hedge (or cash flow hedge) where the hedged risk is the change in the fair value (or variability in cash flows) attributable to market interest rates, may the changes in fair value (or variability in cash flows) attributable to changes in the risk-free interest rate be designated as the hedged risk and be the sole focus of the assessment of hedge effectiveness?

RESPONSE (of the DIG_

No. Changes in the fair value (or variability in cash flows) attributable to changes in only the risk-free rate cannot be designated as the hedged risk in a fair value hedge (or cash flow hedge). Paragraphs 21(f) and 29(h) of Statement 133 permit the designated risk in a fair value hedge (or cash flow hedge) to be one of the following: (1) risk of changes in the overall fair value (or cash flows) of the entire hedged item, (2) risk of changes in the fair value (or cash flows) attributable to changes in market interest rates, (3) risk of changes in the fair value (or functional-currency-equivalent cash flows) due to changes in foreign currency rates, or (4) risk of changes in the fair value (or cash flows) due to changes in the obligor’s creditworthiness. The term credit risk in paragraph 21(f) is used to refer only to the risk of changes in fair value attributable to changes in the obligor’s creditworthiness, which can be measured by changes in the individual company’s credit rating.

The risk of changes in fair value (or cash flows) due to changes in market interest rates encompasses the risk of changes in credit spreads over the base Treasury rate for different classes of credit ratings. Therefore, if market interest rate risk is designated as the risk being hedged in either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, that hedge encompasses both changes in the risk-free rate of interest and changes in credit spreads over the base Treasury rate for the company’s particular credit sector (that is, the grouping of entities that share the same credit rating). The risk of changes in the fair value (or cash flows) attributable to changes in the risk-free rate of interest is a subcomponent of market interest rate risk. Statement 133 does not permit designation of a risk that is a subcomponent of any of the four risks identified in paragraphs 21(f) and 29(h) in Statement 133 as the risk being hedged. An entity may designate a contract based on the base Treasury rate (for example, a Treasury note futures contract) as a cross-hedge of the forecasted issuance of corporate debt. However, hedge ineffectiveness may occur to the extent that credit sector spreads change during the hedge period. As a result, in designing a hedging relationship using a contract based on the base Treasury rate as a cross-hedge, the risk of changes in credit sector spreads should be considered in designating the hedged risk.

In IAS 39 Paragraph 128, the IASC took a more conciliatory position.  If a hedged item is a financial asset or liability, it may be a hedged item with respect to the risks associated with only a portion of its cash flows or fair value, if effectiveness can be measured.  This conciliatory position does not hold for nonfinancial assets and liabilities according to IAS 39 Paragraph 129.

Eventually, the FASB also became more conciliatory.  The FASB subsequently issued the FAS 138 amendments to FAS 133 that introduced the concept of "benchmark" interest rate hedges.  Treasury lock hedges can now receive hedge accounting under FAS 138 even though such accounting was not allowed under the original version of FAS 133.

If the risk designated as being hedged is not the risk of changes in overall fair value of the entire hedged item, two or more of the other risks (market interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange risk, and credit risk) may simultaneously be designated as being hedged under FAS 133 Paragraph 21f.  In IAS 39 Paragraph 131, the IASC took a more conciliatory position when overall fair value risk is an issue.  A single hedging instrument may be designated as a hedge of more than one type of risk provided that: (a) the risks hedged can be clearly identified, (b) the effectiveness of the hedge can be demonstrated, and (c) it is possible to ensure that there is a specific designation of the hedging instrument and the different risk positions.

The subject of "clearly-and-closely related" is taken up in FAS 133, Pages 150-153, Paragraphs 304-311 and again in Paragraphs 443-450.. The closely-related criterion is illustrated in Paragraphs 176-177. Also the FASB reversed its position on compound derivatives.   Example 11 in Paragraphs 176-177 illustrate clearly-and-closely-related criteria in embedded hybrid derivative instruments.

If a hedged item is a nonfinancial asset or liability, it should be designated as a hedged item either (a) for foreign currency risks or (b) in its entirety for all risks according to IAS 39 Paragraph 129. If the hedged item is a nonfinancial asset or liability (other than a recognized loan servicing right or a nonfinancial firm commitment with financial components), the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the fair value of the entire hedged asset or liability (reflecting its actual location if a physical asset).   The price risk of a similar asset in a different location or of a major ingredient may not be the hedged risk (FAS 133 Paragraph 21e).

If the hedged item is a specific portion of an asset/liability (or of a portfolio of similar assets/liabilities), the hedged item is one of the following:

(1) A percentage of the entire asset/liability

(2) One or more selected contractual cash flows

(3) A put option, a call option, an interest rate cap, or an interest rate floor embedded in an existing asset/liability that is not an embedded derivative accounted for separately pursuant to paragraph 12 of the Statement

(4) The residual value in a lessor's net investment in a direct financing or sales-type lease
If the entire asset/liability is an instrument with variable cash flows, the hedged item cannot be deemed to be an implicit fixed-to-variable swap perceived to be embedded in a host contract with fixed cash flows.  (FAS 133 Paragraph 21a(2))

The hedged item is not:

(1) an asset or liability that is remeasured with the changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings (for example, if foreign exchange risk is hedged, a foreign-currency-denominated asset for which a foreign currency transaction gain or loss is recognized in earnings), (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c(1)).  Likewise, paragraph 29d prohibits the following transaction from being designated as the hedged forecasted transaction in a cash flow hedge: the acquisition of an asset or incurrence of a liability that will subsequently be remeasured with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings.  If the forecasted transaction relates to a recognized asset or liability, the asset or liability is not remeasured with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk reported currently in earnings.)

(2) an investment accounted for by the equity method in accordance with the requirements of APB Opinion No. 18.

(3) a minority interest in one or more consolidated subsidiaries.

(4) an equity instrument in a consolidated subsidiary.

(5) a firm commitment either to enter into a business combination or to acquire or dispose of a subsidiary, a minority interest or an equity method investee.

(6) an equity instrument issued by the entity and classified in stockholders' equity in the statement of financial position (FAS 133 Paragraph 21c).

Paragraph 20 of FAS 133 generally prohibits derivative financial instruments from being hedged items even though they are commonly used for hedging instruments.  

The following cannot be designated as a hedged item in a foreign currency hedge:

(a) a recognized asset or liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 (such as a foreign-currency-denominated receivable or payable) either in a  fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.

(b) the forecasted acquisition of an asset or the incurrence of a liability that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 in a cash flow hedge
(FAS 133 Paragraph 36).  An available-for-sale equity security can be hedged for changes in the fair value attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates if:

(a) the security is not traded on an exchange on which trades are denominated in the investor's functional currency.
(b) dividends or other cash flows to holders of the security are all denominated in the same foreign currency as the currency expected to be received upon sale of the security (FAS 133 Paragraph 38).

A written option is not a hedging instrument unless it is designated as an offset to a purchased option, including one that is embedded in another financial instrument, for example, a written option used to hedge callable debt
(IAS 39 Paragraph 124).  A purchased option qualifies as a hedging instrument as it has potential gains equal to or greater than losses and, therefore, has the potential to reduce profit or loss exposure from changes in fair values or cash flows (IAS 39 Paragraph 124). 
Under FASB rules, if a written option is designated as hedging a recognized asset or liability / the variability in cash flows for a recognized asset or liability, the combination of the hedged item and the written option provides at least as much potential for favorable cash flows as exposure to unfavorable cash flows (see FAS 133 Paragraph 20c or 28c).

Whereas unrealized fair value hedge gains and losses are accounted for in current earnings, cash flow hedge gains and losses may be deferred in comprehensive income until derecognition, derecognition, or impairment arise.   Impairment in meeting hedge criteria are discussed in Paragraphs 27, 32, 34-35, 208, 144-152, 447-448, and 495-498.  

Related to impairment are dedesignation., derecognition, and ineffectiveness tests.  Impairment tests are discussed in Paragraphs 31-35 on beginning on Page 22 of FAS 133.  Paragraph 31 requires that, in the case of forecasted net losses of a combined hedged item and its hedging instrument, accumulated losses in comprehensive income be transferred to current earnings to the extent of the anticipated settlement loss.  

Paragraph 32 beginning on Page 22 of FAS 133 outlines conditions for discontinuance of hedge accounting and reclassification requirements.  Nothing is said about where reclassifications are to be shown in the income statement.  KPMG argues that these should appear in the operating income section.  See Example 1 on Page 344 of of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

Under international standards, IAS 39 has similar impairment provisions.  If there is objective evidence of impairment, and the loss on a financial asset carried at fair value has been recognized directly in equity in accordance with IAS 39 Paragraph 103b.  The cumulative net loss that had been recognized directly in equity should be removed from equity and recognized in earnings for the period even though the financial asset has not been derecognized (see IAS 39 Paragraph 117).  The amount of the loss that should be removed from equity and reported in earnings is the difference between its acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment and amortization) and current fair value (for equity instruments) or recoverable amount (for debt instruments), less any impairment loss on that asset previously recognized in earnings.  The recoverable amount of a debt instrument remeasured to fair value is the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of interest for a similar financial asset (See IAS 39 Paragraph 118).  If, in a subsequent period, the fair value or recoverable amount of the financial asset carried at fair value increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the loss was recognized in earnings, the loss should be reversed, with the amount of the reversal included in earnings for the period (See IAS 39 Paragraph 119).

Fair value hedges are accounted for in a similar manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39.  Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm (emphasis added):

IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Definition
a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (such as a hedge of exposure to changes in the fair value of fixed rate debt as a result of changes in interest rates).

However, a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a cash flow hedge

IAS 39 Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
To the extent that the hedge is effective, the gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value is recognised immediately in net profit or loss. At the same time, the corresponding gain or loss on the hedged item adjusts the carrying amount of the hedged item and is recognised immediately in net profit or loss.

 

FAS 133 Fair Value Hedge Definition:
Same as IAS 39

...except that a hedge of an unrecognised firm commitment to buy or sell an asset at a fixed price in the enterprise’s reporting currency is accounted for as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.


SFAS Fair Value Hedge Accounting:
Same as IAS 39

a. The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value should be recognized immediately in earnings; and

b. The gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk should adjust the carrying amount of the hedged item and be recognized immediately in earnings.

c. This applies even if a hedged item is otherwise measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized directly  in equity under paragraph 103b.  It also applies if the hedged item is otherwise measured at cost. 
(IAS 39 Paragraph 153)
See IAS 39 Paragraph 154 for an example
.

Cash flow hedges are accounted for in a similar manner but not identical manner in both FAS 133 and IAS 39 (other than the fact that none of the IAS 39 standards define comprehensive income or require that changes in fair value not yet posted to current earnings be classified under comprehensive income in the equity section of a balance sheet):

To the extent that the cash flow hedge is effective, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized initially in equity. Subsequently, that amount is included in net profit or loss in the same period or periods during which the hedged item affects net profit or loss (for example, through cost of sales, depreciation, or amortization).

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm (emphasis added):

IAS 39 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument will adjust the basis (carrying amount) of the acquired asset or liability. The gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability is subsequently included in net profit or loss when the asset or liability affects net profit or loss (such as in the periods that depreciation expense, interest income or expense, or cost of sales is recognised).

FAS 133 Cash Flow Hedge Accounting
For a hedge of a forecasted asset and liability acquisition, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument will remain in equity when the asset or liability is acquired. That gain or loss will subsequently included in net profit or loss in the same period as the asset or liability affects net profit or loss (such as in the periods that depreciation expense, interest income or expense, or cost of sales is recognised). Thus, net profit or loss will be the same under IAS and FASB Standards, but the balance sheet presentation will be net under IAS and gross under FASB.

With respect to net investment un a foreign entity, Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm:

IAS 39 Hedge of a 
Net Investment in a Foreign Entity

accounted for same as a cash flow hedge.

FAS 133 Hedge of a 
Net Investment in a Foreign Entity
:  
Same as in IAS 39

 

IAS 39
For those financial assets and liabilities that are remeasured to fair value, an enterprise has a single, enterprise-wide option to either:

(a) recognise the entire adjustment in net profit or loss for the period; or

(b) recognise in net profit or loss for the period only those changes in fair value relating to financial assets and liabilities held for trading, with value changes in non-trading items reported in equity until the financial asset is sold, at which time the realised gain or loss is reported in net profit or loss.


FAS 133
FASB requires option (b) for all enterprises.

 

March 20 Message from Ira Kawaller

Hi Bob,
I just posted a recently published article on how to satisfy the FAS 133 disclosure requirements for interest rate hedges.  Although it was originally published by Bank Asset/Liablility Management (March 2000), the content is 
applicable to all firms with interest rate exposures -- not just banks.  
If you are interested, it is available at 
http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALMHedges.pdf 
You can also find additional information about derivatives, risk management, and FAS 133 in the various articles posted on the Kawaller & Company website:  
http://www.kawaller.com 
Please feel free to contact me with any questions, comments, or suggestions.
Ira Kawaller
Kawaller & Company, LLC
kawaller@kawaller.com 
(718) 694-6270

Bob Jensen's documents and threads on FAS 133 are linked at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

The Excel workbook solutions to examples and cases are on a different server at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/ 

 

See Illustrations  and Ineffectivness.

Hedge Fund (an oxymoron)

A pooled investment vehicle that is privately organised and is administered by professional investment managers. It is different from another pooled investment fund, the mutual fund, in that access is available only to wealthy individuals and institutional managers. Moreover, hedge funds are able to sell securities short and buy securities on leverage, which is consistent with their typically short-term and high risk oriented investment strategy, based primarily on the active use of derivatives and short positions.
OECD --- http://www1.oecd.org/error.htm 

Hedge Funds Are Growing: Is This Good or Bad?
When the ratings agencies downgraded General Motors debt to junk status in early May, a chill shot through the $1 trillion hedge fund industry. How many of these secretive investment pools for the rich and sophisticated would be caught on the wrong side of a GM bond bet? In the end, the GM bond bomb was a dud. Hedge funds were not as exposed as many had thought. But the scare did help fuel the growing debate about hedge funds. Are they a benefit to the financial markets, or a menace? Should they be allowed to continue operating in their free-wheeling style, or should they be reined in by new requirements, such as a move to make them register as investment advisors with the Securities and Exchange Commission?
"Hedge Funds Are Growing: Is This Good or Bad?" Knowledge@wharton,  June 2005 --- http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/index.cfm?fa=viewArticle&id=1225     

German Chancellor's Call for Global Regulations to Curb Hedge Funds
Germany and the United States are parting company again, this time over Chancellor Gerhard Schröder's call for international regulations to govern hedge funds. Treasury Secretary John W. Snow, speaking here Thursday at the end of a five-country European tour, said the United States opposed "heavy-handed" curbs on markets. He said that he was not familiar with the German proposals, but left little doubt about how Washington would react. "I think we ought to be very careful about heavy-handed regulation of markets because it stymies financial innovation," Mr. Snow said after a news conference here to sum up his visit. Noting that the Securities and Exchange Commission has proposed that hedge funds be required to register themselves, he said he preferred the "light touch rather than the heavy regulatory burden."
Mark Landler, "U.S. Balks at German Chancellor's Call for Global Regulations to Curb Hedge Funds," The New York Times, June 17, 2005 --- http://www.nytimes.com/2005/06/17/business/worldbusiness/17hedge.html?

An investing balloon that will one day burst
The numbers are mind-boggling: 15 years ago, hedge funds managed less than $40 billion. Today, the figure is approaching $1 trillion. By contrast, assets in mutual funds grew at an impressive but much slower rate, to $8.1 trillion from $1 trillion, during the same period. The number of hedge fund firms has also grown - to 3,307 last year, up 74 percent from 1,903 in 1999. During the same period, the number of funds created - a manager can start more than one fund at a time - has surged 209 percent, with 1,406 funds introduced in 2004, according to Hedge Fund Research, based in Chicago.
Jenny Anderson and Riva D. Atlas, "If I Only Had a Hedge Fund," The New York Times, The New York Times, March 27, 2005 --- http://www.nytimes.com/2005/03/27/business/yourmoney/27hedge.html 
Jensen Comment:  The name "hedge fund" seems to imply that risk is hedged.  Nothing could be further from the case.  Hedge funds do not have to hedge risks,  Hedge funds should instead be called private investment clubs.  If structured in a certain way they can avoid SEC oversight.  

Remember how the Russian space program worked in the 1960s? The only flights that got publicized were the successful ones.  Hedge funds are like that. The ones asking for your money have terrific records. You don't hear about the ones that blew up. That fact should strongly color your view of hedge funds with terrific records.
Forbes, January 13, 2005 --- http://snipurl.com/ForbesJan_13 

US hedge funds prior to 2005 were exempted from Securities and Exchange Commission reporting requirements, as well as from regulatory restrictions concerning leverage or trading strategies. They now must register with the SEC except under an enormous loophole for funds that cannot liquidate in less than two years.

The Loophole:  Locked-up funds don't require oversight.  That means more risk for investors.
"Hedge Funds Find an Escape Hatch," Business Week, December 27, 2004, Page 51 --- 

Securities & Exchange Commission Chairman William H. Donaldson recently accomplished a major feat when he got the agency to pass a controversial rule forcing hedge fund advisers to register by 2006. Unfortunately, just weeks after the SEC announced the new rule on Dec. 2, many hedge fund managers have already figured out a simple way to bypass it.

The easy out is right on page 23 of the new SEC rule: Any fund that requires investors to commit their money for more than two years does not have to register with the SEC. The SEC created that escape hatch to benefit private-equity firms and venture capitalists, which typically make long-term investments and have been involved in few SEC enforcement actions. By contrast, hedge funds, some of which have recently been charged with defrauding investors, typically have allowed investors to remove their money at the end of every quarter. Now many are considering taking advantage of the loophole by locking up customers' money for years.


The primer below should have been entitled "The Mutual Fund Scandal for Dummies."  It is the best explanation of what really happened and how mutual funds versus index funds really work.

A Primer on the Mutual-Fund Scandal --- www.businessweek.com:/print/bwdaily/dnflash/sep2003/nf20030922_7646.htm?db
Stanford University  faculty member Eric Zitzewitz, "found evidence of market timing and late trading across many fund families he studied."
BusinessWeek Online, September 22, 2003

When it comes to financial scandal, the mutual-fund industry had always seemed above the fray. No longer. On Sept. 3, New York Attorney General Eliot Spitzer kicked off an industry wide probe with allegations that four prominent fund outfits allowed a hedge fund to trade in and out of mutual funds in ways that benefited the parent companies at the expense of their long-term shareholders.

By Sept. 16, Spitzer's office and the Securities & Exchange Commission had filed criminal and civil charges against a former Bank of America (BAC ) broker who allegedly facilitated illegal trading in mutual funds. More fund companies are being subpoenaed for information about their trading, and more state and federal regulators are joining the growing investigation. It's all but certain that more fund firms will be drawn into the deepening scandal.

Yet this major crisis for the fund industry has failed to inspire much fury from investors, and it has done little to halt a rising stock market. Maybe a partial explanation is that the fund companies allegedly did wrong, and why it hurt shareholders, is difficult to understand. For anyone who has read widespread coverage of the topic but wanted to scream, "Explain what the heck is going on," we provide the following discussion:

Let's start at the beginning. How is a mutual fund set up?
A mutual fund is like any other public company. It has a board of directors and shareholders. Its business is investing -- in stocks, bonds, real estate, or other assets -- using whatever strategy is set out in its prospectus, with money from individual investors. Its strategy could be to buy, say, small, fast-growing U.S. companies or to purchase the debt of firms across Europe.

A fund's board hires a portfolio manager as well as an outside firm to market and distribute the fund to investors. But funds can become big quickly, and the larger ones operate a bit differently. A fund-management company (think Fidelity or Vanguard) sets up dozens of funds, markets them to investors, hires the portfolio managers, and handles the administrative duties. It makes a profit collecting fees (usually a percentage of assets under management) from the funds it manages.

A fund company typically has in place the same board of directors (including some independent members) for its funds. The board of directors should be on the lookout for abusive practices by the fund company, but directors often have too many funds to oversee and may be too aligned with the company's portfolio managers to provide much oversight.

This case concerns mutual-fund trading. Does it involve the portfolio managers?
No, that's not what this case is about. Portfolio managers buy and sell securities for their funds. But the alleged improper trading has to do with outside investors buying and selling a fund's shares. Spitzer's complaint actually concerns the activity of one firm, Canary Capital Partners, but he alleges the same activity is far more widespread.

Portfolio managers, who are usually compensated based on their funds' performance and frequently have their own money invested in their funds, are usually shareholders' greatest defenders against trading practices that hurt long-term results.

How are mutual funds traded?
Funds can be bought and sold all day. However, unlike stocks, which are priced throughout the trading day, mutual funds are only priced once a day, usually at 4 p.m. Eastern Time. At that point the funds' price, or Net Asset Value (NAV), is determined by adding up the worth of the securities the fund owns, plus any cash it holds, and dividing that by the number of shares outstanding.

Buy a fund at 2 p.m. and you'll pay a NAV that is determined two hours later. Buy a fund at 5 p.m. and you'll pay a price that won't be set until 4 p.m. the following day. According to Spitzer's complaint, Canary Capital Partners, a hedge fund, took advantage of the way fund prices are set to effectively pick the pockets of long-term shareholders.

What's a hedge fund?
A hedge fund is like a mutual fund in that it buys and sells securities, is run by a portfolio manager, and tries to make money for its investors. But hedge funds have a very different structure (they are actually set up as partnerships) and are almost entirely unregulated, mostly because they manage money for sophisticated high net-worth individuals or companies, and have different rules governing when and how investors can liquidate their positions.

Hedge-fund managers are compensated based on a percentage of profits (often 20%), so they have a major incentive to take risks, which they often do. Selling stocks short (a way to bet they will fall in price), piling on complex financial security derivatives, and using borrowed money to leverage returns are common strategies.

So exactly what did Canary Capital allegedly do?
According to Spitzer's complaint, Canary (which settled charges, paid $40 million in fines, but didn't admit or deny guilt), had two strategies (Spitzer called them "schemes") for making money trading in mutual funds. The easiest to understand, the most serious, and clearly illegal is "late trading." The other strategy, "market timing" is far more common and not illegal, although clearly unethical.

How does late trading work?
The rule of "forward pricing" prohibits orders placed after 4 p.m. from receiving that day's price. But Canary allegedly established relationships with a few financial firms, including Bank of America, so that orders placed after 4 p.m. would still get that day's price. In return for getting to trade late, Canary placed large investments in other Bank of America funds, effectively compensating the company for the privilege of trading late.

The late-trading ability would have allowed Canary to take advantage of events that occurred after the market closed -- events that would affect the prices of securities held in a fund's portfolio when the market opened the next day.

I could use an example.
Here's a hypothetical, simplified one: Let's say the Imaginary Stock mutual fund has 5% of its assets invested in the stock of XYZ Co. After the close, XYZ announces earnings that exceed analysts' expectations. XYZ closed at 4 p.m. at $40 a share but most likely, its price will soar the next day.

The late trader buys the Imaginary Stock mutual fund at 6 p.m. after the news is announced, paying an NAV of $15 (that was calculated using the $40 share price of XYZ). The next day, when XYZ closes at $50, it helps push the fund's NAV to $15.50. The late trader sells the shares and pockets the gain. Spitzer says late trading is like "betting today on yesterday's horse races." You already know the outcome before you place your winning bet.

How do they turn this into real money? It sounds like small potatoes.
If you did this dozens of times a year in hundreds of funds investing millions of dollars at a time, it would add up.

What about market-timing? How does that work?
This strategy takes advantage of prices that are already outdated, or "stale," when a fund's NAV is set. Most often the strategy is carried out using international funds, in which prices are stale because the securities closed earlier in a different time zone.

Could you give an example?
Well, let's take the Imaginary International Stock mutual fund. One day, U.S. markets get a huge boost thanks to positive economic news and the benchmark Standard & Poor's 500 rises 5%. The market-timer steps in and buys shares of the international fund at an NAV of $15 at 4 p.m., knowing that about 75% of the time, international markets will follow what happened in the U.S. the previous trading day. Predictably, most of the time, the international fund rises in price the next day and closes at an NAV of $15.05. The market-timer then sells the shares, pocketing the gain.

If market timing isn't illegal, why would Spitzer investigate the industry for it?
Market timing (and late trading, for that matter) add to a fund's costs, which are paid by shareholders. This kind of trading activity also either dilutes long-term profits or magnifies losses depending on whether the trader is betting the fund will go up or go down. (For a more detailed example of how market-timing works, see BW Online, 12/11/02, "How Arbs Can Burn Fund Investors").

Most funds have a stated policy in place (included in the prospectus) of prohibiting market-timing. They impose redemption fees on investors that hold a fund less than 180 days. And many prospectuses give fund companies the right to kick market-timers out of the fund.

Yet Spitzer alleges that fund companies such as Janus (JNS ) and Strong got to reap extra management fees by allowing Canary to do market-timing trades in return for Canary placing large deposits of "sticky" assets (funds that are going to stay in one place for a while) in other funds. That would put it in violation of its fiduciary duty to act in its shareholders' best interests and mean it has not conformed to policies laid out in its prospectus.

Spitzer offers this analogy: "Allowing timing is like a casino saying that it prohibits loaded dice, but then allowing favored gamblers to use loaded dice, in return for a piece of the action." Janus, Strong, and the other companies named in Spitzer's complaint have promised to cooperate with him and are conducting their own internal investigations of trading practices. Several firms have promised to make restitution to shareholders if they find such deals cost shareholders money.

But wouldn't this amount to tiny losses for the shareholders in the fund?
That depends on how many traders might have used these strategies. Spitzer believes these practices are widespread and his investigation is widening to include many more fund companies.

Eric Zitzewitz, an assistant professor of economics at Stanford, has found evidence of market timing and late trading across many fund families he studied. His research shows that an investor with $10,000 in an international fund would have lost an average of $110 to market timers in 2001 and $5 a year to after-market traders. Average losses in 2003 appear to be at roughly the same level, he says. That may not sound like much, but in a three-year bear market, when the average investor was losing hundreds if not thousands of dollars on investments, it's adding the insult of abused trust to the injury of heavy losses.

What's likely to happen next?
Spitzer and other securities regulators are likely to announce the alleged involvement of more fund companies. If individual investors believe fund companies abused their trust, they are likely to call for more regulation and stiff penalties. Potentially they could pull their money out of funds en masse, forcing portfolio managers to liquidate stocks to fund redemptions. That could be very disruptive to financial markets.

Another possibility is that the stock market continues to rise on the back of a stronger economy and a jump in corporate profits. Fund investors might be willing to ignore past losses due to illegal and unethical trading practices because they're pleased with the current gains their funds are providing. For now, that's clearly what the embattled mutual-fund industry hopes will happen.


Invest in Hedge Funds at Your Own Peril

"Hedge Fund Hoopla Be unafraid; be very unafraid," The Wall Street Journal, July 1, 2006 --- http://www.opinionjournal.com/weekend/hottopic/?id=110008598

Politicians are drawn to piles of unregulated money like, well, politicians to TV cameras. So it was only a matter of time before Congress took aim at the $2.4 trillion hedge fund industry.

The Senate Judiciary Committee held a hedge fund hearing this week, with its star witness one Gary Aguirre, a former SEC investigator who said superiors quashed a probe into insider trading at Pequot Capital. Pequot has vigorously denied the claims, and insider trading is already illegal. But the ubiquitous Connecticut Attorney General Richard Blumenthal was nonetheless on hand, in range of TV cameras, to claim that hedge funds are a "regulatory black hole." The Senators were also very concerned, no doubt prepping for the day when a few of these pools of private investment capital go belly up.

So maybe it's time to step back and recall that we've all been at this cab stand before. In 1999, a year after Long Term Capital Management blew up, the President's Working Group on Financial Markets released the results of its top-to-bottom probe of hedge funds. This was no lightweight body, containing as it did Alan Greenspan, Robert Rubin and former SEC Chairman Arthur Levitt. Its findings argued so strongly against meddling in this source of market liquidity and efficiency that even the Clinton Administration gave regulation a pass.

The working group focused on a concern that is often heard today, which is that too much hedge fund borrowing could lead to systemic market risk. Highly leveraged investors are always more vulnerable to market shocks. And if forced to liquidate their often-huge positions, their losses could cascade throughout the financial system.

But the working group found that Long Term Capital was unique. The best way to guard against hedge fund meltdowns is a system in which the counterparties (bankers, broker-dealers) that lend to or borrow from hedge funds impose due diligence. In Long Term Capital's case, many counterparties were so impressed by that giant fund's reputation that they "did not ask sufficiently tough questions," as Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke put it in a speech this May.

Such laxity is a problem, but the answer isn't necessarily more direct regulation. The working group recognized that, in the complicated and fast-moving world of financial derivatives, the best way to guard against future blowups is to ensure the market itself imposes more discipline. It recommended that hedge funds provide better disclosure to their counterparties, and that regulators ensure that counterparties have systems and policies that identify warning signs and restrain excessive leverage.

The regulators have since complied, issuing risk-management guidance so bank supervisors now consider it a primary duty to monitor hedge-fund dealings. The SEC also stepped up its inspection of broker-dealers. Many counterparties now require hedge funds to post more collateral to cover potential exposure. And institutions and regulators are all trying to improve weak areas--say, understanding the risks in such new financial products as credit derivatives. For a "black hole," this sure has a lot of foot traffic.

Hedge funds offer high returns, but they also take big risks, and some failures are inevitable. That's especially true when the Fed is raising rates and credit is getting tighter. But while hedge funds have multiplied since 1999, the funds that have failed have done so with barely a market ripple. This suggests the Clinton working group's strategy is working.

The Clintonians also argued that direct hedge fund regulation would have significant costs, such as reducing the liquidity crucial to robust financial markets. And in his recent speech, Mr. Bernanke noted how difficult it would be for any regulator to monitor hedge fund trading strategies that change rapidly and are enormously complex.

A more recent complaint about hedge funds is that they are becoming ever more available to Mom and Pop investors, not merely to the superrich. But a 2003 SEC report found that funds are still dominated by big institutional investors--pension funds, endowments, and the like. Rich individuals and families supplied 42% of hedge fund assets, although that share is declining.

Pension funds do contain Mom and Pop retirement assets. But the focus of regulators should be on the pension fund managers for taking a flyer on hedge funds, not on the funds for taking the money. As for those who claim hedge funds are run by rogues, the SEC report noted that it could find "no evidence indicating that hedge funds or their advisers engage disproportionately in fraudulent activity."

Alas, none of this common sense stopped the SEC from plunging ahead in 2004 in an attempt to begin regulating hedge funds. But that attempt was overruled this month as an illegal power grab by the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals, which throws the matter once more into the tender arms of Congress.

Hedge funds are easy political targets because they aren't sold to the general public and aren't well understood. But the regulators at the Fed and Treasury who are paid to watch the financial system understand that they provide far more benefits than risks. Congress should tread carefully, if it treads at all.

You can read about the Long Term Capital (Trillion Dollar Bet) scandal at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#LTCM

 


From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on September 9, 2005

TITLE: Lifting the Curtains on Hedge-Fund Window Dressing
REPORTER: Jesse Eisinger
DATE: Jul 09, 2005
PAGE: C1
LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB112605873549333575,00.html 
TOPICS: Advanced Financial Accounting, Investments, Auditing

SUMMARY: Eisinger analyzes stock price jumps on August 31 and argues that the phenomena may be indicative of window-dressing at one particular hedge fund.

QUESTIONS:
1.) What are the three types of investment portfolios identified in the accounting literature? What type of investment portfolio is discussed in this article?

2.) Describe the accounting for the three types of investment portfolios. What is the biggest difference in the accounting practices' effect on reported profits?

3.) Define the term "window dressing." How does that issue relate to using market values for financial reporting and to their impact on performance shown in the income statement?

4.) Suppose you are an auditor for the hedge-fund identified in this article. How would you assess the potential impact of these issues on your audit procedures? Would you react to the information published? Identify all steps you might take both in your audit steps within the hedge-fund and any external steps you might consider.

Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

 

Hedged Item --- See Hedge Accounting 

Held-to-Maturity (HTM) =

is one of three classifications of securities investments under SFAS 115.  Securities designated as "held-to-maturity" need not be revalued for changes in market value and are maintained at historical cost-based book value.  Securities not deemed as being held-to-maturity securities are adjusted for changes in fair value.  Whether or not the unrealized holding gains or losses affect net income depends upon whether these are classified as trading securities versus available-for-sale securities.   Holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are deferred in comprehensive income instead of being posted to current earnings.  The three classifications are of vital importance to cash flow hedge accounting under FAS 133.

Flow Chart for HTM Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

The distinction is important under FAS 133, because held-to-maturity securities need not be revalued in interim periods with unrealized gains and losses going to current earnings (for trading investments) or comprehensive income (for available-for-sale investments).   The FASB clung to its disallowance of either cash flow or fair value hedge accounting under FAS 133 for held-to-maturity investments.

Held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for cash flow risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133.  Suppose a firm has a forecasted transaction to purchase a held-to-maturity bond investment denominated in a foreign currency. Under SFAS 115, the bond will eventually, after the bond purchase, be adjusted to fair value on each reporting date. As a result, any hedge of the foreign currency risk exposure to cash flows cannot receive favorable cash flow hedge accounting under FAS 133 rules (as is illustrated in Example 6 beginning on Page 265 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998. Before the bond is purchased, its forecasted transaction is not allowed to be a cash flow hedged item under Paragraph 29d on Page 20 of FAS 133 since, upon execution of the transaction, the bond "will subsequently be remeasured with changes in fair value. Also see Paragraph 36 on Page 23 of FAS 133.  Similar international rulings apply under IAS 39.  Unlike originated loans and receivables, a held-to-maturity investment cannot be a hedged item with respect to interest-rate risk because designation of an investment as held-to-maturity involves not accounting for associated changes in interest rates.  However, a held-to-maturity investment can be a hedged item with respect to risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and credit risk (IAS 39 Paragraph 127).

FAS 133 Paragraph 21d reads as follows:

If the hedged item is all or a portion of a debt security (or a portfolio of similar debt securities) that is classified as held-to-maturity in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in the obligor's creditworthiness or if the hedged item is an option component of a held-to- maturity security that permits its prepayment, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the entire fair value of that option component. (The designated hedged risk for a held-to-maturity security may not be the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in market interest rates or foreign exchange rates. If the hedged item is other than an option component that permits its prepayment, the designated hedged risk also may not be the risk of changes in its overall fair value.)

Paragraph 428 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133 reads as follows (where the "Board" is the FASB):

The Board continues to believe that providing hedge accounting for a held-to- maturity security conflicts with the notion underlying the held-to-maturity classification in Statement 115 if the risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the fair value of the entire hedged item or is otherwise related to interest rate risk. The Board believes an entity's decision to classify a security as held-to-maturity implies that future decisions about continuing to hold that security will not be affected by changes in market interest rates. The decision to classify a security as held-to-maturity is consistent with the view that a change in fair value or cash flow stemming from a change in market interest rates is not relevant for that security. In addition, fair value hedge accounting effectively alters the traditional income recognition pattern for that debt security by accelerating gains and losses on the security during the term of the hedge into earnings, with subsequent amortization of the related premium or discount over the period until maturity. That accounting changes the measurement attribute of the security away from amortized historical cost. The Board also notes that the rollover of a shorter term liability that funds a held-to-maturity security may be eligible for hedge accounting. The Board therefore decided to prohibit both a fixed-rate held-to- maturity debt security from being designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge and the variable interest receipts on a variable-rate held-to-maturity security from being designated as hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge if the risk being hedged includes changes in market interest rates.

 

 

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
If an enterprise is prohibited from classifying financial assets as held-to-maturity because it has actually sold some such assets before maturity, that prohibition expires at the end of the second financial year following the premature sales.

FAS 133
FASB standard is silent as to whether or when such "tainting" is ever cured.

A Message from K Badrinath on January 25, 2002

Dear Mr. Jensen:

To cut a potentially long introduction short, I am associated with the leading vendor of treasury software in India, Synergy Log-In Systems Ltd. Shall be glad to share more on that with you should you be interested.

The reason for writing this is, while negotiating the minefield called FAS 133, courtesy your wonderful Glossary on the net, I came across apparantly contradictory statements under two different heads about whether held-to-maturity securities can be hedged items:

HELD-TO-MATURITY 
Unlike originated loans and receivables, a held-to-maturity investment cannot be a hedged item with respect to interest-rate risk because designation of an investment as held-to-maturity involves not accounting for associated changes in interest rates. However, a held-to-maturity investment can be a hedged item with respect to risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and credit risk

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE 
Held-to-maturity securities can also be FAS 133-allowed hedge items.

Help!!

K. Badrinath

Hello K. Badrinath,

I think your confusion comes from the fact that FAS 138 amended Paragraph 21(d) as noted below.

Original Paragraph 21(d) .
If the hedged item is all or a portion of a debt security (or a portfolio of similar debt securities) that is classified as held-to-maturity in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in the obligor's creditworthiness or if the hedged item is an option component of a held-to- maturity security that permits its prepayment, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the entire fair value of that option component. (The designated hedged risk for a held-to-maturity security may not be the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to changes in market interest rates or foreign exchange rates. If the hedged item is other than an option component that permits its prepayment, the designated hedged risk also may not be the risk of changes in its overall fair value.)

FAS 138 Amendment of Paragraph 21(d)"
[Hedged Item] If the hedged item is all or a portion of a debt security (or a portfolio of similar debt securities) that is classified as held-to-maturity in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in its fair value attributable to credit risk,
foreign exchange risk, or both.

Related paragraph changes are noted in Appendix B of FAS 138.

Hedge accounting for held-to-maturity securities under FAS 133 is especially troublesome for me.  You can get hedge accounting treatment for for creditworthiness risk and certain prepayment option fair value changes, but you cannot get hedge accounting for interest rate risk.  The FASB reasoning is spelled out in Paragraphs 426-431.  

Keep in mind, however, that the derivative used to hedge a held-to-maturity security must be adjusted to fair value at least every 90 days with changes it its value going to current earnings.  

Hedges of securities classified as available-for-sale do not take the same beating under FAS 133.  Without a hedge, FAS 115 rules require changes in value of AFS investments to be booked, but the offset is to OCI rather than current earnings.  Paragraph 23 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

Paragraph 23
If a hedged item is otherwise measured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in other comprehensive income (such as an available-for-sale security), the adjustment of the hedged item's carrying amount discussed in paragraph 22 shall be recognized in earnings rather than in other comprehensive income in order to offset the gain or loss on the hedging instrument

Foreign currency risk is somewhat different under Paragraph 38 for AFS securities.

 

Some key paragraphs from FAS 133 are as follows:

Paragraph 54
At the date of initial application, an entity may transfer any held-to-maturity security into the available-for-sale category or the trading category. An entity will then be able in the future to designate a security transferred into the available-for-sale category as the hedged item, or its variable interest payments as the cash flow hedged transactions, in a hedge of the exposure to changes in market interest rates, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, or changes in its overall fair value. (paragraph 21(d) precludes a held-to- maturity security from being designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge of market interest rate risk or the risk of changes in its overall fair value. paragraph 29(e) similarly precludes the variable cash flows of a held-to-maturity security from being designated as the hedged transaction in a cash flow hedge of market interest rate risk.) The unrealized holding gain or loss on a held-to-maturity security transferred to another category at the date of initial application shall be reported in net income or accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the requirements of paragraphs 15(b) and 15(c) of Statement 115 and reported with the other transition adjustments discussed in paragraph 52 of this Statement. Such transfers from the held-to-maturity category at the date of initial adoption shall not call into question an entity's intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the future. 

Paragraphs 426-431

Prohibition against Hedge Accounting for Hedges of Interest Rate Risk of Debt Securities Classified as Held-to-Maturity

426. This Statement prohibits hedge accounting for a fair value or cash flow hedge of the interest rate risk associated with a debt security classified as held-to-maturity pursuant to Statement 115. During the deliberations that preceded issuance of Statement 115, the Board considered whether such a debt security could be designated as being hedged for hedge accounting purposes. Although the Board's view at that time was that hedging debt securities classified as held-to-maturity is inconsistent with the basis for that classification, Statement 115 did not restrict hedge accounting of those securities because constituents argued that the appropriateness of such restrictions should be considered in the Board's project on hedging.

427. The Exposure Draft proposed prohibiting a held-to-maturity debt security from being designated as a hedged item, regardless of the risk being hedged. The Exposure Draft explained the Board's belief that designating a derivative as a hedge of the changes in fair value, or variations in cash flow, of a debt security that is classified as held-to-maturity contradicts the notion of that classification. Respondents to the Exposure Draft objected to the proposed exclusion, asserting the following: (a) hedging a held-to-maturity security does not conflict with an asserted intent to hold that security to maturity, (b) a held-to-maturity security contributes to interest rate risk if it is funded with shorter term liabilities, and (c) prohibiting hedge accounting for a hedge of a held-to-maturity security is inconsistent with permitting hedge accounting for other fixed-rate assets and liabilities that are being held to maturity.

428. The Board continues to believe that providing hedge accounting for a held-to- maturity security conflicts with the notion underlying the held-to-maturity classification in Statement 115 if the risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the fair value of the entire hedged item or is otherwise related to interest rate risk. The Board believes an entity's decision to classify a security as held-to-maturity implies that future decisions about continuing to hold that security will not be affected by changes in market interest rates. The decision to classify a security as held-to-maturity is consistent with the view that a change in fair value or cash flow stemming from a change in market interest rates is not relevant for that security. In addition, fair value hedge accounting effectively alters the traditional income recognition pattern for that debt security by accelerating gains and losses on the security during the term of the hedge into earnings, with subsequent amortization of the related premium or discount over the period until maturity. That accounting changes the measurement attribute of the security away from amortized historical cost. The Board also notes that the rollover of a shorter term liability that funds a held-to-maturity security may be eligible for hedge accounting. The Board therefore decided to prohibit both a fixed-rate held-to- maturity debt security from being designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge and the variable interest receipts on a variable-rate held-to-maturity security from being designated as hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge if the risk being hedged includes changes in market interest rates.

429. The Board does not consider it inconsistent to prohibit hedge accounting for a hedge of market interest rate risk in a held-to-maturity debt security while permitting it for hedges of other items that an entity may be holding to maturity. Only held-to-maturity debt securities receive special accounting (that is, being measured at amortized cost when they otherwise would be required to be measured at fair value) as a result of an asserted intent to hold them to maturity.

430. The Board modified the Exposure Draft to permit hedge accounting for hedges of credit risk on held-to-maturity debt securities. It decided that hedging the credit risk of a held-to-maturity debt security is not inconsistent with Statement 115 because that Statement allows a sale or transfer of a held-to-maturity debt security in response to a significant deterioration in credit quality.

431. Some respondents to the Task Force Draft said that a hedge of the prepayment risk in a held-to-maturity debt security should be permitted because it does not contradict the entity's stated intention to hold the instrument to maturity. The Board agreed that in designating a security as held-to-maturity, an entity declares its intention not to voluntarily sell the security as a result of changes in market interest rates, and "selling" a security in response to the exercise of a call option is not a voluntary sale. Accordingly, the Board decided to permit designating the embedded written prepayment option in a held-to-maturity security as the hedged item. Although prepayment risk is a subcomponent of market interest rate risk, the Board notes that prepayments, especially of mortgages, occur for reasons other than changes in interest rates. The Board therefore does not consider it inconsistent to permit hedging of prepayment risk but not interest rate risk in a held-to-maturity security.

Paragraph 533(2)(e)
For securities classified as available-for-sale, all reporting enterprises shall disclose the aggregate fair value, the total gains for securities with net gains in accumulated other comprehensive income, and the total losses for securities with net losses in accumulated other comprehensive income, by major security type as of each date for which a statement of financial position is presented. For securities classified as held-to-maturity, all reporting enterprises shall disclose the aggregate fair value, gross unrecognized holding gains, gross unrecognized holding losses, the net carrying amount, and the gross gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income for any derivatives that hedged the forecasted acquisition of the held-to-maturity securities, by major security type as of each date for which a statement of financial position is presented


Held-to-maturity investments as defined in March 2003 by the FASB in an exposure draft entitled "Financial Instruments --- Recognition and Measurement," March 2003 --- http://www.cica.ca/multimedia/Download_Library/Standards/Accounting/English/e_FIRec_Mea.pdf 

.20 
An entity does not have a positive intention to hold to maturity a financial asset with a fixed maturity when any one of the following conditions is met: (a) the entity intends to hold the financial asset for an undefined period; (b) the entity stands ready to sell the financial asset (other than when a situation arises that is non-recurring and could not have been reasonably anticipated by the entity) in response to changes in market interest rates or risks, liquidity needs, changes in the availability of, and the yield on, alternative investments, changes in financing sources and terms, or changes in foreign currency risk; or (c) the issuer has a right to settle the financial asset at an amount significantly below its amortized cost. 

.21 
A debt security with a variable interest rate can satisfy the criteria for a held-to-maturity investment. Most equity securities cannot be held-to-maturity investments either because they have an indefinite life (such as common shares) or because the amounts the holder may receive can vary in a manner that is not predetermined (such as for share options, warrants, and rights). With respect to the definition of held-to-maturity investments, fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity means a contractual arrangement that defines the amounts and dates of payments to the holder, such as interest and principal payments. A significant risk of non-payment does not preclude classification of a financial asset as held to maturity as long as its contractual payments are fixed or determinable and the other criteria for that classification are met. When the terms of a perpetual debt instrument provide for interest payments for an indefinite period, the instrument cannot be classified as held to maturity because there is no maturity date. 

.22 
The criteria for classification as a held-to-maturity investment are met for a financial instrument that is callable by the issuer when the holder intends and is able to hold it until it is called or until maturity and the holder would recover substantially all of its carrying amount. The call option of the issuer, if exercised, simply accelerates the asset’s maturity. However, when the financial asset is callable on a basis that would result in the holder not recovering substantially all of its carrying amount, the financial asset is not classified as held to maturity. The entity considers any premium paid and any capitalized transaction costs in determining whether the carrying amount would be substantially recovered. 

.23 
A financial asset that is puttable (the holder has the right to require that the issuer repay or redeem the financial asset before maturity) is classified as a held-to-maturity investment only when the holder has the positive intention and ability to hold it until maturity. 

.24 
An entity does not classify any financial assets as held to maturity when the entity has, during the current financial year or during the two preceding financial years, sold or reclassified more than an insignificant amount of held-to-maturity investments before maturity (more than insignificant in relation to the total amount of held-to-maturity investments), other than sales or reclassifications that: (a) are so close to maturity or the financial asset’s call date (for example, less than three months before maturity) that changes in the market rate of interest would not have had a significant effect on the financial asset’s fair value; (b) occur after the entity has already collected substantially all of the financial asset’s principal outstanding at acquisition (at least 85 percent) through scheduled payments or prepayments; or (c) are due to an isolated event that is beyond the entity’s control, is non-recurring and could not have been reasonably anticipated by the entity. Whenever sales or reclassifications of more than an insignificant amount of held-to-maturity investments do not meet any of the conditions in (a)-(c), any remaining held-to-maturity investments should be reclassified as available for sale. 

.25 Fair value is a more appropriate measure for most financial assets than amortized cost. The held-to-maturity classification is an exception, but only when the entity has a positive intention and the ability to hold the investment to maturity. When an entity’s actions have cast doubt on its intention and ability to hold such investments to maturity, paragraph 3855.24 precludes the use of the exception for a reasonable period of time. 

.26 
A “disaster scenario” that is extremely remote, such as a run on a bank or a similar situation affecting an insurance company, is not something that is assessed by an entity in deciding whether it has the positive intention and ability to hold an investment to maturity. 

.27 
Sales before maturity could satisfy the condition in paragraph 3855.24 — and therefore not raise a question about the entity’s intention to hold other investments to maturity — when they are due to any of the following: 

(a) A significant deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness. For example, a sale following a downgrade in a credit rating by an external rating agency would not necessarily raise a question about the entity’s intention to hold other investments to maturity when the downgrade provides evidence of a significant deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness judged by reference to the credit rating at initial recognition. Similarly, when an enterprise uses internal ratings for assessing exposures, changes in those internal ratings may help to identify issuers for which there has been a significant deterioration in creditworthiness, provided the entity’s approach to assigning internal ratings and changes in those ratings give a consistent, reliable, and objective measure of the credit quality of the issuers. When there is evidence that a financial asset is impaired (see paragraph 3855.A44), the deterioration in creditworthiness often is regarded as significant. 

(b) A change in tax law that eliminates or significantly reduces the tax exempt status of interest on the held-to-maturity investment (but not a change in tax law that revises the marginal tax rates applicable to interest income). 

(c) A major business combination or major disposal (such as sale of a segment) that necessitates the sale or transfer of held-to-maturity investments to maintain the entity’s existing interest rate risk position or credit risk policy (although the business combination itself is an event within the entity’s control, the changes to its investment portfolio to maintain an interest rate risk position or credit risk policy may be consequential rather than anticipated). 

(d) A change in statutory or regulatory requirements significantly modifying either what constitutes a permissible investment or the maximum level of particular types of investments, thereby causing an entity to dispose of a held-to-maturity investment. 

(e) A significant increase in the industry’s regulatory capital requirements that requires the entity to downsize by selling held-to-maturity investments. 

(f) A significant increase in the risk weights of held-to-maturity investments used for regulatory risk-based capital purposes that requires the entity to sell held-to-maturity investments. 

.28 An entity does not have a demonstrated ability to hold to maturity an investment in a financial asset with a fixed maturity when either of the following conditions is met: (a) it does not have the financial resources available to continue to finance the investment until maturity; or (b) it is subject to an existing legal or other constraint that could frustrate its intention to hold the financial asset to maturity (however, an issuer’s call option does not necessarily frustrate an entity’s intention to hold a financial asset to maturity — see paragraph 3855.22). 

.29 Circumstances other than those described in paragraphs 3855.20-.28 can indicate that an entity does not have a positive intention or the ability to hold an investment to maturity. 

.30 An entity assesses its intention and ability to hold its held-to-maturity investments to maturity not only when those financial assets are initially recognized but also at each subsequent balance sheet date.

 

Historical Rate =

the foreign-exchange rate that prevailed when a foreign-currency asset or liability was first acquired or incurred.

Hybrid Contract

financial instrument that possesses, in varying combinations, characteristics of forward contracts, futures contracts, option contracts, debt instruments, bank depository interests, and other interests.  See embedded derivatives.

Nothing the FASB has issued with respect to derivatives makes much sense unless you go outside the FASB literature for basic terminology, most of which is borrowed from finance. A hybrid instrument is financial instrument that possesses, in varying combinations, characteristics of forward contracts, futures contracts, option contracts, debt instruments, bank depository interests, and other interests. The host contract may not be a derivative contract but may have embedded derivatives. See the definition of embedded derivative at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#EmbeddedDerivatives 

The problem is that the value of the hybrid (which may be a market price or transaction price) is often difficult to bifurcate into component values when the components themselves are not traded on the market on their own. An excellent paper on how to value some bifurcated components is provided in "Implementation of an Option Pricing-Based Bond Valuation Model for Corporate Debt and Its Components," by M.E. Barth, W.R. Landsman, and R.J. Rendleman, Jr., Accounting Horizons, December 2000, pp. 455-480.

Some firms contend that the major problem they are having in implementing FAS 133 or IAS 39 lies in having to review virtually every financial instrument in search of embedded derivatives and then trying to resolve whether bifurcation is required or not required. Many of the embedded derivatives are so "closely related" that bifurcation is not required. See "closely related" in http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm 

Also listen to executives and analysts discuss the bifurcation problem in http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/133summ.htm 

Detecting derivatives and embedded derivatives to account for worldwide (bifurcation)

Bob Jensen

May 6, 2002 message from George Lan

I am trying to read the FASB draft (Questions and Answers Related to Derivative Financial Instruments Held or Entered into by a Qualifying Special-Purpose Entity (SPE))  and got stumped right at the beginning. Perhaps someone on the list can clarify these sentences for me: "Under FASB 133, hybrid instruments that must be bifurcated contain two components for accounting purpose-- a derivative financial instrument and a nonderivative host contract....Hybrid instruments that are not bifurcated ... are not considered to be derivative instruments." I am familiar with split accounting (methods of splitting the financial instrument into its bond and equity components, e.g) and with most of the common derivative contracts such as futures, forwards, options, swaps but am ignorant about hybrid instruments and why they must be or do not have to be bifurcated and would certainly appreciate some examples and assistance from AECMers.

I am also a little familiar with much of the derivative jargon, but expressions like "the floor purchased..." could perhaps be clarified to make the draft easier to read and understand by a wider audience.

Just a couple of thoughts,

George Lan 
University of Windsor

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

I-Terms

IAS 39 = see International Accounting Standards Committee

IASB/IASC = see International Accounting Standards Committee

IFAC = see International Federation of Accountants Committee.

Illustrations (Selected) 

Bob Jensen's illustrations --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

FAS 133 trips up Fanny Mae and Freddie Mac --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

FAS 133 trips up Reliant Resources --- See Comprehensive Income 

Ineffective Hedges at Wells Fargo --- See Ineffectiveness 

Horizon --- see Risk Metrics 

Disclosure illustrations --- See Disclosure 

Impairment = see hedge accounting.

Index (Indices) =

is a term used in FAS 133 to usually refer to the underlying (e.g a commodity price, LIBOR, or a foreign currency exchange rate) of a derivative contract.  By "indexed" it is meant that an uncertain economic event that is measured by an economic index (e.g., a credit rating index, commodity price index, convertible debt, equity index, or inflation index) defined in the contract.  An equity index might be defined as a particular index derived from common stock price movements such as the Dow Industrial Index or the Standard and Poors 500 Index.   FAS 133 explicitly does not allow some indices such as natural indices (e.g., average rainfall) and contingency consideration indices (e.g., lawsuit outcomes, sales levels, and contingent rentals) under Paragraphs 11c and 61)

Paragraph 252 on Page 134 of FAS 133 mentions that the FASB considered expanding the underlying to include all derivatives based on physical variables such as rainfall levels, sports scores, physical condition of an asset, etc., but this was rejected unless the derivative itself is exchange traded.  For example, a swap payment based upon a football score is not subject to FAS 133 rules.  An option that pays damages based upon the bushels of corn damaged by hail is subject to insurance accounting rules (SFAS 60) rather than FAS 133.  A option or swap payment based upon market prices or interest rates must be accounted for by FAS 133 rules.  However, if derivative itself is exchange traded, then it is covered by FAS 133 even if it is based on a physical variable that becomes exchange traded.   See  derivative, inflation indexed, LIBOR,  and underlyingUnlike FAS 133, IAS 39 makes explicit reference also to an insurance index or catastrophe loss index and a climatic or geological condition.

The following Section c in Paragraph 65 on Page 45 of FAS 133 is of interest with respect to a premium paid for a forward or futures contract:

c. Either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract is excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in earnings pursuant to Paragraph 63 or the change in expected cash flows on the forecasted transaction is based on the forward price for the commodity.

KPMG notes that if the hedged item is a portfolio of assets or liabilities based on an index, the hedging instrument cannot use another index even though the two indices are highly correlated.  See Example 7 on Page 222 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

See DIG Issue B10 under embedded derivatives.

See equity-indexed and index amortizing.

Index-Amortizing =

a changing interest rate based upon some index such as LIBOR.  For example, an index-amortizing interest rate swap cannot usually be accounted for as a derivative instrument (pursuant to FAS 133 under Paragraph 12 on Page 7 of FAS 133) when it is a derivative embedded in another derivative.  Suppose a company swaps a variable rate for a fixed rate on a notional of $10 million.  If an embedded derivative in the contract changes the notional to $8 million if LIBOR falls below 6% and $12 million if LIBOR rises above 8%, this index-amortizing embedded derivative cannot be separated under Paragraph 12 rules.  KPMG states that Paragraph 12 applies only "when a derivative is embedded in a nonderivative instrument and illustrates this with an index-amortizing Example 29 beginning on Page 75 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.    The prior Example 28 and the subsequent Example 30 illustrate index-amortizing embedded derivatives that qualifies since, in each example, the derivative is embedded in a nonderivative instrument.  See equity-indexed.

Ineffectiveness =

degree ex ante to which a hedge fails to meet its goals in protecting against risk (i.e., degree to which the hedge fails to correlate perfectly with the underlying value changes or forecasted transaction prices.  According to Paragraphs 20 on Page 11 and 30 on Page 21 of FAS 133, ineffectiveness is to be defined ex ante at the time the hedge is undertaken.  Hedging strategy and ineffectiveness definition with respect to a given hedge defines the extent to which interim adjustments affect interim earnings.   Hedge effectiveness requirements and accounting are summarized in Paragraphs 62-103 beginning on Page 44 of FAS 133.  An illustration of intrinsic value versus time value accounting is given in Example 9 of  FAS 133, Pages 84-86, Paragraphs 162-164.  In Example 9, the definition of ineffectiveness in terms of changes in intrinsic value of a call option results in changes in intrinsic value each period being posted to other comprehensive income rather than earnings.  In Examples 1-8 in Paragraphs 104-161, designations as to fair value versus cash flow hedging affects the journal entries.  See hedge and hedge accounting.

One means of documenting hedge effectiveness is to compare the cumulative dollar offset defined as the cumulative value over a succession of periods (e.g., quarters) in which the cumulative gains and losses of the derivative instrument are compared with the cumulative gains and losses in value of the hedged item.  n assessing the effectiveness of a hedge, an enterprise will generally need to consider the time value of money according to FAS 133 Paragraph 64 and IAS 39 Paragraph 152.

Neither the FASB nor the IASC specify a single method for either assessing whether a hedge is expected to be highly effective or measuring hedge ineffectiveness.   Tests of hedge effectiveness should be conducted at least quarterly and on financial statement dates.  The appropriateness of a given method can depend on the nature of the risk being hedged and the type of hedging instrument used.  See FAS 133 Appendix A, Paragraph 62 and IAS 39 Paragraph 151.  

Wells Fargo: The Sunny Side of Hedge Ineffectiveness
By Ed Rombach
Link --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=61&areaid=439 

How Wells Fargo's hedge selection benefits from current climate.

Recent media coverage of deflationary indicators like the recent CPI announcement of -.3% in October has prompted some analysts to differentiate between "bad" deflation caused by monetary policy mistakes and "good" deflation attributable to increases in labor productivity. Similarly, when it comes to risk management as practiced in accordance with FAS 133, a case can be made for differentiating between "bad" and "good" hedge ineffectiveness. Since the beginning of the year, with the most aggressive Federal Reserve rate cutting in memory, financial institutions involved in mortgage originations, securitization and retention of mortgage servicing rights (MRS) have been consistently the most prone to reporting significant hedge ineffectiveness. As the Fed cut the over night funds rate another 100 basis points during the third quarter, Wells Fargo & Co, which is included in the Portfolio of '33' took the prize for hedge ineffectiveness - the good kind.

A windfall
Specifically, Wells Fargo recognized a gain of $320 million for the third quarter in non-interest income, representing the ineffective portion of fair value hedges of mortgage servicing rights. This excess hedging gain boosted quarterly EPS by $.19 to $.68, accounting for over 23% of third quarter earnings. If only hedge ineffectiveness was always so kind.

How did Wells Fargo manage to rack up such robust fair value hedging gains relative to their mortgage servicing rights? Did they over hedge, or did the actual prepayment speed of home mortgage re-financing turn out to be less than anticipated? Perhaps it was a little bit of both.

Wells Fargos's third quarter 10Q provides some insights about their hedging methodology, indicating that the ineffectiveness windfall was primarily related to yield curve and basis spread changes that impacted favorably on the derivative hedges relative to the hedged exposures in the volatile interest rate environment.

Divergent spread movement
Subsequent, to June 30 and especially after the September 11 attacks, swap spreads were volatile but generally tended to narrow in the falling interest rate environment, as ten-year swap spreads narrowed from 90 basis points on 7/2/01 to 63 basis points on 9/28/01. If the bank had used Treasury instruments to hedge the prepayment risk on its MRS assets instead of LIBOR based products, the hedges would have under performed. However, Wells Fargo's third quarter 10Q discloses that the company uses a variety of derivatives to hedge the fair value of their MSR portfolio including futures, floors, forwards, swaps and options indexed to LIBOR.

The yield curve steepens
Moreover, the yield curve continued to steepen during the third quarter with the yield spread between ten and thirty year Treasuries widening from 33 basis points out to 88 basis points while the spread between 10yr and 30yr LIBOR swap rates widened from 28 basis points to 65 basis points. Since the ten-year maturity is the duration of choice for mortgage hedgers, it follows that these hedges would have out performed hedges with longer durations.

In connection with this, the company reported that all the components of each derivative instrument's gain or loss used for hedging mortgage servicing rights were included in the measurement of hedge ineffectiveness and was reflected in the statement of income. However, time decay (theta) and the volatility components (vega) pertaining to changes in time value of options were excluded in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. As of September 30, 2001, all designated hedges continued to qualify as fair value hedges. In addition, all components of each derivative instrument's gain or loss used to convert long term fixed rate debt into floating rate debt were also included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Ineffectiveness cuts both ways
There was also some of the bad kind of hedge ineffectiveness which showed up in Wells Fargo's cash flow hedges which include futures contracts and mandatory forward contracts, including options on futures and forward contracts, all of which are used to hedge the forecasted sale of its mortgage loans. During the third quarter the company recognized a net loss of $54 million (-$.03 per share), accounting for ineffectiveness of these hedges, all component gains and losses of which were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

It would appear that this hedge ineffectiveness was the flip side of the coin of the ineffectiveness on the fair value hedges because the futures contracts most commonly used to hedge this kind of pipeline risk are ten year Treasury note futures which would have tended to under-performed relative to the value of the mortgage loans, given the steepening of the yield curve and the general spread widening of mortgage rates relative to treasuries.

For example, ten year constant maturity treasury yields fell 86 basis points, from 5.44% on 7/5/01 to 4.58% on 9/27/01 in contrast to the Freddie Mac weekly survey of mortgage rates reports average 30-year fixed rate mortgages at 7.19% on 7/05/01 or a spread of 1.75% over the ten-year constant maturity treasury rates, vs. average fixed mortgage rates of 6.72% on 9/27/01 or a spread of 2.14% over ten-year treasury rates.

The net impact of the $320 million of excess gains in the fair value hedges vs. net losses of $54 million in the cash value hedges weighs in at a net hedge ineffectiveness of $271 million or almost $.16 (16 cents) per share courtesy of a Federal Reserve policy cutting interest rates with a vengeance. However, the unprecedented interest rate volatility of this period could well turn this quarter's ineffectiveness windfall into next quarter's shortfall. Risk managers should at least be able to take some comfort though from the fact that the fed can't lower interest rates below zero percent.

A Great Article!
"A Consistent Approach to Measuring Hedge Effectiveness," by Bernard Lee, Financial Engineering News --- http://www.fenews.com/fen14/hedge.html

Another Great Article With Formulas
"Complying with FAS 133 Accounting Solutions in Finance KIT," Trema, http://www.trema.com/finance_online/7/2/FAS133_FK.html?7 

During the past year Trema has worked with clients, partners and consulting firms to ensure that all Finance KIT users will be FAS 133 compliant by Summer 2000, when the new U.S. accounting standards come into effect. In Finance Line 3/99, Ms. Mona Henriksson, Director of Trema (EMEA), addressed the widespread implications the FAS 133 accounting procedures will have on the financial industry (see ‘Living Up to FAS 133’ in Finance Line 3/99). Now, in this issue, Ms. Marjon van den Broek, Vice President, Knowledge Center – Trema (Americas), addresses specific FAS 133 requirements and their corresponding functionality in Finance KIT.

See software 

A number of common effectiveness testing criteria used when implementing FAS 133 include the following from Quantitative Risk Management, Inc. --- http://www.qrm.com/products/mb/Rmbupdate.htm

 

FAS Effectiveness Testing --- http://www.qrm.com/products/mb/Rmbupdate.htm

To provide the maximum flexibility in testing hedge effectiveness, we now offer the following methods:

     

  • Dollar Offset (DO) calculates the ratio of dollar change in profit/loss for hedge and hedged item

     

  • Relative Dollar Offset (RDO) calculates the ratio of dollar change in net position to the initial MTM value of hedged item

     

  • Variability Reduction Measure (VarRM) calculates the ratio of the squared dollar changes in net position to the squared dollar changes in hedged item

     

  • Ordinary Least Square (OLS) measures the linear relationship between the dollar changes in hedged item and hedge. OLS calculates the coefficient of determination (R2) and the slope coefficient (ß) for effectiveness measure and accounts for the historical performance

     

  • Least Absolute Deviation (LAD) is similar to OLS, but employs median regression analysis to calculate R2 and ß.

"Hedging with Swaps: When Shortcut Accounting Can’t be Applied," by Ira G. Kawaller, Bank Asset/Liability Management, June 2003 --- http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALM_Hedging_with_Swaps.pdf 

For bank asset/liability management, when using derivatives, “hedge accounting” treatment is an imperative. It assures that gains or losses associated with hedging instruments will contribute to earnings simultaneously with the risks being hedged. Otherwise – i.e., without hedge accounting – these two effects will likely impact earnings in different accounting periods, resulting in an elevated level of income volatility that obscures the risk management objectives of the hedging entity. 

For most managers with interest rate exposures, the desired treatment can be assured if appropriately tailored swaps contracts serve as the hedging instrument. Under these conditions, entities may apply the “Shortcut” treatment, which essentially guarantees that the accounting results will reflect the intended economics of the hedge and that no unintended income effects will occur. For example, synthetic fixed rate debt (created by issuing variable rate debt and swapping to fixed), would generate interest expenses on the income statement that would be indistinguishable from that which would arise from traditional fixed rate funding. Synthetic instrument accounting is persevered with the shortcut treatment. Qualifying for the shortcut treatment also has another benefit of obviating the need for any effectiveness testing, thereby eliminating an administrative burden and reducing some measure of the associated hedge documentation obligation.

See Shortcut Method


Great Document
"HEAT Technical Document:  A Consistent Framework for Assessing Hedge Effectiveness Under IAS 39 and FAS 133," JPMorgan, April 24, 2003  --- http://www.jpmorgan.com/cm/BlobServer?blobtable=Document&blobcol=urlblob&blobkey=name&blobheader=application/pdf&blobwhere=jpmorgan/investbk/heat_techdoc_2Apr03.pdf 
I shortened the above URL to http://snipurl.com/JPMorganIAS39 

Chapter 1. Introduction
  
1.1 The accounting background
    1.2 Implications for corporate hedging
    1.3 What is HEAT?
    1.4 How this document is organised
    1.5 Terminology

Chapter 2. Intuition behind hedge effectiveness
   
2.1 Defining hedge effectiveness
    2.2 The concept of the 'perfect hedge'
    2.3 Evaluating effectiveness
    2.4 Calculating hedge effectiveness in economic terms
    2.5 Summary

Chapter 3. Principles of hedge effectiveness under IAS 39 and FAS 133
  
3.1 Effectiveness principles and the concept of the 'perfect hedge'
    3.2 Assessing hedge effectiveness
    3.3 Methods for testing effectiveness
    3.4 Ineffectiveness measurement and recognition
    3.5 Summary

Chapter 4. Practical issues surrounding hedge effectiveness testing
 
4.1 Example 1: The 'perfect' fair value interest-rate hedge for a bond
    4.2 Example 2: The 'perfect' fair value interest-rate hedge with payment frequency mismatches
    4.3 Example 3: The 'perfect' fair value interest-rate hedge with issuer credit spread
    4.4 Results of different types of effectiveness tests
    4.5 Discussion: Lessons for effectiveness tests

Chapter 5. HEAT: A consistent framework for hedge effectiveness testing
  
5.1 Overview of the HEAT framework
    5.2 Methodologies for hedge effectiveness
    5.3 The Ideal Designated Risk Hedge (IDRH)
    5.4 Alternative 'types' of effectiveness tests
    5.5 Example: Hedging currency risk
    5.6 Impact of hedges without hedge accounting
    5.7 Summary

References

Appendix
Glossary of working definitions

Also see Software 


Minimum value and Paragraph 63 of FAS 133
The minimum value of an American option is zero or its intrinsic value since it can be exercised at any time.  The same cannot be said for a European option that has to be held to maturity.  If the underlying is the price of corn, then the minimum value of an option on corn is either zero or the current spot price of corn minus the discounted risk-free present value of the strike price.  In other words if the option cannot be exercised early, discount the present value of the strike price from the date of expiration and compare it with the current spot price.  If the difference is positive, this is the minimum value.  It can hypothetically be the minimum value of an American option, but in an efficient market the current price of an American option will not sell below its risk free present value.

Of course the value may actually be greater due to volatility that adds value above the risk-free discount rate.  In other words, it is risk or volatility that adds value over and above a risk free alternative to investing.  However, it is possible but not all that common to exclude volatility from risk assessment as explained in Sub-paragraph b of Paragraph 63 of FAS 133 quoted below.

a. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is assessed based on changes in the option's intrinsic value, the change in the time value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

b. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is assessed based on changes in the option's minimum value, that is, its intrinsic value plus the effect of discounting, the change in the volatility value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

c. If the effectiveness of a hedge with a forward or futures contract is assessed based on changes in fair value attributable to changes in spot prices, the change in the fair value of the contract related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward or futures price would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

 

TIME VALUE / VOLATILITY VALUE

Time value is the option premium less intrinsic value

Intrinsic value is the beneficial difference between the strike price and the price of the underlying

Volatility value is the option premium less the minimum value

Minimum value is present value of the beneficial difference between the strike price and the price of the underlying

FEATURES OF OPTIONS

Intrinsic Value: Difference between the strike price and the underlying price, if beneficial; otherwise zero

Time Value: Sensitive to time and volatility; equals zero at expiration

Sub-paragraph b(c) of Paragraph 63 of FAS 133

c. If the effectiveness of a hedge with a forward or futures contract is assessed based on changes in fair value attributable to changes in spot prices, the change in the fair value of the contract related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward or futures price would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Sub-paragraph b(a) of Paragraph 63 of FAS 133

a. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is assessed based on changes in the option's intrinsic value, the change in the time value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Sub-paragraph b(b) of Paragraph 63 of FAS 133

b. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is assessed based on changes in the option's minimum value, that is, its intrinsic value plus the effect of discounting, the change in the volatility value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

 

Minimum Value

If the underlying is the price of corn, then the minimum value of an option on corn is either zero or the current spot price of corn minus the discounted risk-free present value of the strike price.  In other words if the option cannot be exercised early, discount the present value of the strike price from the date of expiration and compare it with the current spot price.  If the difference is positive, this is the minimum value.  It can hypothetically be the minimum value of an American option, but in an efficient market the current price of an American option will not sell below its risk free present value.

Minimum (Risk Free) Versus Intrinsic Value
European Call Option
X = Exercise (Strike) Price in n periods after current time 
P = Current Price (Underlying) of Commodity

I = P-X>0 is the intrinsic value using the current spot price if the option is in the money

M = is the minimum value at the current time

M>I if the option if the intrinsic value I is greater than zero.


X = $20 Exercise (Strike) Price and Minimum Value M = $10.741 
n = 1 year with risk-free rate r = 0.08 
P (Low) = $10 with PV(Low) = $9.259 
P = $20 such that the intrinsic value now is I = P-X = $10. 
Borrow P(Low), and Buy at $20 = $9.259+10.741 = PV(Low)+M 

If the ultimate price is low at $10 after one year, pay off loan at P(Low)=$10 by selling at the commodity at $10. If we also sold a option for M=$10.741, ultimately our profit would be zero from the stock purchase and option sale. If the actual option value is anything other than M=$10.741, it would be possible to arbitrage a risk free gain or loss.


 

 

 

Minimum Versus Intrinsic Value
American Call Option
X = Exercise (Strike) Price in n periods after current time 
P = Current Price (Underlying) of Commodity 

I = P-X>0 is the intrinsic value using the current spot price if the option is in the money

M = 0 is the minimum value since option can be exercised at any  time if the option’s value is less than intrinsic value I.

Value of option exceeds M and I due to volatility value

 

 

The point here is that options are certain to be effective in hedging intrinsic value, but are uncertain in terms of hedging time value at all interim points of time prior to expiration.  As a result, accounting standards require that effectiveness for hedge accounting be tested at each point in time when options are adjusted to fair value carrying amounts in the books even though ultimate effectiveness is certain.  Potential gains from options are uncertain prior to expiration.  Potential gains or losses from other types of derivative contracts are uncertain both before expiration and on the date of expiration.

Paragraph 69 of FAS 133 reads as follows [also see (IAS 39 Paragraph 152)]:

The fixed rate on a hedged item need not exactly match the fixed rate on a swap designated as a fair value hedge. Nor does the variable rate on an interest-bearing asset or liability need to be the same as the variable rate on a swap designated as a cash flow hedge. A swap's fair value comes from its net settlements. The fixed and variable rates on a swap can be changed without affecting the net settlement if both are changed by the same amount. That is, a swap with a payment based on LIBOR and a receipt based on a fixed rate of 5 percent has the same net settlements and fair value as a swap with a payment based on LIBOR plus 1 percent and a receipt based on a fixed rate of 6 percent.

Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net settlement.  IASC does not require a net settlement provision in the definition of a derivative.  To meet the criteria for being a derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.  

The following Section c in Paragraph 65 of FAS 133 is of interest with respect to a premium paid for a forward or futures contract:

c. Either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract is excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in earnings pursuant to Paragraph 63 or the change in expected cash flows on the forecasted transaction is based on the forward price for the commodity.

Paragraph 146 of IAS 39 reads as follows:

146. A hedge is normally regarded as highly effective if, at inception and throughout the life of the hedge, the enterprise can expect changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item to be almost fully offset by the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedging instrument, and actual results are within a range of 80 per cent to 125 per cent. For example, if the loss on the hedging instrument is 120 and the gain on the cash instrument is 100, offset can be measured by 120/100, which is 120 per cent, or by 100/120, which is 83 per cent. The enterprise will conclude that the hedge is highly effective. 

Delta ratio D = (D option value)/ D hedged item value)
range [.80 < D < 1.25] or [80% < D% < 125%]     
(FAS 133 Paragraph 85)
Delta-neutral strategies are discussed at various points (e.g., FAS 133 Paragraphs 85, 86, 87, and 89)

A hedge is normally regarded as highly effective if, at inception and throughout the life of the hedge, the enterprise can expect changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item to be almost fully offset by the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedging instrument, and actual results are within a range of 80-125% (SFAS 39 Paragraph 146).  The FASB requires that an entity define at the time it designates a hedging relationship the method it will use to assess the hedge's effectiveness in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or offsetting cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged (FAS 133 Paragraph 62).  In defining how hedge effectiveness will be assessed, an entity must specify whether it will include in that assessment all of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument.  The Statement permits (but does not require) an entity to exclude all or a part of the hedging instrument's time value from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. (FAS 133 Paragraph 63).

Hedge ineffectiveness would result from the following circumstances, among others:

a) difference between the basis of the hedging instrument and the hedged item or hedged transaction, to the extent that those bases do not move in tandem.

b) differences in critical terms of the hedging instrument and hedged item or hedged transaction, such as differences in notional amounts, maturities, quantity, location, or delivery dates.

c) part of the change in the fair value of a derivative is attributable to a change in the counterparty's creditworthiness (FAS 133 Paragraph 66).

"A New Twist To Dollar Offset," by Louis Schleifer Senior Product Manager, SunGard Treasury Systems --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=11&areaid=392 

The dollar-offset method of assessing FAS 133 effectiveness is inarguably the simplest approach available. By all accounts, it is also the one most commonly offered by system vendors and, as anecdotal evidence suggests, most commonly used by corporate hedgers. However, the basic dollar offset method has one serious drawback, namely its sensitivity to small price changes. Lou Schleifer, of SunGard Treasury Systems, argues that this flaw should not necessarily force companies to turn to alternative, statistical methods. Rather, he has developed an algorithm that modifies the dollar-offset method so as to filter-out the noise associated with small price changes.

Introduction The dollar offset is inarguably the most straightforward way to approach the assessment of retrospective and prospective effectiveness under FAS 133. But this simplicity does not come “free of charge.”

In particular, the original dollar offset approach reacts aggressively to small changes in prices, creating the potential for unwarranted noise and potential ineffectiveness. Apparently some companies and vendors are using this as a reason to abandon dollar offset entirely, in favor of statistical measures. But, it may be worthwhile to modify the dollar offset instead, and thereby retain some of its advantages (e.g., simplicity and its reliance on existing pricing data), while at the same time eliminating the possibility that immaterial price moves will trigger an ineffective result.

This sort of approach, when discussed and determined with senior management and the company’s auditors, could be used to illustrate the hedging company’s risk management approach, and could be codified into its assessment of effectiveness, in a manner consistent with FAS 133.

Simple, but… The simplicity of the dollar offset method is immediately evident in its definition (Equation 1):

Dollar Offset = [Change in Fair Value of Hedge] / [Change in Fair Value of Hedged Item]

In addition to its simplicity, the dollar-offset method has some other key advantages, including the following:

It relies upon calculations—namely change in fair value calculations—that are already a required part of FAS133 Accounting. It relies upon data—namely Fair Values of the Hedge and of the Hedged Item—that must already be captured for FAS 133 accounting; it does not rely upon externally supplied, historical data series, as many statistical methods do. It is similar to a hedge ratio calculation., but one based on observed-market values instead of projected-future-market values (for retrospective effectiveness, that is), It is sensitive to mismatches in size between the hedge and the hedged item, unlike most statistical methods. It can be easily duplicated. Unfortunately, though, there is one serious flaw with this algorithm: It exhibits unwarranted behavior when market rates stay relatively static, and therefore prices change very little over the period in question.

In this situation, intuition tells us that the price changes observed are financially immaterial—because of their relatively small size—and represent nothing more than statistical noise from an otherwise-perfect hedging relationship. As a result, one would certainly expect to have the effectiveness algorithm—whatever form it might take—return a result very close to 100 percent, as this represents a perfect value of retrospective/prospective effectiveness.

But this is not the case for dollar offset. As both the numerator and denominator in equation 1 (see above) approach zero, it is not too hard to see that their ratio can vary widely unless they coincidentally happen to approach zero in lockstep (a very unlikely occurrence indeed).

Rebuilding dollar offset from the ground up It seems that the standard reaction to this state of affairs has been to abandon the dollar-offset approach altogether, and find a different calculation (e.g., regression-analysis, or another statistical method). But there is an alternative, with some mathematical care (and flair), it is possible to fix the dollar offset algorithm to ensure that it behaves properly all of the time—even when the observed price changes are miniscule.

To this end, consider the concept of allowing the hedger to mathematically quantify his/her definition of financial immateriality (or “noise”) via a noise-threshold parameter. In other words, hedgers could determine, mathematically, the level at which price changes constitute a material change in fair value. Once this is done, the new-and-improved dollar-offset algorithm (see below) can compare the actual changes in fair value to the hedger’s noise-threshold in order to see how relevant these price changes really are in computing FAS 133 retrospective/prospective effectiveness. Depending upon the result of this comparison, the new algorithm’s behavior can be split into one of three possible regimes:

· Regime #1—Small Changes: The observed price changes are small compared to the user-defined noise-threshold, so the new algorithm should return a result very close to 100 percent (i.e., perfect effectiveness).

· Regime #2—Transition Period: The observed price changes are on the order of the user-defined noise-threshold, so the new algorithm should give a result somewhere between what it would give for Regimes #1 and #3.

· Regime #3—Large Changes: The observed price changes are large compared to the user-defined noise-threshold, and so the new algorithm should return a result very close to the dollar-offset algorithm (see equation 1, above).

To better quantify the concepts just introduced, the following definitions are made:

DFV {Financial Instrument} = Change in Fair Value of the specified Financial Instrument over the accounting period in question. NTN = user-defined value of Noise Threshold (Normalized value), quoted in basis points. This can be any positive, integral value. This variable lets the user quantitatively define his level of financial materiality. MP = Magnitude of the Prices of the financial instruments being considered. We will define this in greater detail below. NTA = Noise Threshold (Absolute value), computed as follows (Equation 2): NTA = MP * (NTN / 10,000)

Defining MP

As one can see from equation 2, above, MP measures the size of the financial instruments included in a hedging relationship. As a first approximation, one would probably think to define this size as the notional amount of the hedges (or the hedged item). But this is too primitive since it misses the impact that instrument tenor/characteristics and market rates have on defining the fair value. So, as a better approximation to measuring size, one might rather think to take the fair value of the hedges.

Unfortunately, this alternative is even worse. To see why, consider that each leg of an at-market $10 million notional Interest-Rate Swap will probably have a fair value somewhere in the ballpark range of $1 million to $5 million, but these values perfectly offset each other to result in a net fair value of zero. This exact—or almost-exact—offsetting of two large fair values is typical of many derivatives, including IR Swaps, CCIR Swaps, and FX Forwards.

The ideal approximation to measuring “size” could well be the present-value of one leg of the derivative. However, consider the complications that this definition would entail should a hedging relationship chance to have many derivatives moving into and out of it over time: This measure of size would have to be computed on one leg of each one of these derivatives, and then be prorated for the time that the respective derivative actually resided in the hedging relationship.

The best compromise is to look to the hedged item. More specifically, consider using the present-value of only that portion of the hedged item’s cash flows that are being hedged with the derivative. This should serve as a good first-order approximation to the present-value of one leg of the hedging instrument, without too much computational aggravation. Here is how to do this:

For an IR Swap: MP = Present-Value of the coupons only on the hedged item For CCIR Swap: MP = Present-Value of all cash flows on the hedged item For FX Forward or FX Option: MP = Present-Value of the foreign-currency leg only of the hedged item Looking Good With these definitions in place, the stage is now set for the “first take” on a new dollar offset algorithm. For purposes of comparison, the reader should recall the definition of the standard dollar offset algorithm, reiterated here with the new nomenclature introduced above (Equation 3):

Dollar Offset = DFV {Hedge} / DFV {Hedged-Item}

Contrast the above with the new, single-variable, dollar-offset algorithm, presented below (and developed by William Lipp [w.b.lipp@ieee.org], an independent consultant hired by SunGard):

Lipp Modulated Dollar Offset (Equation 4)=

[DFV{Hedge} + NTA] / [DFV{Hedged-Item} + NTA]

Technical Note: An implicit assumption inherent in equation (4) is that all three variables involved are nonnegative. We can assure this by taking the absolute value of each variable prior to invoking the equation. Of course, even before taking this step we must check to ensure that DFV{Hedge} and DFV{Hedged-Item} have opposite signs. If they don’t, then there’s no point to even calculating effectiveness, as we have added to our risk, not hedged it. In this case, we would simply return with an error condition (e.g., Effectiveness = 0). Note that in the “Small Changes” regime, the ratio in equation approaches

NTA / NTA = 1 = 100%

Moreover, in the “Large Changes” regime, the ratio approaches

DFV {Hedge} / DFV {Hedged-Item}

…which is nothing more than the standard dollar offset, as given in equation 3. [Equation 4 is currently supported in STS’s GTM DAS module (“GTM”=“Global Treasury Management”, and “DAS”=“Derivative Accounting System”).]

During the Transition Period, meanwhile, equation 4 exhibits a smooth transition between these two regimes. To get a better feel for the behavior of Lipp’s method, consider Figure 1: The graph therein illustrates the case of a hypothetical hedging relationship that satisfies the following criteria across a large range of possible changes in fair value (from miniscule to gargantuan):

DFV{Hedge}= 2 *DFV {Hedged-Item},

From the above, it is easy to see that:

Dollar Offset = 2 = 200%

In other words, the hypothetical hedger, in this case inexplicably used exactly twice as much hedging vehicle as was required to properly hedge the underlying risk. Although this would be an egregious mistake were it actually to occur, nevertheless, it represents an excellent test for Lipp’s method, since it poses this question: At what range of price changes should the algorithm first begin to notice this over-hedging?

Figure 1 plots three examples of equation 4, each with a distinct value of NTN. Viewing these graphs from left-to-right, the corresponding values of NTN are 10, 500, and 15,000.

The first important observation is that each of these curves makes a very smooth transition between the Small Changes regime (where effectiveness is close to 100 percent) and the Large Changes regime (where effectiveness is close to 200 percent).

But the second observation is that the user now has a “degree-of-freedom” to play with when defining this curve: The parameter NTN allows the hedger to define at what level of price changes he wants the transition to take place. [We note that the X-Axis in Figure 1 gives a new measure of the size of the observed price changes; this measure is defined below in equation 5.]

And Looking Even Better If one had to find fault with the Lipp method (equation 4), it might be the following: Although it does give the user control over defining the onset of the transition between the two regimes, it doesn’t give him any control over how fast the transition occurs. The solution is to introduce a second user-controlled variable into equation 4, as well as an additional variable that is required by the calculation:

· ST: The speed of the transition, as defined by the user. Must be a decimal value that is strictly greater than -1.

· MDP: The Magnitude of the observed Price Changes. This is defined as follows (Equation 5):

MDP = [DFV {Hedge} ^ 2 + DFV {Hedged-Item} ^ 2 ] ^ (1/2)

Make sure not to confuse MP with MDP: The former is a measure of the size of the instruments contained in our hedging relationship, whereas the latter is a measure of the size of the price changes of these same instruments over a period of time. With these new variables in place, it is now posble to transform Lipp’s algorithm into a full-fledged, two-variable modification to the standard dollar offset algorithm. The result (a modification to Lipp’s algorithm discovered by the author) is:

Schleifer-Lipp Modulated Dollar Offset (Equation 6)=

[DFV {Hedge} * (MDP/ NTA) ^ ST + NTA ] / [DFV {Hedged-Item} * (MDP/ NTA) ^ ST + NTA ]

The only qualification to be made on this result is the following (Equation 7):

ST > -1

Note: Equation 6 is currently supported in STS’s GTM DAS module.

Technical Note: 
The same proviso that was made on equation (4) is equally applicable here: namely, we must take the absolute value of the same three variables that appeared in equation (4), prior to invoking equation (6). But, once again, we wouldn’t even bother to use equation (6) if we first saw that DFV{Hedge} and DFV{Hedged-Item} had the same sign. In this case, we would simply return with an error condition (e.g., Effectiveness = 0).

If one sets ST = 0 in equation 6, the algorithm obviously degenerates to equation (4), the first approach at modifying dollar offset. Given this relationship between the equations, it should come as no surprise that equation 6 also allows the user to “place” the transition via the parameter NTN--just as was possible in equation 4—for any permissible value of ST.

However, should the user choose to start trying non-zero values of ST in equation 6, he will quickly see that doing so gives him a new, surprising measure of control over the shape of the transition period.

As a first observation, if one starts with a value of ST = 0 and begins increasing it, the transition period will start to shrink—i.e., it will be compressed into continually smaller intervals along the X-axis. This is the same as saying that the Small Changes regime and the Large Changes regime begin to converge on each other. In fact, as ST continues to increase without bound, the Transition period starts to disappear completely, as equation (6) mathematically approaches the discontinuous curve that satisfies these constraints:

If MDP < NTA, Then Effectiveness = 100%

If MDP > NTA, Then Effectiveness = Dollar Offset, as computed via equation 1

For the second observation, note that if one starts with a value of ST = 0 and begins to decrease it towards the value of –1, the transition period will start to lengthen. This is equivalent to saying that the Small Changes and Large Changes regimes start receding from each other. But there is no value to actually setting ST = -1, as doing so in equation 6 results in an expression that is independent of NTA. This means the graph would be independent of the size of the price changes observed, and would therefore be perfectly flat!

Figure 2 aptly illustrates these effects by starting with a graph of equation 6 that has NTN = 500 and ST = 0. Next, it varies the values of ST while keeping NTN fixed. As ST is successively increased to 0.6 and 4.0, the reader can see that the transition period becomes successively shorter/steeper. Then, as ST is successively decreased to –0.55 and –0.75, it is clear that the transition period become successively longer/flatter. In essence, the parameter ST represents a second “degree-of-freedom” that is available to the user in equation 6.

Mission Accomplished

The Schleifer-Lipp Modulated Dollar Offset represents the culmination of the present research effort to enhance the simple dollar-offset algorithm. Although it is not as simple as dollar offset, it should be considerably easier to understand than most statistical methods.

Moreover, as noted in the introduction, it relies upon the fair values and change-in-fair-values that must already be captured for performing FAS 133 earnings calculations. Perhaps best of all, though, is the ease with which one can duplicate equation 6 in a spreadsheet and test it out on real financial instruments, to get a feel for what it would predict in real-life situations.

With equation 6 and the two user-definable parameters—NTN and ST —a hedging corporation should be able to get just about any type of transition-behavior desired. Of course, just because one can physically set the noise threshold--NTN--at astronomical levels and thereby guarantee perpetual effectiveness doesn't entitle anyone to actually get away with it!

Moreover, it is quite clear that doing so would never even be in the corporation's best interest, as it is tantamount to denying that any economic ineffectiveness exists--a serious impediment to dealing with such ineffectiveness when it actually occurs (and it will occur!).

The benefit provided by the algorithm is simply this: Instead of looking far-and-wide at the myriad approaches to measuring effectiveness—each with its advantages and disadvantages, and many of which are computationally intensive and mathematically esoteric—the hedging corporation should be able to convince both its management and auditors of the reasonableness and practicality of the approach discussed herein.

This means that the only remaining issue is to hammer out—with the approval of both management and auditors—the actual values of the parameters NTN and ST that will be used in equation 6. Once this is done, these values can be hardwired in the system. And at that point, the system will be relying upon an effectiveness algorithm that the hedger, his management, and his auditors can all understand and defend.

 

Selected IAS 39 Paragraphs on Valuation and Testing for Hedge Effectiveness
144. There is normally a single fair value measure for a hedging instrument in its entirety, and the factors that cause changes in fair value are co-dependent. Thus a hedging relationship is designated by an enterprise for a hedging instrument in its entirety. The only exceptions permitted are (a) splitting the intrinsic value and the time value of an option and designating only the change in the intrinsic value of an option as the hedging instrument, while the remaining component of the option (its time value) is excluded and (b) splitting the interest element and the spot price on a forward. Those exceptions recognize that the intrinsic value of the option and the premium on the forward generally can be measured separately. A dynamic hedging strategy that assesses both the intrinsic and the time value of an option can qualify for hedge accounting. 

145. A proportion of the entire hedging instrument, such as 50 per cent of the notional amount, may be designated in a hedging relationship. However, a hedging relationship may not be designated for only a portion of the time period in which a hedging instrument is outstanding. 

Assessing Hedge Effectiveness

146. A hedge is normally regarded as highly effective if, at inception and throughout the life of the hedge, the enterprise can expect changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item to be almost fully offset by the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedging instrument, and actual results are within a range of 80 per cent to 125 per cent. For example, if the loss on the hedging instrument is 120 and the gain on the cash instrument is 100, offset can be measured by 120/100, which is 120 per cent, or by 100/120, which is 83 per cent. The enterprise will conclude that the hedge is highly effective. 

147. The method an enterprise adopts for assessing hedge effectiveness will depend on its risk management strategy. In some cases, an enterprise will adopt different methods for different types of hedges. If the principal terms of the hedging instrument and of the entire hedged asset or liability or hedged forecasted transaction are the same, the changes in fair value and cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged offset fully, both when the hedge is entered into and thereafter until completion. For instance, an interest rate swap is likely to be an effective hedge if the notional and principal amounts, term, repricing dates, dates of interest and principal receipts and payments, and basis for measuring interest rates are the same for the hedging instrument and the hedged item. 

148. On the other hand, sometimes the hedging instrument will offset the hedged risk only partially. For instance, a hedge would not be fully effective if the hedging instrument and hedged item are denominated in different currencies and the two do not move in tandem. Also, a hedge of interest rate risk using a derivative would not be fully effective if part of the change in the fair value of the derivative is due to the counterparty's credit risk. 

149. To qualify for special hedge accounting, the hedge must relate to a specific identified and designated risk, and not merely to overall enterprise business risks, and must ultimately affect the enterprise's net profit or loss. A hedge of the risk of obsolescence of a physical asset or the risk of expropriation of property by a government would not be eligible for hedge accounting; effectiveness cannot be measured since those risks are not measurable reliably.

150. An equity method investment cannot be a hedged item in a fair value hedge because the equity method recognizes the investor's share of the associate's accrued net profit or loss, rather than fair value changes, in net profit or loss. If it were a hedged item, it would be adjusted for both fair value changes and profit and loss accruals - which would result in double counting because the fair value changes include the profit and loss accruals. For a similar reason, an investment in a consolidated subsidiary cannot be a hedged item in a fair value hedge because consolidation recognizes the parent's share of the subsidiary's accrued net profit or loss, rather than fair value changes, in net profit or loss. A hedge of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary is different. There is no double counting because it is a hedge of the foreign currency exposure, not a fair value hedge of the change in the value of the investment.

151. This Standard does not specify a single method for assessing hedge effectiveness. An enterprise's documentation of its hedging strategy will include its procedures for assessing effectiveness. Those procedures will state whether the assessment will include all of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument or whether the instrument's time value will be excluded. Effectiveness is assessed, at a minimum, at the time an enterprise prepares its annual or interim financial report. If the critical terms of the hedging instrument and the entire hedged asset or liability (as opposed to selected cash flows) or hedged forecasted transaction are the same, an enterprise could conclude that changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged are expected to completely offset at inception and on an ongoing basis. For example, an entity may assume that a hedge of a forecasted purchase of a commodity with a forward contract will be highly effective and that there will be no ineffectiveness to be recognized in net profit or loss if:
(a) the forward contract is for purchase of the same quantity of the same commodity at the same time and location as the hedged forecasted purchase;
(b) the fair value of the forward contract at inception is zero; and
(c) either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract is excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in net profit or loss or the change in expected cash flows on the forecasted transaction is based on the forward price for the commodity.

152. In assessing the effectiveness of a hedge, an enterprise will generally need to consider the time value of money. The fixed rate on a hedged item need not exactly match the fixed rate on a swap designated as a fair value hedge. Nor does the variable rate on an interest-bearing asset or liability need to be the same as the variable rate on a swap designated as a cash flow hedge. A swap's fair value comes from its net settlements. The fixed and variable rates on a swap can be changed without affecting the net settlement if both are changed by the same amount. 

 

Ineffectiveness Vs. EPS Analyzing Q1 Results
June 29, 2001

By Ed Rombach and Nilly Essaides
Link --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=81&areaid=404 

The biggest question mark of FAS 133 remains its impact on EPS and stock price. While it’s still early days on FAS 133 reporting (see FAS 133’s Impact on Earnings), there are some clues in Q1/10Q as to what FAS 133 reveals (or does not; see Earnings Analysis: What FAS 133 Does Not Show).

In a recent exchange of information between two fund managers on an internet chat room, one responded quite viscerally to published derivatives losses at GE and AIG. “You were right to shed yourself from GE, AIG etc.,” he wrote. “GE is highly questionable and overvalued and their derivatives book has significant exposure, took a $1.2 billion loss recently, probably more to come [sic]. AIG loves ‘toxic waste’ as well.”

This reaction came despite GE’s explanation that its first quarter, $1.2bn loss will be mainly offset by changes in floating-rate interest costs.

Stock price effects? Zilch

Perhaps more telling, however, is the fact that this fund manager appears to be in the minority. Overall, the market shrugged off the reported loss. On the day of the 10Q release (4/19/01), GE’s stock closed at $48.51. It weakened slightly for the next few days, before resuming its uptrend and peaking at $53.40 on 5/21/01.

Further drilling into GE’s headline derivatives losses reveals that the overall loss was comprised of smaller charges, with the biggest component being a one-time transition charge at adoption. Further, the effects of FAS 133’s reporting on GE’s financials can be separated into two:

(1) FAS 133 impact on income:

· Fair-value hedge losses of $503 million in the quarter ending March 31.

· An additional $53 million in losses net of taxes reclassified to earnings from shareholders equity (OCI).

· A $68 million gain in hedges of net investment that did not qualify for effectiveness (most likely derivative or cash positions that do not qualify for hedge accounting under FAS 133, and recorded in “interest and other financial charges).

(2) FAS 133 impact on Equity/OCI:

· A transition adjustment loss of $827 million.

· A $64 million derivative gain attributable to hedges of net foreign investments that met the effectiveness measure (in a separate equity component related to currency translation adjustments).

 
Impact on EPS

Importantly, GE’s first quarter derivative returns contained an insignificant $3 million negative charge for ineffective hedges of future cash flow (i.e., cash flow hedges). Also, it included a $1 million negative charge for “amounts excluded from the measure of effectiveness,” or derivatives that do not qualify as hedges under FAS 133. The combined amount is less than three one hundredths of one cent per share net effect on earnings.

The bottom line: Of the reported $1.2 billion in losses, the largest portion was related to the one-time transition adjustment. Another $503 million was a loss offset by gains on the underling I/R position. The actual losses attributable to ineffectiveness or derivatives that must be marked to market in income – the sort of hit to income analysts and treasurers have feared—totaled $4 million, and are immaterial at best.

Why is GE disclosing this information? It may be that GE wants to make sure that it is meticulous in its presentation, leaving no stone unturned. It may also be making a point with regard to the efficacy of its hedging. Further, and perhaps most important, GE is laying out the “base line” for future analysis of its FAS 133 reports. Of course, if future quarters produce massive swings in these numbers, analysts would surely take notice.

 

 


FEDERATION BANCAIRE DE L'UNION EUROPEENNE Provides a great free document on macro hedging with references to IAS 39.  The article also discusses prospective and retrospective effectiveness testing.

"MACRO HEDGING OF INTEREST RATE RISK," April 4, 2003 --- http://www.fbe.be/pdf/Macro%20Hedging%20of%20Interest%20Rate%20Risk.pdf 
Trinity Students may access this article at J:\courses\acct5341\ResearchFiles\00macroHedging.pdf

Macro hedging is the hedging of a portfolio of assets and liabilities for the same type of risk. This differs from hedging a single instrument or a number of the same type of assets (or liabilities) as there is risk offsetting between the assets and liabilities within the portfolio. 

This form of hedging occurs not at a theoretical ‘consolidated Group’ level, but at an operational level, where individual assets and liabilities in the portfolio can be clearly identified. Within one banking group, several macro hedge portfolios for different activities may be separately managed at an operational level.

. . .

I.C Hedging the ‘Net Position’ 
Building a portfolio requires aggregating the necessary information (data) of all assets and liabilities that share the same risk to be hedged. Although systems differ, there is general agreement that the hedging process involves identification of notional amounts and repricing dates. As the economic risks of some financial instruments differ from their contractual terms, they have to be modelled to reflect their true economic effect on interest rate risk management. They are therefore included based on their behaviouralized repricing dates (statistical observations of customer behaviour) rather than their contractual repricing dates. These types of contracts include for example demand deposits, some (often regulated) saving accounts and prepayable loans. 

The notional amounts of these assets and liabilities in the portfolio are then allocated to defined repricing buckets. Based on this allocation, the mismatch between assets and liabilities in each repricing bucket is derived, which is the net position. 

For each net position, the company can decide whether it wants to hedge it fully or a portion of it. The extent of hedging to be undertaken is determined by the interest rate risk management strategy and is therefore a management decision as mentioned earlier in Section I.A.

See macro hedge.

 


Ira Kawaller explains that the common 80/25 rule described above is not statistically correct.  See "The 80/125 Problem," Derivatives Strategy, March 2001

Flow Chart for FAS 133 and IAS 39 Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm

Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm

Intrinsic Value Versus Full Value Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/IntrinsicValue.htm
The above document discusses Delta hedging

Vendors of Effectiveness Tests

The table below summarizes what some different software vendors say their systems can do for effectiveness analysis. It is based on the responses to our FAS133.com Show-Me survey and Addendum section.

 

Vendor/Product

Does the System support actual and prospective testing?

What methodologies are supported?

Alterna Technologies Group Inc.

Auros

 

Yes

Dollar offset/ratio for both prospective and actual effectives.

Additional effectiveness testing methods are being added. The sequence of implementing additional calculation methods is determined along with our customers.

Selkirk Financial Technologies, Inc.

Treasury Manager™

Yes

Dollar offset/ratio for both prospective and actual.

Additional methods are available with results calculated externally.

FXpress Corp.

FXpress™

Yes

Dollar offset/ratio for both prospective and actual (cumulative or period by period). Projected rate scenarios can be saved and used for prospective effectiveness testing. Additional statistical methods for prospective effectiveness will be supported in a future update

INNSINC

Futrak 2000

Yes 

Dollar offset/ratio for both. (Futrak® 2000 uses the Change in Variable Cash Flow Method (see Method 1 - Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. G7)

SunGard Treasury Systems

GTM

Yes

At present, users have the choice of six different methodologies. The first two are periodic and cumulative dollar offset. The other four are proprietary and meant to address the shortcomings of dollar offset.

Integrity Treasury Solutions

integra-T

Yes

Index correlation and regression: verifying that coefficient of correlation is greater than 0.9 or a user specified value and/or verifying that the R-square of a linear regression is greater than 0.8 or user specified value.

Ratio Test: verifying that the gain/loss on derivative and the hedged risk are offsetting and the ratio of their magnitudes are within the 80-125% range or other user specified range.

Short Cut Method: Validation of terms prescribed by the standard.

Critical Terms Matching: Validation of terms that verify an assumption of "No Ineffectiveness" for hedges that don't qualify for the Shortcut Method (e.g. FX hedges)

Open Link Financial

Endur/Findur

Yes

Endur and Findur are fully integrated trading and risk management systems. Accordingly, we support rolling VaR (monte carlo and/or parametric), Duration, Simulation and Scenario Shock (what-if), Delta Value, etc. for the calculation oustomize effectiveness calculations. All necessary data is stored in the database and can be used with the FAS Analyzer to determine effectiveness

FinancialCAD® Corporation

The Perfect Hedge (formerly fincad.com)

Yes

Prospective method supported is a variance reduction method.

Retrospective method supported is dollar offset/ratio.

SunGard Treasury Systems

Quantum

Yes

The System supports dollar offset and regression. 

SAP

CFM

Only actual (no prospective).

Dollar offset/raio, based on spot values, cash flow differences forward, cash flow differences forward discounted/ all either using clean values (i.e. taking interest accruals into account) or not, FX option intrinsic value based on spot rates, option intrinsic value based on forward rates, option intrinsic value based on forward discounted rates, present value (clean price or nonclean), benchmark (again, clean or not).

Principia Partners

Principia Analytic Systems (PAS)

Yes

Method is dependent on the needs of the client; the system can handle a wide variety of methods including retrospective hedge analysis, dollar offset, etc.

XRT

Treasury Workstation (TWS) and Globe$

Yes

Dollar offset/ratio for both. (System supports ability select effectiveness testing and valuation using spot-spot or forward-forward methods.)

Trema Treasury Management

Finance Kit

Yes

Dollar offset. Or, for prospective effectiveness, the system can run reports to show that the critical terms match (for relevant cases, e.g. FX risk hedge with forward), or we can take a hedge relationship and run it through simulation. For example, for a FX risk hedge, we can simulate the effect of FX rate change +/-5% (or any user-defined range) and the system returns the calculated values for both the hedge and the hedged item at selected intervals (...-1%, -0.5%, +0.5%, +1%...), allowing us to prove that the values will offset each other. Similarly, we can simulate the effect of e.g. Libor change on the future values of IRS hedge and hedged debt instrument.

Reval.com

Yes

Dollar offset method, on the basis of: Spot, Forward, Intrinsic Value, Minimum Value and Full Fair Market Value Method. Can support effectiveness testing using user defined and performed regression methodologies.

Wall Street Systems

Wall Street Systems®

Yes

The dollar offset method for prospective and actual effectives. For prospective, the application calculates the present value (PV) of all future cash flows as well as maintains the historical change in actual values. For retrospective assessment, the user has the chose to elect to compare the actual change in values, actual change in floating leg cash flow values, and even the actual change in the fixed leg cash flows. For prospective assessment the application uses the PV of the future cash flows.

Also see risk metrics and software.


JOURNAL OF DERIVATIVES ACCOUNTING 

Hedge Effectiveness Analysis Toolkit
Vol. 1, No. 2 (September 2004) out now!! In this issue issue of JDA, Guy Coughlan, Simon Emery and Johannes Kolb discuss the Hedge Effectiveness Analysis Toolkit, which is JPMorgan’s latest addition to a long list of innovative and cutting-edge risk management solutions. View the Table of Contents @ http://www.worldscinet.com/jda/01/0102/S02198681040102.html

 


October 11, 2002 message from Ira [kawaller@lb.bcentral.com

If you, your colleagues, or your customers have hedge effectiveness testing requirements under FAS 133, and you're having difficulty designing regression tests for this purpose, this article (co-authored with my friend and client, Reva Steinberg of BDO Seidman, and originally published in "AFPExchage")should be of interest:

http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/AFP_Regression.pdf

Otherwise... never mind.

In either case, visit the Kawaller & Company website to find other articles/information dealing with a host of issues relating to derivatives.

I hope you'll find this material to be useful and would welcome your questions, comments, or suggestions.

Ira Kawaller
Kawaller & Company, LLC
http://www.kawaller.com
kawaller@kawaller.com 
(718)694-6270


For interest rate swaps, especially note the section of Short-Cut Method for Interest Rate Swaps.

See further paragraphs 73-103 for illustrations of assessing effectiveness and measuring ineffectiveness:

Example 1: Fair Value Hedge of Natural Gas Inventory with Futures Contracts (FAS 133 Paragraphs 73-77)

Example 2: Fair Value Hedge of Tire Inventory with a Forward Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 78-80)

Example 3: Fair Value Hedge of Growing Wheat with Futures Contracts
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 81-84)

Example 4: Fair Value Hedge of Equity Securities with Option Contracts
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 85-87)

Example 5: Fair Value Hedge of a Treasury Bond with a Put Option Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 88-90)

Example 6: Fair Value Hedge of an Embedded Purchased Option with a Written Option
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 91-92)

Example 7: Cash Flow Hedge of a Forecasted Purchase of Inventory with a Forward Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 93-97)

Example 8: Cash Flow Hedge with a Basis Swap
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 98-99)

Example 9: Cash Flow Hedge of Forecasted Sale with a Forward Contract
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 100-101)

Example 10: Attempted Hedge of a Forecasted Sale with a Written Call Option
(FAS 133 Paragraphs 102-103)


My understanding is that the “long haul” method is any situation where the stringent tests for shortcut method do not hold. Thus tests for ineffectiveness must be conducted at each reset date. This is problematic for swaps and options especially since the market for the hedged item entails a different set of buyers than the market for the hedging instrument, thereby increasing the likelihood of ineffectiveness.

I do not have a spreadsheet illustration of ineffectiveness testing for interest rate swaps, but the tests I assume are the same as those tests used for other hedges. Some analysts assume that the “long haul” method applies to regression tests (as opposed to dollar offset), and regression tests (unlike dollar offset tests) cannot be applied retrospectively.  See “Shortcut Method” at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#S-Terms

Also see
http://www.accountingweb.com/cgi-bin/item.cgi?id=101227&d=815&h=817&f=816&dateformat=%25o%20%25B%20%25Y

 

 

 

DIG Issue E7 at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 

Title: Hedging—General: Methodologies to Assess Effectiveness of Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedges

Paragraph references:  20(b), 22, 28(b), 62, 86, 87

Date released: November 1999

QUESTION

Since Statement 133 provides an entity with flexibility in choosing the method it will use in assessing hedge effectiveness, must an entity use a dollar-offset approach in assessing effectiveness?

BACKGROUND

Paragraph 20(b) of Statement 133 states, in part:

Both at inception of the [fair value] hedge and on an ongoing basis, the hedging relationship is expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk during the period that the hedge is designated. An assessment of effectiveness is required whenever financial statements or earnings are reported, and at least every three months. Paragraph 28(b) indicates a similar requirement that the hedging relationship be expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in cash flows attributable to the hedged risk during the period that the hedge is designated.

Paragraph 22 of Statement 133 states, in part:

The measurement of hedge ineffectiveness for a particular hedging relationship shall be consistent with the entity’s risk management strategy and the method of assessing hedge effectiveness that was documented at the inception of the hedging relationship, as discussed in paragraph 20(a). Nevertheless, the amount of hedge ineffectiveness recognized in earnings is based on the extent to which exact offset is not achieved. Paragraph 62 emphasizes that each entity must "define at the time it designates a hedging relationship the method it will use to assess the hedge’s effectiveness in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or offsetting cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged." It also states, "This Statement does not specify a single method for either assessing whether a hedge is expected to be highly effective or measuring hedge ineffectiveness."

RESPONSE

No. Statement 133 requires an entity to consider hedge effectiveness in two different ways-in prospective considerations and in retrospective evaluations.

Prospective considerations. Upon designation of a hedging relationship (as well as on an ongoing basis), the entity must be able to justify an expectation that the relationship will be highly effective over future periods in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows. That expectation, which is forward-looking, can be based upon regression or other statistical analysis of past changes in fair values or cash flows as well as on other relevant information.

Retrospective evaluations. At least quarterly, the hedging entity must determine whether the hedging relationship has been highly effective in having achieved offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows through the date of the periodic assessment. That assessment can be based upon regression or other statistical analysis of past changes in fair values or cash flows as well as on other relevant information. If an entity elects at the inception of a hedging relationship to utilize the same regression analysis approach for both prospective considerations and retrospective evaluations of assessing effectiveness, then during the term of that hedging relationship those regression analysis calculations should generally incorporate the same number of data points. Electing to utilize a regression or other statistical analysis approach instead of a dollar-offset approach to perform retrospective evaluations of assessing hedge effectiveness may affect whether an entity can apply hedge accounting for the current assessment period as discussed below.

Paragraph 62 requires that at the time an entity designates a hedging relationship, it must define and document the method it will use to assess the hedge’s effectiveness. That paragraph also states that ordinarily "an entity should assess effectiveness for similar hedges in a similar manner; use of different methods for similar hedges should be justified." Furthermore, it requires that an entity use that defined and documented methodology consistently throughout the period of the hedge. If an entity elects at the inception of a hedging relationship to utilize a regression analysis approach for prospective considerations of assessing effectiveness and the dollar-offset method to perform retrospective evaluations of assessing effectiveness, then that entity must abide by the results of that methodology as long as that hedging relationship remains designated. Thus, in its retrospective evaluation, an entity might conclude that, under a dollar-offset approach, a designated hedging relationship does not qualify for hedge accounting for the period just ended, but that the hedging relationship may continue because, under a regression analysis approach, there is an expectation that the relationship will be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows in future periods. In its retrospective evaluation, if that entity concludes that, under a dollar-offset approach, the hedging relationship has not been highly effective in having achieved offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows, hedge accounting may not be applied in the current period. Whenever a hedging relationship fails to qualify for hedge accounting in a certain assessment period, the overall change in fair value of the derivative for that current period is recognized in earnings (not reported in other comprehensive income for a cash flow hedge) and the change in fair value of the hedged item would not be recognized in earnings for that period (for a fair value hedge).

If an entity elects at the inception of a hedging relationship to utilize a regression analysis (or other statistical analysis) approach for either prospective considerations or retrospective evaluations of assessing effectiveness, then that entity must periodically update its regression analysis (or other statistical analysis). For example, if there is significant ineffectiveness measured and recognized in earnings for a hedging relationship, which is calculated each assessment period, the regression analysis should be rerun to determine whether the expectation of high effectiveness is still valid. As long as an entity reruns its regression analysis and determines that the hedging relationship is still expected to be highly effective, then it can continue to apply hedge accounting without interruption.

In all instances, the actual measurement of hedge ineffectiveness to be recognized in earnings each reporting period is based on the extent to which exact offset is not achieved as specified in paragraph 22 of Statement 133 (for fair value hedges) or paragraph 30 (for cash flow hedges). That requirement applies even if a regression or other statistical analysis approach for both prospective considerations and retrospective evaluations of assessing effectiveness supports an expectation that the hedging relationship will be highly effective and demonstrates that it has been highly effective, respectively.

The application of a regression or other statistical analysis approach to assessing effectiveness is complex. Those methodologies require appropriate interpretation and understanding of the statistical inferences.

DIG Issue F5 at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuef5.html 
Basing the Expectation of Highly Effective Offset on a Shorter Period Than the Life of the Derivative 
(Cleared 11/23/99)

 

Inflation Indexed Embedded Derivative =

an embedded derivative that alters payments on the basis of an inflation index.  Paragraph 61b on Page 41 of FAS 133 defines these payments as clearly-and-closely related such that the embedded derivative cannot be accounted for separately under Paragraph 12 on Page 7.  This makes embedded inflation indexed derivative accounting different than commodity indexed and equity indexed embedded derivative accounting rules that require separation from the host contract such as commodity indexed, equity indexed, and inflation indexed embedded derivatives.  In this regard, credit indexed embedded derivative accounting is more like credit indexed derivative accounting.  See derivative financial instrument and embedded derivatives.

Initial Investment =  see premium.

Insurance Contracts =

a complex set of contracts to manage future casualty risks.  Contracts manage financial instrument risks are not insurance contracts under FAS 133.  In general, insurance contracts are covered by prior FASB standards rather than FAS 133.  However, the FASB did take steps to discourage the interpretation of derivative contracts as insurance contracts just to avoid FAS 133. Important sections of FAS 133 dealing with insurance include Paragraphs 10 and 277-283.

Note the exception in DIG C1.

Interest Only Strip =

a contract that calls for cash settlement based upon the interest but not the principal of a note. Except in certain conditions, interest-only and principal only strips are not covered in FAS 133. See Paragraphs 14 and 310.  See futures contract.

Interest Rate Swap =

a transaction in which two parties exchange interest payment streams of differing character based on an underlying principal amount. This is the most common form of hedging risk using financial instruments derivatives. The most typical interest rate swaps entail swapping fixed rates for variable rates and vice versa. A basis swap is the swapping of one variable rate for another variable rate for purposes of changing the net interest rate. Basis swaps are discussed in Paragraph 28d on Page 19 and Paragraphs 391-395 on Pages 178-179 of FAS 133.   A basis swap arises when one variable rate index (e.g., LIBOR) is swapped for another index (e.g., a U.S Prime rate).  Basis risk arises when the hedging index differs from the index of the exposed risk.  Interest rate swaps are illustrated in Example 2 paragraphs 111-120, Example 5 Paragraphs 131-139, Example 8 Paragraphs 153-161, and other examples in Paragraphs 178-186.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 68 for the exact conditions that have to be met if an entity is to assume no ineffectiveness in a hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset/liability and an interest rate swap.   See yield curve, swaption, currency swap, notional, underlying, swap, legal settlement rate, and [Loan + Swap] rate.  Also see basis adjustment and short-cut method for interest rate swaps

From Risk News on November 14, 2003

A surge in interest rate swaps transactions helped the global over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives market to grow by 20% during the first half of this year, according to figures released this week by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS). The BIS said the total notional amount of all OTC contracts outstanding at the end of June was $169.7 trillion, up from $141.7 trillion at the end of December. Gross market values for these contracts rose by 24% to $7.9 trillion. There was growth in all risk categories except gold, according to the BIS’s semi-annual report into OTC market activity. The report highlighted the continued growth in interest rate swaps, by far the largest single group of OTC products with $95 trillion in notional amounts outstanding. Interest rate contracts represented 56% of all market risk categories. Foreign exchange derivatives also grew strongly, with notionals up 20% on the previous six months. Currency options rose by 42%. The BIS said the forex derivatives market had never before shown more than single-figure growth in the time it has been collecting statistics. But the growth in OTC contracts failed to match the pace set in the regulated market. Exchange-traded derivatives grew by 61% in notional amounts outstanding during the first half of 2003, the report said.

An excellent summary about why interest rate swaps have become so popular is provided by Green Interest Rate Swap Management at http://home.earthlink.net/~green/whatisan.htm 

One question that arises is whether a hedged item and its hedge may have different maturity dates.  Paragraph 18 beginning on Page 9 of FAS 133 rules out hedges such as interest rate swaps from having a longer maturity than the hedged item such as a variable rate loan or receivable.  On the other hand, having a shorter maturity is feasible according to KPMG's Example 13 beginning on Page 225 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998) states the following.  A portion of that example reads as follows:

Although the criteria specified in paragraph 28(a) of the Standard do not address whether a portion of a single transaction may be identified as a hedged item, we believer that the proportion principles discussed in fair value hedging model also apply to forecasted transactions.

Hi Ray

About all I have on file for this old Sears interest rate swap example is the really old document at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/231wp/231wp.htm 

As I recall, my sources for the Sears swap were personal messages. I don't recall any published sources.

A current Google search disclosed the following links:

http://my.dreamwiz.com/stoneq/articles/orgloss.htm 

http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/1995/OCT95/f341095.htm 

Hope this helps!

Bob Jensen

-----Original Message----- 
From: Ray Eason [mailto:rayeason2@hotmail.com]  
Sent: Thursday, March 25, 2004 6:41 AM 
To: Jensen, Robert Subject: <<student request>>

Hi, Bob...

I am an MBA candidate in Boston working on a one page summary of the Sears Roebuck $257MM swap loss in 1994. I came across your name from Working Paper 231 on the web. I wondered if you might be able to suggest a reference or two in regards to swap losses at Sears in the 1994 timeframe. What tool do you use to query historical information on derivative debacles in your research?

Warmest Regards -Ray

:Ray Eason :: 
Harvard MBA 2004 :: www.geocities.com/oxford96 


Interest rate swap derivative instruments are widely used to manage interest rate risk, which is viewed as a perfectly legitimate use of these hedging instruments.  I stumbled on to a rather interesting doctoral dissertation which finds that firms, especially banks, use such swaps to manage earnings.  The dissertation from Michigan State University is by Chang Joon Song under the direction of Professor Thomas Linsmeier.

"Are Interest Rate Swaps Used to Manage Banks' Earnings," by Chang Joon Song, January 2004 --- http://accounting-net.actg.uic.edu/Department/Songpaper.pdf 

This dissertation is quite clever and very well written.  

Previous research has shown that loan loss provisions and security gains and losses are used to manage banks’ net income. However, these income components are reported below banks largest operating component, net interest income (NII). This study extends the literature by examining whether banks exploit the accounting permitted under past and current hedge accounting standards to manage NII by entering into interest rate swaps. Specifically, I investigate whether banks enter into receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps to increase earnings when unmanaged NII is below management’s target for NII. In addition, I investigate whether banks enter into receive-variable/pay-fixed swaps to decrease earnings when unmanaged NII is above management’s target for NII. Swaps-based earnings management is possible because past and current hedge accounting standards allow receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps (receivevariable/ pay-fixed) to have known positive (negative) income effects in the first period of the swap contract. However, entering into swaps for NII management is not costless, because such swaps change the interest rate risk position throughout the swap period. Thus, I also examine whether banks find it cost-beneficial to enter into offsetting swap positions in the next period to mitigate interest rate risk caused by entering into earnings management swaps in the current period. Using 546 bank-year observations from 1995 to 2002, I find that swaps are used to manage NII. However, I do not find evidence that banks immediately enter into offsetting swap positions in the next period. In sum, this research demonstrates that banks exploit the accounting provided under past and current hedge accounting rules to manage NII. This NII management opportunity will disappear if the FASB implements full fair value accounting for financial instruments, as foreshadowed by FAS No. 133.

What is especially interesting is how Song demonstrates that such earnings management took place before FAS 133 and is still taking place after FAS 133 required the booking of swaps and adjustment to fair value on each reporting date.  It is also interesting how earnings management comes at the price of added risk.  Other derivative positions can be used to reduce the risk, but risks arising from such earnings management cannot be eliminated.


Avoiding derivative accounting.
In an example of the legalistic nature of the accounting rules, Manufacturing could have avoided derivative accounting entirely if the loan and interest rate cap were structured differently. SFAS 133 excludes from its scope certain interest rate caps, floors, and collars that cannot be classified as either a derivative or an embedded derivative. Manufacturing could have embedded the interest rate cap in the loan while failing to meet the criteria of an embedded derivative. Robert A. Dyson, "Accounting for Interest-Bearing Instruments as Derivatives and Hedges," The CPA Journal, http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2002/0102/features/f014202.htm


To my accounting theory students:  I probably won't examine you on this one, but you might find it of interest.

Karen Richardson, "Swapping Rates to Save on Debt ... Maybe:  Rice Financial Products Offers Cities, States Deal Rife With Benefits, Risks," The Wall Street Journal,  March 15, 2005; Page C3 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB111083206224878924,00.html?mod=todays_us_money_and_investing 

Officials in Durham, N.C., hope that a financial transaction with a private New York firm will save the city millions of dollars on its municipal debt.

But some say the deal -- an interest-rate swap with a formula that multiplies the city's potential savings as well as its potential losses -- may contain costly risk.

"They're entering into a gamble where they believe they're going to win more money than they're going to lose," says Robert Whaley, professor of finance and a derivatives expert at Duke University in Durham. "It's just speculation."

The Synthetic Fixed-Rate Refinancing Swap, as it is known, was created by Rice Financial Products Co., which has sold such deals in at least five states. It would work like this in Durham: On existing debt of $103 million, Durham would pay Rice Financial a still-to-be negotiated fixed interest rate over 15 years while Rice Financial would pay Durham a rate that is about 0.9 percentage point greater, plus a so-called adjustment factor. Rice Financial has said the deal could save the city $8 million.

"This proposal is so complex ... that I don't know that there are 30 or 40 people in this entire state who can fully comprehend it," says Eugene Brown, a Durham city councilman who has been lobbying against the swap.

"What you really want to focus on is the all-in cost of funds," says Donald Rice, founder and chief executive of Rice Financial.

The adjustment factor is based on a combination of the Bond Market Association (BMA) benchmark index rate for tax-exempt bonds and the taxable London interbank offered rate, or Libor. Supply and demand, credit risk, tax policy, interest rates and different maturities can result in unpredictable swings in that relationship. "Understanding the dynamics of how these two rates behave in relationship to one another is not an easy task," says Prof. Whaley

The formula effectively "magnifies both potential benefits and risks" by 1.54 times, according to an analysis of the swap structure by Public Financial Management in Philadelphia, Durham's financial adviser. The firm approved the deal but recommended that the city budget the expected savings conservatively.

Rice Financial made an "unsolicited proposal" to Durham City in August after it sold a similar swap to Durham County, says Kenneth Pennoyer, the city's director of finance. Prior to meeting with Rice Financial, he says, the city hadn't been contemplating any sort of swap because most of its bonds outstanding pay a fixed interest rate.

"There's a potential savings for the city, and I think that's a worthwhile goal in itself," Mr. Pennoyer says. He is confident that a final city-council vote April 18 will approve the deal since a commission of the state treasurer has approved it and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services recently gave it its highest rating for this type of transaction.

Mr. Rice is a Harvard Business School graduate who started structuring municipal interest-rate swaps at Merrill Lynch & Co. nearly 20 years ago. He says his company has executed more than $20 billion in swaps since its establishment in 1994. "There may be a circumstance where our transaction causes dis-savings, but it requires a substantial market move ... one that's unparalleled," says Mr. Rice.

Interest-rate swaps aren't new to the municipal-bond markets, but their use has grown over the past three years. As interest rates fell to record lows, municipal issuers were looking for ways to trim costs without issuing more bonds. But with interest rates rising, fixed-rate issuers betting on a formula involving two floating rates and a multiplier effect seems imprudent to some.

"Often the political pressures are such that ... when [potential benefits] are couched in terms of 'savings,' the risk is that people are doing things they don't understand," says Mike Marz, vice chairman of First Southwest Co. in Dallas. First Southwest has advised North Carolina finance officials against using the Rice Financial swap.

Mr. Rice declined to discuss his company's compensation from the swaps, except to say that issuers' financial advisers were responsible for negotiating rates that were "fair value" in the market. On average, municipal-swap deals generate fees of 0.05% to 0.10% of the deal for bankers. Durham City's Mr. Pennoyer said Rice Financial's compensation on the $103 million swap was in the ballpark of about $800,000, or 0.8%.

In 2003 the West Basin Municipal Water District in California sued its financial adviser, P.G. Corbin & Co., in California state court, alleging it gave faulty advice in deeming a Rice Financial swap in 2001 a "fair market transaction."

A spokesman for West Basin said he didn't know the status of the case. Lawyers representing P.G. Corbin didn't return phone calls seeking comment.

Separately, this month a West Basin official was sentenced in U.S. court in California to two years in prison for extorting $25,000 from a consultant at M.R. Beal & Co., then a partner of Rice Financial, to steer the water district's debt-refinancing contract in Rice Financial's favor.

"The well-publicized events among certain of West Basin's board members are unfortunate," Mr. Rice said. "Nonetheless, we are pleased with the products and services we have provided West Basin over the years and value them as a customer."

From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on March 18, 2005

TITLE: Swapping Rates to Save on Debt...Maybe 
REPORTER: Karen Richardson 
DATE: Mar 14, 2005 
PAGE: C3 
LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB111083206224878924,00.html  
TOPICS: Advanced Financial Accounting, Derivatives, Governmental Accounting

SUMMARY: The city of Durham, NC., has entered into an unusual interest rate swap created by Rice Financial Products, Co. A Duke university finance professor, Robert Whaley, describes the transaction as speculative.

QUESTIONS: 
1.) What are the features of a standard interest rate swap? What is unusual about the interest rate swap discussed in this article?

2.) Why might a governmental entity want to engage in an interest rate swap transaction? Answer this question with reference to the current state of interest rates and the terms of the Durham, N.C. debt described in the article.

3.) Why does Duke University Professor of Finance Robert Whaley call this transaction "just speculation"?

4.) How does the assessment that this interest rate swap is speculative potentially affect the accounting for the swap?

Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

The practice of selling high risk derivative instruments products just goes on and on in spite of the enormous scandals of the past --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraudrotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds 

Particularly important is understanding Examples 2 and 5 of Appendix B of FAS 133 and how to value interest rate swaps --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

See Gapping and Immunization 

See Earnings Management 

Bob Jensen's threads on FAS 133 and IAS 39 are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 


 

 


DIG Issue A9 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 

QUESTION

How does Statement 133 affect the accounting for a prepaid interest rate swap contract, that is, an interest rate swap contract for which the fixed leg has been prepaid (at a discounted amount)?

BACKGROUND AND DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION

In lieu of obtaining a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap that is settled net each quarter, an entity may choose to enter into a "prepaid interest rate swap" contract that obligates the counterparty to make quarterly payments to the entity for the variable leg and for which the entity pays the present value of the fixed leg of the swap at the inception of the contract. Different structures can be used for a prepaid interest rate swap contract, although the amount and timing of the cash flows under the different structures are the same, which makes the different structures of contract terms identical economically. For example, rather than entering into a 2-year pay-fixed, receive-variable swap with a $10,000,000 notional amount, a fixed interest rate of 6.65 percent, and a variable interest rate of 3-month US$ LIBOR (that is, the swap terms in Example 5 of Statement 133), an entity can effectively accomplish a prepaid swap by entering into a contract under either of the following structures.

Structure 1
The entity pays $1,228,179 to enter into a prepaid interest rate swap contract that requires the counterparty to make quarterly payments based on a $10,000,000 notional amount and an annual interest rate equal to 3-month US$ LIBOR. The amount of $1,228,179 is the present value of the 8 quarterly payments of $166,250, based on the implied spot rate for each of the 8 payment dates under the assumed initial yield curve in that example.

Structure 2
The entity pays $1,228,179 to enter into a structured note ("contract") with a principal amount of $1,228,179 and loan payments based on a formula equal to 8.142 times 3-month US$ LIBOR. (Note that 8.142 = 10,000,000 / 1,228,179.) Under the structured note, there is no repayment of the principal amount at the end of the two-year term. Rather, repayment of the $1,228,179 principal amount is incorporated into the 8quarterly payments and, thus, is dependent on interest rates.

RESPONSE

The prepaid interest rate swap contract (accomplished under either structure) is a derivative instrument because it meets the criteria in paragraph 6 and related paragraphs of Statement 133. Accordingly, the prepaid interest rate swap (accomplished under either structure) must be accounted for as a derivative instrument and reported at fair value. Even though both structures involve a lending activity related to the prepayment of the fixed leg, the prepaid interest rate swap cannot be separated into a debt host contract and an embedded derivative because Statement 133 does not permit such bifurcation of a contract that, in its entirety, meets the definition of a derivative.

Discussion of Structure 1
The prepaid interest rate swap in Structure 1 has an underlying (three-month US$ LIBOR) and a notional amount (refer to paragraph 6(a)). The prepaid interest rate swap requires an initial investment ($1,228,179) that is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors, such as an 8-times impact for changes in LIBOR when applied to the initial investment (refer to paragraph 6(b)). (Note that the reference to "8 times" is based on the ratio of the notional amount to the initial investment: 10,000,000 / 1,228,179 = 8.142.) In this example, the initial investment of $1,228,179 is smaller than an investment of $10,000,000 to purchase a note with a $10,000,000 notional amount and a variable interest rate of 3-month US$LIBOR-an instrument that provides the same cash flow response to changes in LIBOR as the prepaid interest rate swap.

Under the prepaid swap in Structure 1, neither party is required to deliver an asset that is associated with the underlying or that has a principal amount, stated amount, face value, number of shares, or other denomination that is equal to the notional amount (or the notional amount plus a premium or minus a discount) (refer to paragraphs 6(c) and 9(a)).

Discussion of Structure 2
The contract in Structure 2 has an underlying (three-month US$ LIBOR) and a notional amount (refer to paragraph 6(a)). The contract requires an initial investment that is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors, such as an eight-times impact for changes in US$ LIBOR (refer to paragraph 6(b)). The fact that the contract under Structure 2 involves an initial investment equal to the stated notional of $1,228,179 is not an impediment to satisfying the criterion in paragraph 6(b), even though paragraph 8 states, "A derivative instrument does not require an initial net investment in the contract that is equal to the notional amount (or the notional amount plus a premium or minus a discount) or that is determined by applying the notional amount to the underlying." The observation in paragraph 8 focuses on those contracts that do not involve leverage. When a contract involves leverage, its notional amount is effectively the stated notional times the multiplication factor that represents the leverage. The contract in Structure 2 is highly leveraged, resulting in an impact that is over eight times as great as simply applying the stated notional amount to the underlying. Thus, its initial investment is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors-the criterion in paragraph 6(b). (Note that even a contract with a much lower leverage factor than that illustrated in the above example would meet the criterion in paragraph 6(b).) The guidance in this issue is considered to be consistent with Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. A1, "Initial Net Investment," in which a required initial investment of $105 (to prepay a 1-year forward contract with a $110 strike price) is considered not to meet the criterion in paragraph 6(b).

Under the contract in Structure 2, neither party is required to deliver an asset that is associated with the underlying or that has a principal amount, stated amount, face value, number of shares, or other denomination that is equal to the notional amount (or the notional amount plus a premium or minus a discount) (refer to paragraphs 6(c) and 9(a)). Although the investor may surrender (deliver) the evidence of indebtedness (the structured note) to the issuer at maturity, the stated amount of the note ($1,228,179) is not equal to the actual notional amount ($10,000,000).

March 20, 2002 Message from Ira Kawaller

Hi Bob,
I just posted a recently published article on how to satisfy the FAS 133 disclosure requirements for interest rate hedges.  Although it was originally published by Bank Asset/Liablility Management (March 2000), the content is 
applicable to all firms with interest rate exposures -- not just banks.  
If you are interested, it is available at 
http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALMHedges.pdf 
You can also find additional information about derivatives, risk management, and FAS 133 in the various articles posted on the Kawaller & Company website:  
http://www.kawaller.com 
Please feel free to contact me with any questions, comments, or suggestions.
Ira Kawaller
Kawaller & Company, LLC
kawaller@kawaller.com 
(718) 694-6270

 

 

 

International Accounting Standards Board (Committee) (IASB) =

An organization headquartered in London that has be charged with developing international accounting standards.  The charge is given by 140 public accounting bodies (such as the AICPA in the United States) in 101 countries seeking harmonization of accounting standards.  In recent years, IASC standards have more clout due to widespread requiring of IASC standards by worldwide stock exchanges for cross-border listings of securities.  For a discussion of the IASC's history and struggles to develop its own IAS 39 "Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement" standard that is somewhat like, but much less complex, than  FAS 133, see my pacter.htm file.  Initially, the IASC was going to adopt FAS 133.  Later it commenced work on developing its own standard.  In reality, however, the IASC requirements are very close to FAS 133.  Also see IFAC.  The web site of the IASC is at http://www.iasc.org.uk .

Click here to view Paul Pacter's commentary on the IASC.  Note that the differences between IAS 39 and FAS 133 are highlighted at http://WWW.Trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/pacter.htm#SFAS133diffs1 .

The for-free IASC comparison study of IAS 39 versus FAS 133 (by Paul Pacter) at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm

The non-free FASB comparison study of all standards entitled The IASC-U.S. Comparison Project: A Report on the Similarities and Differences between IASC Standards and U.S. GAAP
SECOND EDITION, (October 1999) at http://stores.yahoo.com/fasbpubs/publications.html 

In 1999 the Joint Working Group of the Banking Associations sharply rebuffed the IAS 39 fair value accounting in two white papers that can be downloaded from http://www.iasc.org.uk/frame/cen3_112.htm.

Also see the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International Federation of Accountants Committee (IFAC).

Side by Side: IAS 39 Compared with FASB Standards (FAS 133), by Paul Pacter, as published in Accountancy International Magazine, June 1999 --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 
Also note "Comparisons of International IAS Versus FASB Standards" --- http://www.deloitte.com/dtt/cda/doc/content/pocketiasus.pdf

IAS 39 Implementation Guidance

Supplement to the Publication
Accounting for Financial Instruments - Standards, Interpretations, and Implementation Guidance
http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ias39igc/batch6/39batch6f.pdf

PowerPoint Show Highlighting Some Complaints About IAS 39 and IAS 32 --- http://www.atel.lu/atel/fr/publications/Publications/030524_EACT%20mtg_Milan.ppt 


Fair value accounting politics in the revised IAS 39

From Paul Pacter's IAS Plus on July 13, 2005 --- http://www.iasplus.com/index.htm

 
The European Commission has published Frequently Asked Questions – IAS 39 Fair Value Option (FVO) (PDF 94k), providing the Commission's views on the following questions:
  • Why did the Commission carve out the full fair value option in the original IAS 39 standard?
  • Do prudential supervisors support IAS 39 FVO as published by the IASB?
  • When will the Commission to adopt the amended standard for the IAS 39 FVO?
  • Will companies be able to apply the amended standard for their 2005 financial statements?
  • Does the amended standard for IAS 39 FVO meet the EU endorsement criteria?
  • What about the relationship between the fair valuation of own liabilities under the amended IAS 39 FVO standard and under Article 42(a) of the Fourth Company Law Directive?
  • Will the Commission now propose amending Article 42(a) of the Fourth Company Directive?
  • What about the remaining IAS 39 carve-out relating to certain hedge accounting provisions?

 


It's a Shame:  Europeans follow rather than learn from Enron's lead on how to hide risk with unbooked derivatives
"Europe Closer to Adopting Uniform Accounting Rules," by Floyd Norris, The New York Times, November 22, 2004

The European Commission has formally adopted an emasculated accounting standard for derivatives, leaving it up to banks to decide whether they will fully comply with international rules aimed at preventing financial institutions from hiding losses.

The vote on Friday was a victory for banks, mostly but not all from France. They had opposed the accounting rule, voicing concerns that it would lead to volatility in reported profits and balance sheet values.

Even with the decision to change the rule, the European Union moved closer to a system of having all companies follow similar accounting standards beginning in 2005. Until now, each country has had its own rules, which have varied both in details and in how well they were enforced. Many companies are expected to report significant changes in profits under the rules.

The derivatives rule, known as International Accounting Standard 39, is similar to, but less restrictive than, an American rule that has been in force for several years. In an attempt to win European Commission approval, the International Accounting Standards Board watered down the rule in ways that would let companies keep most of the volatility away from their income statement. But that was not enough to satisfy some banks, which complained that the standard would still lead to lower or more volatile valuations that could alarm investors.

. . .

In announcing the decision, the commission rejected what it said were criticisms "that the relaxation of the hedge accounting provisions make the standard 'seriously deficient' and 'not credible.' " It said that the rule, even with the changes, was "a significant step forward" because no current European accounting rule "contains any hedge accounting provisions" at all.

Continued in the article


 

"IAS 32 and IAS 39 Revised:  An Overview," Ernst & Young, February 2004 --- http://www.ey.com/global/download.nsf/International/IAS32-39_Overview_Febr04/$file/IAS32-39_Overview_Febr04.pdf 
I shortened the above URL to http://snipurl.com/RevisedIAS32and39 


Also see Bob Jensen's Interest Rate Swap Valuation, Forward Rate Derivation,  and Yield Curves
for FAS 133 and IAS 39 on Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm 

 Also see Macro Hedge 

 



This is old news, but it does provide some questions for students to ponder.  The main problem of fair value adjustment is that many ((most?) of the adjustments cause enormous fluctuations in earnings, assets, and liabilities that are washed out over time and never realized.  The main advantage is that interim impacts that “might be” realized are booked.  It’s a war between “might be” versus “might never.”  The war has been waging for over a century with respect to booked assets and two decades with respect to unbooked derivative instruments, contingencies, and intangibles.

As you can see below, the war is not over yet.  In fact it has intensified between corporations (especially banks) versus standard setters versus members of the academy.

From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Educators' Review on April 2, 2004

TITLE: As IASB Unveils New Rules, Dispute With EU Continues 
REPORTER: David Reilly 
DATE: Mar 31, 2004 
PAGE: A2 LINK: http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB108067939682469331,00.html  
TOPICS: Generally accepted accounting principles, Fair Value Accounting, Insider trading, International Accounting, International Accounting Standards Board

SUMMARY: Despite controversy with the European Union (EU), the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) is expected to release a final set of international accounting standards. Questions focus on the role of the IASB, controversy with the EU, and harmonization of the accounting standards.

QUESTIONS: 
1.) What is the role of the IASB? What authority does the IASB have to enforce standards?

2.) List three reasons that a country would choose to follow IASB accounting standards. Why has the U.S. not adopted IASB accounting standards?

3.) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of harmonization of accounting standards throughout the world. Why is it important the IASB reach a resolution with the EU over the disputed accounting standards?

4.) What is fair value accounting? Why would fair value accounting make financial statements more volatile? Is increased volatility a valid argument for not adopting fair value accounting? Does GAAP in the United States require fair value accounting? Support your answers.

Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island 
Reviewed By: Benson Wier, Virginia Commonwealth University 
Reviewed By: Kimberly Dunn, Florida Atlantic University

Bob Jensen's threads on these controversial standards are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory.htm 

Those threads dealing with fair value are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/theory01.htm

 


June 7, 2004 Update

"EU Body Fails to Bar Bank Accounting Rule," The Wall Street Journal, June 7, 2004, Page A18

A European Commission advisory group failed Friday to block an accounting rule proposed by the International Accounting Standards Board governing how banks treat complex accounting instruments on their balance sheets.

The European Financial Reporting Advisory Council's 11 members voted 6-5 against recommending the new accounitng standard to the commission but the vote fell short of the two-thirds margin required to recommend rejections of the new rule.

European banks have opposed portions of the disputed accounting standard known as FAS 39, because they say requirements to used market prices to value certain financial instruments will cause unnecessary volatility in their financial statements.  

Continued in the article


 

 

GAAP Differences in Your Pocket:  IAS and US GAAP
http://www.deloitte.com/dtt/cda/doc/content/pocketiasus.pdf
 
Topic IAS 39 from the IASB FAS 133 from the FASB
Change in value of non-trading investment Recognize either in net profit or loss or in equity (with recycling). 
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments.
Recognize in equity (with recycling).
Accounting for hedges of a firm commitment Cash flow hedge. 
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments.
Fair value hedge.
Use of partial-term hedges Allowed.  Prohibited.
Effect of selling investments classified as held-to-maturity Prohibited from using held-to- maturity classification for the next two years. Prohibited from using held-to- maturity classification (no two year limit).
Use of "basis adjustment" Gain/loss on hedging instrument that had been reported in equity becomes an adjustment of the carrying amount of the asset.
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments.
Gain/loss on hedging instrument that had been reported in equity remains in equity and is amortized over the same period as the asset.
 Derecognition of financial assets No "isolation in bankruptcy" test.
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments.
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments.
Derecognition prohibited unless the transferred asset is beyond the reach of the transferor even in bankruptcy.
Subsequent reversal of an impairment loss Required, if certain criteria are met
May be changed in IAS 39 Amendments.
Prohibited.
Use of "Qualifying SPEs" Prohibited. Allowed.

Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm 

There are also some major differences in between FAS 133 versus IAS 39 with respect to macro hedging.  
See  Macro Hedge 

IAS 39 history --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=6941204&sc={CB32B469-886C-4486-86B7-36E49358DDE5}&sd=617116004&n=3306 

Limited Revisions to IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (E66) --- http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=6941204&sc={CB32B469-886C-4486-86B7-36E49358DDE5}&sd=268256258&n=3222

Recognition and Measurement (E66)

E66, Proposed Limited Revisions to IAS 39 and Other Related Standards, proposed the following limited revisions to IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, and other related Standards:
  • changes to require consistent accounting for purchases and sales of financial assets using either trade date accounting or settlement date accounting. IAS 39 currently requires settlement date accounting for sales of financial assets, but permits both trade date and settlement date accounting for purchases;
  • elimination of the requirement in IAS 39 for a lender to recognise certain collateral received from a borrower in its balance sheet;
  • improvement of the wording on impairment recognition;
  • changes to require consistent accounting for temporary investments in equity securities between IAS 39 and other International Accounting Standards; and
  • elimination of redundant disclosure requirements for hedges in IAS 32, Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation.
None of the proposed revisions represents a change to a fundamental principle in IAS 39. Instead, the purpose of the proposed changes is primarily to address technical application issues that have been identified following the approval of IAS 39 in December 1998. The IASC Board’s assessment is that the proposed changes will assist enterprises preparing to implement IAS 39 for the first time in 2001 and help ensure a consistent application of the Standard. No further changes to IAS 39 are contemplated.

 

Hi Patrick,

The term "better" is a loaded term. One of the main criticisms leveled at IASC standards is that they were too broad, too permissive, and too toothless to provide comparability between different corporate annual reports. The IASC (now called IASB) standards only began ot get respect at IOSCO after they started becoming more like FASB standards in the sense of having more teeth and specificity.

I think FAS 133 is better than IAS 39 in the sense that FAS 133 gives more guidance on specific types of contracts. IAS 39 is so vague in places that most users of IAS 39 have to turn to FAS 133 to both understand a type of contract and to find a method of dealing with that contract. IAS 39 was very limited in terms of examples, but this has been recitified somewhat (i.e., by a small amount) in a recent publication by the IASB: Supplement to the Publication Accounting for Financial Instruments - Standards, Interpretations, and Implementation Guidance http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ias39igc/batch6/39batch6f.pdf

In theory, there are very few differences between IAS 39 and FAS 133. But this is like saying that there is very little difference between the Bible and the U.S. Commercial Code. Many deals may be against what you find in the Bible, but lawyers will find it of less help in court than the U.S. Commercial Code. I admit saying this with tongue in cheek, because the IAS 39 is much closer to FAS 133 than the Bible is to the USCC.

Paul Pacter wrote a nice paper about differences between IAS 39 and FAS 133. However, such a short paper cannot cover all differences that arise in practice. One of the differences that I have to repeatedly warn my students about is the fact that OCI is generally converted to current earnings when the derivative hedging contract is settled on a cash flow hedge (this conversion is usually called basis adjustment). For example, if I hedge a forecasted purchase of inventory, I will use OCI during the cash flow hedging period, but when I buy the inventory, IAS 39 says to covert the OCI to current earnings. (Actually, IAS standards do not admit to an "Other Comprehensive Income" (OCI) account, but they recommend what is tantamount to using OCI in the equity section of the balance sheet.)

Under FAS 133, basis adjustment is not permitted under many circumstances when derivatives are settled. In the example above, FAS 133 requires that OCI be carried forward after the inventory is purchased and the derivative is settled. OCI is subsequently converted to earnings in a piecemeal fashion. For example, if 20% of the inventory is sold, 20% of the OCI balance at the time the derivative is settled is then converted to current earnings. I call this deferred basis adjustment under FAS 133. This is also true of a cash flow hedge of AFS investment. OCI is carried forward until the investment is sold.

Although there are differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39, I would not make too big a deal out of such differences. IAS 39 was written with one eye upon FAS 133, and the differences are relatively minor. Paul Pacter's summary of these differences can be downloaded from http://www.iasc.org.uk/cmt/0001.asp?s=490603&sc={65834A68-1562-4CF2-9C09-D1D6BF887A00}&sd=860888892&n=3288 

Hope this helps,

Bob (Robert E.) Jensen Jesse H. Jones Distinguished Professor of Business Trinity University, San Antonio, TX 78212 Voice: (210) 999-7347 Fax: (210) 999-8134 Email: rjensen@trinity.edu http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen 

-----Original Message----- 
From: Patrick Charles [mailto:charlesp@CWDOM.DM]  
Sent: Tuesday, February 26, 2002 11:54 AM 
To: CPAS-L@LISTSERV.LOYOLA.EDU 
Subject: US GAAP Vs IASB

Greetings Everyone

Mr Bolkestein said the rigid approach of US GAAP could make it easier to hide companies' true financial situation. "You tick the boxes and out come the answer," he said. "Having rules is a good thing, but having rigid rules is not the best thing.

http://news.ft.com/ft/gx.cgi/ftc?pagename=View&c=Article&cid=FT3AHWRLXXC&live=true&tagid=FTDCZE6JFEC&subheading=accountancy

Finally had a chance to read the US GAAP issue. Robert you mentioned IAS 39, do you have other examples where US GAAP is a better alternative to IASB, or is this an European ploy to get the US to adopt IASB?

Cheers

Mr. Patrick Charles charlesp@cwdom.dm ICQ#6354999

"Education is an admirable thing, but it is well to remember from time to time that nothing that is worth knowing can be taught."

International Federation of Accountants Committee (IFAC) =

An organization charged with dealing with matters of concern in 140 public accounting bodies in 110 countries.  Relations with the IASC are briefly discussed by Paul Pacter in my pacter.htm file.  Although the IFAC appoints some members to the IASC, standard setting responsibilities are now the responsibility of the IASC rather than the IFAC.  The IFAC deals more directly with international auditing standards and education/training requirements of public accountants around the world.  Also see IASC.   The IFAC web site is at http://www.ifac.org/

Click here to view Paul Pacter's commentary on the IFAC.

In-the-Money = see option and intrinsic value.

Intrinsic Value =

the difference between the spot price and the forward strike price of the underlying in an option contract.   Intrinsic value is an expected future value.  Intrinsic (future) value minus current (present) value of the option is called time value.  Hence, intrinsic value has two components.  One is the known current value.  The other component is time value that is generally unknown ex ante.   For example, the suppose the value of an option having no credit risk is $10 on the exchange market.  If a commodity's price is $93 and the forward (strike) price of a call option is $90, the intrinsic value of the option is $3.  The difference between the total option's current price ($10)  and intrinsic value is a time value of $7 = $10 -$3.  One way to think about time value is to think about opportunities for an option to increase its intrinsic value.  If an option is about to expire, there is very little time left for the spot price of the underlying (e.g., commodity price)  to increase.  Time value of an option declines as the option approaches its expiration date.  In other words, intrinsic value converges toward total value as the option matures.  If there is a great deal of time left before the option expires, there is more opportunity for the underlying to increase in value.  Hence time value is higher for options having longer-term expiration dates.   Also see basis.

An illustration of intrinsic value versus time value accounting is given in Example 9 of  FAS 133, Pages 84-86, Paragraphs 162-164.  I found the FASB presentation in Paragraph 162 somewhat confusing.  You may want to look at my Example 9 tutorial on this illustration.  You may obtain the link and password by contacting me at rjensen@trinity.edu. Call options are illustrated in Example 9 of FAS 133 in Paragraphs 162-164.  An option is "in-the-money" if the holder would benefit from exercising it now. A call option is in-the-money if the strike price (the exercise price) is below the current market price of the underlying asset; a put option is in-the-money if the strike price is above the market price. Intrinsic value is equal to the difference between the strike price and the market price.   An option is "out-of-the-money" if the holder would not benefit from exercising it now. A call option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is above the current market price of the underlying asset; a put option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is below the market price. The key distinction between contracts versus futures/forward contracts is that an option is purchased up front and the buyer has a right but not an obligation to execute the option in the future, In other words, the most the option buyer can lose is the option price. In the case of forwards and futures, there is an obligation to perform in the future. The writer (seller) of an option, however, has an obligation to perform if the option is exercised by the buyer. FAS 133 rules for purchased options are much different than for written options.  For rules regarding written options see Paragraphs 396-401 on Pages 179-181 of FAS 133.  Exposure Draft 162-B would not allow hedge accounting for written options.  FAS 133 relaxed the rules for written options under certain circumstances explained in Paragraphs 396-401. 

The partitioning of an option's value between intrinsic and time value partitions is important subsequent to the purchase of an option.  On the acquisition date, the option is recorded at the premium (purchase price) the paid.  Subsequent to the purchase date, the option is marked to fair value equal to subsequent changes in quoted premiums.  If the option qualifies as a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, changes in the time value of the option are debited or credited to current earnings.  Changes in the intrinsic value, however, are posted to comprehensive income (OCI)See the CapIT Corporation and FloorIT Corporation cases at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/133cases/000index.htm.

 

Google gave me the following definitions on February 1, 2004
Definitions of Intrinsic Value on the Web:

A measure of the value of an option or a warrant if immediately exercised. The amount by which the current price for the underlying commodity or futures contract is above the strike price of a call option or below the strike price of a put option for the commodity or futures contract.
www.cftc.gov/opa/brochures/opaglossary.htm

 

The amount by which an option is in-the-money. The intrinsic value is the difference between the exercise/strike price and the price of the underlying security.
www.exchange-handbook.co.uk/glossary.cfm

 

That portion of a warrant, right or call option's price that represents the amount by which the market price of the underlying security exceeds the price at which the warrant, right or call option may be exercised. The intrinsic value of a put is calculated as the amount by which the underlying security's market value is below the price at which the put option can be exercised.
www.bmoinvestorline.com/EducationCentre/i.html

 

If the option is in-the-money (see above), the intrinsic value of the option is the difference between the current price of the underlying stock and the option strike price.
www.optiondigest.com/stock-option-glossary.htm

 

The value of an option if it were to expire immediately with the underlying stock at its current price; the amount by which an option is in-the-money. For call options, this is the difference between the stock price and the striking price, if that difference is a positive number, or zero otherwise. For put options it is the difference between the striking price and the stock price, if that difference is positive, and zero otherwise. See also In-the-Money, Time Value Premium and Parity.
www.cboe.com/LearnCenter/glossary_g-l.asp

 

The amount by which an option is in-the-money. An option which is not in-the-money has no intrinsic value. For calls, intrinsic value equals the difference between the underlying futures price and the option s strike price. For puts, intrinsic value equals the option s strike price minus the underlying futures price. Intrinsic value is never less than zero.
www.energybuyer.org/glossraryGK.htm

 

For in-the-money call and put options, the difference between the strike price and the underlying futures price.
futures.tradingcharts.com/glossary/d-i.html

 

The underlying value of a business separate from its market value or stock price. In fundamental analysis, the analyst will take into account both the quantitative and qualitative aspects of a company's performance. The quantitative aspect is the use of financial ratios such as earnings, revenue, etc., while the qualitative perspective involves consideration of the company's management strength. Based on such analysis, the fundamental analyst will make a forecast of future earnings and prospects for the company to arrive at an intrinsic value of its shares. The intrinsic value of a share can be at odds with its stock market price, indicating that the company is either overvalued or undervalued by the market. BACK TO TOP
university.smartmoney.com/glossary/index.cfm

 

The difference between an in the money option strike price and the current market price of a share of the underlying security.
www.schaeffersresearch.com/option/glossary.asp

 

The absolute value of the in-the-money amount; that is, the amount that would be realized if an in-the-money option were exercised.
www.nfa.futures.org/basic/glossary.asp

 

For call options: The amount the market price of the underlying security is above the option’s strike price. Eg, an IBM call option with a strike price of 100 with IBM stock at 110, has an intrinsic value of 10 & is “in-the-money.” If IBM were at 95, the call option would have no intrinsic value & would be “out-of-the-money.” If IBM were at 100, there would still be no intrinsic value, but the option would be “at-the-money.” For put options: The amount the market price of the underlying security is below the option’s strike price. Eg, a Xerox put with a strike price of 35 with Xerox at 30, has an intrinsic value of 5. If Xerox were at 35 or higher, the put option would have no intrinsic value. See also Premium, Strike Price & Time Value.
www.hsletter.com/Tutorial_GlossaryB.html

 

the value of an option measured by the difference between the strike price and the market price of the underlying futures contract when the option is "in-the-money."
www.cigtrading.com/glossary.htm

 

The amount by which an option is in the money.
www.ndmarketmanager.org/education/glossary.html

 

Value of the option if it were exercised and in the money.
www.agr.gc.ca/policy/risk/course/english/gls1e.html

 

exists when the exercise price of a call option is below (or of a put option is above) the current market price of the underlying security.
www.asset-analysis.com/glossary/glo_026.html

 

The excess of the market value of the underlying stock over the striking price of the option for a call, or the excess of the striking price of the option over the market value of the underlying stock for a put.
www.yourinvestmentclub.com/dictionary.htm

 

Historic or other value of an item that means it must be retained and preserved in its original form - the value that the item has beyond the recorded information contained in it.
www.alia.org.au/~wsmith/glossary.htm

 

The amount by which an option is in-the-money. See In-the-Money Option.
www.goldseek.com/101/glossary.shtml

 

The amount by which an option is in-the-money. See In-the-Money Option
www.thepitmaster.com/otherresources/glossary.htm

 

A call option's intrinsic value is equal to the number of points the underlying contract exceeds the strike price of the option.. An option premium will never be less than the option's intrinsic value.
www.gtfutures.com/glossary.htm

 

The dollar amount of the difference between the exercise price of an option and the current cash value of the underlying security. Intrinsic value and time value are the two components of an option premium, or price.
www.calton.com/definiti.htm

 

This refers to the difference between an in-the-money call/put and the strike price.
www.forexdirectory.net/opgloss.html

 

A form of judgement that takes into account all the values present in the system, an holistic valuation or fitness measurement of the whole.
www.calresco.org/glossary.htm

 

The value of an option were it to be exercised. Only in-the-money options have intrinsic value.
www.fdic.gov/regulations/trust/trust/glos.html

 

The amount by which an option is in-the-money. An option having intrinsic value. A call option is in-the-money if its strike price is below the current price of the underlying futures contract. A put option is in-the-money if its strike price is above the current price of the underlying futures contract.
www.ag-tradingfloor.com/education/glossary.asp

Minimum value and Paragraph 63 of FAS 133
The minimum value of an American option is zero or its intrinsic value since it can be exercised at any time.  The same cannot be said for a European option that has to be held to maturity.  If the underlying is the price of corn, then the minimum value of an option on corn is either zero or the current spot price of corn minus the discounted risk-free present value of the strike price.  In other words if the option cannot be exercised early, discount the present value of the strike price from the date of expiration and compare it with the current spot price.  If the difference is positive, this is the minimum value.  It can hypothetically be the minimum value of an American option, but in an efficient market the current price of an American option will not sell below its risk free present value.

Of course the value may actually be greater due to volatility that adds value above the risk-free discount rate.  In other words, it is risk or volatility that adds value over and above a risk free alternative to investing.  However, it is possible but not all that common to exclude volatility from risk assessment as explained in Sub-paragraph b of Paragraph 63 of FAS 133 quoted below.

a. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is assessed based on changes in the option's intrinsic value, the change in the time value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

b. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is assessed based on changes in the option's minimum value, that is, its intrinsic value plus the effect of discounting, the change in the volatility value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

c. If the effectiveness of a hedge with a forward or futures contract is assessed based on changes in fair value attributable to changes in spot prices, the change in the fair value of the contract related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward or futures price would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The point here is that options are certain to be effective in hedging intrinsic value, but are uncertain in terms of hedging time value at all interim points of time prior to expiration.  As a result, accounting standards require that effectiveness for hedge accounting be tested at each point in time when options are adjusted to fair value carrying amounts in the books even though ultimate effectiveness is certain.  Potential gains from options are uncertain prior to expiration.  Potential gains or losses from other types of derivative contracts are uncertain both before expiration and on the date of expiration.

 

Flow Chart for FAS 133 and IAS 39 Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm

Differences between FAS 133 and IAS 39 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/canada.htm

Intrinsic Value Versus Full Value Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/IntrinsicValue.htm

 

 

Inverse Floater = see floater.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

J-Terms

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

K-Terms

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

L-Terms

Leaps =

long term derivatives, usually long term options

Legal Settlement Rate =

the internal rate of return that discounts estimated future interest rate swap cash flows back down to a time t value equal to future swap receipts discounted at the swap receivable rate minus the swap payables discounted at the swap payable rate. This is a term invented by Bob Jensen in Working Paper 231 at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/231wp/231wp.htm .

Leverage =

an investment position subject to a multiplier impact on returns.  For example, for a relatively low price, say $500, an investor can purchase a call option on 100 shares of stock that in effect accrues all the benefits of rising prices on those share as if the investor owned those shares at a price of , say, $5,000.  Similarly, a leveraged position can be obtained on a put option that benefits the option holder in the case of falling prices.  In England and some other nations, the term "gearing" means the same thing as leverage.

Another example is a leveraged gold note that pays no interest and has the amount of principal vary with the price of gold.  This is discussed under the term embedded derivative.

Leveraged Gold Note = see embedded derivative.

Levered Inverse Floater = see floater.

LIBOR =

the London InterBank Offering Rate interest rate at which banks borrow in London. The rate is commonly used as an index in floating rate contracts, interest rate swaps, and other contracts based upon interest rate fluctuations.

LME =

London Mercantile Exchange.  See spot rate.

Loan Commitments  (See Fair Value)

Loan + Swap Rate =

an underlying notional loan rate (e.g., the interest rate on bonds payable) plus the difference between the swap receivable rate minus the swap payable rate.  This is a term invented by Bob Jensen in Working Paper 231 at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/231wp/231wp.htm .

Local Currency =

currency of a particular country being referred to; the reporting currency of a domestic or foreign operation being referred to in context.

Long =

Ownership of an investment position, security, or instrument such that rising market prices will benefit the owner.  This is also known as a long position.  For example, the purchase of a call option is a long position because the owner of the call option goes in the money with rising prices.  See also short.

Long-Haul Method --- see Shortcut Method under the S-Terms at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#S-Terms

Long Term Capital Management (LTCM) Fund =

the best known of the investment funds that failed using scientific formulas for hedging with derivatives.  The firm was run by 25 scholars who received Ph.Ds in economics and were heavily influenced by the options pricing theories of Nobel Prize winning economists Robert C. Merton and Myron S. Scholes.    In November of 1998, the largest and best known investment banking and brokerage houses in New York had to dig deep into their own pockets to keep the fund from a failure that would have shaken financial markets around the world.  See Options Pricing Theory and Black-Scholes Model.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

M-Terms

Macro Hedge = the hedging of a portfolio of items such as loans rather than the hedging of each item within the portfolio.  In some cases, the hedge is a net hedge of the value of the portfolio's asset items less the value of the portfolio's liability items.  

     In general, FAS 133 does not allow a macro hedge accounting of a non-homogeneous portfolio.  Net hedging also does not qualify for hedge accounting.    

.  The FASB’s blanket refusal to allow hedge accounting for macro hedges of non-homogeneous portfolios and hedges of more than one type of risk runs counter to both theory and practice.  For example, it is extremely common for financial instruments such as loans to have combined interest rate risk and prepayment risk that arises from embedded options to settle before a maturity date.  If multiple-risk items are being hedged for only one type of risk, usually price or interest rate risk, changes in the market value of the hedging derivative that hedges only one type of risk may not match changes in the market value of the hedged item whose value changes are impacted by multiple risks.  The hedge of the price risk may be perfectly effective when in fact the FAS 133 mandated comparisons of the changes in hedged item and hedging instrument values make it appear to be an ineffective hedge that does not qualify for hedge accounting. 

Put in another way, suppose the hedged item is an apple whose value is impacted by both the market price of apples and a significant likelihood that the apple will rot before being sold.  The hedging derivative (say an apple price swap contract) is only impacted by changes in apple prices and is not subject to rotting before a contracted maturity date.  Changes in the swap’s value may be highly ineffective in hedging the value change of any apple that becomes prematurely rotten.  The same can be said about the hedge of a loan investment if the loan is paid off prematurely.  Varying prepayment risks on loans held by banks typically prevent loan portfolios from being sufficiently homogeneous for purposes of macro hedging of interest rate risks under FAS 133 and IAS 39.

FAS 133 and IAS 39 rules require, except in rare instances, a separate hedging contract for each investment loan in a portfolio of hundreds or thousands of loans.  Obtaining favorable hedge accounting under the rules becomes extremely impractical for firms holding large portfolios. The way that banks hedge loan interest rates in practice is to macro hedge an entire portfolio of loans grouped into time periods based upon expected repayment dates rather than contracted maturities.  This is analogous to hedging a warehouse full of apples grouped according to expected sales dates rather than expected dates of being too rotten to sell.  In the U.S. , banks and other business firms tried unsuccessfully allow for greater flexibility in FAS 133 macro hedging rules that do not require individual item hedging contracts.

Individual item hedges that seldom take place for many types of transactions where financial risk is managed on a macro basis for portfolios of transactions.  Banks just do not hedge each individual loan just as grocers do not hedge individual apples.  The major macro hedging controversy boils down to the following controversies:

1.       Individual item hedging is sometimes as absurdly impractical as writing a forward contract for each apple held in a grocery chain’s inventory.

2.       Not allowing multiple types of risk to be hedged with one hedging instrument fails to take into account that the two or more risks may be highly correlated.  The market value of a fixed-rate loan is greatly impacted by both risk of interest rate movements and risk of prepayment which, in turn, is also correlated with interest rate movements.  The two risks are neither independent nor additive.

3.       Businesses badly want accounting rules changed to allow macro hedge accounting for portfolios of assets and liabilities rather than individual items.  The also want hedge accounting for “netting” hedges in portfolios contain both assets and liabilities.  Managers often hedge net values even though netting is not allowed in the current hedge accounting standards.

It may be possible for firms to provide online supplementary pivot tables for investor dynamic analyses of hedges much like Microsoft provides online “What if” pivot tables to supplement

Macro Hedging is Probably the Main Weakness of FAS 133, and Fannie Mae is Taking it in the Fanny

The bottom line is that both the FASB and the IASB must someday soon take another look at how the real world hedges portfolios rather than individual securities.  The problem is complex, but the problem has come to roost in Fannie Mae's $1 trillion in hedging contracts.  How the SEC acts may well override the FASB.  How the SEC acts may be a vindication or a damnation for Fannie Mae and Fannie's auditor KPMG who let Fannie violate the rules of IAS 133.

You can read more about macro hedges at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#M-Terms 

On October 4, 2004 the main editorial in The Wall Street Journal presented a scathing attack on Fannie Mae (and outside auditor KPMG by implication) for simply ignoring FAS 133 explicit rules for testing hedging effectiveness and improperly keeping over $1 billion in hedging gains and losses in AOCI (accumulated other comprehensive income) rather than current earnings.

"Fannie Mae Enron?" Editorial in The Wall Street Journal
October 4, 2004; Page A16

For years, mortgage giant Fannie Mae has produced smoothly growing earnings. And for years, observers have wondered how Fannie could manage its inherently risky portfolio without a whiff of volatility. Now, thanks to Fannie's regulator, we know the answer. The company was cooking the books. Big time.

We've looked closely at the 211-page report issued by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (Ofheo), and the details are more troubling than even the recent headlines. The magnitude of Fannie's machinations is stunning, and in two key areas in particular they deserve to be better understood. By improperly delaying the recognition of income, it created a cookie jar of reserves. And by improperly classifying certain derivatives, it was able to spread out losses over many years instead of recognizing them immediately.

In the cookie-jar ploy, Fannie set aside an artificially large cash reserve. And -- presto -- in any quarter its managers could reach into that jar to compensate for poor results or add to it to dampen good ones. This ploy, according to Ofheo, gave Fannie "inordinate flexibility" in reporting the amount of income or expenses over reporting periods.

This flexibility also gave Fannie the ability to manipulate earnings to hit -- within pennies -- target numbers for executive bonuses. Ofheo details an example from 1998, the year the Russian financial crisis sent interest rates tumbling. Lower rates caused a lot of mortgage holders to prepay their existing home mortgages. And Fannie was suddenly facing an estimated expense of $400 million.

Well, in its wisdom, Fannie decided to recognize only $200 million, deferring the other half. That allowed Fannie's executives -- whose bonus plan is linked to earnings-per-share -- to meet the target for maximum bonus payouts. The target EPS for maximum payout was $3.23 and Fannie reported exactly . . . $3.2309. This bull's-eye was worth $1.932 million to then-CEO James Johnson, $1.19 million to then-CEO-designate Franklin Raines, and $779,625 to then-Vice Chairman Jamie Gorelick.

That same year Fannie installed software that allowed management to produce multiple scenarios under different assumptions that, according to a Fannie executive, "strengthens the earnings management that is necessary when dealing with a volatile book of business." Over the years, Fannie designed and added software that allowed it to assess the impact of recognizing income or expense on securities and loans. This practice fits with a Fannie corporate culture that the report says considered volatility "artificial" and measures of precision "spurious."

This disturbing culture was apparent in Fannie's manipulation of its derivative accounting. Fannie runs a giant derivative book in an attempt to hedge its massive exposure to interest-rate risk. Derivatives must be marked-to-market, carried on the balance sheet at fair value. The problem is that changes in fair-value can cause some nasty volatility in earnings.

So, Fannie decided to classify a huge amount of its derivatives as hedging transactions, thereby avoiding any impact on earnings. (And we mean huge: In December 2003, Fan's derivatives had a notional value of $1.04 trillion of which only a notional $43 million was not classified in hedging relationships.) This misapplication continued when Fannie closed out positions. The company did not record the fair-value changes in earnings, but only in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) where losses can be amortized over a long period.

Fannie had some $12.2 billion in deferred losses in the AOCI balance at year-end 2003. If this amount must be reclassified into retained earnings, it might punish Fannie's earnings for various periods over the past three years, leaving its capital well below what is required by regulators.

In all, the Ofheo report notes, "The misapplications of GAAP are not limited occurrences, but appear to be pervasive . . . [and] raise serious doubts as to the validity of previously reported financial results, as well as adequacy of regulatory capital, management supervision and overall safety and soundness. . . ." In an agreement reached with Ofheo last week, Fannie promised to change the methods involved in both the cookie-jar and derivative accounting and to change its compensation "to avoid any inappropriate incentives."

But we don't think this goes nearly far enough for a company whose executives have for years derided anyone who raised a doubt about either its accounting or its growing risk profile. At a minimum these executives are not the sort anyone would want running the U.S. Treasury under John Kerry. With the Justice Department already starting a criminal probe, we find it hard to comprehend that the Fannie board still believes that investors can trust its management team.

Fannie Mae isn't an ordinary company and this isn't a run-of-the-mill accounting scandal. The U.S. government had no financial stake in the failure of Enron or WorldCom. But because of Fannie's implicit subsidy from the federal government, taxpayers are on the hook if its capital cushion is insufficient to absorb big losses. Private profit, public risk. That's quite a confidence game -- and it's time to call it.

 

FAS 133 (and IAS 39) do not deal well with macro (portfolio) hedges in that hedge accounting is denied unless all of the securities in a portfolio are identical in terms of the risk being hedged.  IAS 39 was recently amended (largely for political rather than theory reasons) to allow for macro hedges of interest rate risk when the maturity dates or possible early payoff dates are not identical.  But the IAS 39 amendment  is only a very small step toward solving a very large problem.  Companies like Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac find it impractical (actually impossible) to hedge individual securities (or homogeneous portfolios) as required under FAS 133.

The large problem is that when non-homogeneous portfolios are being hedged for only one of several risks, there can be a huge mismatch in terms of value changes of the portfolio versus value change of the hedging derivatives.  When writing the hedge accounting standards, standard setters took a conservative approach that virtually denies hedge accounting for non-homogeneous portfolios.  This long been known as the "macro hedging" problem of FAS 133.  By denying hedge accounting to financial institutions with large non-homogeneous portfolios, those institutions are going to show huge fluctuations in net earnings by having to mark-to-market all macro hedging derivatives with offsetting value changes being charged to current earnings rather than some offset such as AOIC for cash flow hedges or the macro portfolio itself for fair value hedges.

One of the better media articles about this controversial problem is the following article by Michael MacKenzie.  What MacKenzie does is explain just how Fannie Mae covers her fanny with macro hedging strategy that really is not eligible for hedge accounting under FAS 133.  However, the problem is with FAS 133.

:"Sometimes the Wrong 'Notion':   Lender Fannie Mae Used A Too-Simple Standard For Its Complex Portfolio," by Michael MacKenzie, The Wall Street Journal, October 5, 2004, Page C3 

Lender Fannie Mae Used A Too-Simple Standard For Its Complex Portfolio

What exactly did Fannie Mae do wrong?

Much has been made of the accounting improprieties alleged by Fannie's regulator, the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight.

Some investors may even be aware the matter centers on the mortgage giant's $1 trillion "notional" portfolio of derivatives -- notional being the Wall Street way of saying that that is how much those options and other derivatives are worth on paper.

But understanding exactly what is supposed to be wrong with Fannie's handling of these instruments takes some doing. Herewith, an effort to touch on what's what -- a notion of the problems with that notional amount, if you will.

Ofheo alleges that, in order to keep its earnings steady, Fannie used the wrong accounting standards for these derivatives, classifying them under complex (to put it mildly) requirements laid out by the Financial Accounting Standards Board's rule 133, or FAS 133.

For most companies using derivatives, FAS 133 has clear advantages, helping to smooth out reported income. However, accounting experts say FAS 133 works best for companies that follow relatively simple hedging programs, whereas Fannie Mae's huge cash needs and giant portfolio requires constant fine-tuning as market rates change.

A Fannie spokesman last week declined to comment on the issue of hedge accounting for derivatives, but Fannie Mae has maintained that it uses derivatives to manage its balance sheet of debt and mortgage assets and doesn't take outright speculative positions. It also uses swaps -- derivatives that generally are agreements to exchange fixed- and floating-rate payments -- to protect its mortgage assets against large swings in rates.

Under FAS 133, if a swap is being used to hedge risk against another item on the balance sheet, special hedge accounting is applied to any gains and losses that result from the use of the swap. Within the application of this accounting there are two separate classifications: fair-value hedges and cash-flow hedges.

Fannie's fair-value hedges generally aim to get fixed-rate payments by agreeing to pay a counterparty floating interest rates, the idea being to offset the risk of homeowners refinancing their mortgages for lower rates. Any gain or loss, along with that of the asset or liability being hedged, is supposed to go straight into earnings as income. In other words, if the swap loses money but is being applied against a mortgage that has risen in value, the gain and loss cancel each other out, which actually smoothes the company's income.

Cash-flow hedges, on the other hand, generally involve Fannie entering an agreement to pay fixed rates in order to get floating-rates. The profit or loss on these hedges don't immediately flow to earnings. Instead, they go into the balance sheet under a line called accumulated other comprehensive income, or AOCI, and are allocated into earnings over time, a process known as amortization.

Ofheo claims that instead of terminating swaps and amortizing gains and losses over the life of the original asset or liability that the swap was used to hedge, Fannie Mae had been entering swap transactions that offset each other and keeping both the swaps under the hedge classifications. That was a no-go, the regulator says.

"The major risk facing Fannie is that by tainting a certain portion of the portfolio with redesignations and improper documentation, it may well lose hedge accounting for the whole derivatives portfolio," said Gerald Lucas, a bond strategist at Banc of America Securities in New York.

The bottom line is that both the FASB and the IASB must someday soon take another look at how the real world hedges portfolios rather than individual securities.  The problem is complex, but the problem has come to roost in Fannie Mae's $1 trillion in hedging contracts.  How the SEC acts may well override the FASB.  How the SEC acts may be a vindication or a damnation for Fannie Mae and Fannie's auditor KPMG who let Fannie violate the rules of IAS 133.

Bob Jensen's threads on macro hedging are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#M-Terms 

Bob Jensen's threads on the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac scandals are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

Bob Jensen's threads on KPMG scandals are at 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#KPMG
 


FEDERATION BANCAIRE DE L'UNION EUROPEENNE Provides a great free document on macro hedging with references to IAS 39.  The article also discusses prospective and retrospective effectiveness testing.  See Ineffectiveness.

"MACRO HEDGING OF INTEREST RATE RISK," April 4, 2003 --- http://www.fbe.be/pdf/Macro%20Hedging%20of%20Interest%20Rate%20Risk.pdf 
Trinity Students may access this article at J:\courses\acct5341\ResearchFiles\00macroHedging.pdf

Macro hedging is the hedging of a portfolio of assets and liabilities for the same type of risk. This differs from hedging a single instrument or a number of the same type of assets (or liabilities) as there is risk offsetting between the assets and liabilities within the portfolio. 

This form of hedging occurs not at a theoretical ‘consolidated Group’ level, but at an operational level, where individual assets and liabilities in the portfolio can be clearly identified. Within one banking group, several macro hedge portfolios for different activities may be separately managed at an operational level.

. . .

I.C Hedging the ‘Net Position’ 
Building a portfolio requires aggregating the necessary information (data) of all assets and liabilities that share the same risk to be hedged. Although systems differ, there is general agreement that the hedging process involves identification of notional amounts and repricing dates. As the economic risks of some financial instruments differ from their contractual terms, they have to be modelled to reflect their true economic effect on interest rate risk management. They are therefore included based on their behaviouralized repricing dates (statistical observations of customer behaviour) rather than their contractual repricing dates. These types of contracts include for example demand deposits, some (often regulated) saving accounts and prepayable loans. 

The notional amounts of these assets and liabilities in the portfolio are then allocated to defined repricing buckets. Based on this allocation, the mismatch between assets and liabilities in each repricing bucket is derived, which is the net position. 

For each net position, the company can decide whether it wants to hedge it fully or a portion of it. The extent of hedging to be undertaken is determined by the interest rate risk management strategy and is therefore a management decision as mentioned earlier in Section I.A.


 

The FAS133 Compliance Module Wall Street Systems --- http://www.wallstreetsystems.com/fas133/news-compl.htm 

"FAS 133’s bias against macro hedging, its focus on individual hedges, and its demanding detailed disclosure will generate a quarterly calculation nightmare for many companies."

--Jeff Wallace, Greenwich Treasury Advisors, LLC

In June of 1998, The Financial Accounting Standards Board released Statement Number 133. This statement revised accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. It requires that banks and corporations classify derivatives as either assets or liabilities and that these instruments be measured at "fair value".

The accounting steps necessary to bring a bank or a corporation into compliance with Statement 133 are substantial. Exposures must be linked to hedges, instruments must be fairly valued, and the results must be appropriately posted. Following this inventory and accounting process, firms must report hedge effectiveness. The reporting requirements under this statement require full documentation of objectives and policies and require a variety of reporting summaries in various formats.

The process of identifying derivatives in itself presents substantial complexities. The definition of a derivative is broad and includes instruments such as insurance policies, production contracts, procurement contracts and other "non-financial" obligations.

Because of the complexities of inventory, accounting, and reporting associated with compliance to Statement 133, the Financial Accounting Standards Board delayed implementation of this standard believing that neither system developers nor treasuries would be ready to handle these new requirements.

Wall Street Systems is in the business of creating enterprise-wide client/server front to back treasury solutions for the largest banks and corporations in the world. This product, The Wall Street System, integrates all geographies, all financial products, all credit and market risk controls, and all accounting, confirmation, and cash management processes into a single, global, real-time, 24/7 system.

Because of the strength of this straight-through processing system, and because The Wall Street System has long offered the capability to capture exposures and perform fair market valuations of derivative transactions, Wall Street Systems was able to offer a fully functioning FAS133 Module to its customers in advance of the original FAS 133 implementation date.

The Wall Street Systems FAS 133 Module reports hedge gains and losses at fair market value each day. The hedge tracking and linking feature packages exposures and hedge transactions together and automatically adjusts earnings and Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) accounts. The module also creates all reports and documentation required by FAS 133.

The key features of The Wall Street System FAS 133 Module are:

Fair Market Valuation Exposures and derivatives are marked-to-market and compared through hedge effectiveness ratios Hedge Profile Database and Query Each hedge package is stored by date. Closing values, changes in value, and effectiveness ratios are preserved in the database. Automatic Linking and Tracking Trades and the underlying exposures are linked to a hedge profile. The profile categorizes the hedge by type and includes hedge objectives, valuation method, risk management policy and transaction details. The hedge profile is linked to the documentation. The combination forms a hedge "package" that drives all FAS 133 events. Cash Flow OCI Adjusting Automatic examination of the P&L status of each hedge package at the close of business each day. Automatic adjustment of OCI and P&L accounts. Automatic posting of derivatives fair market values to earnings with the effective portion of the hedge reclassified into OCI Audit Capability Time series database keeps copies of each hedge package status at the close of each day. There is a full audit query capability imbedded in the database. Forecasting The System can generate a P&L forecast from the OCI account that covers the next 12 months.

The comprehensive functionality of the Wall Street System FAS 133 Module is achieved through the application of straight through processing on a global scale with a system that covers the front, middle and back office.

Treasurers will have difficulty with FAS 133 compliance if the treasury runs on a "best of breed" model rather than a global STP model. In the best of breed model, trading, risk management and accounting functions are distributed across a mix of systems that share information with varying degrees of efficiency. For this model to work, each resident system must capture relevant FAS 133 information to its database and have the capacity to share that information with all other member systems. This requires a high degree of flawless data exchange and systems integration, features not normally associated with the best of breed solution. A fragmented treasury desktop makes it extraordinarily difficult to manage hedge relationships from front to back.

The Wall Street System, being a single global system for 24/7 treasury operations faces none of these data exchange obstacles. Hedge package information is shared easily, stored safely, and posted correctly.

The Wall Street System is ready now with a 100% compliant FAS 133 Module

 

 

 

IASB Finalises Macro Hedging Amendments to IAS 39 March 31, 2004 --- http://www.iasb.org/news/index.asp?showPageContent=no&xml=10_120_25_31032004_31032005.htm 

The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued an Amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement on Fair Value Hedge Accounting for a Portfolio Hedge of Interest Rate Risk. The amendments simplify the implementation of IAS 39 by enabling fair value hedge accounting to be used more readily for a portfolio hedge of interest rate risk (sometimes referred to as a macro hedge) than under previous versions of IAS 39.

The publication of this amendment is a direct response to concerns expressed by the banking community about the potential difficulty of implementing the requirements of IAS 39. Many constituents had sought fair value hedge accounting treatment for portfolio hedging strategies, which was not previously permitted under IAS 39. In the light of these concerns, the IASB launched intensive discussions with representatives of the banking industry to determine whether a way could be found within the existing principles of IAS 39 to allow fair value hedge accounting treatment to be applied to a macro hedge.

The publication of this amendment means that macro hedging will be part of the IASB’s set of standards to be adopted in 2005. The IASB notes that discussions will continue on another aspect of IAS 39, namely an additional hedging methodology and the balance sheet presentation of certain hedges—issues of particular concern to some banking institutions. Furthermore, in April, the IASB will publish a proposed limited amendment to restrict the existing fair value option in response to concerns raised by banking supervisory authorities.

With today’s publication of the macro-hedging amendment, the IASB announced its intention to set up an international working party to examine the fundamentals of IAS 39 with a view to replacing the standard in due course. (A similar working party will be established on the IASB’s long-term insurance project.) The financial instruments working party will assist in improving, simplifying and ultimately replacing IAS 39 and examine broader questions regarding the application and extent of fair-value accounting—a topic on which the IASB has not reached any conclusion. Although any major revision of IAS 39 may take several years to complete, the IASB is willing to revise IAS 39 and IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts in the short term in the light of any immediate solutions arising from the working parties’ discussions. The IASB plans to announce details of these two working parties in the coming weeks.

Introducing the amendment to IAS 39, Sir David Tweedie, IASB Chairman, commented:

This amendment is a further step in our project to ease the implementation of IAS 39 for the thousands of companies required to implement international standards in 2005 and those companies already using IFRSs. The IASB has made it clear that any amendments must be within the basic principles of hedge accounting contained in IAS 39, but that we will work within those principles to simplify the application of the standard. This amendment does not mark the end of the Board’s work on the subject of financial instruments. The Board remains open to all suggestions for improvement of the standard and is taking active steps in both the immediate future and in the medium term to that end.
The primary means of publishing International Financial Reporting Standards is by electronic format through the IASB’s subscriber Website. Subscribers are able to access the amendment published today through “online services”. Those wishing to subscribe should contact:

    IASCF Publications Department, 30 Cannon Street, London EC4M 6XH, United Kingdom.
    Tel: +44 (0)20 7332 2730, Fax: +44 (0)20 7332 2749,
    email: publications@iasb.org Web: www.iasb.org.

Printed copies of Amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement: Fair Value Hedge Accounting for a Portfolio Hedge of Interest Rate Risk (ISBN 1-904230-58-X) will be available shortly, at £15 each including postage, from IASCF Publications Department.

To the IASB’s dismay in the summer of 2004, certain key aspects of FAS 133 incorporated in the international IAS 39 standard have riled European banks and other EU businesses to a point where, for the first time, there was a serious political movement underway in Europe to veto acceptance of a portion of an IASB standard in the EU.  A news article in the August 21, 2003 edition of The Wall Street Journal on Page C5 reads as follows:

This accounting battle centers on the IASB's insistence that derivatives should be valued at their fair value, rather than at cost, which is generally immaterial or even zero and is often how European companies treat them. Banks have argued that the outcome of the IASB's plan would be unnecessary volatility in their earnings and net worth, a point echoed by Mr. Chirac.

IASB Vice Chairman Tom Jones argued that the current system merely pretends that the earnings volatility doesn't exist. Trying to smooth earnings is what got Freddie Mac into trouble in the U.S., he said.

"Bank results in Europe are a fiction: No volatility, and derivatives are nonexistent (at least appearing to be nonexistent in financial statements)," he said.

The new IASB proposal (compromise) would now make it easier for banks to lump bundles of securities or loans together and hedge a fraction of the overall risk, a process known in the industry as macro hedging. This isn't allowed in the U.S., which requires (in FAS 133) companies to show the individual items being hedged. The original IASB draft had taken a similar stance.

But the body didn't give in on two other bones of contention: when banks should take a charge to earnings because hedge strategies are ineffective and whether banks can include money deposited in bank accounts that is available on demand in accounting for their hedges. The IASB argues that the money has to be treated for accounting purposes as if it could all be withdrawn the next day, although that doesn't happen in practice. It also argues that its concessions on macro hedging should help the banks accomplish similar results, and its board members have shown little willingness to budge.

 

The IASB’s Exposure Draft of the macro hedging compromise is entitled “Amendments to IAS 39:  Recognition and Measurement Fair Value Hedge Accounting for a Portfolio Hedge of Interest Rate” and for a short time can be downloaded free from http://www.iasc.org.uk/docs/ed-ias39mh/ed-ias39mh.pdf

It should be noted that this compromise does not apply to cash flow hedging or other types of hedging other than interest rate hedges.

 

It’s highly unfortunate that the proposed macro hedging compromise of IAS 39 mentioned above puts the IASB international standard on a somewhat non-divergent course with the FASB/SEC in the United States .   The FASB currently shows no interest to date in compromising FAS 133 with respect to macro hedging, although the complaints of the European companies apply to U.S. firms as well.  Two paragraphs from FAS 133 from the FASB are quoted below:

Paragraph 448.
The Board (FASB) considered alternative approaches that would require amortizing the hedge accounting adjustments to earnings based on the average holding period, average maturity or duration of the items in the hedged portfolio, or in some other manner that would not allocate adjustments to the individual items in the hedged portfolio. The Board rejected those approaches because determining the carrying amount for an individual item when it is (a) impaired or (b) sold, settled, or otherwise removed from the hedged portfolio would ignore its related hedge accounting adjustment, if any. Additionally, it was not clear how those approaches would work for certain portfolios, such as a portfolio of equity securities.


Paragraph 449.
Advocates of macro hedging generally believe that it is a more effective and efficient way of managing an entity's risk than hedging on an individual-item basis. Macro hedging seems to imply a notion of entity-wide risk reduction. The Board also believes that permitting hedge accounting for a portfolio of dissimilar items would be appropriate only if risk were required to be assessed on an entity-wide basis. As discussed in paragraph 357, the Board decided not to
include entity-wide risk reduction as a criterion for hedge accounting.

Paragraph 21(a)(1)
1) If similar assets or similar liabilities are aggregated and hedged as a portfolio, the individual assets or individual liabilities must share the risk exposure for which they are designated as being hedged. The change in fair value attributable to the hedged risk for each individual item in a hedged portfolio must be expected to respond in a generally proportionate manner to the overall change in fair value of the aggregate portfolio attributable to the hedged risk. That is, if the change in fair value of a hedged portfolio attributable to the hedged risk was 10 percent during a reporting period, the change in the fair values attributable to the hedged risk for each item constituting the portfolio should be expected to be within a fairly narrow range, such as 9 percent to 11 percent. In contrast, an expectation that the change in fair value attributable to the hedged risk for individual items in the portfolio would range from 7 percent to 13 percent would be inconsistent with this provision. In aggregating loans in a portfolio to be hedged, an entity may choose to consider some of the following characteristics, as appropriate: loan type, loan size, nature and location of collateral, interest rate type (fixed or variable) and the coupon interest rate (if fixed), scheduled maturity, prepayment history of the loans (if seasoned), and expected prepayment performance in varying interest rate scenarios. See Footnote 9

==========================================================================

Footnote 9
 Mortgage bankers and other servicers of financial assets that designate a hedged portfolio by aggregating servicing rights within one or more risk strata used under paragraph 37(g) of Statement 125 would not necessarily comply with the requirement in this paragraph for portfolios of similar assets. The risk stratum under paragraph 37(g) of Statement 125 can be based on any predominant risk characteristic, including date of origination or geographic location.


Improper Use of Hedge Accounting for Portfolios In a Manner Not Allowed in FAS 133:  The Case Study of Freddie Mac --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm#FreddieMac 

Also see see hedge and compound derivatives.

Bob Jensen's Year 2004 leave proposal --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/leave2004.htm

Earnings Management

Interest rate swap derivative instruments are widely used to manage interest rate risk, which is viewed as a perfectly legitimate use of these hedging instruments.  I stumbled on to a rather interesting doctoral dissertation which finds that firms, especially banks, use such swaps to manage earnings.  The dissertation from Michigan State University is by Chang Joon Song under Professor Thomas Linsmeier.

"Are Interest Rate Swaps Used to Manage Banks' Earnings," by Chang Joon Song, January 2004 --- http://accounting-net.actg.uic.edu/Department/Songpaper.pdf 

This dissertation is quite clever and very well written.  

Previous research has shown that loan loss provisions and security gains and losses are used to manage banks’ net income. However, these income components are reported below banks largest operating component, net interest income (NII). This study extends the literature by examining whether banks exploit the accounting permitted under past and current hedge accounting standards to manage NII by entering into interest rate swaps. Specifically, I investigate whether banks enter into receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps to increase earnings when unmanaged NII is below management’s target for NII. In addition, I investigate whether banks enter into receive-variable/pay-fixed swaps to decrease earnings when unmanaged NII is above management’s target for NII. Swaps-based earnings management is possible because past and current hedge accounting standards allow receive-fixed/pay-variable swaps (receivevariable/ pay-fixed) to have known positive (negative) income effects in the first period of the swap contract. However, entering into swaps for NII management is not costless, because such swaps change the interest rate risk position throughout the swap period. Thus, I also examine whether banks find it cost-beneficial to enter into offsetting swap positions in the next period to mitigate interest rate risk caused by entering into earnings management swaps in the current period. Using 546 bank-year observations from 1995 to 2002, I find that swaps are used to manage NII. However, I do not find evidence that banks immediately enter into offsetting swap positions in the next period. In sum, this research demonstrates that banks exploit the accounting provided under past and current hedge accounting rules to manage NII. This NII management opportunity will disappear if the FASB implements full fair value accounting for financial instruments, as foreshadowed by FAS No. 133.

What is especially interesting is how Song demonstrates that such earnings management took place before FAS 133 and is still taking place after FAS 133 required the booking of swaps and adjustment to fair value on each reporting date.  It is also interesting how earnings management comes at the price of added risk.  Other derivative positions can be used to reduce the risk, but risks arising from such earnings management cannot be eliminated.

See Gapping and Immunization 

See interest rate swap and hedge 

Bob Jensen's threads on FAS 133 and IAS 39 are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

 

Macro Macro Hedge of Enterprise Risk

"KPMG Strategists Describe Benefits of Effective Risk Management," SmartPros, February 9, 2004 --- http://www.smartpros.com/x42423.xml 

Two senior executives of KPMG LLP have authored a new business guide to help corporate leaders and boards of directors develop and implement effective risk-management strategies.

Risk: From the CEO and Board Perspective, Mary Pat McCarthy and Tim Flynn, offers insights on how to confront and control risk. The book describes how to best shape an organization's structure to assess and manage risk in ways that will maximize shareholder value, and determine how closely risk management should be integrated into business, operational and financial planning.

According to McCarthy, risk management is no longer just a defensive measure. "There are positive rewards to risk management," she said. "Implemented properly, sound risk assessments and responses can have a significant impact on a company's reputation and bottom line, and enhance shareholder value and transparency."

The book advocates taking a holistic view on risk. According to Flynn, risk management must now extend well beyond traditional financial and insurable hazards to encompass a wide variety of strategic, operational, reputation, regulatory and information risks. "Businesses who take a holistic view of risks and their interdependencies, can be more agile and adept at responding to them," Flynn said.

In addition to the thought leadership of McCarthy, Flynn and other KPMG professionals, the book draws on the experiences of top executives from Microsoft, Hewlett-Packard, Viacom, Sprint and Motorola.

Chief among the strategies suggested for developing sound risk management is the separate and independent management of the process of reporting, measuring and controlling risks from those who generate them. "Just as an independent board, audit committee and auditor are critical to effective corporate governance, an independent risk-management function is essential to effective operations," said McCarthy.

Risk: From the CEO and Board Perspective is available in hardcover, priced at $27.95.

Mark To Market =

to revalue securities at prevailing market prices or, in the case of some exotic derivatives, estimated fair value.  See fair value.

Minimum Value

Intrinsic value adjusted by time value of money to exercise date.  See Intrinsic Value and Valuation of Options

Minority Interest =

the part-owner of a subsidiary corporation that is controlled by another parent company.  Paragraph 21c on Page 14 and Paragraph 29f on Page 20 of FAS 133 prohibits forecasted cash flows from minority interests in a consolidated subsidiary from being designated as a hedged item in a cash flow hedge.   Reasons are given in Paragraph 472 beginning on Page 206 of FAS 133.

Monetary Items =

obligations to pay or rights to receive a fixed number of currency units in the future.

MTM = Mark-To-Market   See fair value

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

N-Terms

Net Investment = see derivative financial instrument and cash flow hedge.

Net Settlement =

a contract provision that allows for netting out payables and receivables in terms of cash or items that can be readily converted to cash in an established market.  Net settlement criteria for FAS 133 are not satisfied if an asset such as land or a liability such as a personal note can be delivered to satisfy the contractual obligation.  In swaps where items are swapped, it must be possible to net out the swap obligations and transfer only the net difference in cash.  Details of net settlements are discussed in SFAS 13 Paragraphs 6c, 9, and 57c. According to Paragraphs 10 and 275-276, "regular-way security trades" are contracts with no net settlement provisions and not market mechanism to facilitate net settlements.  Paragraph 10c of IAS 39 also addresses net settlement.  IASC does not require a net settlement provision in the definition of a derivative.  

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
A derivative is a financial instrument—

(a) - whose value changes in response to the change in a specified interest rate, security price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rates, a credit rating or credit index, or similar variable (sometimes called the ‘underlying’);

(b) - that requires no initial net investment or little initial net investment relative to other types of contracts that have a similar response to changes in market conditions; and

(c) - that is settled at a future date.

FAS 133
(a) – same as IAS 39

(b) – same as IAS 39

(c) – FASB definition requires that the terms of the derivative contract require or permit net settlement.

To meet the criteria for being a derivative under FAS 133, there must be a net settlement provision.  

The issue in a regular-way trade arises because of differences between trading dates and settlement dates.  Paragraph 294 on Page 141 of FAS 133 states the following:

Requiring that all forward contracts for purchases and sales of financial instruments that are readily convertible to cash be accounted for as derivatives would effectively require settlement date accounting for all such transactions. Resolving the issue of trade date versus settlement date accounting was not an objective of the project that led to this Statement. Therefore, the Board decided to explicitly exclude forward contracts for "regular-way" trades from the scope of this Statement.

For example, the forward sale requiring delivery of a  mortgaged-backed security is a regular-way trade if delivery of these types of securities normally take 30 days or 60 days.  Paragraph 10 excudes regular-way, normal purchases, and normal sales.  Also see Paragraphs 57c, 274, and 259-266. See also dollar offset method and  transition settlements.

FAS 133 leaves out the issue of trade date versus settlement date accounting and, thereby, excluded forward contracts for regular-way security trades from the scope of FAS 133 (See Appendix C Paragraph 274).

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

 

IAS 39
If an enterprise has a contractual obligation that it can settle either by paying out a financial assets or its own equity securities, and if the number of equity securities required to settle the obligation varies with changes in their fair value so that the total fair value of the equity securities paid always equals the amount of the contractual obligation, the obligation should be accounted for as a financial liability, not as equity.

FAS 133
FASB standards do not require that such an obligation be classified as a liability.

 

DIG Implementation Issue A3 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/  
QUESTION

Does the liquidity of the market for a group of contract affect the determination of whether under paragraph 9(b) there is a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement under paragraph 9(b)? For example, assume a company contemporaneously enters into 500 futures contracts, each of which requires delivery of 100 shares of an exchange-traded equity security on the same date. The contracts fail to meet the criterion in paragraph 9(a) because delivery of an asset related to the underlying is required. The futures contracts trade on an exchange, which constitutes a market mechanism under which the company can be relieved of its rights and obligations under the futures contracts. However, the quantity of futures contracts held by the company cannot be rapidly absorbed in their entirety without significantly affecting the quoted price of the contracts.

RESPONSE

No. The lack of a liquid market for the group of contracts does not affect the determination of whether under paragraph 9(b) there is a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement because the test in paragraph 9(b) focuses on a singular contract. The exchange offers a ready opportunity to sell each contract, thereby providing relief of the rights and obligations under each contract.

Paragraph 57(c)(2) elaborates on the phrase market mechanism that facilitate net settlement and states that "any institutional arrangement or other agreement that enables either party to be relieved of all rights and obligations under the contract and to liquidate its net position without incurring a significant transaction cost is considered net settlement." The possible reduction in price due to selling a large futures position is not considered to be a transaction cost under that paragraph.

Whether the number of shares deliverable under the group of futures contracts exceeds the amount of shares that could rapidly be absorbed by the market without significantly affecting the price is not relevant to applying the criterion in paragraph 9(b).

DIG Implementation Issue A5 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

Does a contract contain a net settlement provision under paragraphs 9(a) and 57(c)(1) if it contains both (a) a variable penalty for nonperformance based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the contract and (b) a fixed incremental penalty for nonperformance that is sufficiently large to make the possibility of net settlement remote?

BACKGROUND

Certain contracts may require payment of (a) a variable penalty for nonperformance based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the contract and (b) an incremental penalty for nonperformance stated as a fixed amount or fixed amount per unit. The contract may or may not characterize the incremental payment upon nonperformance as a penalty.

Paragraph 57(c)(1) elaborates on the criterion in paragraph 6(c) regarding whether the terms of a contract require or permit net settlement which is discussed in paragraph 9(a). Paragraph 57(c)(1) states:

Its terms implicitly or explicitly require or permit net settlement. For example, a penalty for nonperformance in a purchase order is a net settlement provision if the amount of the penalty is based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the contract. Net settlement may be made in cash or by delivery of any other asset, whether or not it is readily convertible to cash. A fixed penalty for nonperformance is not a net settlement provision. RESPONSE

No. A contract that contains a variable penalty for nonperformance based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the contract does not contain a net settlement provision under paragraphs 9(a) and 57(c)(1) if it also contains an incremental penalty of a fixed amount (or fixed amount per unit) that would be expected to be significant enough at all dates during the remaining term of the contract to make the possibility of nonperformance remote. If a contract includes such a provision, it effectively requires performance, that is, requires the party to deliver an asset that is associated with the underlying. Thus, the contract does not meet the criterion for net settlement under paragraphs 9(a) and 57(c)(1) of Statement 133. The assessment of the fixed incremental penalty in the manner described above should be performed only at the contract's inception.

The magnitude of the fixed incremental penalty should be assessed on a standalone basis as a disincentive for nonperformance, not in relation to the overall penalty.

DIG Implementation Issue A7 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTION

Does the existence of a contractual requirement that one party obtain the other's permission to assign rights or obligations to a third party under a contract, in and of itself, preclude a contract from meeting the definition of a derivative because it would not possess the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(b) of Statement 133 as a market mechanism?

For the purposes of this question, assume that (1) if the contract did not contain an assignment clause, an established market mechanism that facilitates net settlement outside the contract exists, (2) the contract does not satisfy the criteria for net settlement under the provisions of paragraph 9(a), (3) the asset that is required to be delivered under the contract is readily convertible to cash as described under paragraph 9(c), and (4) the contract would qualify for the normal purchases and sales exception under paragraph 10(b) if it is considered not to possess the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(b).

BACKGROUND

Some commodity contracts contain a provision that allows one or both parties to a contract to assign its rights or obligations to a third party only after obtaining permission from the counterparty. Under the assignment clause addressed in this issue, permission shall not be unreasonably withheld. The primary purpose of an assignment clause is to ensure that the non-assigning counterparty is not unduly exposed to credit or performance risk if the assigning counterparty is relieved of all of its rights and obligations under the contract. Accordingly, a counterparty could withhold consent only in limited circumstances, such as when the contract would be assigned to a third party assignee that has a history of defaulting on its obligations or has a lower credit rating than the assignor.

Paragraph 9(b) of Statement 133 indicates that the net settlement characteristic of the definition of a derivative may be satisfied if "One of the parties is required to deliver an asset of the type described in paragraph 9(a), but there is a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement, for example, an exchange that offers a ready opportunity to sell the contract or to enter into an offsetting contract." Paragraph 57(c) of Statement 133 elaborates on that notion. It states:

...a contract that meets any one of the following criteria has the characteristic described as net settlement [in paragraph 9(b)]….(2) There is an established market mechanism that facilitates net settlement outside the contract. The term market mechanism is to be interpreted broadly. Any institutional arrangement or other agreement that enables either party to be relieved of all rights and obligations under the contract and to liquidate its net position without incurring a significant transaction cost is considered net settlement. [Emphasis added.]

RESPONSE

No. The existence of an assignment clause does not, in and of itself, preclude the contract from possessing the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(b) as a market mechanism. Once the determination is made that a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement outside of the contract exists, then an assessment of the substance of the assignment clause is required in order to determine whether that assignment clause precludes a party from being relieved of all rights and obligations under the contract through that existing market mechanism. Although permission to assign the contract shall not be unreasonably withheld by the counterparty in accordance with the terms of the contract, the assignment feature cannot be viewed simply as a formality because it may be invoked at any time to prevent the non-assigning party from being exposed to unacceptable credit or performance risk. Accordingly, the existence of the assignment clause may or may not permit a party from being relieved of its rights and obligations under the contract.

If it is remote that the counterparty will withhold permission to assign the contract, the mere existence of the clause should not preclude the contract from possessing the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(b) as a market mechanism. Such a determination requires assessing whether a sufficient number of acceptable potential assignees exist in the marketplace such that assignment of the contract would not result in imposing unacceptable credit risk or performance risk on the non-assigning party. Consideration should be given to past counterparty and industry practices regarding whether permission to be relieved of all rights and obligations under similar contracts has previously been withheld. However, if it is reasonably possible or probable that the counterparty will withhold permission to assign the contract, the contract is precluded from possessing the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(b) as a market mechanism. In that circumstance, even if the asset under the contract were readily convertible to cash as described under paragraph 9(c), the contract could qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception under paragraph 10(b) because there is no net settlement provision in the contract and no market mechanism that facilitates net settlement exists (as described in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b)).

DIG Implementation Issue A8 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/  
QUESTION

Does an asymmetrical default provision, which provides the defaulting party only the obligation to compensate its counterparty's loss but not the right to demand any gain from its counterparty, give a commodity forward contract the characteristic of net settlement under paragraph 9(a) of Statement 133?

BACKGROUND

Paragraph 6(c) of Statement 133 describes the following derivative characteristic:

Its terms require or permit net settlement, it can readily be settled net by a means outside the contract, or it provides for delivery of an asset that puts the recipient in a position not substantially different from net settlement.

Paragraph 9(a) provides the following additional guidance regarding the derivative characteristic in paragraph 6(c):

Neither party is required to deliver an asset that is associated with the underlying or that has a principal amount, stated amount, face value, number of shares, or other denomination that is equal to the notional amount (or the notional amount plus a premium or minus a discount).

Paragraph 57(c) and related subparagraph (1) provide the following additional guidance regarding the derivative characteristic in paragraphs 6(c) and 9(a):

A contract that meets any one of the following criteria has the characteristic described as net settlement:

  1. Its terms implicitly or explicitly require or permit net settlement. For example, a penalty for nonperformance in a purchase order is a net settlement provision if the amount of the penalty is based on changes in the price of the items that are the subject of the contract. Net settlement may be made in cash or by delivery of any other asset, whether or not it is readily convertible to cash. A fixed penalty for nonperformance is not a net settlement provision.

     

Many commodity forward contracts contain default provisions that require the defaulting party (the party that fails to make or take physical delivery of the commodity) to reimburse the nondefaulting party for any loss incurred as illustrated in the following examples:

  • If the buyer under the forward contract (Buyer) defaults (that is, does not take physical delivery of the commodity), the seller under that contract (Seller) will have to find another buyer in the market to take delivery. If the price received by Seller in the market is less than the contract price, Seller incurs a loss equal to the quantity of the commodity that would have been delivered under the forward contract multiplied by the difference between the contract price and the current market price. Buyer must pay Seller a penalty for nonperformance equal to that loss.

     

  • If Seller defaults (that is, does not deliver the commodity physically), Buyer will have to find another seller in the market. If the price paid by Buyer in the market is more than the contract price, Seller must pay Buyer a penalty for nonperformance equal to the quantity of the commodity that would have been delivered under the forward contract multiplied by the difference between the contract price and the current market price.

     

For example, Buyer agreed to purchase 100 units of a commodity from Seller at $1.00 per unit:

  • Assume Buyer defaults on the forward contract by not taking delivery and Seller must sell the 100 units in the market at the prevailing market price of $.75 per unit. To compensate Seller for the loss incurred due to Buyer's default, Buyer must pay Seller a penalty of $25.00 (that is, 100 units × ($1.00 – $.75)).

     

  • Similarly, assume that Seller defaults and Buyer must buy the 100 units it needs in the market at the prevailing market price of $1.30 per unit. To compensate Buyer for the loss incurred due to Seller's default, Seller must pay Buyer a penalty of $30.00 (that is, 100 units × ($1.30 – $1.00)).

     

Note that an asymmetrical default provision is designed to compensate the nondefaulting party for a loss incurred. The defaulting party cannot demand payment from the nondefaulting party to realize the changes in market price that would be favorable to the defaulting party if the contract were honored. Under the forward contract in the example, if Buyer defaults when the market price is $1.10, Seller will be able to sell the units of the commodity into the market at $1.10 and realize a $10.00 greater gain than it would have under the contract. In that circumstance, the defaulting Buyer is not required to pay a penalty for nonperformance to Seller, nor is Seller required to pass the $10.00 extra gain to the defaulting Buyer. Similarly, if Seller defaults when the market price is $0.80, Buyer will be able to buy the units of the commodity in the market and pay $20.00 less than under the contract. In that circumstance, the defaulting Seller is not required to pay a penalty for nonperformance to Buyer, nor is Buyer required to pass the $20.00 savings on to the defaulting Seller.

RESPONSE

No. A nonperformance penalty provision that requires the defaulting party to compensate the nondefaulting party for any loss incurred but does not allow the defaulting party to receive the effect of favorable price changes (herein referred to as an asymmetrical default provision) does not give a commodity forward contract the characteristic described as net settlement under paragraph 9(a) of Statement 133.

A derivative instrument can be described, in part, as allowing the holder to participate in the changes in an underlying without actually making or taking delivery of the asset related to that underlying. In a forward contract with only an asymmetrical default provision, neither Buyer nor Seller can realize the benefits of changes in the price of the commodity through default on the contract. That is, Buyer cannot realize favorable changes in the intrinsic value of the forward contract except (a) by taking delivery of the physical commodity or (b) in the event of default by Seller, which is an event beyond the control of Buyer. Similarly, Seller cannot realize favorable changes in the intrinsic value of the forward contract except (a) by making delivery of the physical commodity or (b) in the event of default by Buyer, which is an event beyond the control of Seller. However, if there was a pattern of using the asymmetrical default provisions as a means to net settle certain kinds of an entity's commodity purchase or sales contracts, that behavior would indicate that the asymmetrical default provision would give those kinds of commodity contracts the characteristic described as net settlement under paragraph 9(a).

In contrast, a contract that permits only one party to elect net settlement of the contract (by default or otherwise), and thus participate in either favorable changes only or both favorable and unfavorable price changes in the underlying, meets the derivative characteristic described in paragraph 6(c) and discussed in paragraph 9(a) for all parties to that contract. Such a default provision allows one party to elect net settlement of the contract under any pricing circumstance and consequently does not require delivery of an asset that is associated with the underlying. That default provision differs from the asymmetrical default provision in the above example contract since it is not limited to compensating only the nondefaulting party for a loss incurred and is not solely within the control of the defaulting party.

If the commodity forward contract does not have the characteristic of net settlement under paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b) but has the characteristic of net settlement under paragraph 9(c) because it requires delivery of a commodity that is readily convertible to cash, the commodity forward contract may nevertheless be eligible to qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception in paragraph 10(b) and if so, would not be subject to the accounting requirements of Statement 133 for the party to whom it is a normal purchase or normal sale.

DIG Implementation Issue A10 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 

Title: Definition of a Derivative: Assets That Are Readily Convertible to Cash

Paragraph references: 6(c), 9(c), Footnote 5 (to paragraph 9), 265

Date released: November 1999

QUESTION

Is an asset considered readily convertible to cash, as that phrase is used in paragraph 9(c), if the net amount of cash that would be received from a sale in an active market is not the equivalent amount of cash that an entity would typically have received under a net settlement provision? The net amount of cash that would be received from a sale in an active market may be impacted by various factors, such as sales commissions and costs to transport the asset (such as a commodity) to the delivery location specified for that active market.

BACKGROUND

Paragraph 9(c) of Statement 133 provides that a contract that requires delivery of the assets associated with the underlying has the characteristic of net settlement if those assets are readily convertible to cash. Footnote 5 to that paragraph makes explicit reference to the use of the phrase readily convertible to cash in paragraph 83(a) of FASB Concepts Statement No. 5, Recognition and Measurement in Financial Statements of Business Enterprises.

This issue addresses whether a contract has the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(c). This issue presumes there is no net settlement provision in the contract and no market mechanism that facilitates net settlement that would cause the contract to meet the criteria in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b). A contract that is a derivative solely because it has the net settlement characteristic described in paragraph 9(c) (since the asset to be delivered under the contract is readily convertible to cash) may yet qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception under paragraph 10(b) or the other exclusions provided in paragraph 10.

RESPONSE

It depends. An asset can be considered to be readily convertible to cash, as that phrase is used in paragraph 9(c), only if the net amount of cash that would be received from a sale in an active market is not significantly less than the amount an entity would typically have received under a net settlement provision. The net amount that would be received upon sale need not be equal to the amount typically received under a net settlement provision.

Paragraph 6(c) of Statement 133 defines net settlement, in part, as “…or it provides for delivery of an asset that puts the recipient in a position not substantially different from net settlement” (emphasis added). The basis for conclusions also comments in paragraph 265 that “…the parties generally should be indifferent as to whether they exchange cash or the assets associated with the underlying,” although the term indifferent was not intended to imply an approximate equivalence between net settlement and proceeds from sale in an active market. Based on the foregoing Statement 133 references, if an entity determines that the estimated costs that would be incurred to immediately convert the asset to cash are not significant, then receipt of that asset puts the entity in a position not substantially different from net settlement. Therefore, an entity must evaluate, in part, the significance of the estimated costs of converting the asset to cash in determining whether those assets are considered to be readily convertible to cash. For purposes of assessing significance of such costs, an entity should consider those estimated conversion costs to be significant only if they are 10 percent or more of the gross sales proceeds (based on the spot price at the inception of the contract) that would be received from the sale of those assets in the closest or most economical active market. The assessment of the significance of those conversion costs should be performed only at inception of the contract.

See also DIG Issue A9 under interest rate swap



Normal Purchases and Normal Sales (NPNS)

A portion of Paragraph 8 in FAS 133 reads as follows:

b. Normal purchases and normal sales. Normal purchases and normal sales are contracts with no net settlement provision and no market mechanism to facilitate net settlement (as described in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b)). They provide for the purchase or sale of something other than a financial instrument or derivative instrument that will be delivered in quantities expected to be used or sold by the reporting entity over a reasonable period in the normal course of business.

A portion of Paragraph 58 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

b. Normal purchases and normal sales. 
The exception in paragraph 10(b) applies only to a contract that requires future delivery of assets (other than financial instruments or derivative instruments) that are readily convertible to cash and only if there is no market mechanism to facilitate net settlement outside the contract. To qualify for the exception, a contract's terms also must be consistent with the terms of an entity's normal purchases or normal sales, that is, the quantity purchased or sold must be reasonable in relation to the entity's business needs. Determining whether or not the terms are consistent will require judgment. In making those judgments, an entity should consider all relevant factors, such as 

(1) the quantities provided under the contract and the entity's need for the related assets, 
(2) the locations to which delivery of the items will be made, 
(3) the period of time between entering into the contract and delivery, and 
(4) the entity's prior practices with regard to such contracts. 

Evidence such as past trends, expected future demand, other contracts for delivery of similar items, an entity's and industry's customs for acquiring and storing the related commodities, and an entity's operating locations should help in identifying contracts that qualify as normal purchases or normal sales.

Paragraphs 271 and 272 of FAS 133 read as follows:

271. The Board decided that contracts that require delivery of nonfinancial assets that are readily convertible to cash need not be accounted for as derivative instruments under this Statement if the assets constitute normal purchases or normal sales of the reporting entity unless those contracts can readily be settled net. The Board believes contracts for the acquisition of assets in quantities that the entity expects to use or sell over a reasonable period in the normal course of business are not unlike binding purchase orders or other similar contracts to which this Statement does not apply. The Board notes that the normal purchases and normal sales exemption is necessary only for contracts based on assets that are readily convertible to cash.

272. The Board understands that the normal purchases and normal sales provision sometimes will result in different parties to a contract reaching different conclusions about whether the contract is required to be accounted for as a derivative instrument. For example, the contract may be for ordinary sales by one party (and therefore not a derivative instrument) but not for ordinary purchases by the counterparty (and therefore a derivative instrument). The Board considered requiring both parties to account for a contract as a derivative instrument if the purchases or sales by either party were other than ordinary in the normal course of business. However, that approach would have required that one party to the contract determine the circumstances of the other party to that same contract. Although the Board believes that the accounting by both parties to a contract generally should be symmetrical, it decided that symmetry would be impractical in this instance and that a potential asymmetrical result is acceptable.



IAS 138 Implementation Guidance

"Implementation of SFAS 138, Amendments to SFAS 133," The CPA Journal, November 2001. (With Angela L.J. Huang and John S. Putoubas), pp. 54-56 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2001/1100/dept/d115401.htm

The normal purchases and normal sales exception is expanded to certain commodity contracts. The risk that can be hedged in an interest rate hedge is redefined. Recognized foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities may be hedged with a single cross-currency compound hedge. Net hedging of certain intercompany derivatives may be designated as cash flow hedges of foreign currency risk. Normal Purchases and Normal Sales Exception

In their normal course of business, companies that consume or produce commodities often enter contracts to physically deliver nonfinancial assets, such as electricity, natural gas, oil, aluminum, wheat, or corn. Although these physical contracts are typically settled by the delivery of the commodity, they often include cash settlement provisions in case one party does not deliver or accept delivery of the goods, although these provisions are not intended as derivatives. Historically, the accounting principles for executory contracts applied to physical contracts.

FASB decided contracts that permit but do not require settlement by delivery of a commodity are often used interchangeably with other derivatives and present similar risks; therefore, they should be considered derivatives. As a result, the “normal purchases and normal sales” exception in paragraph 10(b) of SFAS 133 did not apply to these commodities contracts because they could be settled at net or liquidated through a market mechanism that would facilitate net settlement. Normal purchases and sales provide commodities that the reporting entity would use or sell in a reasonable period of time during the normal course of business.

In response to concerns that SFAS 133 inappropriately classified such physical contracts as derivatives, SFAS 138 amends paragraph 10(b) by expanding the normal purchases and normal sales exception to contracts that contain net settlement provisions if it is probable (at inception and throughout the term of the individual contract) that the contract will not settle at net and will result in physical delivery. The entity must document this conclusion. While this amendment will affect many forward contracts, exchange-traded futures that require periodic cash settlements do not qualify for the exception.

A portion of Paragraph 4 of FAS 138 reads as follows:

4. Statement 133 is amended as follows:

Amendment Related to Normal Purchases and Normal Sales

a. Paragraph 10(b) of FAS 133 is replaced by the following:

Normal purchases and normal sales. Normal purchases and normal sales are contracts that provide for the purchase or sale of something other than a financial instrument or derivative instrument that will be delivered in quantities expected to be used or sold by the reporting entity over a reasonable period in the normal course of business. However, contracts that have a price based on an underlying that is not clearly and closely related to the asset being sold or purchased (such as a price in a contract for the sale of a grain commodity based in part on changes in the S&P index) or that are denominated in a foreign currency that meets neither of the criteria in paragraphs 15(a) and 15(b) shall not be considered normal purchases and normal sales. Contracts that contain net settlement provisions as described in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b) may qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception if it is probable at inception and throughout the term of the individual contract that the contract will not settle net and will result in physical delivery. Net settlement (as described in paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b)) of contracts in a group of contracts similarly designated as normal purchases and normal sales would call into question the classification of all such contracts as normal purchases or normal sales. Contracts that require cash settlements of gains or losses or are otherwise settled net on a periodic basis, including individual contracts that are part of a series of sequential contracts intended to accomplish ultimate acquisition or sale of a commodity, do not qualify for this exception. For contracts that qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception, the entity shall document the basis for concluding that it is probable that the contract will result in physical delivery. The documentation requirements can be applied either to groups of similarly designated contracts or to each individual contract.

 

 

DIG Implementation Issue A2 --- http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/  

Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. A2, "Existence of a Market Mechanism That Facilitates Net Settlement," was rescinded upon the clearance of Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. A21, "Existence of an Established Market Mechanism That Facilitates Net Settlement under Paragraph 9(b)," which was posted on April 10, 2002

QUESTION

Two entities enter into a commodity forward contract that requires delivery and is not exchange-traded; however, there are brokers who stand ready to buy and sell the commodity contracts. Either entity can be relieved of its obligation to make (or right to accept) delivery of the commodity and its right to receive (or obligation to make) payment under the contract by arranging for a broker to make or accept delivery and paying the broker a commission plus any difference between the contract price and the current market price of the commodity. The commission paid to the broker is not significant. Based on those facts, is the criterion for net settlement in paragraph 6(c) satisfied because of the existence of a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement as described in paragraph 9(b)?

RESPONSE

Yes. The criterion for net settlement would be satisfied because the entity can be relieved of its rights and obligations under the contract without incurring a substantial fee due to its arrangement with a broker. Paragraph 57(c)(2) states that the term market mechanism is to be interpreted broadly, and any institutional arrangement or side agreement that enables either party to be relieved of all rights and obligations under the contract and to liquidate its net position without incurring a significant transaction cost is considered net settlement. The fact that brokers stand ready to relieve entities of their rights and obligations under a particular type of contract indicates that a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement exists for that type of contract.

In contrast, if the arrangement between the entity and the broker (a) is simply an agreement whereby the broker will make (or accept) delivery on behalf of an entity and (b) does not relieve the entity of its rights and obligations under the contract, the arrangement does not constitute a market mechanism that facilitates net settlement under paragraph 9(b) and the criterion for net settlement in paragraph 6(c) is not satisfied.

 

 

 

 

 

A message concerning  Normal Purchases and Normal Sales (NPNS)

I received a very long message and received permission to quote the message below regarding the Normal Purchases and Normal Sales (NPNS) amendment in FAS 138::

Hello Professor Jensen,

Great website! However, I have to disagree with your comment regarding the issue of NPNS.

I work for the Bonneville Power Administration (Bonneville), a federal based Electric Wholesale Power Marketer, we sell the output from the 29 federally owned dams on the Columbia and Snake River system in the Pacific Northwest.  I am the project manager for Bonneville responsible for implementing FAS 133.  More on Bonneville at the end of this email - postscript.

 

 Regarding the NPNS issue:    This issue is of big concern to the Energy industry as it relates to our normal sales and purchases activities.  I am most familiar with the Electric Utility  industry and the sales and delivery practices that are prevalent throughout the industry.  I would argue that Bonneville was much better off under the original statement para 10 (b) because the statement was silent on the practice I describe below referred to as "Bookouts".

 

Specifically, in the electric utility industry it is necessary and is considered best utility and business practice to perform a type of transaction called a "Bookout" whereby several transactions with the same Counterparty in the same month - a purchase and a sale - are offset and not scheduled for physical delivery.  For example, Bonneville may sell forward 200 MWs for the month of August 2000 in January 2000 based on our most current hydro forecasts and subsequently in May 2000 our most current forecasts now show a deficit and we have to purchase 200 MWs for the same month to cover our obligations.  We may from time to time find ourselves with both purchases and sales with the same counterparty in the same month at the same delivery location.  Just prior to delivery, we look at our schedule and try and match up transactions --- the "Bookout" procedure.

 

This "Bookout" procedure is common in the electric utility industry as a scheduling convenience when two utilities happen to have offsetting transactions. If this procedure is not used, both counterparties incur transmission costs in order to make deliveries to each other. The Bookout procedure avoids the energy scheduling process (an administrative burden as well) which would trigger payment of transmission costs.  We do not plan for this event or know in advance what we will bookout and we do not "Bookout" to capture a margin.  Rather, we find ourselves in this situation because of our inventory management constraints, maintenance schedules, and dependency on factors outside our control such as the weather and streamflows or environmental constraints placed upon us by other federal agencies or federal courts. 

 

We  lobbied the FASB and the DIG to clarify and revise the NPNS language to allow for this practice, but the FASB position was very restrictive -- if you do not deliver then it is considered net settled.   It seems to me and other industry participants that bookouts do not fit into the net settlement definition as it was described and intended in FAS 133. Rather it is a utility best practice that results in no physical delivery.  In addition, when we bookout the cash settling is done at the agreed upon contract prices - not at the market pricing.  We would argue that the Board's original intent was to capture net settlement mechanisms that require "market" settlement.   Unfortunately, the FASB made their decision about a practice without doing more homework on the nature of the transaction.  I understand the pressures the FASB was under to get the statement amended and implemented.  Unfortunately, the industry participants and practitioners are left to deal with the Board's end product.   The final 138 was not clear in its guidance either as it relates to these types of transactions and what this meant to our "similar" contracts that we want to qualify for NPNS.  I continue, along with our auditors, to hold discussions with FASB staff. 

 

What I am afraid may happen is that because of the "One size fits all approach by the FASB",  Bonneville and other regulated utilities will be forced into adopting a FV accounting approach on transactions that are simple sales and purchases.  Applying mark to market treatment to these transactions is more misleading to the financial statement reader not clearer - the original intent of 133.  I believe the interpretation of the final written words by individuals unfamiliar with the Energy industry is driving us into misleading and confusing presentation.

 

Any advice or encouragement you can provide would be appreciated.  We adopt October 1 and I have a deadline to meet and I still do not have final clear and convincing guidance.  I am ahead of most folks on this issue since we do have an earlier adoption date than most utilities.  Thanks for your time.  This is a complex issue and I apologize for the length of this email and I imagine I still have not described the issues in the most succinct and clear fashion.

 

Regards,

Sanford Menashe
Project Manager, FAS 133
Bonneville Power Administration
phone:  503-230-3570
email:  smmenashe@bpa.gov

 

Postscript:

 

About Bonneville Power Administration:

 

Bonneville is a federal agency under the Department of Energy, which was established over 60 years ago to market power from 29 federal dams and one non-federal nuclear plant in the Pacific Northwest. BPA’s energy sales are governed by federal legislation (e.g. the Northwest Power Act) and other regional mandates to maintain the benefits of power sales for the Pacific Northwest region and to manage its environmental and safety obligations relative to operating the federal hydroelectric system. Its primary objective is to provide low-cost electricity to the region by offering cost-based rates for its power and transmission services to eligible publicly owned and investor-owned utilities in the Pacific Northwest (including Oregon, Washington, Idaho, western Montana and small parts of Wyoming, Nevada, Utah, California and eastern Montana).

Sanford Menashe, Manager, FAS 133 Project.
Project Manager, FAS 133
Bonneville Power Administration
phone:  503-230-3570
email:  smmenashe@bpa.gov

Email: smmenashe@bpa.gov

Updates in September 2001 and March 2003:
The DIG addressed Mr. Menasche's concerns, especially in Dig Issue C16.    But this did not go far enough to satisfy energy firms with respect to bookouts.

Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. C16 

Title: Scope Exceptions: Applying the Normal Purchases and Normal Sales Exception to Contracts That Combine a Forward Contract and a Purchased Option Contract 

May 1, 2003 
Affected by: FASB Statement No. 149, 
Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities 
(Revised March 26, 2003)

QUESTION

If a purchased option that would, if exercised, require delivery of the related asset at an established price under the contract is combined with a forward contract in a single supply contract and that single supply contract meets the definition of a derivative, is that single supply contract eligible to qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception in paragraph 10(b)?

BACKGROUND

Some utilities and independent power producers (also called IPPs) have fuel supply contracts that require delivery of a contractual minimum quantity of fuel at a fixed price and have an option that permits the holder to take specified additional amounts of fuel at the same fixed price at various times. Essentially, that option to take more fuel is a purchased option that is combined with the forward contract in a single supply contract. Typically, the option to take additional fuel is built into the contract to ensure that the buyer has a supply of fuel in order to produce the electricity during peak demands; however, the buyer may have the ability to sell to third parties the additional fuel purchased through exercise of the purchased option. Due to the difficulty in estimating peak electricity load and thus the amount of fuel needed to generate the required electricity, those fuel supply contracts are common in the electric utility industry (though similar supply contracts may exist in other industries). Those fuel supply contracts are not requirements contracts that are addressed in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. A6, "Notional Amounts of Commodity Contracts."

Many of those contracts meet the definition of a derivative because they have a notional amount and an underlying, require no or a smaller initial net investment, and provide for net settlement (for example, through their default provisions or by requiring delivery of an asset that is readily convertible to cash). For purposes of applying Statement 133 to contracts that meet the definition of a derivative, it is necessary to determine whether the fuel supply contract qualifies for the normal purchases and normal sales exception, whether bifurcation of the option is permitted if it does not qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception, or whether the entire contract is accounted for as a derivative.

Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. C15, "Normal Purchases and Normal Sales Exception for Certain Option-Type Contracts and Forward Contracts in Electricity," indicates that power purchase or sales agreements (including combinations of a forward contract and an option contract) that meet the criteria in that Implementation Issue qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception in paragraph 10(b).

Although the above background information discusses utilities and independent power producers, this Implementation Issue applies to all entities that enter into contracts that combine a forward contract and a purchased option contract, not just to utilities and independent power producers.

RESPONSE

The inclusion of a purchased option that would, if exercised, require delivery of the related asset at an established price under the contract within the single supply contract that meets the definition of a derivative disqualifies the entire derivative fuel supply contract from being eligible to qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception in paragraph 10(b) except as provided in paragraph 10(b)(4) of Statement 133, as amended, and Implementation Issue C15 with respect to certain power purchase or sales agreements. Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. C10, “Can Option Contracts and Forward Contracts with Optionality Features Qualify for the Normal Purchases and Normal Sales Exception,” states? “Option contracts only contingently provide for such purchase or sale since exercise of the option contract is not assured. Thus, in accordance with paragraph 10(b)(2) of Statement 133, as amended, freestanding option contracts (including in-the-money options contracts) are not eligible to qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception.” Paragraph 10(b)(3) of Statement 133, as amended, and Implementation Issue C10 further indicate that forward contracts with embedded optionality can qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception only if the embedded optionality (such as price caps) does not affect the quantity to be delivered. The fuel supply contract cannot qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception because of the optionality regarding the quantity of fuel to be delivered under the contract.

An entity is not permitted to bifurcate the forward contract component and the option contract component of a fuel supply contract that in its entirety meets the definition of a derivative and then assert that the forward contract component is eligible to qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception. Paragraph 18 indicates that an entity is prohibited from separating a compound derivative in components representing different risks. (The provisions of paragraph 12 require that certain derivatives that are embedded in non-derivative hybrid instruments must be split out from the host contract and accounted for separately as a derivative; however, paragraph 12 does not apply to a contract that meets the definition of a derivative in its entirety.)

An entity may wish to enter into two separate contracts—a forward contract and an option contract—that economically achieve the same results as the single derivative contract described in the background section and determine whether the exception in paragraph 10(b) applies to the separate forward contract.

Similar to the option contracts discussed in Implementation Issue C10, this Issue addresses option components that would require delivery of the related asset at an established price under the contract. If the option component does not provide any benefit to the holder beyond the assurance of a guaranteed supply of the underlying commodity for use in the normal course of business and that option component only permits the holder to purchase additional quantities at the market price at the date of delivery (that is, that option component will always have a fair value of zero), that option component would not require delivery of the related asset at an established price under the contract.

If an entity’s single supply contract included at its inception both a forward contract and an option contract and, in subsequent renegotiations, that contract is negated and replaced by two separate contracts (a forward contract for a specific quantity that will be purchased and an option contract for additional quantities whose purchase is conditional upon exercise of the option), the new forward contract would be eligible to qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception under paragraph 10(b), whereas the new option contract would not be eligible for that exception. From the inception of that new separate option contract, it would be accounted for under Statement 133. However, the guidance in this Implementation Issue would not retroactively affect the accounting for the combination derivative contract that was negated prior to the effective date of this Implementation Issue.

If on the effective date of this Implementation Issue, an entity was party to a combination derivative contract that included both a forward contract and an option contract but the entity had not been accounting for that derivative contract under Statement 133 because it had documented an asserted compliance with paragraph 10(b), that combination derivative contract would be reported at its fair value on the effective date of this Implementation Issue, with the offsetting entry recorded in current period earnings. The combination derivative contract cannot be bifurcated into a forward contract that would have been eligible to qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales exception and an option contract.

EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date of the implementation guidance in this Issue for each reporting entity is the first day of its second fiscal quarter beginning after October 10, 2001, the date that the Board-cleared guidance was posted on the FASB website. The revisions made on March 26, 2003, do not affect the effective date.

 


"FASB Clears DIG Issues But Refuses Electricity Exception," March 23, 2001 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?areaid=369&page=111 

FASB Clears DIG Issues But Refuses Electricity Exception The FASB Board cleared 22 DIG issues and discussed one electricity-related item at its March 21, 2001 meeting.

Electricity options. The only other FAS 133-related issue discussed at the FASB’s meeting relates to electricity option contracts (DIG Agenda Item 14-3, (Normal Purchases and Sales Exception in the Electric Industry for Capacity Contracts Including Contracts that May Have Some Characteristics of Purchased and Written Options).

In general, notes Kevin Stoklosa, project manager with the FASB Staff, Issue C10 says that options do not qualify for the normal purchases and sales exemption of FAS 133.

However, because of the uniqueness of electricity contracts (they are regulated, the “goods” cannot be stored, etc.) the Board has received a request to make an exception for electricity option contracts. However, he says, the Board declined to offer such a special exception.

 

Book outs. Item 14-12, regarding book out contracts and their normal purchases and sales exception implications was not discussed; however, Mr. Stoklosa says he expects that the Staff’s tentative guidance will be posted shortly. In essence, he says, as long as a contract is subject to “being booked out,” it does not qualify for the exception. That’s because the book out option precludes the company from making the presumption at inception that it will most likely take delivery. “That’s particularly true when they don’t have control over the book out,” he notes.


See Bookout  

 

Not-for-Profit =

a reporting entity that does not compute net income as a separate caption.  This includes most governmental, educational, and charitable organizations.  Many health care entities are also nonprofit, although in recent years many of those have become profit enterprises.  Gains and losses on a hedging or nonhedging derivative instrument is to be accounted for as a change in net assets of not-for-profit entities according to Paragraph 43 on Pages 26-27 of FAS 133.   These entities may not use cash flow hedges.  Similar accounting rules apply to a defined benefit pension plan. 

Notional =

the  quantity that, when multiplied by the underlying index (e.g., price or interest rate), is used to determine the net settlement of a derivative financial instrument..  For example, on the Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT), futures contracts for corn are defined in terms of 25,000-bushel contracts.  Four contracts on corn would, therefore, have a notional of 100,000 bushels.  

A notional cannot be a contingent amount except under the DIG issue A6 conditons noted below.  For example, the notional cannot be specified as the Year 2004 corn production amount on the Ralph Jones Family Farm.  The notional must be defined in terms of something other than a sports or geological condition such a an amount of crop dependent upon rainfall over the growing season.  See Derivative Financial Instrument.

The notional may be the principal on a loan (e.g. bonds payable) whose interest rate is swapped in an interest rate swap contract.  For example, the notional on 10,000 bonds having a face value of $1,000 is $10,000,000. The "notional rate" is the current interest rate on the notional loan. FAS 133 on Page 3, Paragraph 6 defines a notional as "a number of currency units, shares, bushels, pounds, or other units specified in the contract." The settlement of a derivative instrument with a notional amount is determined by the interaction of that notional amount with the underlying. ." Also see Paragraphs 250-258. Go to the term underlying.

Fixed payment is required as a result of some future event unrelated to a notional amount.  Paragraphs 10a and 13 of IAS 39.  Payment provision specifies a fixed or determinable settlement to be made if the underlying behaves in a specified manner. (FAS 133 Paragraphs 6a, 7 & 5 of FAS 133.)

There were some very sticky questions raised in DIG Issue A6 about commodity contracts where the number of items are not specified.  See http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuea6.html 

One of my students, Erin Welch, wrote the following based upon DIG Issue A6
Question:  How does the lack of specification of a fixed number of units of a commodity to be bought or sold affect whether a commodity contract has a notional amount?  Specifically, does each of the illustrative contracts below have a notional amount as discussed in paragraph 6(a) to meet Statement 133’s definition of a derivative instrument?”

 

 

NOTIONAL SPECIFICATION

DOES IT QUALIFY AS A NOTIONAL UNDER FAS 133?

WHY OR WHY NOT?

As many units as required to satisfy the buyer’s actual needs during the contract period.

It depends.

Yes, if the contract contains explicit provisions that support the calculation of a determinable amount reflecting the buyer’s needs.

Only as many units as needed to satisfy its needs up to a maximum of 100 units.

It depends.

Same as previous provision except that the notional cannot exceed 100 units

A minimum of 60 units and as many units needed to satisfy its actual needs in excess of 60 units.

Yes.

A contract that specifies a minimum number of units always as a notional amount at least equal to that minimum amount.  Only that portion of the contract with a determinable notional amount would be accounted for as a derivative instrument.   

A minimum of 60 units and as many units needed to satisfy its actual needs in excess of 60 units up to a maximum of 100 units.

Yes.

Same as previous provision except that the notional cannot exceed 100 units.

 

  NYMEX = New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) for Energy and Metals ---  http://www.nymex.com/jsp/index.jsp

 

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

O-Terms

OCI = see comprehensive income.

Open Interest

The total number of futures or options contracts of a given commodity that have not yet been offset by an opposite futures or option transaction nor fulfilled by delivery of the commodity or option exercise. Each open transaction has a buyer and a seller, but for calculation of open interest, only one side of the contract is counted.  See futures contract.

Open Position

a financial risk that is not hedged.  See hedge.

Option =

a contract that gives the purchaser the right to buy or sell an asset (such as a unit of foreign currency) at a specified price within a specified time period. A call option gives the holder the right to buy the underlying asset; a put option gives the holder the right to sell it.  The price of the option is called a premium.  Singular options or a combination of options can be designated as hedges according to Paragraph 20c on Page 12 of FAS 133.   For example, an interest rate collar combination of a put and call options or circus combinations may qualify as hedges unless a net premium is received giving rise to written option complications.

Call options are illustrated in Example 9 of FAS 133 in Paragraphs 162-164.  An option is "in-the-money" if the holder would benefit from exercising it now. A call option is in-the-money if the strike price (the exercise price) is below the current market price of the underlying asset; a put option is in-the-money if the strike price is above the market price. Intrinsic value is equal to the difference between the strike price and the market price.   An option is "out-of-the-money" if the holder would not benefit from exercising it now. A call option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is above the current market price of the underlying asset; a put option is out-of-the-money if the strike price is below the market price. The key distinction between contracts versus futures/forward contracts is that an option is purchased up front and the buyer has a right but not an obligation to execute the option in the future, In other words, the most the option buyer can lose is the option price. In the case of forwards and futures, there is an obligation to perform in the future. The writer (seller) of an option, however, has an obligation to perform if the option is exercised by the buyer. FAS 133 rules for purchased options are much different than for written options.  For rules regarding written options see Paragraphs 396-401 on Pages 179-181 of FAS 133.  Exposure Draft 162-B would not allow hedge accounting for written options.  FAS 133 relaxed the rules for written options under certain circumstances explained in Paragraphs 396-401.  

The partitioning of an option's value between intrinsic and time value partitions is important subsequent to the purchase of an option.  On the acquisition date, the option is recorded at the premium (purchase price) the paid.  Subsequent to the purchase date, the option is marked to fair value equal to subsequent changes in quoted premiums.  If the option qualifies as a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, changes in the time value of the option are debited or credited to current earnings.  Changes in the intrinsic value, however, are posted to comprehensive income (OCI)See the CapIT Corporation and FloorIT Corporation cases at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/133cases/000index.htm.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.   In a covered call the combined position of the hedged item and the derivative option is asymmetrical in that exposure to losses is always greater than potential gains.  The option premium, however, is set so that the option writer certainly does not expect those "remotely possible" losses to occur.  Only when the potential gains are at least equal to potential cash flow losses will Paragraph 28c on Page 19 of FAS 133 kick in to allow a cash flow hedge under FAS 133.  Also see Paragraph 20c on Page 12.

Options are referred to extensively in FAS 133. See for example Paragraphs 60-61, 85-88, 102, 188., and 284.  For a discussion of combination options, see compound derivatives.   Also see intrinsic value, swaptionrange forward, covered call, and written option.

By way of illustration of interest rate options, suppose a September Eurodollar call option has a strike price of 9550 basis points (95.50%) that nets out an option interest rate strike price of 100% -  95.50% = 4.50%.   Adding a 0.10 option premium to this nets out to 100% - 95.50% - 0.10% = 4.40%.    Interest rate call options are used to hedge against falling interest rates.   The cost of each basis point is $25 such that with a 0.10 option premium, the cost of the September call option is (10 basis points)($25) = $250.  Settlements are in cash and no actual transfer of securities take place if the purchaser of the option chooses to exercise the call option.  Suppose that the call option had been used to hedge a Eurodollar futures contract that settled in September for 9500.  The fall in interest rates by 50 basis points is hedged by the rise in the call option by an equivalent amount.   

A written option is not a hedging instrument unless it is designated as an offset to a purchased option, including one that is embedded in another financial instrument, for example, a written option used to hedge callable debt
(FAS 133 Paragraph 124).  A purchased option qualifies as a hedging instrument as it has potential gains equal to or greater than losses and, therefore, has the potential to reduce profit or loss exposure from changes in fair values or cash flows (IAS 39 Paragraph 124).  Under FASB rules, if a written option is designated as hedging a recognized asset or liability / the variability in cash flows for a recognized asset or liability, the combination of the hedged item and the written option provides at least as much potential for favorable cash flows as exposure to unfavorable cash flows (see FAS 133 Paragraph 20c or 28c).

For a discussion of option valuation, go to Valuation of Options 

Yahoo Finance is Bob Jensen's Favorite Place to learn more about the mechanics and widespread use of options.  That web site, however, will not help much with respect to accounting for such instruments under FAS 133.  Also see CBOE, CBOT, and CME for some great tutorials on options investing and hedging.

Option Pricing Theory =

a theory that is too complex to define in this glossary.  Options pricing theory (OPT) is sometimes called an options pricing model (OPM).  The general idea is that an investment at any level of risk, including an investment that is not traded on the open market, can be valued by a portfolio of investments that are traded on exchanges.   A good review is provided by Robert Merton in "Applications of Option-Pricing Theory:  Twenty Five Years Later,"  American Economic Review, June 1998, 323-349.  Closely related is Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT).  OPT and APT in theory overcome many of the limitations of CAPM.  However, they have problems of their own that I attempted to touch upon in http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/149wp/149wp.htm    See Long Term Capital Management (LTCM) Fund.

Option Pricing : Modeling and Extracting State-Price Densities A New Methodology by Christian Perkner
ISBN 3-258-06101-7  http://www.haupt.ch/asp/titels.asp?o=f&objectId=3372 

The focus of this book is on the valuation of financial derivatives. A derivative (e.g. a financial option) can be defined as a contract promising a payoff that is contingent upon the unknown future state of a risky security. The goal of this book is to illustrate two different perspectives of modern option pricing:

Part I: The normative viewpoint: How does (how should) option pricing theory arrive at the fair value for such a contingent claim? What are crucial assumptions? What is the line of argument? How does this theory (e.g. Black-Scholes) perform in reality?

Part II: The descriptive viewpoint: How are options truly priced in the financial markets? What do option prices tell us about the expectations of market participants? Do investor preferences play a role in the valuation of a derivative?

To answer both questions, the author introduces an insightful valuation framework that consists of five elements. Its central component is the so called state-price density - a density that represents the market's valuation of $1 received in various states of the world. It turns out that the shape of this density is the crucial aspect when determining the price of an option.

The book illustrates several techniques allowing the flexible modeling of the state-price density. Implementation issues are discussed using real datasets and numerical examples, implications of the various modeling techniques are analyzed, and results are presented that significantly improve standard option pricing theory.

DOES A ROSS ECONOMY LUNCH REALLY COST AS MUCH AS
HIRSHLEIFER CUISINE COMPLETE WITH
sm2 DESSERT?  
Bob Jensen's unpublished Working Paper 149 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/149wp/149wp.htm 

Bob Jensen's threads on valuation of derivative financial instruments can be found at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

 

Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) = (see Comprehensive Income)

Out-of-the-Money = see option and intrinsic value.

Overlay Program =

a program designed to reduce the currency risk in an international asset portfolio.

 

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

P-Terms

Participating Strategy =

a combination of a purchased option and a written option, with the written option on a smaller foreign currency amount.

Portfolio Hedging = see Macro Hedge and Dynamic Portfolio management.  

Also see my summary of key paragraphs in FAS 133 on portfolio/macro hedging.

Premium =

the price paid/received to enter into certain types of derivative contracts.  For example, the price paid to enter into a futures contract, forward contract, interest rate swap, warrant, or option is called the premium.  In the case of exchange-traded contracts (e.g., options, futures, and futures options), there is generally a premium.  In custom-contract derivatives (e.g., forward contracts, forward rate agreements, swaps and some embedded options), however, it is common to not have any premium paid by one party to the other party.  There may be legal fees and brokerage costs, but these are not part of the premium and are accounted for separately.  If they are very small relative to both the underlying and the premium, they are often posted to current earnings.  However, in theory the brokerage fees, legal fees, and  premium should be amortized against future settlements of the derivative instrument. 

Paragraphs 6b on Page 3 and 57b on Page 35 of FAS 133 require that the for any FAS 133 derivative instrument, the premium itself must be "smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors."  This condition is ambiguous.  However, this rules out short sale contracts that carry an implicit requirement to own or purchase and resell an entire asset rather than having a cash settlement.

For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change.  Section 4(c) of Paragraph 4 of FAS 133 amends SFAS 52 on Foreign Currency Translation, to permit special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with a derivative

Paragraph 42 on Page 26 of FAS 133 reads as follows:

.A derivative instrument or a nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.  nonderivative financial instrument that may give rise to a foreign currency transaction gain or loss under Statement 52 can be designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The gain or loss on a hedging derivative instrument (or the foreign currency transaction gain or loss on the nonderivative hedging instrument) that is designated as, and is effective as, an economic hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation shall be reported in the same manner as a translation adjustment to the extent it is effective as a hedge. The hedged net investment shall be accounted for consistent with Statement 52; the provisions of this Statement for recognizing the gain or loss on assets designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge do not apply to the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. 

These Section c(4) confusions in Paragraph 4 are illustrated in Examples 11-13 beginning on Page 270 of the Derivatives and Hedging Handbook issued by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in July 1998.

Paul Pacter states the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm  

IAS 39
Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement of all financial instruments.

FAS 133
FASB does not address transaction costs. Such costs can be included in or excluded in initial measurement of financial instruments.

 

Principal Only Strip = =

a contract that calls for cash settlement for the principal but not the interest of a note. See embedded derivatives. Except in certain conditions, interest-only and principal only strips are not covered in FAS 133. See Paragraphs 14 and 310.

Put = see option.

 

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

Q-Terms

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

R-Terms

Range Floater = see floater.

Range Forward =

a combination of a purchased option and a written option on equal amounts of currency with a "range" between the strike prices. The premium on the written option offsets the premium on the purchased option.  See option.

Ratchet Floater = see floater.

Regular-Way Security Trade = see net settlement.

References

Introductory References --- See Introductory References 

Note the book entitled PRICING DERIVATIVE SECURITIES, by T W Epps (University of Virginia, USA)  The book is published by World Scientific --- http://www.worldscibooks.com/economics/4415.html 

Contents:

  • Preliminaries:
  • Introduction and Overview
  • Mathematical Preparation
  • Tools for Continuous-Time Models
  • Pricing Theory:
  • Dynamics-Free Pricing
  • Pricing Under Bernoulli Dynamics
  • Black-Scholes Dynamics
  • American Options and 'Exotics'
  • Models with Uncertain Volatility
  • Discontinuous Processes
  • Interest-Rate Dynamics
  • Computational Methods:
  • Simulation
  • Solving PDEs Numerically
  • Programs
  • Computer Programs
  • Errata

Essentials of Energy Risk Management --- http://www.rigzone.com/store/product.asp?p_id=1048&c_id=46 
Publisher: Paradigm Strategy 
Group Item Number: 100-1048
Also see http://snipurl.com/EnergyGlossary 

March 5, 2004 message from editor jda [editor.jda@gmx.de

Journal of Derivatives Accounting (JDA)

First Issue on "Stock Options: Development in Share-Based Compensation" You can downloand Papers online (http://www.worldscinet.com/jda/jda.shtml)

The second issue deals with Hedging Theory and Practice in Risk Management and Trading (Financial instruments and strategies, Impact of accounting rules and taxation). The titles of forthcoming papers for the second issue are also shown.

For subscription information follow the following link

(http://www.worldscinet.com/jda/mkt/order_information.shtml)

Mamouda Mbemap Ph.D

Editor In Chief

Vol. 1, No. 1 (March 2004)

LETTER FROM THE EDITOR

Articles

ACCOUNTING FOR EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS: A PRACTICAL APPROACH TO HANDLING THE VALUATION ISSUES
JOHN HULL and ALAN WHITE

RISK-AVERSE EXECUTIVES, MULTIPLE COMMON RISKS, AND THE EFFICIENCY AND INCENTIVES OF INDEXED EXECUTIVE STOCK OPTIONS
SHANE A. JOHNSON and YISONG S. TIAN

STOCK OPTIONS AND MANAGERIAL INCENTIVES TO INVEST
TOM NOHEL and STEVEN TODD

CEO COMPENSATION, INCENTIVES, AND GOVERNANCE IN NEW ENTERPRISE FIRMS
LERONG HE and MARTIN J. CONYON

EVIDENCE ON VOLUNTARY DISCLOSURES OF DERIVATIVES USAGE BY LARGE US COMPANIES
RAJ AGGARWAL and BETTY J. SIMKINS

THE EFFECT OF TAXES ON THE TIMING OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE
STEVEN BALSAM and RICHARD GIFFORD

THE VALUE AND INCENTIVES OF OPTION-BASED COMPENSATION IN DANISH LISTED COMPANIES
KEN L. BECHMANN and PETER LØCHTE JØRGENSEN

Industry Perspective

AN INTRODUCTION TO US TAX ASPECTS OF EXECUTIVE/EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION WITH A STOCK OPTION FOCUS
STEWART KARLINSKY and JAMES KROCHKA

Book Review

Book Review: AN INTRODUCTION TO EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Steve Balsam

Forthcoming Papers
Vol. 1 No. 2
  • Does Allowing Alternative Hedge Designation Affect Financial Statement Comparability?
    Arlette C. Wilson and Ronald L. Clark
  • Alternative Hedge Accounting Treatments for Foreign Exchange Forwards
    Ira G. Kawaller and Walter R. Teets
  • Divergent FAS-133 and IAS 39 Interest Rate Risk Hedge Effectiveness: Problem and Remedies
    Jim Bodurtha
  • Interest Rate Swap Prices, Fair Values, and FAS 133
    Donald Smith
  • Optimal Hedging with Cumulative Prospect Theory
    Darren Frechette and Jon Tuthill
  • Hedging, Operating Leverage, and Abandonment Options
    Keith Wong
  • Hedging Against Neutral and Non-Neutral Shock: Theory and Evidence
    Marcello Spano
  • Pricing S&P 500 Index Options under Stochastic Volatility with the Indirect Inference Method
    Jinghong Shu and Jin E. Zhang
  • Structural Relationships between Semiannual and Annual Swaps Rates
    D.K. Malhotra, Mukesh Chaudhry and Vivek Bhargava
  • Valuing and Hedging American Options under Time-Varying Volatility
    In Joon Kim
  • The Introduction of Derivatives Reporting in the UK: A Content Analysis of FRS 13 Disclosures
    T. Dunne, C. Helliar, D. Power, C. Mallin, K. Ow-Yong and L. Moir

March 23, 2004 message from Heather MacMaster [southwestern.email@thomsonlearning.com

The second edition of Derivatives: An Introduction by Robert Strong will be available in July for your fall classes.

One of the briefest texts on the market, Robert Strong's ability to explain the intuition behind the math and show students how derivatives are actually used has made this course much more tangible and easier to understand.

The second edition has expanded its coverage of Real Options, with more discussion of option strategies than the typical survey course text. Also integrated throughout the text are rich examples to show how it may be appropriate to use several types of Derivative Options at once, or both futures and options at the same time.

This text illustrates real-world uses of derivatives. Distinctive features of this applied approach include:

"Derivatives Today" Boxes: Real-life, derivative situations provide students with an opportunity to consider issues they may encounter in the marketplace. "Trading Strategy" Boxes: These stimulating trading scenarios illustrate various methods in which speculators or investors use options in ways that most existing texts do not cover. Finally, in clear and concise prose, Strong focuses on the practical. Since the text includes more institutional detail than competing texts, users can connect theory to practice! Also to maintain student interest and applicablity, Strong sparks interest by using many institutional anecdotes, including trading mechanics, market folklore, and contemporary examples of derivatives use and misuse.

Be sure to click below to reserve your complimentary copy when the book publishes in July…

[Link Deleted]

Sincerely,

Heather MacMaster 
Marketing Manager 
Thomson South-Western

 

Bob Jensen's threads on derivatives accounting are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm 

 

Related Party Transaction =

a transaction between related entities that may not act independently of one another.   For example, a forecasted transaction between a parent company and its subsidiary or between subsidiaries having a common parent is a related party transaction.  Related party forecasted transactions cannot be designated for cash flow hedges according to Paragraph 29c on Page 20 of FAS 133.  The one exception is for a foreign currency risk exposure in a currency other than than the functional currency and other criteria listed in Paragraph 40 on Pages 25-26.  Also see Paragraphs 471 and 487.

Cash flow hedges must have the possibility of affecting net earnings.  For example, Paragraph 485 on Page 211 of FAS 133 bans foreign currency risk hedges of forecasted dividends of foreign subsidiary.  The reason is that these dividends are a wash item and do not affect consolidated earnings.  For reasons and references, see equity method.

.

Reporting Currency =

the currency in which an enterprise prepares its financial statements.

Risk =

the various types of financial risks, including market price risk, market interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, and credit risk. These are discussed in FAS 133, Pages 184-186. FAS 133 does not take up such things as tax rate swaps and credit swaps. Mention is given to nonfinancial assets and liabilities in Paragraphs 416-421.  Other risks are mentioned in Paragraph 408.  Only three types of risks can receive hedge accounting treatment under FAS 133.  For details see derivative financial instruments.

Some industries have their own types of risk.  For example, the energy industry has location basis risk and transportation capacity risk.  Location basis risk is the differences in prices between two locations such as the supply terminal and the demand terminal.  Transportation capacity risk is the risk of having too much or too little hauling or distribution capacity between to terminals.

Execution risk is the time delay between one transaction (such as closure of a purchase contract) and another transaction (such as closure of a sales contract).

Held-to-maturity securities may not be hedged for cash flow risk according to Paragraphs 426-431 beginning on Page 190 of FAS 133.  See held-to-maturity.

Firm commitments can have foreign currency risk exposures if the commitments are not already recognized.  See Paragraph 4 on Page 2 of FAS 133. If the firm commitment is recognized, it is by definition booked and its loss or gain is already accounted for. For example, a purchase contract for 10,000 units per month at 100DM Deutsche Marks per unit is unrecognized and has a foreign currency risk exposure if the payments have not been made. If the payments have been prepaid, that prepayment is "recognized" and has no further foreign currency risk exposure.  See derivative financial instrument.

A good site dealing with credit risk is at http://www.numa.com/ref/volatili.htm

For more on the topic of risk measurement and disclosure, see disclosure.

Risk Glossary --- http://www.riskglossary.com/

Assessment of Risk:  Peeling Apart the Data on Derivatives --- http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/Am_Banker_Assessing_Risk.pdf 

Risk Metrics and Risk Stress Testing

Risk metrics are quantitative measures of risk of some sort or another.  For example Value-at-Risk (VAR) metrics are designed to measure outcomes in worst case scenarios --- see Value-at-Risk.

VAR is related to risk "stress testing."  Freddie Mac was an innovator in risk stress testing --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm#FreddieMac 

There are a number of software vendors of FAS 133 risk analysis software.

One of the major companies is FinancialCAD --- http://www.financialcad.com/ 

FinancialCAD provides software and services that support the valuation and risk management of financial securities and derivatives that is essential for banks, corporate treasuries and asset management firms. FinancialCAD’s industry standard financial analytics are a key component in FinancialCAD solutions that are used by over 25,000 professionals in 60 countries.

Also see Risk, Software, and Ineffectiveness.

"A Web-Based Risk Tool," August 12, 2003 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=1&areaid=1353 

The experiences (and resulting systems/processes) that banks have developed, in order to deal with Basel I and Basel II are of relevance to corporate treasurers today, as they attempt to manage the new, compliance/control requirement of Sarbanes-Oxley as well as broader scruitiny of earnings/results.

With this in mind, its useful to review how banks have handled the challenge, and are planning to utilize their know-how in the area of system and process management.

Case in point: Horizon

JPMorgan was in the right place at the right time with RiskMetrics (since spun off) to help firms deal with derivatives-related rules for disclosure and controls (value at risk).

Now as the disclosure and control focus has broadened, the bank wants to be there again with Horizon, its web-based tool for internal risk control and self-assessment.

Horizon appears tailor-made for the internal control rules mandated by Sarbanes-Oxley, especially if firms go beyond basic compliance to implement enterprise risk management frameworks, such as those suggested by the new COSO draft.

It is also in line with Basel II’s qualitative measurement prescriptions for operational risk management, which suggests corporates seeking internal control guidance have another source of best practice recommendations to draw upon.

Indeed, compliance is all about risk management. “If you look at Basel II or Sarbanes-Oxley, the point of the regulations is for firms to better manage risk,” notes Craig Spielmann, VP and Executive in charge of Horizon for JPMorgan Treasury Services. He notes, the aim is to create transparency for shareholders that senior people are identifying the firm’s key risks, showing what they are doing to mitigate these, and when these mitigation efforts are to be in place. “It’s about how effective you are at risk management, as much as about how you are managing risk.” Self-assessment is an important measure of risk management effectiveness.

Operational risk process automation

Horizon, like RiskMetrics, was born out of an internal bank tool to help JP Morgan assess operational risk across its businesses. It is also one of many operational risk tools out there oriented toward banks, or internally developed by banks, seeking to comply with Basel II’s internal ratings based approach (IRB)-- in particular the Advanced Measurement Approaches-- in order to reduce their regulatory capital requirements.

Control and risk self-assessment is a key component of the qualitative measurement requirements for operational risk under Basel II. These involve among other things:

(1) a review of risk management process goals;

(2) a review of the controls/procedures to meet these goals; and

(3) specification of corrective actions required and follow-up on implementation of such actions. This is the area of focus for Horizon.

Horizon uses the traffic light approach to self-assessment, common with internal control cum operational risk/enterprise risk applications offered by audit firms and consultancies, calling upon users to select their risk concern according to red (most dangerous), yellow, green, blue (not applicable).

However, where it seeks to differentiate itself from traditional internal audit tools is its orientation toward risk management ideals: effective, on-going risk mitigation in support of business goals. Clearly, though, traditional internal audit tools are moving in the same direction, guided by the new COSO draft, following the banks’ lead in their approaches to operational risk management.

According to Barry Macklin, head of Operational Risk Analytics/Financial Risk for JPMorgan’s Treasury & Securities Services (T&SS) business, Horizon helps to not only automate the operational risk and control self-assessment process but also provides opportunities to share risk expertise and best practices across T&SS’ global operations (with locations in 39 countries globally, with 14,500 employees).

Mr. Macklin was an early Horizon adopter outside JP Morgan: his group within Chase was in negotiation to purchase the product when the merger with JP Morgan was announced.

Part of its appeal from his initial customer perspective was that it provided an automated solution taking a paper-based process and putting it on the bank’s intranet. It also has built-in algorithms to calculate a “score” for comparative purposes, based on how each risk is weighed (with the traffic light).

By automating the data-collection and “scoring” process, Mr. Macklin notes, senior risk and business managers have much more time to focus on analysis: “We are spending more time analyzing risks than compiling data”.

The automation facilitates continuous self-improvement of control processes, and sharing of best practices and improves the ability to monitor and resolve action items. For example, for a particular risk, he may see that one unit indicates that a process has good controls while another unit with a similar process in another location needs to enhance controls. Risk and business managers can now delve into how to ensure the procedures are effectively applied globally.

According to Mr. Macklin, the first step for his group was to sit down with the internal and external auditors, business managers, operational risk managers, and identify key processes.

“We then made sure we had the right operational process, with all the key risks and control procedures identified and then populated the risk and control procedures on the Horizon application. Business Managers were integral in the development of the Horizon templates. They know how their business processes work, and clearly take ownership. This team effort creates a great process,” Mr. Macklin notes. General Audit also leverages the risk assessment templates and utilizes Horizon to record their recommendations.

These risk assessment and compliance process items are reviewed formally twice each year, along with continuous assessment of review triggers such as an acquisition or business relocation, which prompt immediate review of the templates. The self-assessment process also supports Management’s annual affirmation of the control environment as required by FDICIA.

The content for these self-assessment templates is key to this or any such application. A fact that highlights how adaptable bank operational risk applications like Horizon can be to any number of situations, including non-bank risks.

Mr. Spielmann cites an example related to a business acquisition as follows: For any new business acquired, a customized template can be developed on Horizon, identifying key business risks and control procedures. An assessment can be performed to determine opportunities for improvement and develop action plans with accountable parties and resolution time frames in the early stages of integrating the acquired business. The results can then be evaluated on a continuing basis to ensure timely remediation.

A corporation looking to manage risks specific to its business, notes Mr. Spielmann, could go through a similar process with senior management and the Board to construct a template for Horizon to conduct this sort of self-assessment. The latest version of Horizon has been optimized for Sarbanes-Oxley internal control compliance with this in mind.

RiskMetrics, a different approach

This, however, is corporate use of RiskMetrics in reverse. What made JPMorgan’s RiskMetrics so popular for corporates seeking to follow bank practice on value at risk disclosures for derivatives was that JPMorgan provided easily accessible, name brand data sets. These they could download and plug into their own spreadsheets or internal applications, creating a quick fix to comply with new SEC rules.

Here corporates are getting an application, but limited content. Indeed, they have to develop the templates to collect the data on their own. There is no quick fix for Sarbanes-Oxley.

Horizon competes not only with other bank and non-bank operational risk management applications, but also countless internally developed self-assessment/scorecard spreadsheets (e-mailed) or web-based database applications which provide less elegant solutions. Corporates should consider the cost/benefit of applications such as Horizon before they build their own web applications.

With the stakes so much higher, name brand off-the-shelf solutions might provide more comfort than internally developed applications, especially for Corporate Boards and shareholders. In today’s environment controls to prevent reputational risk and ensuring effective Corporate Governance standards are applied is certainly something Corporate Boards would be interested in. This clearly presents new opportunities to market the Horizon application.

Looking forward JPMorgan Chase is developing a process that will integrate the key Operational Risk Management tools they currently utilize, such as: Horizon self-assessment, operational loss data collection, capital allocation and key risk indicators. Says Macklin, “Integrating these tools will further enhance and link the firm’s operational risk analysis, monitoring and reporting capabilities, which we believe will positively impact results.”

"Risk Systems, Integrate! July 15, 2002 --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=1&areaid=467 

FAS 133 and other factors spark a flurry of “asset expansion” among risk management software vendors.

Treasurers are increasingly adamant that they want a single, integrated system to handle all of their risks. The impetus for this change is multifold (see here). However, both system vendors and treasurers agree that FAS 133 has a lot to do with convincing risk managers and accountants that they need to handle risk management and its accounting-entry consequences in a single platform.

In recent weeks, FXpress, Reval and Kiodex announced plans to expand their asset classes and offer a soup-to-nuts system for risk management. This is great news for treasurers looking for a solution that allows them to view risk, manage it, and account for it centrally, yet one which comes with a less-than-a-million-dollar price tag. “Right now,” notes Dino Ewing, CFO of Reval, “there’s not that much in between that and spreadsheets.”

What’s new and what’s not?

FXpress launched the integration flurry with its unveiling of a commodity module, as well as plans for interest rate, investment and ultimately, an equity-risk module in 2003.

Reval, which has handled FX and interest rates as well as related FAS 133 accounting via its newly named HedgeRX™ hedge-management solution, now covers metals, energy and commodities as part of its most recent release.

Kiodex, a web-services energy risk management/accounting platform (see IT, 2/25/02), is expanding to cover FX first. “We plan to introduce more asset classes aggressively in 2003,” reports Co-Founder and President, Raj Mahajan.

These recent converts to the integration mantra follow in the footsteps of others such as Open Link on the high end, and INSSINC on the affordable side. “We have always chosen the integrated route,” explains Elie Zabal, president and CEO of INSSINC. Yet Mr. Zabal and others agree that this flare-up in asset-class expansion signals a change: The market is coming around to understanding that handling risk in one system is key, whether or not execution continues to occur in separate functions.

Says Kiodex’s Mr. Mahajan: “Our vision has been to generate a report for chief financial officers that breaks down the corporation’s exposure to price risk by asset class.” Such a holistic view is critical, if companies want to avoid “nasty” surprises (e.g., Ford’s $1 billion write down). “The first step is identifying the exposure across asset classes” he says. “Next, treasury should be able to quantify/analyze the risk and produce a single report which makes risk transparent while allowing treasury to mitigate exposures, taking into account correlations among asset classes.”

Granted, many companies handle financial and non-financial risks in separate departments. Yet an integrated system makes sense precisely because of this ongoing separation of duties, as companies come under increased pressure to comply with regulatory requirements, and ensure internal compliance with hedging/trading policies. “FAS 133 brought this issue front and center,” notes Mr. Zabal. “Whether you are hedging corn or electricity, the policies, controls and accounting trail should be the same.”

Remote access, centralized data

Reval and Kiodex offer an added twist—an ASP model (available from INSSINC as well). The upshot is quicker implementation and an ideal platform for capturing live data dynamically, and allowing multiple, remote access points. Certainly, client/server systems can accommodate this, but implementation can takes months, compared to days with the newer technologies.

Such rapid implementation and lower price tags have a “price” too—less control over the IT environment. Interestingly, Reval reports that clients who have been offered the intranet option have opted for the outsourced solution 100 percent of the time. The reason, says Mr. Ewing, is cost and maintenance.

ASP or not, the integrated model opens doors. Customers want a single solution and vendors need to be able to offer one, Mr. Zabal says, if they are to make sales. FXpress, Reval and Kiodex all report that existing users have asked them to round out their offerings. The key is to offer an integrated solution at an affordable price that can be quickly implemented. Often, the latter is more important. “Would technology save us some time and money?” comments one treasurer, “Yes, but in the immediate term,” he says, “I cannot afford to lose staff time to lengthy and painful implementations.”

Which end is first?

One issue for treasurers to consider is whether the system’s origins matter. Both Reval (originally financial) and Kiodex (originally commodity) agree it’s fair to say that moving from commodity to financial risk is an easier route, since commodity markets and instruments are typically more complex. Does this give systems with commodity origins an edge?

Other issues treasurers may wish to consider as they evaluate newly integrated solutions include: (1) Can one system truly handle all asset classes effectively (and affordably)? (2) Does the underlying platform (ASP vs. client server) matter, and if so, how? (3) How about the global support structure of smaller or newer vendors?


There are two superpowers in the world today in my opinion. There’s the United States and there’s Moody’s Bond Rating Service. The United States can destroy you by dropping bombs, and Moody’s can destroy you by down grading your bonds. And believe me, it’s not clear sometimes who’s more powerful.  The most that we can safely assert about the evolutionary process underlying market equilibrium is that harmful heuristics, like harmful mutations in nature, will die out.
Martin Miller, Debt and Taxes as quoted by Frank Partnoy, "The Siskel and Ebert of Financial Matters:  Two Thumbs Down for Credit Reporting Agencies," Washington University Law Quarterly, Volume 77, No. 3, 1999 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRottenPartnoyWULawReview.htm 

Related to risk metrics are the ratings given firms and securities by rating agencies.  These agencies were especially criticized in the accounting and finance scandals for their close ties and less than objective ratings of firms like Enron.  Frank Partnoy is especially critical of the lack of integrity of rating agencies.  Several references written by Partnoy are shown below:

Senate Testimony by Frank Partnoy --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm#FrankPartnoyTestimony 

Article by Frank Partnoy
"The Siskel and Ebert of Financial Matters: Two Thumbs Down for the Credit Reporting Agencies" (Washington University Law Quarterly, Volume 77, No. 3, 1999) --- http://ls.wustl.edu/WULQ/ 
Also see  http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRottenPartnoyWULawReview.htm

Books by Frank Partnoy

  • FIASCO: The Inside Story of a Wall Street Trader
  • FIASCO: Blood in the Water on Wall Street
  • FIASCO:  Blut an den weißen Westen der Wall Street Broker.
  • FIASCO: Guns, Booze and Bloodlust: the Truth About High Finance
  • Infectious Greed : How Deceit and Risk Corrupted the Financial Markets
  • Codicia Contagiosa

 

 

"An End to the Exclusive Rating Franchise? June 16, 2003, by Joseph Neu --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=1&areaid=1318 

Treasurers’ love-hate relationship with credit rating agencies is something we have followed with interest of late (see 3/24/03). In part, this is because it is easy to be sympathetic with the treasurers’ argument that the rating process is way too subjective relative to its potential impact on a corporation’s financial wellbeing. But this begs the question: What is the more objective alternative?

Defining treasury’s interests ahead of change. We aren’t the only ones who have taken an increasing interest in the role of rating agencies of late. In the wake of the corporate scandals in the US, and the “lagging” nature of credit rating indications, the SEC has been mandated by Sarbanes-Oxley to revisit the role of rating agencies, the state of regulatory scrutiny over them and, most especially, the special status that it grants a few rating agencies (i.e., NRSROs) to provide regulatory benchmarks.

In its latest effort, the SEC has issued a concept letter, asking for public comments on related questions (see here).

All this makes now an opportune time for treasurers to consider the current rating processes, as executed by the rating agencies, and weigh the potential alternatives to determine what sort of process they might like to see, and who other than the current NRSROs they would like to rate them. Given the potential for change at hand, now is the time to make your voices heard.

And by no means should this call to action be limited to treasurers in the US. As we’ve noted, the Americanization of capital markets globally have made obtaining a rating (and managing a rating agency relationship) increasingly critical abroad. Indeed, the Association for Corporate Treasurers (ACT) in the UK held a recent conference on the subject, aptly titled Rating Agencies: Prophet’s, Judges or Mere Mortals? There, as elsewhere, treasurers expressed the desire for greater transparency in the rating process. They also want more reliance on replicable quantitative analysis that could be used to help them manage their rating.

Ideally, were there a standard analytical model, it could be embedded into a risk management application to help treasury track a shadow rating. This, in turn, could help treasurers determine how different actions might impact that rating.

An opportunity for broker-dealers. That the ACT conference was sponsored by Merrill Lynch may be telling as well. Could broker-dealers find a way to break into the seemingly lucrative franchise enjoyed by Moody’s and S&P? If not in the US, then perhaps they can abroad, where the concept of NRSRO is not as well established.

One scenario treasurers (and the SEC) should consider, therefore, is what if broker-dealers offered credit “rating” services?

At first, this might appear to make the rating management game more like that played with equity analysts. This used to mean talking analysts into the right quarterly earnings (or non-earnings) targets (with influence from the investment banking business offered), and managing EPS (or proforma results) accordingly. But, given the current scrutiny of broker-dealer analysts’ objectivity, it is hard to see how they would be allowed to expand the business of using their analysts on the credit side to assign buy/sell signals on debt.

Their opening to this market, however, could come in the form of their own internal risk models, which the SEC is considering allowing broker-dealers to use as an alternative to NRSRO ratings to help determine capital charges on debt securities.

If a broker-dealer is holding your paper for whatever reason, wouldn’t you want to know how their model “rating” compared to the rating agencies’ (and why shouldn’t you know)?

Risk analytics vs. rating analyst. To some extent, this information will find its way to the market. After all, the models broker-dealers employ to determine internal capital charges are not all that different from those they use to price credit risk for external use (e.g., for credit derivatives). The models could also be used to help fund managers optimize portfolios from a risk management perspective and sell them paper with the right risk profile to fill the gaps.

At some point, the markets must be allowed to determine how best to utilize traditional credit ratings in conjunction with emerging credit risk-assessment provided by analytical models, without regulatory favoritism. Risk modeling and analytics have advanced quite a bit in the last decade, which is why the rating agencies themselves have developed (or acquired) model-based risk analytics capabilities in parallel to traditional rating services. Both approaches should be considered by treasurers—and both should held to objective standards by regulators.

 


Also see software.

 

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

S-Terms

SAS 92

Auditing Requirements for Derivative Financial Securities
Auditing Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities, and Investments in Securities

http://www.aicpa.org/members/div/auditstd/riasai/sas92.htm 

A Nice Summary of SAS 92 is Available Online (Auditing, Derivative Financial Instruments, Hedging)

SAS 92-New Guidance on Auditing Derivatives and Securities
by Joe Sanders, Ph.D., CPA and Stan Clark, Ph.D., CPA 
http://www.ohioscpa.com/member/publications/Journal/1st2001/page10.asp
  

Auditors face many challenges in auditing derivatives and securities. These instruments have become more complex, their use more common and the accounting requirements to provide fair value information are expanding. There is also an increasing tendency for entities to use service organizations to help manage activities involving financial instruments. To assist auditors with these challenges, the Auditing Standards Board (ASB) issued SAS 92, Auditing Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities and Investments in Securities. The ASB is also currently developing a companion Audit Guide. SAS 92 supersedes SAS 81, Auditing Investments.

SAS 92 provides a framework for auditors to use in planning and performing auditing procedures for assertions about all financial instruments and hedging activities. The Audit Guide will show how to use the framework provided by the SAS for a variety of practice issues. The purpose of this article is to summarize and explain some of the more significant aspects of SAS 92.

Scope SAS 92 applies to:

Derivative instruments, as defined in SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity. Hedging activities which also fall under SFAS 133. Debt and equity securities, as defined in SFAS 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. The auditor should also refer to APB 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock. Special Skill or Knowledge

SEC Chairman Arthur Levitt, in his speech on renewing the covenant with investors stated, "I recognize that new financial instruments, new technologies and even new markets demand more specialized know-how to effectively audit many of today's companies".1 One of the first items noted in SAS 92 is that the auditor may need to seek assistance in planning and performing audit procedures for financial instruments. This advice is based primarily on the complexity of SFAS 133. Understanding an entities' information system for derivatives, including work provided by a service organization, may require the auditor to seek assistance from within the firm or from an outside expert. SAS 73 provides guidance on using the work of a specialist.

Inherent Risk Assessment

The inherent risk related to financial instruments is the susceptibility to a material misstatement, assuming there are no related controls. Assessing inherent risk for financial instruments, particularly complex derivatives, can be difficult. To assess inherent risk for financial instruments, auditors should understand both the economics and business purpose of the entity's financial activities. Auditors will need to make inquiries of management to understand how the entity uses financial instruments and the risks associated with them. SAS 92 provides several examples of considerations that might affect the auditor's assessment of the inherent risk for assertions about financial instruments:2

The complexity of the features of the derivative or security. Whether the transaction that gave rise to the derivative or security involved the exchange of cash. The entity's experience with derivatives or securities. Whether the derivative is freestanding or an embedded feature of an agreement. The evolving nature of derivatives and the applicable generally accepted accounting principles. Significant reliance on outside parties. Control Risk Assessment

SAS 92 includes a section on control risk assessment. Control risk is the risk that a material misstatement could occur and would not be prevented or detected in a timely manner by an entity's internal control. Management is responsible for providing direction to financial activities through clearly stated policies. These policies should be documented and might include:

Policies regarding the types of instruments and transactions that may be entered into and for what purposes. Limits for the maximum allowable exposure to each type of risk, including a list of approved securities broker-dealers and counterparties to derivative transactions. Methods for monitoring the financial risks of financial instruments, particularly derivatives, and the related control procedures. Internal reporting of exposures, risks and the results of actions taken by management. Auditors should understand the contents of financial reports received by management and how they are used. For example, "stop loss" limits are used to protect against sudden drops in the market value of financial instruments. These limits require all speculative positions to be closed out immediately if the unrealized loss on those positions reaches a certain level. Management reports may include comparisons of stop loss positions and actual trading positions to the policies set by the board of directors.

The entity's use of a service organization will require the auditor to gain an understanding of the nature of the service organization's services, the materiality of the transactions it processes, and the degree of interaction between its activities and those of the entity. It may also require the auditor to gain an understanding of the service organization's controls over the transactions the service organization processes for it.

Designing Substantive Procedures Based on Risk Assessments

The auditor should use the assessed levels of inherent and control risk to determine the acceptable level of detection risk for assertions about financial instruments and to determine the nature, timing, and extent of the substantive tests to be performed to detect material misstatements of the assertions. Substantive procedures should address the following five categories of assertions included in SAS 31, Evidential Matter:

1. Existence or occurrence. Existence assertions address whether the derivatives and securities reported in the financial statements through recognition or disclosure exist at the balance sheet date. Occurrence assertions address whether changes in derivatives or securities reported as part of earnings, other comprehensive income, cash flows or through disclosure occurred. Examples of substantive procedures for existence or occurrence assertions include:3

Confirmation with the holder of the security, including securities in electronic form or with the counterparty to the derivative. Confirmation of settled or unsettled transactions with the broker-dealer counterparty. Physical inspection of the security or derivative contract. Inspecting supporting documentation for subsequent realization or settlement after the end of the reporting period. Performing analytical procedures. 2. Completeness. Completeness assertions address whether all of the entity's derivatives and securities are reported in the financial statements through recognition or disclosure. Since derivatives may involve only a commitment to perform under a contract and not an initial exchange of tangible consideration, auditors should not focus exclusively on evidence relating to cash receipts and disbursements.

3. Rights and obligations. These assertions address whether the entity has rights and obligations associated with derivatives and securities reported in the financial statements. For example, are assets pledged or do side agreements exist that allow the purchaser of a security to return the security after a specified period of time? Confirming significant terms with the counterparty to a derivative or the holder of a security would be a substantive procedure testing assertions about rights and obligations.

4. Valuation. Under SFAS 115 and SFAS 133 many financial instruments must now be measured at fair value, and fair value information must be disclosed for most derivatives and securities that are measured at some other amount.

The auditor should obtain evidence corroborating the fair value of financial instruments measured or disclosed at fair value. The method for determining fair value may be specified by generally accepted accounting principles and may vary depending on the industry in which the entity operates or the nature of the entity. Such differences may relate to the consideration of price quotations from inactive markets and significant liquidity discounts, control premiums, commissions and other costs that would be incurred to dispose of the financial instrument.

If the derivative or security is valued by the entity using a valuation model (for example, the Black-Scholes option pricing model), the auditor should assess the reasonableness and appropriateness of the model. The auditor should also determine whether the market variables and assumptions used are reasonable and appropriately supported. Estimates of expected future cash flows, for example, to determine the fair value of long-term obligations should be based on reasonable and supportable assumptions.

The method for determining fair value also may vary depending on the type of asset or liability. For example, the fair value of an obligation may be determined by discounting expected future cash flows, while the fair value of an equity security may be its quoted market price. SAS 92 provides guidance on audit evidence that may be used to corroborate these assertions about fair value.

5. Presentation and disclosure. These assertions address whether the classification, description and disclosure of derivatives and securities are in conformity with GAAP. For some derivatives and securities, GAAP may prescribe presentation and disclosure requirements, for example:

Certain securities are required to be classified into categories based on management's intent and ability such as trading, available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. Changes in the fair value of derivatives used to hedge depend on whether the derivative is a fair-value hedge or an expected cash flow hedge, and on the degree of effectiveness of the hedge. Hedging Transactions

Hedging will require large amounts of documentation by the client. For starters, the auditor will need to examine the companies' established policy for risk management. For each derivative, management should document what risk it is hedging, how it is expected to hedge that risk and how the effectiveness will be tested. Without documentation, the client will not be allowed hedge accounting. Auditors will need to gather evidence to support the initial designation of an instrument as a hedge, the continued application of hedge accounting and the effectiveness of the hedge.

To satisfy these accounting requirements, management's policy for financial instrument transactions might also include the following elements whenever the entity engages in hedging activities:

An assessment of the risks that need to be hedged The objectives of hedging and the strategy for achieving those objectives. The methods management will use to measure the effectiveness of the strategy. Reporting requirements for the monitoring and review of the hedge program. Impairment Losses

Management's responsibility to determine whether a decline in fair value is other than temporary is explicitly recognized in SAS 92. The auditor will need to evaluate whether management has considered relevant information in determining whether other-than-temporary impairment exists. SAS 92 provides examples of circumstances that indicate an other-than-temporary impairment condition may exist:4

Management Representations

The auditor must obtain written representations from management confirming their intent and ability assertions related to derivatives and securities. For example, the intent and ability to hold a debt security until it matures or to enter into a forecasted transaction for which hedge accounting is applied. Appendix B of SAS 85 (AU Sec. 333.17) includes illustrative representations about derivative and security transactions.

Summary

SAS 92 provides guidance for auditing derivatives and securities. Accounting requirements related to these instruments, SFAS 115 and SFAS 133, are very complex and because of their extensive use of fair value measures require significant use of judgment by the accountant. SAS 92 establishes a framework for auditors to assess whether the entity has complied with the provisions of SFAS 115 and SFAS 133. However, because of the subjective nature of many of the requirements of these two standards, considerable auditor judgment will be required to comply with SAS 92.

Effective Date

This SAS is effective for audits of financial statements for fiscal years ending on or after June 30, 2001. Early adoption is permitted.

 

Settlement Date =

the date at which a payable is paid or a receivable is collected.

Paul Pacter notes the following at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm 

IAS 39
An enterprise will recognise normal purchases of securities in the market place either at trade date or settlement date. If settlement date accounting is used, IAS 39 requires recognition of certain value changes between trade and settlement dates so that the income statement effects are the same for all enterprises
.

FAS 133
FASB does not address trade date vs. settlement date. Value change between trade and settlements dates may be included in or excluded from measurement of net income.

 

SFAS 133

a standard issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) in June 1998.  You can read more about FAS 133 and other FASB standards at http://www.fasb.org lNote that the FASB's FAS 133 becomes required for calendar-year companies on January 1, 2001.  Early adopters can apply the standard prior to the required date, but they cannot apply it retroactively.   The January 1, 2001 effective date follows  postponements from the original starting date of June 15, 1999 stated in Paragraph 48 on Page 29 of FAS 133.   For fiscal-year companies, the effective date is June 15, 2000The international counterpart known as the IASC's IAS 39 becomes effective for financial statements for financial years beginning on the same January 1, 2001.  Earlier application permitted for financial years ending after March 15, 1999 

The FASB staff has prepared a new updated edition of Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This essential aid to implementation presents Statement 133 as amended by Statements 137 and 138. Also, it includes the results of the Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG), as cleared by the FASB through December 10, 2001, with cross-references between the issues and the paragraphs of the Statement.

“The staff at the FASB has prepared this publication to bring together in one document the current guidance on accounting for derivatives,” said Kevin Stoklosa, FASB project manager. “To put it simply, it’s a ‘one-stop-shop’ approach that we hope our readers will find easier to use.”

Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—DC133-2

Prices: $30.00 each copy for Members of the Financial Accounting Foundation, the Accounting Research Association (ARA) of the AICPA, and academics; $37.50 each copy for others.

International Orders: A 50% surcharge will be applied to orders that are shipped overseas, except for shipments made to U.S. possessions, Canada, and Mexico. Please remit in local currency at the current exchange rate.

To order:

In May of 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Statement amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under Statement 133 --- http://www.fasb.org/news/nr043003.shtml 

Norwalk, CT, April 30, 2003—Today the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Statement amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under Statement 133.

The new guidance amends Statement 133 for decisions made:

  • as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group process that effectively required amendments to Statement 133,
  • in connection with other Board projects dealing with financial instruments, and
  • regarding implementation issues raised in relation to the application of the definition of a derivative, particularly regarding the meaning of an “underlying” and the characteristics of a derivative that contains financing components.

The amendments set forth in Statement 149 improve financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, this Statement clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative as discussed in Statement 133. In addition, it clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. Statement 149 amends certain other existing pronouncements. Those changes will result in more consistent reporting of contracts that are derivatives in their entirety or that contain embedded derivatives that warrant separate accounting.

Effective Dates and Order Information

This Statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except as stated below and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The guidance should be applied prospectively.

The provisions of this Statement that relate to Statement 133 Implementation Issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, should continue to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. In addition, certain provisions relating to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that do not yet exist, should be applied to existing contracts as well as new contracts entered into after June 30, 2003.

Copies of Statement 149 may be obtained through the FASB Order Department at 800-748-0659 or by placing an order on-line at the FASB website.

The FASB created a special Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG).  Some general DIG exceptions to the scope of FAS 133 are listed in the "C" category at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/derivatives/issuindex.html 

The FASB has a CD-ROM course at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/ 

The FASB's Derivatives Implementation Group website is at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/digsum.html

FAS 133 replaces the Exposure Draft publication Number 162-B, June 1996 .

The International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC) later came out with IAS 39 which is similar to but less detailed than FAS 133. 

The FASB address is Financial Accounting Standards Board, P.O. Box 5116, Norwalk, CT 06856-5116. Phone: 203-847-0700 and Fax: 203-849-9714.  The web site is at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/

The for-free IASC comparison study of IAS 39 versus FAS 133 (by Paul Pacter) at http://www.iasc.org.uk/news/cen8_142.htm

The non-free FASB comparison study of all standards entitled The IASC-U.S. Comparison Project: A Report on the Similarities and Differences between IASC Standards and U.S. GAAP
SECOND EDITION, (October 1999) at http://www.rutgers.edu/Accounting/raw/fasb/IASC/iascus2d.html

You can read more about the FAS 133 history in my transcriptions listed in the Table of Contents of this document.  Also see disclosure.

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

FAS 138 Implementation Issues
"Implementation of SFAS 138, Amendments to SFAS 133," The CPA Journal, November 2001. (With Angela L.J. Huang and John S. Putoubas), pp. 54-56 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2001/1100/dept/d115401.htm 

Why There Are New Rules for 
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments

What is the thinking behind the need for FAS 133? 
What was the problem with hedge accounting prior to FAS 133?

The new FAS 133 standard entitled Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities was released in 1998 after an Exposure Draft 162-B circulated for two years around the U.S. and a temporary FAS 119 standard required disclosures in footnotes while FAS 133 was being written.  It was followed soon thereafter by IAS 39 that imposed similar requirements for international reporting and CICA 39 for Canadian reporting of the same types of derivative instruments.  These and the similar new standards in some other nations differ only in minor ways.  

What was new in all of these standards was that derivative financial instruments have to be booked initially at fair value and then adjusted to fair value on all reporting dates, especially for quarterly and annual audited financial statements released to the public.  Most derivatives, other than options and futures contracts covered by FAS 80, were not booked or even disclosed in financial reports prior to these newer standards.  The really problematic derivatives were forward contracts and swaps.  Swaps were not even invented until the early 1980s, and firms were not reporting enormous risks and off-balance-sheet-financing as swaps and forward contracts exploded in popularity in the late 1980s and early 1990s.  For example, companies that formerly managed cash with Treasury Bills, shifted to interest rate swaps for managing interest rate risk on trillions of dollars.  

Futures contracts were accounted for pretty well under FAS 80 since these contracts settle in cash frequently (usually daily) prior to expiration.  Options contracts were not accounted for well at all since only the initial cost (premium) was booked and amortized over the life of each option.  The problem was that the booked value of the option was generally small and irrelevant relative to the much larger fair value of the option.

In the early 1990s, enormous frauds using derivative financial instruments were coming to light.  Both governmental (e.g., Orange County) and corporate (e.g., Proctor and Gamble) scandals revealed how investment banks were writing misleading and immensely complicated derivative contracts to dupe organizations out of billions of dollars.  Many of the scandals are in derivative financial instruments are documented at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds 
In particular, note Frank Partnoy's truly sickening revelations of intentional frauds perpetrated by virtually all the world's leading investment banks.

Paragraphs 212 and 213 of FAS 133 read as follows at http://www.fasb.org/st/index.shtml#fas150

212. Concern has grown about the accounting and disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities as the extent of use and the complexity of derivatives and hedging activities have rapidly increased in recent years. Changes in global financial markets and related financial innovations have led to the development of new derivatives used to manage exposures to risk, including interest rate, foreign exchange, price, and credit risks. Many believe that accounting standards have not kept pace with those changes. Derivatives can be useful risk management tools, and some believe that the inadequacy of financial reporting may have discouraged their use by contributing to an atmosphere of uncertainty. Concern about inadequate financial reporting also was heightened by the publicity surrounding large derivative losses at a few companies. As a result, the Securities and Exchange Commission, members of Congress, and others urged the Board to deal expeditiously with reporting problems in this area. For example, a report of the General Accounting Office prepared for Congress in 1994 recommended, among other things, that the FASB "proceed expeditiously to develop and issue an exposure draft that provides comprehensive, consistent accounting rules for derivative products. . . ." \30/ In addition, some users of financial statements asked for improved disclosures and accounting for derivatives and hedging. For example, one of the recommendations in the December 1994 report published by the AICPA Special Committee on Financial Reporting, Improving Business Reporting-A Customer Focus, was to address the disclosures and accounting for innovative financial instruments.


213. Because of the urgency of improved financial information about derivatives and related activities, the Board decided, in December 1993, to redirect some of its efforts toward enhanced disclosures
and, in October 1994, issued FASB Statement No. 119, Disclosure about Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments. This Statement supersedes Statement 119.

Even when the derivative contracts are used for economic hedges, the risk exposures prior to expiration of the hedge can be huge since many hedges are highly ineffective prior to expiration of the derivative contracts.  What makes derivative financial instruments unique relative to other financial instruments is that derivatives customarily have either zero initial cost (e.g., for forwards, futures and swap contracts) or exceedingly small initial premiums for options.  Hence the traditional historical cost accounting standards were meaningless for derivative instruments.  For FAS 133, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) decided to require continuous fair market value booking and adjustments (commonly called Mark-To-Market (MTM) adjustments.  

What the FASB wanted was to simply adjust derivatives to fair value as assets or liabilities and to charge current earnings with the incremental unrealized gains or losses.  All hell broke loose, however, when this was proposed to the business community, because such adjustments sometimes resulted in enormous fluctuations of reported earnings.  These fluctuations were especially troublesome in theory and in practice for firms who were only using derivatives to hedge risk.  Unless there was some way to adjust hedging derivatives to fair value without impacting current earnings, firms who hedged were actually going to look more risky than if they were not hedging risk.

This forced the FASB, the IASB, and other standard setters to adopt hedge accounting relief in the newer standards that require that derivative financial instruments be carried at fair value.  What might have been a relatively simple FAS 133 thus exploded to way over 500 paragraphs of technical jargon and complex accounting rules like the world as ever known.  At the time I am writing this in February 2004, most European nations have agreed to implement all IAS standards in January of 2005 except for IAS 39 which business firms in Europe refuse to accept at this juncture.  FAS 133 has been in effect in the U.S. since Year 2000 and has caused enormous confusion and reporting errors, most notable of which is Freddie Mac --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm#FreddieMac 

The new standards also create immense problems for auditors, some of which are dealt with in SAS 92.

Auditing Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities, and Investments in Securities
http://www.aicpa.org/members/div/auditstd/riasai/sas92.htm 

 

Hedge accounting affords companies opportunities to book and adjust derivative financial instruments to fair value at all times.  However, many business firms are upset because the required hedge effectiveness tests cause them to lose part or all their hedge accounting.

 

Short =

Ownership of an investment position, security, or instrument such that falling market prices will benefit the owner.  This is also known as a short position.  For example, the purchase of a put option is a short position because the owner of the put option goes in the money with falling prices.   A short position may also arise when investor incurs rights and obligations that mirror the risk-return characteristics of another investor's asset position such that a change in value in opposite directions to that asset position.  See also long.

Short sales do not meet Paragraph 6b, Page 3, definition of a FAS 133 derivative instrument if they require a significant initial investment premium.   Footnote 18 on Page 39 and Paragraph 290 on Page 145 leave the door partly ajar for declaring short sales to be derivative instruments and qualify as fair value hedges.   Paragraph 20, however, does not allow nonderivative instruments to be fair value hedges.  Short sales of borrowed security hedges do not meet the Paragraphs 6b and 8 criteria to qualify as derivative hedging instruments.  Short sales of borrowed securities are defined, in Paragraph 59d on Page 39 of FAS 133, in terms of having at least one of the following activities: 

(1) Selling a security (by the short seller to the purchaser)

(2) Borrowing a security (by the short seller from the lender)

(3) Delivering the borrowed security (by the short seller to the purchaser)

(4) Purchasing a security (by the short seller from the market)

(5) Delivering the purchased security (by the short seller to the lender).

Those five activities involve three separate contracts. A contract
that distinguishes a short sale involves activities (2) and (5), borrowing a security and replacing it by delivering an identical security. Such a contract has two of the three characteristics of a derivative instrument.  The settlement is based on an underlying (the price of the security) and a notional amount (the face amount of the security or the number of shares),and the settlement is made by delivery of a security that is readily convertible to cash. However, the other characteristic, little or no initial net investment, is not present. The borrowed security is the lender's initial net investment in the contract. Consequently, the contract relating to activities (2) and (5) is not a derivative instrument.  The other two contracts (one for activities (1) and (3) and the other for activity (4)) are routine and do not generally involve derivative instruments. However, if a forward purchase or sale is involved, and the contract does not qualify for the exception in paragraph 10(a), it is subject to the requirements of this Statement.

In Paragraph 290 on Page 145 of FAS 133, the FASB wavered on certain types of contracts as follows:

Several respondents to the Exposure Draft asked the Board for specific guidance about whether some contracts meet the definition of a derivative instrument, including sales of securities not yet owned ("short sales"), take-or-pay contracts, and contracts with liquidating damages or other termination clauses. The Board cannot definitively state whether those types of contracts will always (or never) meet the definition because their terms and related customary practices vary.

Short-Cut Method for Interest Rate Swaps =

steps to computing interest accruals and amortization adjustments for interest rate swaps that have no ineffectiveness.   The main attractiveness of the shortcut it that for interest rate swaps, quarterly testing for hedge ineffectiveness is not required.  Whenever possible, firms seek to use the shortcut method.  For interest rate swap cash flow hedges the short-cut method steps are listed in Paragraph 132 on Pages 72-73 of FAS 133.  For fair value hedges, see Paragraph 114 on Page 62 of FAS 133.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 68 for the exact conditions that have to be met if an entity is to assume no ineffectiveness in a hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset/liability and an interest rate swap.  Also see interest rate swaps, transition accounting, and basis adjustment.

My understanding is that the “long haul” method is any situation where the stringent tests for shortcut method do not hold. Thus tests for ineffectiveness must be conducted at each reset date. This is problematic for swaps and options especially since the market for the hedged item entails a different set of buyers than the market for the hedging instrument, thereby increasing the likelihood of ineffectiveness.

I do not have a spreadsheet illustration of ineffectiveness testing for interest rate swaps, but the tests I assume are the same as those tests used for other hedges. Some analysts assume that the “long haul” method applies to regression tests (as opposed to dollar offset), and regression tests (unlike dollar offset tests) cannot be applied retrospectively.  See “Ineffectiveness” at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#I-Terms

Also see
http://www.accountingweb.com/cgi-bin/item.cgi?id=101227&d=815&h=817&f=816&dateformat=%25o%20%25B%20%25Y

If the critical terms of the hedging instrument and the entire hedged asset/liability or hedged forecasted transaction are the same, an enterprise could conclude that changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged are expected to completely offset at inception and on an ongoing basis.  For example, an entity may assume that a hedge of a forecasted purchase of a commodity with a forward contract will be highly effective and that there will be no ineffectiveness to be recognized in net profit or loss if:

(a) the forward contract is for purchase of the same quantity of the same commodity at the same time and location as the hedged forecasted purchase.

(b) the fair value of the forward contract at inception is zero.

(c) either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract is excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in net profit or loss or the change in expected cash flows on the forecasted transaction is based on the forward price for the commodity 
(IAS 39 Paragraph 151)
(FAS 133 Paragraph 65)

 

DIG Issue E4 at http://www.fasb.org/derivatives/ 
QUESTIONS

Can the shortcut method be applied if most but not all of the applicable conditions in paragraph 68 are met?

Can that shortcut method be applied to hedging relationships that involve hedging instruments other than interest rate swaps or that involve hedged risks other than market interest rate risk?

Can the shortcut method be applied to a fair value hedge of a callable interest-bearing debt instrument if the hedging interest rate swap has matching call provisions?

BACKGROUND

The conditions for assuming no ineffectiveness and thus being able to apply the shortcut method are listed in paragraph 68, which states in part:

An entity may assume no ineffectiveness in a hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset or liability and an interest rate swap if all of the applicable conditions in the following list are met.... Paragraphs 114 and 132 discuss the steps to be used in applying the shortcut method to Examples 2 and 5, respectively.

RESPONSE

Question 1 No. The shortcut method can be applied only if all of the applicable conditions in paragraph 68 are met. That is, all the conditions applicable to fair value hedges must be met to apply the shortcut method to a fair value hedge and all the conditions applicable to cash flow hedges must be met to apply the shortcut method to a cash flow hedge. A hedging relationship cannot qualify for application of the shortcut method based on an assumption of no ineffectiveness justified by applying other criteria.

Given the potential for not recognizing hedge ineffectiveness in earnings under the shortcut method, Statement 133 intentionally limits its application only to hedging relationships that meet each and every applicable condition in paragraph 68. Thus, if the interest rate swap at the inception of the hedging relationship has a positive or negative fair value, the shortcut method cannot be used even if all the other conditions are met. (See condition 68(b).) Similarly, because a callable financial instrument is prepayable, the shortcut method cannot be applied to a debt instrument that contains an embedded call option (unless the hedging interest rate swap in a fair value hedge contains a mirror-image call option, as discussed in Question 3). (See condition 68(d).) The verb match is used in the specified conditions in paragraph 68 to mean be exactly the same or correspond exactly.

Question 2 No. Because paragraph 68 specifies only a hedging relationship that involves only an interest rate swap as the hedging instrument, the shortcut method cannot be applied to relationships hedging interest rate risk that involve hedging instruments other than interest rate swaps. Similarly, the shortcut method described in paragraphs 114 and 132 cannot be applied to hedging relationships that involve hedged risks other than the risk of changes in fair value (or cash flows) attributable to changes in market interest rates. However, the inability to apply the shortcut method to a hedging relationship does not suggest that that relationship must result in some ineffectiveness. Paragraph 65 points out a situation in which a hedging relationship involving a commodities forward contract would be considered to result in no ineffectiveness.

Question 3 An entity is not precluded from applying the shortcut method to a fair value hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset or liability that is prepayable due to an embedded call option provided that the hedging interest rate swap contains an embedded mirror-image call option. The call option embedded in the swap is considered a mirror image of the call option embedded in the hedged item if (a) the terms of the two call options match exactly (including matching maturities, related notional amounts, timing and frequency of payments, and dates on which the instruments may be called) and (b) the entity is the writer of one call option and the holder (or purchaser) of the other call option.

Similarly, an entity is not precluded from applying the shortcut method to a fair value hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset or liability that is prepayable due to an embedded put option provided the hedging interest rate swap contains an embedded mirror-image put option.

General Comments Statement 133 acknowledges in paragraph 70 that a hedging relationship that meets all of the applicable conditions in paragraph 68 may nevertheless involve some ineffectiveness (notwithstanding the supposed “assumption of no ineffectiveness”). Yet Statement 133 permits application of the shortcut method, which does not recognize such ineffectiveness currently in earnings. For example, the change in the fair value of an interest rate swap may not offset the change in the fair value of a fixed-rate receivable attributable to the hedged risk (resulting in hedge ineffectiveness) due to either (a) a change in the creditworthiness of the counterparty on the swap or (b) a change in the credit spread over the base Treasury rate for the debtor’s particular credit sector (sometimes referred to as a change in the sector spread). Although an expectation of such hedge ineffectiveness potentially could either (a) preclude fair value hedge accounting at inception or (b) trigger current recognition in earnings under regular fair value hedge accounting, the shortcut method masks that ineffectiveness and does not require its current recognition in earnings. In fact, the shortcut method does not even require that the change in the fair value of the hedged fixed-rate receivable attributable to the hedged risk be calculated.

Although a hedging relationship may not qualify for the shortcut method, the application of regular fair value hedge accounting may nevertheless result in recognizing no ineffectiveness. For example, an analysis of the characteristics of the hedged item and the hedging derivative may, in some circumstances, cause an entity’s calculation of the change in the hedged item’s fair value attributable to the hedged risk to be an amount that is equal and offsetting to the change in the derivative’s fair value. In those circumstances, because there is no ineffectiveness that needs to be reported, the result of the fair value hedge accounting would be the same as under the shortcut method.

At its July 28, 1999 meeting, the Board reached the above answer to Question 3. Absent that, the staff would have been able to provide only the answer that because a callable financial instrument is prepayable, the shortcut method cannot be applied to a callable debt instrument even if the hedging interest rate swap has a matching call provision. The Board noted that, in developing the provisions in paragraph 68(d), it had not focused on situations in which the hedging interest rate swap contains a mirror-image call provision and, had it focused on the situation described above, it would have arrived at the above guidance.

 

 

Derivatives Implementation Group

Title: Transition Provisions: Use of the Shortcut Method in the Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption

Paragraph references: 48, 52, 68

Date released: November 1999

QUESTIONS

For a hedging relationship that existed prior to the initial adoption of Statement 133 and that would have met the requirements for the shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship, may the transition adjustment upon initial adoption be calculated as though the shortcut method had been applied since the inception of that hedging relationship?

In deciding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a designated hedging relationship that is the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship, should the requirements of paragraph 68(b) (that the derivative has a zero fair value) be based on the swap's fair value at the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship rather than at the inception of the hedging relationship newly designated under Statement 133 upon its initial adoption?

RESPONSES

Question 1 Yes. For a hedging relationship that involves an interest rate swap designated as the hedging instrument, that existed prior to the initial adoption of Statement 133, and that would have met the requirements for the shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship, an entity may choose to calculate the transition adjustment upon initial adoption either (a) pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 52, as discussed in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. J8, "Adjusting the Hedged Item's Carrying Amount for the Transition Adjustment related to a Fair-Value-Type Hedging Relationship," or (b) as though the shortcut method had been applied since the inception of that hedging relationship, as discussed below. Under either approach, the interest rate swap would be recognized in the statement of financial position as either an asset or liability measured at fair value.

If the previous hedging relationship was a fair-value-type hedge, the difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair value would be included in the transition adjustment and recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income. The hedged item's carrying amount would be adjusted to the amount that it would have been had the shortcut method for a fair value hedge of interest rate risk been applied from the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship; that adjustment would be recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.

If the previous hedging relationship was a cash-flow-type hedge, the difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair value would be included in the transition adjustment and allocated between a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive income and a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income, as follows. The cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive income would be the amount necessary to adjust the balance of other comprehensive income to the amount that it would have been related to that swap on the date of initial adoption had the shortcut method been applied from the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship. The remainder, if any, of the transition adjustment would be recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.

Question 2 Yes. In deciding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a designated hedging relationship that is the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship, the requirements of paragraph 68(b) (requiring that the derivative has a zero fair value) should be based on the swap's fair value at the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship rather than at the inception of the hedging relationship newly designated under Statement 133 upon its initial adoption. However, if the hedging relationship that is designated upon adoption of Statement 133 is not the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship (that is, not the same hedging instrument and same hedged item or transaction), then the decision regarding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 should be based on the fair value of the swap at the date of initial adoption.

May 6, 2005 message from Dennis Beresford [dberesfo@terry.uga.edu]

Bob,

I just finished listening to the GE web cast and it is fascinating. It's interesting to listen to the company's explanations of what happened and to the analysts' questions. The web cast is available at: http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=118676&p=irol-eventdetails&EventId=1062945&WebCastId=443224&StreamId=533758  although these things usually get removed after a month or so. They also said that they would post a transcript of the web cast later today.

Denny

May 6, 2005 reply from Bob Jensen

Hi Denny,

I enjoyed part of the Webcast and appreciated the fact that the analysis of why GE is restating its financial statements came near the beginning of the Webcast.  I thought the explanation was direct and very clear.  The restatement tends to make a FAS 133 mountain out of an economic mole hill.

Scholars interested in the Shortcut Method for Interest Rate Swaps will find this GE Webcast interesting. FAS 133 makes a huge exception for having to test for hedge effectiveness of interest rate swaps. This is important, because typical tests of effectiveness such as the dollar offset test will often fail quarter to quarter for such swaps. Not having to test for effectiveness helps to avoid having to declare swap hedges ineffective when, in my viewpoint, they are perfectly effective over the life of the swap.

GE executives decided after the fact that they thought they were eligible for the Short Cut Method on some swaps that technically violated one SCM test. The impact is rather small and not a big deal even though GE is going to restate its financial statements to the tune of about $300 million.

The important point for academics and practitioners is to learn why GE decided they did not meet the SCM tests outlined under "Short Cut Method for Interest Rate Swaps" in my glossary at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#S-Terms 

The important point for standard setters is to learn that this is yet another technicality in an accounting rule that has absolutely no impact on the actual economic performance or cash flows of a company. I think standard setters have to become more creative in distinguishing cash/economic outcomes versus fluctuations in financial performance that are transitory and have no ultimate impact on cash/economic performance.

This earnings restatement by GE due to derivatives is much less complex than the macro hedging complications of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm#FannieMae

Bob Jensen

"Hedging with Swaps: When Shortcut Accounting Can’t be Applied," by Ira G. Kawaller, Bank Asset/Liability Management, June 2003 --- http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/BALM_Hedging_with_Swaps.pdf 

For bank asset/liability management, when using derivatives, “hedge accounting” treatment is an imperative. It assures that gains or losses associated with hedging instruments will contribute to earnings simultaneously with the risks being hedged. Otherwise – i.e., without hedge accounting – these two effects will likely impact earnings in different accounting periods, resulting in an elevated level of income volatility that obscures the risk management objectives of the hedging entity. 

For most managers with interest rate exposures, the desired treatment can be assured if appropriately tailored swaps contracts serve as the hedging instrument. Under these conditions, entities may apply the “Shortcut” treatment, which essentially guarantees that the accounting results will reflect the intended economics of the hedge and that no unintended income effects will occur. For example, synthetic fixed rate debt (created by issuing variable rate debt and swapping to fixed), would generate interest expenses on the income statement that would be indistinguishable from that which would arise from traditional fixed rate funding. Synthetic instrument accounting is persevered with the shortcut treatment. Qualifying for the shortcut treatment also has another benefit of obviating the need for any effectiveness testing, thereby eliminating an administrative burden and reducing some measure of the associated hedge documentation obligation.

See Ineffectiveness and Software  

Hi Donna,

If your client uses variable rate debt as the hedged item, there is cash flow risk and you can hedge this with an interest rate swap. If the hedge and the hedged item are both based on LIBOR, you have eliminated interest rate risk of the combined cash flows and should qualify for the shortcut method as explained in Paragraph 132 of FAS 133. In fact, your example is a lot like Example 5 of Appendix B that begins in Paragraph 131. You can read my discussion of Example 5 at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/133ex05.htm 

The Example 5 Excel workbook solution is at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/133ex05.xls 

Note in my Excel workbook above how complicated the derivation of fair values of interest rate swaps can become. You have to go to Bloomberg terminals and derive swap (yield) curves. One advantage of the shortcut method is that it allows you to assume that the value of the hedge exactly offsets the value of the hedged item. If the hedged item is easier to value (e.g., if there is a daily market price on the bonds), then you have saved yourself a lot of time and expense of valuing the swap and testing for hedge ineffectiveness.

Whenever possible, interest rate hedges are designed to qualify for the shortcut method.

You can read more about this under my definition of "Yield Curve" at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

For a better understanding about how FAS 138 impacts upon FAS 133 in this regard, go to the definitions of "benchmarking" at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#B-Terms 

Hope this helps!

Bob (Robert E.) Jensen Jesse H. Jones Distinguished Professor of Business Trinity University, San Antonio, TX 78212 Voice: (210) 999-7347 Fax: (210) 999-8134 Email: rjensen@trinity.edu http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen

-----Original Message----- 
From: Donna Jones [mailto:djones@tssllp.com]  
Sent: Friday, February 15, 2002 12:46 PM 
To: rjensen@trinity.edu Subject: FAS133

I am wrestling with the requirements of FAS133 as it relates to a client of mine. It is probably a simple case, if there is such a thing, and deals with an interest rate swap. The client has debt through industrial development bonds with a variable rate based on LIBOR. They entered into a swap agreement to fix the interest rate though final maturity of the bonds. This would qualify as a cash flow hedge, I think. The counter party to the agreement has valued the agreement (a market to market value) at year end. I assume I will set this up as a liability (who knew 2 1/2 years ago rates would fall this low) through accumulated other comprehensive income.

My confusion is related to assessing the hedge effectiveness. It appears that this is imperative to qualify for hedge accounting and determine the ineffective portion of the hedge. I am not sure how to document this assessment. If the hedge meets the requirements for the shortcut method of accounting, does this ease the assessment documentation requirements? Would this mean that there would never be an ineffective portion and all changes in the FMV of the hedge would be posted through accumulated other comprehensive income? Basically, they have posted interest paid on the swap agreement through interest expense.

I would appreciate your advice on this case. The information I found on your website was extensive but the requirements are extremely confusing to me. Unfortunately, I am the first partner in my firm to tackle this issue. Please let me know if you need more details of the agreement.

Thank you,

Donna Jones

Thomas, Stout & Stuart LLP 
PO Box 2220 Burlington, NC 27216 
Phone: (336)226-7343 Fax: (336)229-4204 http://tssllp.com/ 


Hi Again Donna,

In this added message to you, I am going to feature a quote from a fascinating book by Frank Partnoy.  I also want to point you to an important paper by Ira Kawaller.  But before doing so, I am going to give you more background that you ever hoped for or perhaps even want.

My purpose is to give your more background on the Shortcut Method and to demonstrate why it is so important for your clients to qualify for the Shortcut Method whenever possible. You can read the following definition in my glossary at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#S-Terms 

Shortcut Method = steps to computing interest accruals and amortization adjustments for interest rate swaps that have no ineffectiveness.  The main attractiveness of the shortcut it that for interest rate swaps, quarterly testing for hedge ineffectiveness is not required.  Whenever possible, firms seek to use the shortcut method.  For interest rate swap cash flow hedges the short-cut method steps are listed in Paragraph 132 on Pages 72-73 of FAS 133.  For fair value hedges, see Paragraph 114 on Page 62 of FAS 133.  See FAS 133 Paragraph 68 for the exact conditions that have to be met if an entity is to assume no ineffectiveness in a hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest-bearing asset/liability and an interest rate swap.

I will digress now and explain the background of FAS 133.  FAS 133 arose because of the spectacular increase in the popularity of certain types of derivative instruments, particularly interest rate swaps (that hedge fair values or cash flows) and cross-currency swaps for interest rates and foreign exchange (FX) risk.  In the case of both interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps of interest rate risk, the FASB goofed in the original FAS 133.  In the case of interest rates, the goof was to assume that firms hedge sector spreads rather than benchmarked rates.  In the case of cross-currency swaps, the goof was to not allow for simultaneous hedging of both interest rate risk and FX risk in the same swap derivative contract.  This was rectified in FAS 138 that you can read about at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/138intro.htm 

Except for futures contracts (that settle for cash daily), there was no fair value accounting for financial instruments derivatives prior to FAS 133 in the U.S. and IAS 39 internationally.  Most derivatives like forward contracts and swaps were not booked at all until maturity when cash settlements took place.  FAS 133/138 requires booking of most derivatives and subsequent  adjustment of the carrying values of the derivatives to fair value at least every 90 days.  

Originally, the FASB wanted to book changes in derivative value to current earnings even though such changes are not realized until cash settlements take place.  If that became the required accounting treatment, FAS 133 would have been about 20 simple paragraphs, and there would have been no need for the FAS 138 amendments of FAS 133.  However, corporate America complained loudly that this simplistic treatment of changes in derivative instrument fair value would lead to reporting asymmetries for hedging contracts that are highly misleading.  Their point was well taken in theory.  If the hedged item (such as bonds payable) remained at historical cost and the hedging contract (such as an interest rate swap) was carried at current fair value, the changes in the hedge's fair value would create extreme volatility in earnings.  Furthermore, such changes in earnings are unrealized and might be perfectly offset by unbooked changes in value of the hedged item.  Accounting reality would, thereby, be far removed from economic reality in the case of effective hedges.

The FASB listened to its constituencies and decided to lessen the impact of unrealized changes in hedging contract values on current earnings per share.  Doing so added over 500 paragraphs to FAS 133 plus the added paragraphs in the FAS 138 amendments to FAS 133.  It left us with the most complex and convoluted standard in the history of accountancy.

Now I will outline at the key issues of hedging ineffectiveness in FAS 133:

1.
Hedge accounting is primarily of interest to your clients because it allows changes in the fair value of a derivative hedge to be offset by something other than current earnings.  In the case of cash flow hedges and FX hedges, the offset is usually to Other Comprehensive Income (OCI).  In the case of fair value hedges, the offset is either to an account called "Firm Commitment" for unbooked purchase commitments or the hedged item itself for booked assets or liabilities.  In the latter case, the historical cost rule of accounting for the hedged item is suspended in favor of fair value accounting for the booked hedged item during the hedging period, after which the accounting reverts back to historical cost.  You can read more about this by looking up such terms as "cash flow hedge," "fair value hedge," and "foreign currency hedge" in my glossary at http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/000overview/mp3/138intro.htm 

2.
Not all economic hedges qualify for hedge accounting, in which case the changes in value of the hedge contract impact directly upon current earnings.  Your clients will nearly always want to have their hedges qualify for hedge accounting under FAS 133/138.  They will, thereby, avoid the volatility of current earnings caused by fair value adjustments of derivative contracts (other than futures contracts).

3.
FAS 133 requires, except in the case of the Shortcut Method, testing of hedge effectiveness at the time the derivative instruments are adjusted for changes in fair value.  To the extent that a hedge is deemed ineffective, the ineffective portion must be charged to current earnings rather than to the permitted offsets such as OCI, Firm Commitment, or the fair value offset debit or credit to the hedged item itself.  Testing for effectiveness can be a very complicated process and is highly inaccurate (as you will see in Partnoy's passage quoted below).  The importance of qualifying for the Shortcut Method is stressed in a paper by Ira Kawaller cited below. 

4.
Testing for hedge effectiveness of interest rate swaps is perhaps the most complicated aspect of any hedge accounting under FAS 133.  Appendix A of FAS 133 is devoted to issues of effectiveness testing (although that appendix does not delve into the more complex issues of hedge effectiveness testing of interest rate swaps).  Testing for interest rate swap hedge effectiveness requires an understanding of yield curves known as swap curves and an understanding of how to derive forward prices from spot prices on such curves.  You can read (and possibly weep)  more about how this process works at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

5.
Testing for hedge effectiveness of interest rate swaps is a highly inaccurate process that may give rise to hedge ineffectiveness simply due to the inaccuracy of valuing the interest rate swap (at least every 90 days) relative to the valuing of the hedged item itself (say a bond) that may be valued with great accuracy because it is traded on the open market.  In other words, the hedged item (e.g., a bond) can be valued with great accuracy whereas its hedge (the interest rate swap) is a customized derivative contract that is not traded in the open market and can only be valued with great inaccuracy.

6.
The importance of the Shortcut Method (which only applies to qualified interest rate swap hedges) is that hedge effectiveness does not have to be tested when the swap is adjusted to fair value.  This avoids the tedium of having to go to Bloomberg terminals and derive the swaps curves.  More importantly, it avoids the inaccuracy of these swaps curves in valuing the swap.  This, in turn, avoids having to book hedge ineffectiveness to current earnings when, in fact, the ineffectiveness is fiction arising only from inaccuracies in estimation of swap (yield curves).

Now let me quote from a truly fascinating book that I am reading at the moment (perhaps one of the most valued books that I have ever read in my life).

Passage from Fiasco:  The Inside Story of a Wall Street Trader
by Frank Partnoy (New York:  Penguin Books, 1999, ISBN 0 14 02.7879 6, pp. 56-58)
In a clever but somewhat dubious marketing pitch for PERLS, DPG salemen often bragged that the investor's "downside risk was limited to the initial investment."  These words appeared as boilerplate throughout Morgan Stnley's marketing documents and almost always generated snickers from the salesmen.  One of the ironic selling points of PERLS --- and many other derivatives my group later sold --- was that the most a buyer could lose was everything 

(Note from Jensen:  The buyer would not lose everything in the case of a hedge rather than a speculation).

. . . 

Some PERLS buyers had no idea that the bet they were making by buying PERLS typically was a bet against a set of "forward yield curves."  (Note from Jensen:  In the case of an interest rate swap, these are called swap curves.)  Forward yield curves are a basic, but crucial, concept in selling derivatives.  The most simple "yield curve" is the curve that describes government bond yields for various maturities.  Usually the curve slopes upward because as the maturity of a government bond increases, its yield also increases.  You can think about this curve in terms of a bank Certificate of Deposit.  Your are likely to get a higher rate with a five-year CD than with a one-year CD.  A yield curve is simply a graph of interest rates of different maturities.

There are many different kinds of yield curves.  The "coupon curve" plots the yields of government coupon bonds of varying maturities.  The "zero curve" plots the yields of zero coupon government bonds of varying maturities (more about zero coupon bonds, also known as Strips later in the book).  The coupon and zero curves are elementary, and you can find the quotes that make up these curves every day in the business section of most newspapers.  The Wall Street Journal also includes a summary of daily trading activity in such bonds in its Credit Markets column.

Note from Bob Jensen:  The most important part of this passage begins now:

But the most important yield curve to derivatives salesmen is one you won't find in the financial pages --- the forward yield curve, or "forward curve,"  Actually, there are many forward curves, but all are based on the same idea.  A forward curve is like a time machine:  it tells you what the market is "predicting" the current yield curve will look like at the same forward in time.  Embedded in the current yield curve are forward curves for various forward times.  For example, the "one-year forward curve" tells you what the current yield curve is predicting the same curve will look like in one year.  The "two-year forward curve" tells you what the current yield curve is predicting the same curve will look like in two years.

The yield curve isn't really predicting changes in the way an astrologer or palm reader might, and as a time machine, a forward curve is not very accurate.  If it were, derivatives traders would be even richer than they already are.  Instead, the yield curve's predictions arise almost like magic but not quite, out of arbitrage --- so called riskless trades to capture price differences between bonds --- in an active, liquid bond market.

Continued on Page 58 of the book.

 

The important point is that the value of the interest rate swap derivative contract (the hedge) is usually an "inaccurate" estimate, whereas the value of the hedged item (e.g., a bond) may be highly accurate.  If the hedge qualifies for the Shortcut Method under FAS 133, then the need to use such inaccurate value estimates in hedge effectiveness testing is avoided.  The value change in the hedge can be assumed to be perfectly correlated (that is negatively correlated) with the value change in the hedged item.  Changes in value of the hedge thereby are assumed to perfectly offset changes in the value of the hedged item in the case of a fair value hedge.

For students seeking to learn more about derivatives and hedges, there are some important free papers by Ira Kawaller at http://www.kawaller.com/articles.htm .  Several of the more important papers related to the topic at hand are noted below:

 

Differences between tax and FAS 133 accounting are discussed in the following paper by Ira Kawaller and John Ensminger:

"The Fallout from FAS 133," (With John Ensminger), Regulation (The CATO Review of Business and Government), Vol. 23, No. 4, 2000.

With respect to the Shortcut Method, I want to call your attention to the following December 2000 message from Ira: 

Hi Bob,

I wanted to alert you to the fact that I've added a new article to my site, " The Impact of FAS 133 Accounting Rules on the Market for Swaps, " which just came out in the latest issue of AFP Express. It deals with the consequences of not qualifying for the shortcut treatment when interest rate swaps are used in fair value hedges. (It's not pretty.)

,

I'd be happy to hear from you.

Ira
Kawaller & Company, LLC
(718) 694-6270
kawaller@idt.net
www.kawaller.com
 

 

A Passage From "Impact of Accounting Rules on the Market for Swaps,"  
by Ira Kawaller, Derivatives Quarterly, Spring 2001
HEDGING WITH INTEREST RATE SWAPS

Applying these rules to interest rate risks requires an understanding that both fair value hedge accounting and cash flow hedging will be used, depending on the nature of the interest rate exposure. Specifically, if the intention is to manage the risk of uncertain interest expenses or revenues associated with a variable-rate debt security, then cash flow treatment is appropriate. If the intention is to manage the risk associated with a fixed-rate security, on the other hand, fair value hedge treatment is required.

Consider two examples. In a case where an investor holds the fixed-rate security as an asset, the fair value hedge treatment may be reasonable and intuitive. After all, the hedger’s objective is to safeguard its value. Locking in some value for this security is perfectly consistent with the fair value hedge approach.

In contrast, however, the hedger who issues fixed-rate debt and decides to swap from fixed to floating reflects a different kind of thinking. The objective of this hedge is not to offset present value effects, but to generate prospective cash flows that, when consolidated with the debt’s coupon payments, will result in a total interest expense that replicates the outcome of a variable-rate loan.

It is well known that interest rate swaps generate precisely this set of cash flows, which suggests that cash flow hedging rules should be followed. But this is not the case.  When the hedged item is a fixed-rate security, the FASB has mandated that fair value accounting is the only applicable accounting treatment. Unfortunately, in many cases, this requirement will foster an accounting result that is at odds with the economics of the transactions. This seeming ineffectiveness is a consequence of the requirement to use fair value hedge accounting. It does not result from the hedge being inappropriate or badly designed.

The shortcut method will circumvent this problem.  Qualifying to use shortcut treatment, however, requires that the features of the swap (i.e., the notional amount, payment and reset dates, and rate conventions) match precisely to those of the debt being hedged. If they do, the change in the carrying amount of the hedged item is set equal to the gains or losses on the swap, net of swap accruals, rather than to the change in the value of the bond due to the risk being hedged. Thus, the resulting accounting under the shortcut method replicates the current "synthetic instrument" accounting. Without the shortcut, you get something else.

MEASURING HEDGE INEFFECTIVENESS

To get a better idea of how serious failing to qualify for the shortcut treatment can be, consider the FASB’s own example,* in which a hedger issues five-year, fixed-rate debt. The debt has a par value of $100,000 and a coupon rate of 10%. The hedging instrument is a five-year swap, receiving 7% fixed and paying LIBOR. The risk being hedged is the benchmark LIBOR-based swap rate.  The example assumes a flat yield curve, which simplifies the calculations.

According to the FASB’s calculations, a 50-basis point change in the LIBOR-based swap rate will foster a change in the fair value of the swap of $1,675. If the hedger elects, and qualifies for, the shortcut method, the $1,675 would be used for both the swap and the adjustment to the carrying amount of the debt. These two contributions to earnings would be exactly offsetting, so that the ultimate effect on earnings would distill to interest accruals of the debt and the swap, respectively. The synthetic instrument outcome would be realized, where the effective interest rate would be LIBOR plus 3%. (The 3% spread over LIBOR comes from the difference between the 10% fixed rate on the debt versus the 7% fixed rate on the swap.) Without the election of the shortcut method, the swap would generate the same income consequences as above, but the adjustment to earnings from the hedged item’s response to the change in the LIBOR-based swap rate would be different—$1,568 instead of $1,675. This seemingly small difference of $107 is misleading, however.  On a yield basis, this discrepancy translates to an interest rate effect of 43 basis points, i.e.

0 43% =  [107/100 000] X [360/90]

So the question is: If a company is considering swapping from fixed- to floating-rate debt, and the result could end up being 43 basis points—or more—away from the intended outcome, will that company still go ahead with the hedge? For the many (possibly the vast majority of ) potential swappers, this magnitude of uncertainty will be unacceptable and the answer will be no. The recourse will be to take whatever steps are necessary to ensure that the prospective hedge will qualify for the shortcut method.

GOOD NEWS

The good news is that if entities do qualify for the shortcut treatment, the requirement to document that the hedge will be highly effective becomes moot. The act of qualifying ensures effectiveness. The bad news is that the criteria for qualifying are restrictive. The underlying debt securities have to be "typical," presumably lacking bells and whistles that may have served to reduce costs for issuers in the past.

Thus, for those firms with "atypical" debt on their balance sheet, either as assets or liabilities, for which the shortcut method is prohibited, the perfectly functioning interest rate swap will no longer work. And for those cases where the debt security qualifies but the terms of the associated swap do not match up properly, firms will likely want to trade out of their existing swap positions and enter into swaps that do qualify for shortcut treatment. In the longer run, the appetite for anything but plain vanilla swaps may all but disappear if concerns about potential income volatility come to dominate in the decision about which hedging strategy or tool to employ.

Continued at http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/Impact.pdf 

 

 

Short Sale = see short.

Soft Currency =

a currency that depreciates rapidly because-use of the country's high inflation rate. Soft currencies are less actively traded on world markets than hard currencies and are often subject to strict controls by the country's central bank.

Software  

There are a number of vendors of FAS 133 compliance software.

One of the major companies is FinancialCAD --- http://www.financialcad.com/ 

FinancialCAD provides software and services that support the valuation and risk management of financial securities and derivatives that is essential for banks, corporate treasuries and asset management firms. FinancialCAD’s industry standard financial analytics are a key component in FinancialCAD solutions that are used by over 25,000 professionals in 60 countries.



Great Document
"HEAT Technical Document:  A Consistent Framework for Assessing Hedge Effectiveness Under IAS 39 and FAS 133," JPMorgan, April 24, 2003  --- http://www.jpmorgan.com/cm/BlobServer?blobtable=Document&blobcol=urlblob&blobkey=name&blobheader=application/pdf&blobwhere=jpmorgan/investbk/heat_techdoc_2Apr03.pdf 
I shortened the above URL to http://snipurl.com/JPMorganIAS39 

Chapter 1. Introduction
  
1.1 The accounting background
    1.2 Implications for corporate hedging
    1.3 What is HEAT?
    1.4 How this document is organised
    1.5 Terminology

Chapter 2. Intuition behind hedge effectiveness
   
2.1 Defining hedge effectiveness
    2.2 The concept of the 'perfect hedge'
    2.3 Evaluating effectiveness
    2.4 Calculating hedge effectiveness in economic terms
    2.5 Summary

Chapter 3. Principles of hedge effectiveness under IAS 39 and FAS 133
  
3.1 Effectiveness principles and the concept of the 'perfect hedge'
    3.2 Assessing hedge effectiveness
    3.3 Methods for testing effectiveness
    3.4 Ineffectiveness measurement and recognition
    3.5 Summary

Chapter 4. Practical issues surrounding hedge effectiveness testing
 
4.1 Example 1: The 'perfect' fair value interest-rate hedge for a bond
    4.2 Example 2: The 'perfect' fair value interest-rate hedge with payment frequency mismatches
    4.3 Example 3: The 'perfect' fair value interest-rate hedge with issuer credit spread
    4.4 Results of different types of effectiveness tests
    4.5 Discussion: Lessons for effectiveness tests

Chapter 5. HEAT: A consistent framework for hedge effectiveness testing
  
5.1 Overview of the HEAT framework
    5.2 Methodologies for hedge effectiveness
    5.3 The Ideal Designated Risk Hedge (IDRH)
    5.4 Alternative 'types' of effectiveness tests
    5.5 Example: Hedging currency risk
    5.6 Impact of hedges without hedge accounting
    5.7 Summary

References

Appendix
Glossary of working definitions

See Ineffectiveness

 


QUANTUM for IAS 39 from Sunguard Treasury Systems --- http://www.ibis.gr/pdf/Hedge_Accounting_2002.pdf 


IFRS RiskPro --- http://www.iris.ch/en_pdf/IFRS39_ppt_en.pdf 


"Complying with FAS 133 Accounting Solutions in Finance KIT," Trema, http://www.trema.com/finance_online/7/2/FAS133_FK.html?7 

During the past year Trema has worked with clients, partners and consulting firms to ensure that all Finance KIT users will be FAS 133 compliant by Summer 2000, when the new U.S. accounting standards come into effect. In Finance Line 3/99, Ms. Mona Henriksson, Director of Trema (EMEA), addressed the widespread implications the FAS 133 accounting procedures will have on the financial industry (see ‘Living Up to FAS 133’ in Finance Line 3/99). Now, in this issue, Ms. Marjon van den Broek, Vice President, Knowledge Center – Trema (Americas), addresses specific FAS 133 requirements and their corresponding functionality in Finance KIT.


 

"What’s a “big” system? February 20, 2001, by Nilly Essaides --- http://www.fas133.com/search/search_article.cfm?page=11&areaid=362 

Looking for a “big” system to solve your FAS 133 and risk management needs? You may be looking in the wrong place, depending on your definition of “big.”

The term “big” and “small” have been commonly used in describing software applications. But what does it really mean? Does big mean complex or fully integrated? Does small mean cheap or simple?

It used to be that “big” meant expensive systems requiring an army of on site consultants to help implement and configure. The bigger the price tag, it seemed, the bigger the system. But is price tag still the determining factor? With new web technologies and risk management accounting requirements, the definition of size may be irrelevant or at least in a state of flux.

As the dust settles on the vendor universe in our FAS 133 System Survey it appears that some expensive systems, and some very inexpensive ones may both fall into the “big” category. The key: Being able to track the hedge through the FAS 133 hedge accounting process, dynamically and with a clear audit trail.

The compliance process

Compliance with FAS 133 is an ongoing process, with four distinct elements:

(1) Calculating fair value. Step one in the compliance process is valuation of hedges and underlying exposures. While some companies have had their own pricing capability for some time, many others have relied on banks and other providers for that information. With FAS 133 now a reality, companies with anything more than a handful of derivatives are better off having their own fair value (hence system and pricing feed) capacity. (Although the FASB has not prescribed a particular fair-value model—leaving that up to the market and auditors’ discretion. That means that some companies may be able to continue relying on the values provided by the banks’ monthly swap ticket, for example.)

(2) Performing effectiveness testing. For companies deciding to go for special accounting, the core of FAS 133 is the effectiveness test. It’s important to remember hedge accounting is an option that some companies may choose to forego. “Quite a few of our large European clients have opted not to do hedge accounting,” reports Ritta Kuusela, accounting product manager with software vendor Trema. “They just decided that it’s too much hassle.” The same is true with some large US MNCs as well.

However, that said, companies that want special accounting will need to run the hedge and underlying through some rigorous testing. FAS 133 not prescribe exactly what sort of test companies must use. The standard (and consequent DIG/FASB guidance) requires two types of tests: One for measuring prospective effectiveness or the likelihood of highly effective offset of fair value, and the other, an ongoing measure of actual, dollar offset. Our survey shows a certain common threat among the various tests offered by compliant systems, but the jury is still out on the “best” test. Some outsiders, like fixed income specialist Andrew Kalotay of Andrew Kalotay Associates Inc., maintain that it’s critical that companies identify a test that works for risk management and accounting purposes. Some of the accounting-focused testing, he cautions, may result in non-effective hedges and hits to the income statement.

(3) Making the accounting entries – Finally, there’s the need to make the actual G/L entries that correspond to the results of the effectiveness test and fair value models. These entries are tedious and confusing and a challenge that perhaps can be only alleviated using an integrated system approach. We’ve addressed these issues at length with our FAS 133 System Readiness Survey.

(4) Documentation, documentation, documentation. However, underlying all three compliance process elements is the constant need for documentation. Companies need to document compliance from day 1 of the hedge, through effectiveness testing as well as any changes in the risk management activity.

“Documentation does not mean a long and verbose document about your hedge policy,” explains Elie Zabal, CEO of software vendor Inssinc, whose product Futrak 2000 provided perhaps the most extensive “documentation” back up among our early-bird respondents to the FAS 133 system survey. Rather, he says, “it’s the ability to dynamically track your hedges.”

For example, what happens when treasury decides to terminate a hedge, unexpectedly? The system needs to know to generate a memo, noting the hedge was terminated, while keeping OCI gain/loss in OCI until the underlying exposure is recognized, which could be months later. “The real issue is being able to prove what you did, that what you are doing is correct and that you are not manipulating earnings.”

While FAS 133 has no restrictions on terminating hedges, it is sensitive to any attempts to manipulate income numbers. In addition, notes Brian Ferguson of Open Link Financial, systems must be able to track component hedges or components of a hedged portfolio and make the necessary entries to OCI and income, and produce the reports.

Indeed, this latter phase of the compliance process may be the most taxing. “Effectiveness and mark-to-market are the simplest components,” argues Mr. Zabal. He notes that mark-to-market values for hedgers need only be derived once a quarter under FAS 133. Plus, there are no precise requirements as to the “quality” of that number and its precision (i.e., the type of fair value methodology/model hedgers should use).

“Fair value for traders operating with razor-thin margins is one thing; fair value for periodic accounting evaluations is another. Companies with a handful of hedges may simply rely on their banks for this quarterly valuation,” he says. “I would not trade on this value, but it’s sufficient for fair valuing..” However, you would still need a system to track and document effectiveness, generate journal entries and recognize AOCI at the right time. “That,” says Mr. Zabal, “no bank can do for you.” As to more active hedgers – they probably already have ways to price their instruments, and if they don’t they should.

Meeting the process challenges So how can you tell a big system from a small one? As far as FAS 133 is concerned, big systems are the ones that truly allow you to continue your hedging business undisturbethe system creates the audit trail that the auditors and the SEC will need to see. That means being able to terminate hedges, hedge portfolios, etc., while the system keeps track of OCI values and entries, and generates the necessary memos regarding hedge activity.

In addition, look for a system that gives you more than just compliance, but allows you to improve the risk management culture, for example one that includes an effectiveness test that offers real insight into the chances that your hedge will remain effective throughout its life.

 

The FAS133 Compliance Module Wall Street Systems --- http://www.wallstreetsystems.com/fas133/news-compl.htm 

"FAS 133’s bias against macro hedging, its focus on individual hedges, and its demanding detailed disclosure will generate a quarterly calculation nightmare for many companies."

--Jeff Wallace, Greenwich Treasury Advisors, LLC

In June of 1998, The Financial Accounting Standards Board released Statement Number 133. This statement revised accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. It requires that banks and corporations classify derivatives as either assets or liabilities and that these instruments be measured at "fair value".

The accounting steps necessary to bring a bank or a corporation into compliance with Statement 133 are substantial. Exposures must be linked to hedges, instruments must be fairly valued, and the results must be appropriately posted. Following this inventory and accounting process, firms must report hedge effectiveness. The reporting requirements under this statement require full documentation of objectives and policies and require a variety of reporting summaries in various formats.

The process of identifying derivatives in itself presents substantial complexities. The definition of a derivative is broad and includes instruments such as insurance policies, production contracts, procurement contracts and other "non-financial" obligations.

Because of the complexities of inventory, accounting, and reporting associated with compliance to Statement 133, the Financial Accounting Standards Board delayed implementation of this standard believing that neither system developers nor treasuries would be ready to handle these new requirements.

Wall Street Systems is in the business of creating enterprise-wide client/server front to back treasury solutions for the largest banks and corporations in the world. This product, The Wall Street System, integrates all geographies, all financial products, all credit and market risk controls, and all accounting, confirmation, and cash management processes into a single, global, real-time, 24/7 system.

Because of the strength of this straight-through processing system, and because The Wall Street System has long offered the capability to capture exposures and perform fair market valuations of derivative transactions, Wall Street Systems was able to offer a fully functioning FAS133 Module to its customers in advance of the original FAS 133 implementation date.

The Wall Street Systems FAS 133 Module reports hedge gains and losses at fair market value each day. The hedge tracking and linking feature packages exposures and hedge transactions together and automatically adjusts earnings and Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) accounts. The module also creates all reports and documentation required by FAS 133.

The key features of The Wall Street System FAS 133 Module are:

Fair Market Valuation Exposures and derivatives are marked-to-market and compared through hedge effectiveness ratios Hedge Profile Database and Query Each hedge package is stored by date. Closing values, changes in value, and effectiveness ratios are preserved in the database. Automatic Linking and Tracking Trades and the underlying exposures are linked to a hedge profile. The profile categorizes the hedge by type and includes hedge objectives, valuation method, risk management policy and transaction details. The hedge profile is linked to the documentation. The combination forms a hedge "package" that drives all FAS 133 events. Cash Flow OCI Adjusting Automatic examination of the P&L status of each hedge package at the close of business each day. Automatic adjustment of OCI and P&L accounts. Automatic posting of derivatives fair market values to earnings with the effective portion of the hedge reclassified into OCI Audit Capability Time series database keeps copies of each hedge package status at the close of each day. There is a full audit query capability imbedded in the database. Forecasting The System can generate a P&L forecast from the OCI account that covers the next 12 months.

The comprehensive functionality of the Wall Street System FAS 133 Module is achieved through the application of straight through processing on a global scale with a system that covers the front, middle and back office.

Treasurers will have difficulty with FAS 133 compliance if the treasury runs on a "best of breed" model rather than a global STP model. In the best of breed model, trading, risk management and accounting functions are distributed across a mix of systems that share information with varying degrees of efficiency. For this model to work, each resident system must capture relevant FAS 133 information to its database and have the capacity to share that information with all other member systems. This requires a high degree of flawless data exchange and systems integration, features not normally associated with the best of breed solution. A fragmented treasury desktop makes it extraordinarily difficult to manage hedge relationships from front to back.

The Wall Street System, being a single global system for 24/7 treasury operations faces none of these data exchange obstacles. Hedge package information is shared easily, stored safely, and posted correctly.

The Wall Street System is ready now with a 100% compliant FAS 133 Module


FAS 133, IAS 39 and the importance of integrated treasury systems as discussed by Keith Bergman Of Wall Street Systems  --- http://www.wallstreetsystems.com/fas133/news-risk-mag.htm 

The long awaited Financial Accounting Standards Board's (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133 (FAS 133) takes effect for all publically traded companies beginning with the first fiscal period after June 15th, 2000. This requires all derivatives to be fair valued with the change in value recorded on the balance sheet and in earnings. The statement also requires disclosure and documentation for all hedging activities.

In the past companies have done little to recognize the fair value of derivative contracts. Premiums were amortized, discounts were accreted, and interest was accrued. Now both exposures and hedging instruments must be fair valued and measured against each other to assure hedge validity. This assessment and proof of effectiveness must be provided quarterly at a minimum.

The board's objective is to disclose the market risk potential of derivative contracts. The Security Exchange Commission has supported this change ever since Procter & Gamble and American Greetings incurred substantial losses as a result of derivatives trading activity.

Marking derivatives to market provides investors with a more accurate picture of a company's current financial position. The result of this approach is that company earnings are subjected to market volatility. FAS 133 moves the board closer to their final objective of fair valuing the entire balance sheet.

Best-of-Breed solutions are no longer feasible. Some firms are at a disadvantage because they have installed individual systems that provide specific functionality for specific purposes. These best of breed solutions individually focus on activities like cash management, debt issuance, and trading of foreign exchange, options, and swap contracts. These systems, by their nature, do not share information.

However, these best of breed solutions create an onerous FAS 133 compliance burden. The statement requires integration between exposures and hedging instruments in order to properly generate the appropriate accounting entries.

For example, cash management systems will have to fair value foreign currency cash forecasts on a forward rate NPV basis similar to a foreign exchange contract. Foreign exchange systems that deferred forward points in the past will have to mark-to-markets the foreign exchange contract and record the full value and change in value in both the balance sheet and in earnings. Then, in order to reduce the resulting income statement volatility, the effective portion of the hedge, the lesser of the absolute value maintained within the two separate systems, must be recorded in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) leaving the ineffective portion in Earnings. This requires integration. Otherwise, the FAS 133 requirements will not be met.

Integrated systems such as the Wall Street System are filling the void. Treasurers are looking for straight-forward deal capture and position tracking systems that provide real time p&l and can also determine how much is at risk and how much to hedge in order to comply with FAS 133. Integrated treasury management systems such as the Wall Street System do not have the gaps that exist in best-of-breed solutions. They also provide the only possible way of continuing to hedge portfolios in a macro sense under the restricted and limited scope of "Portfolio Hedging".

Macro Hedging under FAS 133 In the past and even today, treasurers and risk managers have managed to establish macro-hedging strategies designed to reduce risk. These strategies involve hedging overall net positions or partial positions and are performed for an economic reason.

FAS 133 completely eliminate the macro hedging approach.

The statement is the accountants attempt to record economic reality within an accounting framework.

As a result, the statement requires tracking of earnings volatility. The offsetting effects of macro hedges are no longer recognized. The board has decided that hedge accounting will only apply if the hedge proves to be effective. Otherwise, only the change in value of the derivative gets recorded in earnings with little or no offset. The board had defined effectiveness to be similar to FAS 80's definition of "highly correlated" ratio of 80% - 120%. Managers are required to provide proof that prospectively the hedge is going to remain valid and retrospectively that the hedge was valid. Recently, the board allowed managers to used regression analysis and statistical correlation as proof instead of using the "Dollar Offset Ratio Method".

Macro hedging interest risk under the FAS 133 can only be performed within the limited framework of "Portfolio Hedging". "Portfolio Hedging" allows like positions, not netted positions, to be hedged with an offsetting hedging instrument, usually a derivative. The concept is that the change in value of each individual exposure component in the portfolio cannot change by less than or greater than 90% - 110% of the overall change in value of the portfolio. If any one component falls outside of the range, then the entire portfolio does not comply.

Portfolio Hedging Illustration

Exposure Hedging Instrument Total value = 150 Total value = 160

Dollar Offset Ratio (150/160) = 93.75%

Individual Exposure Values Last Period This Period % Change 1. 45 50 90.00% 2. 72 75 96.00% 3. 23 25 92.00% ______ ______ ______ 140 150 93.33%

Note: the combination of the dollar offset ratio being within the required range and the individual components being within the required range qualifies the hedge for hedge accounting.

Without an integrated system it is nearly impossible to hedge using the "Portfolio Hedging" concept because isolated systems cannot keep track of the packaged transactions.

Special accounting and documentation FAS 133 requires additional accounting for all three types of hedges. For Cash Flow hedges, since fair value of the forecasted cash flow or variable rate instrument is not recorded, the effective portion of the hedge can be removed from earnings and placed within the equity section of the balance sheet. In order to determine the effective portion, the system must calculate the change in value for both the exposure and hedging instrument. The lesser of the absolute values is placed in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI). The system must determine the exact amount to be removed from earnings. Fair Value hedges require the recording of the exposures change in value in order to offset the earnings effect from the hedging instrument. Net Investment hedges require the effective portion to be recorded within Cumulative Translation Adjustment account instead of earnings. Here again, full system integration is required.

Other Comprehensive Income Calculation and Posting Illustration Derivative Hedged Item Lesser Earnings Period Cum Period Cum Absolute OCI Period Change Change Change Change Cum Chg Change Balence Change Balence 1. 100 100 (96) (96) 96 194 32 96 96 4 4 2. 94 194 (101) (197) 198 194 (4) 0 3. (162) 32 160 (37) (162) 32 0 0

Documentation also poses a challenge if data is distributed among isolated systems. The statement requires that information be documented on a per hedge basis. Information regarding the details of the individual transactions must be disclosed. For those without an integrated treasury, documentation will be an onerous manual task.

International Accounting Standard 39 The technology issues raised by FAS 133 will not remain exclusive to the United States for long. International Accounting Standard (IAS) 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, Europe's version of FAS 133, 125, 115, and 114, is on its way with the effective date on or after 1 January 2001. Early evaluation of that standard suggests that it will be at least as rigorous as FAS 133. IAS 39 goes beyond the issue of hedge accounting to require that all financial assets and liabilities must be initially measured at cost. For derivatives and traded assets and liabilities, an additional adjustment is required to record the instrument's fair market value. IAS 39 provides the choice of placing the change in value entirely within earnings or within the equity section of the balance sheet. However, the statement only allows the non-traded portion of the financial instrument to be placed within the equity section of the balance sheet. Since all derivatives are considered trading instruments, the entire change in value must be placed within earnings. Unlike FAS 133, IAS 39 allows financial assets and liabilities to be used as valid hedging instruments for hedging of foreign currency risk. FAS 133 only allows this for hedging a net investment in a foreign currency. Like FAS 133, hedge accounting is permitted under IAS 39 as long as the hedge is clearly defined, measurable, and effective.

Wall Street System's Approach At Wall Street Systems, we have kept both FAS 133 and IAS 39 in mind when developing our compliance product. As a provider of a fully integrated treasury solution, we have been able to leverage the advantage of complete integration into a product that totally complies with both the FAS 133 and IAS 39 standards. With a system that, by its very nature, posts changes in derivative values for traders and management across the entire treasury operation, we have the necessary system architecture in place to allow us to develop a product that would meet the standards. The regulatory and operational environment will grow more complex over time. Technology planning must incorporate this assumption and turn toward effective integration strategies to meet the challenges ahead.

 

 

For other software see fair value, Ineffectiveness, and Risk Metrics )

Special Purpose Entities (SPE Accounting and FIN 46)
What's Right and What's Wrong With (SPEs), SPVs, and VIEs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm 

Spot Price or Spot Rate =

the current market price of a commodity or the current market rate for interest or foreign exchange conversions.  Importance of spot prices or spot rates appears in nearly every SFAS example.  For instance see  Example 10 Paragraphs 165-172..   Also see intrinsic value, Tom/Next and yield curve.

Stock Appreciation Right = =

a form of employee compensation that gives cash or stock to employees based upon a contractual formula pegged to the change in common stock price.

Stop-loss/Take-profit =

a strategy under which a company asks a dealer to buy or sell a currency if and when a particular rate is reached. Assuming the willingness and reliability of the dealer, it can be an inexpensive alternative to an option.

Strike Price =

the exercise price of an option.   This is a key component in measuring an option's intrinsic value.  See option .

Strip =

see interest-only strip, principal-only strip, and embedded derivatives.

Structure

The term "structure" is ambiguous until placed in a particular context. In one context a "structured note" is a derivative financial instrument or combination of such instruments whose value is based on an "underlying" index. It may also refer to using a swap to change the cash flows of a financial instrument. It can be a synthetic substitute for a financial instrument that is not a derivative. In another context, "structured" may mean something else entirely. Structured financing may, in one context, refer to financing based upon anticipated cash flows rather than current value of an asset or collateral.  See Compound Derivatives and Synthetic.

Struggle Statement =

a statement of unrecognized gains and losses that do not impact upon the derivation of net income.  The term is used in England where struggle statements are used in place of disclosing unrecognized gains and losses in equity statements or comprehensive income disclosures pursuant with SFAS 130.  The IASC permits struggle statement disclosures of unrecognized cash flow hedge gains and losses, whereas the FASB in the United States requires the use of comprehensive income accounting.  Paul Pacter briefly refers to the struggle statement in my pacter.htm file.  See comprehensive income.

Click here to view Paul Pacter's commentary on the struggle statement.

Swap =

an agreement in which two parties exchange payments over a period of time. The purpose is normally to transform debt payments from one interest rate base to another, for example, from fixed to floating or from one currency to another. See swaption, currency swap, contango swap, earnings management,  and interest rate swap .

Swaption =

an option on a swap.  Swaptions are usually interest rate options used to hedge long-term debt.  When a company has an interest rate swap, a swaption can be used to close out the swap.  A swaption can also be used to enter into an interest rate swap.   The majority are European options in terms of settlements.  Swaptions may be cash flow hedges, including written swaptions (i.e. a written option on a swap).  Paragraph 20c on Page 12 makes it possible for a swaption to qualify as a fair value hedge under the following circumstances:

If a written option is designated as hedging a recognized asset or liability, the combination of the hedged item and the written option provides at least as much potential for gains as a result of a favorable change in the fair value of the combined instruments as exposure to losses from an unfavorable change in their combined fair value. That test is met if all possible percentage favorable changes in the underlying (from zero percent to 100 percent) would provide at least as much gain as the loss that would be incurred from an unfavorable change in the underlying of the same percentage.

One of my students defines the following types of swaptions: 

call swaption - type of swaption giving the owner the right to enter into a swap where he receives fixed and pays floating

callable swap - type of swaption in which the fixed payer has the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the swap on or
before a scheduled maturity date

expiration date - date by which the option must be exercised

extendible swap - type of swaption in which the counterparties have the right to extend the swap beyond its stated maturity date as per an agreed upon schedule

put swaption - type of swaption giving the owner the right to enter into a swap where he receives floating and pays fixed

putable swap - type of swaption in which the variable payer has the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the swap on or before a scheduled maturity date

Her entire project is linked below:

Suzanne M. Winegar For her case and case solution entitled Understanding swaptions: A case study click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/swinegar/swaption.htm .  She writes as follows:

The objective of this case is to provide an example of a company that purchases an interest rate swaption in order to hedge the variability of its interest payments. Swaptions are a type of derivative financial instrument for which there are no accounting standards or guidelines. This case explains one method that could be used to account for swaptions and mark them to market. In order to mark the swaptions to market, this case uses the Black-Scholes Model to determine the fair value of the swaption. The case presents a series of questions dealing with valuation and accounting issues, and ends with a discussion of the risk involved in using swaption derivatives.

Synthetic Instrument =

the artificial creation of an asset using combinations of other assets. For example, call option or a put option (which amounts to a synthetic long stock), or a long put option and a short call option (a synthetic short stock).  In the area of futures contracts, a synthetic long futures position is created by combining a long call option and a short put option for the same expiration date and the same strike price. A synthetic short futures is created by combining a long put and a short call with the same expiration date and the same strike price.   See Compound Derivatives and "Structure."

 

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

T-Terms

Tailing Strategy = see futures contract.

Take-or-Pay

A form of contracting commonly used for off-balance sheet financing.   Three or more credit-worthy companies form a joint venture in which no single company has voting control and does not have to bring the joint venture into its consolidated financial statements.  The joint venture is able to borrow enormous amounts of capital because of purchase contracts with its owners to "take the product" such as crude oil produced or "pay" for the product whether it is taken or not.  When the "product" is a pipeline distribution service rather than a physical product per se, the contracts are generally called "through put" contracts.  The FASB wavered on taking specific action on such contracts in FAS 133.  For details see short.

Tandem Hedge = see foreign currency hedge.

Tax Accounting for Derivatives

Accounting Tax Rules for Derivatives --- http://www.investmentbooks.com/tek9.asp?pg=products&specific=joongngrm 
by Mark J.P. Anson
Publisher's Price: $150
ISBN#: 1883249694
Catalog #: B14982W

Convergence of Tax and Book Accounting for Derivatives --- http://www.kawaller.com/pdf/HedgeWorld.pdf 

Tax Hedging =

 

FAS 133 permits after-tax hedging of foreign currency risk and/or market price risk.  The hedge must be entered into to reduce taxes, and the item hedged must be ordinary assets or liabilities in the normal course of the taxpayer's business.  

March 25, 2002 message from Richard Newmark [richard.newmark@phduh.com

Bob,
I thought you might be interested in this.
Rick
-------------------------
Richard Newmark
Assistant Professor of Accounting
University of Northern Colorado
Kenneth W. Monfort College of Business
Campus Box 128
Greeley, CO  80639
(970) 351-1213 Office
(801) 858-9335 Fax (free e-mail fax at efax.com)
richard.newmark@PhDuh.com
http://PhDuh.com
 


IRS finalizes hedging regs with liberalizations
TD 8985; Reg. § 1.1221-2, Reg. § 1.1256(e)-1
IRS has issued final regs for determining the character of gain or loss from hedging transactions.
Background. As a result of a '99 law change, capital assets don't include any hedging transaction clearly identified as such before the close of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered into. (Code Sec. 1221(a)(7)) Before the change, IRS had issued final regs in '94 providing ordinary character treatment for most business hedges. Last year, IRS issued proposed changes to the hedging regs to reflect the '99 statutory change (see Weekly Alert ¶ 6 2/1/2001). IRS has now finalized the regs with various changes, many of which are pro-taxpayer. The regs apply to transactions entered into after Mar 19, 2002. However, the Preamble states that IRS won't challenge any transaction entered into after Dec. 16, '99, and before Mar. 20, 2002, that satisfies the provisions of either the proposed or final regs.

Hedging transactions. A hedging transaction is a transaction entered into by the taxpayer in the normal course of business primarily to manage risk of interest rate, price changes, or currency fluctuations with respect to ordinary property, ordinary obligations, or borrowings of the taxpayer. (Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(i); Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(ii)) A hedging transaction also includes a transaction to manage such other risks as IRS may prescribe in regs. (Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(A)(iii)) IRS has the authority to provide regs to address nonidentified or improperly identified hedging transactions (Code Sec. 1221(b)(2)(B)), and hedging transactions involving related parties. (Code Sec. 1221(b)(3))

Key changes in final regs. The final regs include the following changes from the proposed regs.

    ... Both the final and the proposed regs provide that they do not apply to determine the character of gain or loss realized on a section 988 transaction as defined in Code Sec. 988(c)(1) or realized with respect to any qualified fund as defined in section Code Sec. 988(c)(1)(E)(iii). The proposed regs also provided that their definition of a hedging transaction would apply for purposes of certain other international provisions of the Code only to the extent provided in regs issued under those provisions. This is eliminated in the final regs because the other references were to proposed regs and to Code sections for which the relevant regs have not been issued in final form. The Preamble states that later regs will specify the extent to which the Reg. § 1.1221-2 hedging transaction rules will apply for purposes of those other regs and related Code sections.

    ... Several commentators noted that the proposed regs used risk reduction as the operating standard to implement the risk management definition of hedging. They found that risk reduction is too narrow a standard to encompass the intent of Congress, which defined hedges to include transactions that manage risk of interest rate, price changes or currency fluctuations. In response, IRS has restructured the final regs to implement the risk management standard. No definition of risk management is provided, but instead, the rules characterize a variety of classes of transactions as hedging transactions because they manage risk. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(c)(4); Reg. § 1.1221-2(d))

    ... The proposed regs provided that a taxpayer has risk of a particular type only if it is at risk when all of its operations are considered. Commentators pointed out that businesses often conduct risk management on a business unit by business unit basis. In response, the final regs permit the determination of whether a transaction manages risk to be made on a business-unit basis provided that the business unit is within a single entity or consolidated return group that adopts the single-entity approach. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(1))

        RIA observation: As a result of the two foregoing changes made by the final regs, more transactions will qualify as hedging transactions. This is good for taxpayers because any losses from the additional transactions qualifying as hedges will be accorded ordinary treatment.

      ... In response to comments, the final regs have been restructured to separately address interest rate hedges and price hedges. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(1)(iv); Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(2))

      ... In response to comments, the final regs provide that a transaction that converts an interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate or from a floating rate to a fixed rate manages risk. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(2))

      ... The final regs provide that IRS may identify by future published guidance specified transactions that are determined not to be entered into primarily to manage risk. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(d)(5))

      ... The proposed regs sought comments on expanding the definition of hedging transactions to include transactions that manage risks other than interest rate or price changes, or currency fluctuations with respect to ordinary property, ordinary obligations or borrowings of the taxpayer. While comments were received, the final regs did not make any changes in this area. However, IRS continues to invite comments on the types of risks that should be covered, including specific examples of derivative transactions that may be incorporated into future guidance, as well as the appropriate timing of inclusion of gains and losses with respect to such transactions.

      ... With respect to the identification requirement, a rule has been added specifying additional information that must be provided for a transaction that counteracts a hedging transaction. (Reg. § 1.1221-2(f)(3)(v))

RIA Research References: For hedging transactions, see FTC 2d/FIN ¶ I-6218.01 ; United States Tax Reporter ¶ 12,214.80

See hedge.

Tax Rate Swap =

a swap of tax rates. One of my students wrote the following case just prior to the issuance of FAS 133:

Jennifer K. Robinson   For her case and case solution entitled TAX RATE SWAPS click on http://www.resnet.trinity.edu/users/jrobinso/Jensen.html .  She states the following:

This case examines an unusual type of derivative called a tax rate swap and its accounting treatment.  Tax rate swaps are rare due to the relatively stable nature of tax rates in most nations. In certain circumstances, however, they can provide an effective means for one company to "lock-in" its current tax rate while another company speculates that that rate will change in its favor. Examination of this case should provide an introduction to the workings of a tax rate swap, as well as the suggested accounting treatment for such a transaction. (Note: It is important to know that tax rate swaps, described in this paper, and tax swaps are very different.)

Term Structure = =

yield patterns in which returns of future cash flows are not necessarily discounted at the same interest rates.  Yield curves may have increasing or decreasing yield rates over time.  However, it much more common for the rates yields to increase over time.  Theories vary as to why.  One theory known as expectations theory based on the assumption that borrowers form long-term expectations and then choose a rollover strategy if short-term rates are less than long-term expectations and vice versa.  Lenders form their own expectations.   Expectations theory postulates that long-term interest rates are a geometric average of expected short term interest rates.   Liquidity preference theory postulates that investors add a liquidity preference premium on longer-term investments that gives rise to an upward sloping yield curve.  Liquidity preference theory is not consistent with the averaging process assumed in expectations theory.  Market segmentation theory is yet another theory used to explain term structures.  That theory postulates that the supply and demand for money is affected by market segments' demands for short term money that in turn affects the cost of coaxing short term lenders into making longer commitments.  Whatever the reasons, yield vary with the time to maturity, and this relationship of yield to time is known as term structure of interest rates.  See yield curve.

Time Value of an Option = see intrinsic value.

Tom/Next =

tomorrow next, a spot foreign exchange quotation for settlement the next business day rather than in the usual two business days. Rates for "tom/next" quotations are adjusted on a present-value basis.

 

Tranches

Tricks with Derivatives to Hide Rather Than Manage Risk:  What is a tranche?

"DEBT TRICKS:  Covering Their Assets," Fortune Magazine, March 4, 2002, by Julie Creswell --- http://www.fortune.com/indexw.jhtml?channel=artcol.jhtml&doc_id=206542 
So you think you escaped Global Crossing and Enron? Surprise! Banking's dastardly debt trick may leave you vulnerable. 

For all the talk of what banks have done wrong lately (huge write-downs! swelling bad debt!), they've also done something right: passed the buck.

Turns out it's not just lenders like J.P. Morgan Chase and Citigroup that are on the line for billions in loans to now-bankrupt entities such as Enron and Global Crossing; it's a host of hedge funds, insurance companies, and even retirement plans that bought slickly repackaged debt from them. While these complicated "credit derivatives" helped banks sidestep even bigger losses and possibly prevented systemic stress on the banking system by diffusing liabilities, unwitting investors may soon be in for a rude awakening. "One way or the other, somebody is sitting on a huge amount of risk," says Doug Noland, financial market strategist at David W. Tice & Associates. Indeed, federal banking regulators are increasing scrutiny of moves that push risky transactions off bank balance sheets, while the SEC is looking into PNC Financial for its debt-repackaging dealings. Though only the first repercussions of the credit-derivative fallout have been felt, "there's going to be a huge problem," predicts Noland. "Something's going to blow up."

Here's why: One of the more common hedges banks used is called a collateralized-debt obligation, or CDO, a bundle of around 50 corporate loans that is sliced and diced into pieces called tranches. In theory, the resulting product is akin to a mutual fund--one or two defaults don't taint the whole batch. Each tranche carries a degree of risk, from investment grade to--in trader's parlance--"toxic waste." That's why safety-conscious insurance companies and pension funds snapped up the higher-rated, lower-yielding tranches, while hedge funds and investors seeking higher returns bought the riskier tiers.

Banks love transforming loans into these derivatives because they don't have to reserve as much capital on their balance sheets, which frees up more money for new loans. CDOs are fairly new, but they're the fastest-growing fixed-income sector. In the past five years the market has swelled from a few billion dollars to more than $500 billion. When all goes as planned, investors love CDOs too--they get a steady stream of interest payments.

But this time around everything didn't go as planned. Banks started ramping up CDO sales in the late 1990s when default and bankruptcy rates were at historic lows; that persuaded less experienced investors to bite. Banks "became very good at using financial engineering to make credit risk more palatable to the end buyer," says Charles Peabody, a banking analyst at brokerage firm Ventana Capital. "But that risk just doesn't disappear." The sharp increase in defaults--from telecom startups to Kmart--caught buyers off guard, thus throwing CDOs into downgrades and losses. American Express' financial advisors group learned that lesson the hard way: It bought a batch of CDOs in 1997 to juice returns and last summer was forced to take an $860 million charge related to that ill-fated purchase. Furthermore, "there is a certain lack of transparency" in some types of CDOs, explains Mitchell Lench, senior director of European CDOs for Fitch Ratings. Investors "know the ratings, the industries, and the amount of exposure they have to the industries, but after that, it's kind of a guessing game."

As the aftermath of the credit-derivatives game unfolds, expect to see some angry players.

Bob Jensen's threads on derivatives financial instruments frauds are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#DerivativesFraud 

 

Trading Security = see available-for-sale security and held-to-maturity.

     Flow Chart for Trading Hedge Accounting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

Transaction =

a particular kind of external event, namely, an external event involving transfer of something of value (future economic benefit) between two (or more) entities. The transaction may be an exchange in which each participant both receives and sacrifices value, such as purchases or sales of goods or services; or the transaction may be a nonreciprocal transfer in which an entity incurs a liability or transfers an asset to another entity (or receives an asset or cancellation of a liability) without directly receiving (or giving) value in exchange (FASB Concepts Statement 6, paragraph 137).

Internal cost allocations or events within a consolidated reporting entity are not transactions. Internal cost allocations include depreciation and cost of sales. Events within a consolidated reporting entity include intercompany dividends and sales.

Transaction Date =

the date at which a transaction (for example, a sale or purchase of merchandise or services) is recorded in a reporting entity's accounting records.

Transaction Exposure =

exposure of a transaction denominated in a foreign currency to changes in the exchange rate between when it is agreed to and when it is settled.

Transition Adjustments = see transition settlements.

Transition Accounting

accounting rules in the transition period prior full adoption of FAS 133 or IAS 39.  FAS 133 Paragraph 48 dictates that FAS 133 accounting shall not be applied retroactively to financial statements of prior periods.  The accounting for any gains and losses on derivative instruments that arose prior to the initial application of the Statement and that were previously added to the carrying amount of recognized hedged assets or liabilities is not affected by this Statement.  Those gains and losses shall not be included in the transition adjustment (FAS 133 Paragraph 49).  

At the date of initial application, an entity shall recognize all freestanding derivative instruments (as opposed to embedded derivatives) in the statement of financial position as either assets or liabilities and measure them at fair value pursuant to FAS 133 Paragraph 17.  The difference between a derivative's previous carrying amount and its fair value shall be reported as a transition adjustment, as discussed in FAS 133 Paragraph 52.  The entity also shall recognize offsetting gains and losses on hedged assets, liabilities, and firm commitments by adjusting their carrying amounts at that date, as discussed in FAS 133 Paragraph 52b.  See FAS 133 Paragraphs 49, 
 50 and 51 for adjustments relating to separating an embedded derivative instrument separated from its host contract in conjunction with the initial application of this FAS 133.  Any gains or losses on derivative instruments reported in other comprehensive income at the date of initial application because the derivative instruments were hedging the fair value exposure of available-for-sale securities also shall be reported as transition adjustments; the offsetting losses and gains on the securities shall be accounted pursuant to FAS 133 Paragraph 5. See FAS 133 Paragraph 49.  

In contrast, the derivative instrument hedging the variable cash flow exposure of a forecasted transaction related to an available-for-sale security shall remain in accumulated other comprehensive income and shall not be reported as a transition adjustment (FAS 133 Paragraph 49).  If a derivative instrument had been hedging the variable cash flow exposure of a forecasted transaction related to an available-for-sale security that is transferred into the trading category at the date of initial application and the entity had reported a gain or loss on that derivative instrument in other comprehensive income (consistent with Paragraph 115 of Statement 115), the entity also shall reclassify those derivative gains and losses into earnings (but not report them as part of the cumulative-effect-type adjustment for the transition adjustments (FAS 133 Paragraph 55).

Any gains or losses on derivative instruments that are reported independently as deferred gains or losses in the statement of financial position at the date of initial application shall be derecognized from that statement; that derecognition also shall be reported as transition adjustment as indicated in SFAS Paragraph 52 (FAS 133 Paragraph 49).  The transition adjustment for the derivative instrument that had been designated in a hedging relationship that addressed the fair value exposure of an asset, a liability, or a firm commitment shall be reported as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.  Concurrently, any difference between the hedged item's fair value and its carrying amount shall be recognized as an adjustment of the hedged item's carrying amount at the date of initial application, but only to the extent of an offsetting transition adjustment for the derivative.
The adjustment of the hedged item's carrying amount shall also be reported as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income  The transition adjustment related to the gain or loss reported in accumulated other comprehensive income on a derivative instrument that hedged an available-for-sale security, together with the loss or gain on the related security (to the extent of an offsetting transition adjustment for the derivative instrument), shall be reclassified to earnings as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of both net income and accumulated other comprehensive income (FAS 133 Paragraph 52b).

See FAS 133 Paragraphs 52a and 52c for how the transition adjustment relating to (1) a derivative instrument that had been designated in a hedging relationship that addressed the variable cash flow exposure of a forecasted transaction and (2) a derivative instrument that had been designated in multiple hedging relationships that addressed both the fair value exposure of an asset or a liability and the variable cash flow exposure of a forecasted transaction respectively should be reported.  Other transition adjustments not encompassed by FAS 133 Paragraphs 52(a), 52(b) and 52(c) shall be reported as part of the cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income (FAS 133 Paragraph 52d.  Note that any transition adjustment reported as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of accumulated other comprehensive income shall be subsequently reclassified into earnings in a manner consistent with FAS 133 Paragraph 31.  (FAS 133 Paragraph 53)

In November 1999, the DIG gave in on this dispute in terms of DIG Issue No. J9 entitled "Transition Provisions: Use of the Shortcut Method in the Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption."  Now the shortcut method is available without having zero value at the transition date.

 

Derivatives Implementation Group

Title: Transition Provisions: Use of the Shortcut Method in the Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption

Paragraph references: 48, 52, 68

Date released: November 1999

QUESTIONS

For a hedging relationship that existed prior to the initial adoption of Statement 133 and that would have met the requirements for the shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship, may the transition adjustment upon initial adoption be calculated as though the shortcut method had been applied since the inception of that hedging relationship?

In deciding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a designated hedging relationship that is the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship, should the requirements of paragraph 68(b) (that the derivative has a zero fair value) be based on the swap's fair value at the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship rather than at the inception of the hedging relationship newly designated under Statement 133 upon its initial adoption?

RESPONSES

Question 1 Yes. For a hedging relationship that involves an interest rate swap designated as the hedging instrument, that existed prior to the initial adoption of Statement 133, and that would have met the requirements for the shortcut method in paragraph 68 at the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship, an entity may choose to calculate the transition adjustment upon initial adoption either (a) pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 52, as discussed in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. J8, "Adjusting the Hedged Item's Carrying Amount for the Transition Adjustment related to a Fair-Value-Type Hedging Relationship," or (b) as though the shortcut method had been applied since the inception of that hedging relationship, as discussed below. Under either approach, the interest rate swap would be recognized in the statement of financial position as either an asset or liability measured at fair value.

If the previous hedging relationship was a fair-value-type hedge, the difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair value would be included in the transition adjustment and recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income. The hedged item's carrying amount would be adjusted to the amount that it would have been had the shortcut method for a fair value hedge of interest rate risk been applied from the inception of that pre-existing hedging relationship; that adjustment would be recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.

If the previous hedging relationship was a cash-flow-type hedge, the difference between the swap's previous carrying amount and its fair value would be included in the transition adjustment and allocated between a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive income and a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income, as follows. The cumulative-effect-type adjustment of other comprehensive income would be the amount necessary to adjust the balance of other comprehensive income to the amount that it would have been related to that swap on the date of initial adoption had the shortcut method been applied from the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship. The remainder, if any, of the transition adjustment would be recorded as a cumulative-effect-type adjustment of net income.

Question 2 Yes. In deciding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 to a designated hedging relationship that is the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship, the requirements of paragraph 68(b) (requiring that the derivative has a zero fair value) should be based on the swap's fair value at the inception of the pre-existing hedging relationship rather than at the inception of the hedging relationship newly designated under Statement 133 upon its initial adoption. However, if the hedging relationship that is designated upon adoption of Statement 133 is not the continuation of a pre-existing hedging relationship (that is, not the same hedging instrument and same hedged item or transaction), then the decision regarding whether the shortcut method can be applied prospectively from the initial adoption of Statement 133 should be based on the fair value of the swap at the date of initial adoption.

*Issue J1—Embedded Derivatives Exercised or Expired Prior to Initial Application
(Cleared 02/17/99)
*Issue J2—Hedging with Intercompany Derivatives
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue J3—Requirements for Hedge Designation and Documentation on the First Day of Initial Application
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue J4—Transition Adjustment for Option Contracts Used in a Cash-Flow-Type Hedge
(Cleared 07/28/99)
*Issue J5—Floating-Rate Currency Swaps
(Cleared 11/23/99)
*Issue J6—Fixed-Rate Currency Swaps
(Cleared 11/23/99)
*Issue J7—Transfer of Financial Assets Accounted for Like Available-for-Sale Securities into Trading
(Cleared 11/23/99)
Issue J8—Adjusting the Hedged Item's Carrying Amount for the Transition Adjustment related to a Fair-Value-Type Hedging Relationship
(Released 11/99)
Issue J9—Use of the Shortcut Method in the Transition Adjustment and Upon Initial Adoption
(Released 11/99)

 

The international rules of the IASC for derecognition, measurement and hedge accounting policies followed in financial statements for periods prior to the effective date of this Standard should not be reversed and, therefore, those financial statements should not be restated (IAS 39 Paragraph 172a).  Transactions entered into before the beginning of the financial year in which this Standard is initially applied should not be retrospectively designated as hedges (IAS 39 Paragraph 172g).  If a securitization, transfer, or other derecognition transaction was entered into prior to the beginning of the financial year in which this Standard is initially applied, the accounting for that transaction should not be retrospectively changed to conform to the requirements of IAS 39 (Paragraph 172h).  At the beginning of the financial year in which this Standard is initially applied, an enterprise should recognize all derivatives in its balance sheet as either assets or liabilities and should measure them at fair value (except for a derivative that is linked to and that must be settled by delivery of an unquoted entity instrument whose fair value cannot be measured reliably)
(IAS 39 Paragraph 172c).

At the beginning of the financial year in which IAS 39 is initially applied, any balance sheet positions in fair value hedges of existing assets and liabilities should be accounted for by adjusting their carrying amounts to reflect the fair value of the hedging instrument (IAS 39 Paragraph 172e).  At the beginning of the financial year in which this Standard is initially applied, an enterprise should classify a financial instrument as equity or as a liability in accordance with Paragraph 11 of IAS 39.  (See IAS 39 Paragraph 172i).

 

 

 

 

Transition Settlements =

settlements between certain transition dates such as the examples given in Paragraphs 51-53 in Pages 30-32 of FAS 133. See also net settlement.

Translation Adjustments =

adjustments that result from the process of translating financial statements from the entity's functional currency into the reporting currency.

Translation Exposure =

exposure that occurs when the financial statements of subsidiaries with foreign functional currencies are translated into the home currency of the parent for the purpose of consolidation.

 

Tutorials

                   See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#Tutorials

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

U-Terms

Underlying =

that which "underlies a settlement transaction formula."   FAS 133 on Page 3, Paragraph 6 defines it as a "specified interest rate, security price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rate, or other variable.  An underlying may be a price or rate of an asset or liability but is not the asset or liability itself."  An underlying component by itself does not determine the net settlement.  According to Paragraph 252 on Page 133, settlement is to be based upon the interaction between movements of underlying and notional values.  See  Paragraphs 57a and Paragraphs 250-258 of FAS 133. Also see the the terms premiumunderlying, and notional.

The underlying may not be the index (e.g., price or interest rate) of a unique asset whose value may be determined by negotiation.  For example, even though though used car prices have "Blue Book" suggested price ranges, each used car is too unique to have its value determined by any market-wide price index.  No used car is sufficiently like another used car, and each used car is a unique asset.  Similarly, a quality grade of a given grain such as corn must fit the quality grade of that grain  traded on futures markets in order for the futures commodity price to be an underlying.  If the grain has a unique quality, then its price cannot be an underlying under FAS 133 the definition of a derivative instrument.

The underlying man may not be a price that any particular buyer or seller or small group of buyers and sellers can influence.  For example, if the Hunt brothers from Ft. Worth, Texas had succeeded (as they once tried) in cornering the market on high grade silver, that silver could no longer be an underlying in terms a derivative financial instrument under FAS 133.  Underlying prices must be established in competitive markets that are wide and deep.  For example, FAS 133 frequently mentions a "unique metal."  By this it is meant that the metal's price cannot be an underlying.

Paragraph 252 on Page 134 of FAS 133 mentions that the FASB considered expanding the underlying to include all derivatives based on physical variables such as rainfall levels, sports scores, physical condition of an asset, etc., but this was rejected unless the derivative itself is exchange traded.  For example, a swap payment based upon a football score is not subject to FAS 133 rules.  An option that pays damages based upon the bushels of corn damaged by hail is subject to insurance accounting rules (SFAS 60) rather than FAS 133.  A option or swap payment based upon market prices or interest rates must be accounted for by FAS 133 rules.  However, if derivative itself is exchange traded, then it is covered by FAS 133 even if it is based on a physical variable that becomes exchange traded.

For examples see cap and floater.

Most derivatives like forward, futures, and swap contracts are acquired at zero cost such that historical cost accounting is meaningless.  The exception is a purchased/written option where a small premium is paid/received to buy/sell the option.  Thus if the derivative financial instrument contract is defaulted a few minutes after being transacted there are generally zero or very small damages.  Such is not the case with traditional non-derivative financial instruments like bonds where the entire notional amounts (thousands or millions of dollars) change hands initially such that enormous damages are possible immediately after the notional amounts change hands.  In the case of of a derivative contract, the notional does not change hands.  It is only used to compute a contracted payment such as a swap payment.

For example, in the year 2004 Wells Fargo Bank sold $63 million in bonds with an interest rate "derived" from the price of a casino's common stock price.  The interest payments are "derivatives" in one sense, but the bonds are not derivative financial instruments scoped into FAS 133 due to Condition b in Paragraph 6 quoted above.  In the case of bonds, the bond holders made a $63 million initial investment of the entire notional amount.  If Wells Fargo also entered into an interest rate swap to lock in a fixed interest rate, the swap contract would be a derivative financial instrument subject to FAS 133.  However, the bonds are not derivative financial instruments under FAS 133 definitions.

For elaboration on the above example, see Derivative Financial Instruments.

 

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

V-Terms


Valuation of Derivatives

Note the book entitled PRICING DERIVATIVE SECURITIES, by T W Epps (University of Virginia, USA)  The book is published by World Scientific --- http://www.worldscibooks.com/economics/4415.html 

Contents:

  • Preliminaries:
  • Introduction and Overview
  • Mathematical Preparation
  • Tools for Continuous-Time Models
  • Pricing Theory:
  • Dynamics-Free Pricing
  • Pricing Under Bernoulli Dynamics
  • Black-Scholes Dynamics
  • American Options and 'Exotics'
  • Models with Uncertain Volatility
  • Discontinuous Processes
  • Interest-Rate Dynamics
  • Computational Methods:
  • Simulation
  • Solving PDEs Numerically
  • Programs
  • Computer Programs
  • Errata

 

Valuation of Options

Valuation calculators are provided at http://www.numa.com/derivs/ref/calculat/calculat.htm 

Most discussions of option valuation focus on the Black-Scholes model.  Jerry Marlowe provides a nice tutorial at http://www.optionanimation.com/   

 

Options are valued in a variety of ways.  At the web URL http://207.87.27.10/forbes/97/0616/5912218a.htm , Forbes Magazine provides an interesting overview on valuing options.   If options are purchased on organized exchanges then there are market values.  However, trading in certain kinds of options may be thin such that market prices are not solid indicators of value.   Many options are custom contracts that are not traded on exchanges.  These can be valued in various models, the best known of which are variations of the binomial option pricing model and the Black-Scholes model.  Variations arise regarding such factors as type of option (e.g., European versus American) and degree to which underlying assumptions (e.g., normal distribution) are deemed reasonable.  More troublesome are such assumptions as transactions costs, no taxes, a constant risk free interest rate, a continuous market for the underlying with no jumps in prices, and other assumptions such as the distribution of asset returns being log-normal.   Fortunately these models are quite robust in terms of departures from the assumptions.   Online and downloading calculators for the Black-Scholes model are linked below:

Various free versions http://www.numa.com/links/online-c.htm

Enter "Option Value Calculator" in the exact phrase box at http://www.google.com/advanced_search?hl=en 

Premium = f (IV, time, vol , r)

Intrinsic value (IV) 
Time to expiration (time) 
Expected volatility (vol ) 
Interest rates (r)

Miniumum Value = Intrinsic value adjusted by time value of money to expiration date.

  • Minimum value and Paragraph 63 of FAS 133
    The minimum value of an American option is zero or its intrinsic value since it can be exercised at any time.  The same cannot be said for a European option that has to be held to maturity.  If the underlying is the price of corn, then the minimum value of an option on corn is either zero or the current spot price of corn minus the discounted risk-free present value of the strike price.  In other words if the option cannot be exercised early, discount the present value of the strike price from the date of expiration and compare it with the current spot price.  If the difference is positive, this is the minimum value.  It can hypothetically be the minimum value of an American option, but in an efficient market the current price of an American option will not sell below its risk free present value.

    Of course the value may actually be greater due to volatility that adds value above the risk-free discount rate.  In other words, it is risk or volatility that adds value over and above a risk free alternative to investing.  However, it is possible but not all that common to exclude volatility from risk assessment as explained in Sub-paragraph b of Paragraph 63 of FAS 133 quoted below.

a. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is assessed based on changes in the option's intrinsic value, the change in the time value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

b. If the effectiveness of a hedge with an option contract is assessed based on changes in the option's minimum value, that is, its intrinsic value plus the effect of discounting, the change in the volatility value of the contract would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

c. If the effectiveness of a hedge with a forward or futures contract is assessed based on changes in fair value attributable to changes in spot prices, the change in the fair value of the contract related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward or futures price would be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The point here is that options are certain to be effective in hedging intrinsic value, but are uncertain in terms of hedging time value at all interim points of time prior to expiration.  As a result, accounting standards require that effectiveness for hedge accounting be tested at each point in time when options are adjusted to fair value carrying amounts in the books even though ultimate effectiveness is certain.  Potential gains from options are uncertain prior to expiration.  Potential gains or losses from other types of derivative contracts are uncertain both before expiration and on the date of expiration.

Minimum Value (Shout Option Condition) --- http://quantlib.org/html/a01285.html  

A shout option is an option where the holder has the right to lock in a minimum value for the payoff at one (shout) time during the option's life. The minimum value is the option's intrinsic value at the shout time.

Paragraph 63(b) allows for effectiveness testing based upon minimum value where appropriate.  When the derivative hedging instrument is an option and hedge effectiveness is stated initially to be based upon changes in an option's minimum value (intrinsic value adjusted for discounting), the volatility of the option may be excluded from effectiveness tests.  The minimum value model, as opposed to other valuation models like the Black-Scholes model, is based on one’s willingness to buy an at-the-money shout option on a share of stock with the right to defer payment of the exercise price until the end of the option’s term. The model has the advantage of simplicity but does not capture the effect of share price volatility.  A shout option is an option where the holder has the right to lock in a minimum value for the payoff at one (shout) time during the option's life. The minimum value is the option's intrinsic value at the shout time.

Delta-neutral strategies are discussed at various points in FAS 133 (e.g., ¶85, ¶86, ¶87, and ¶89). Delta-neutral implies that the option value does not change for relatively small changes in hedged item value. Many hedge strategies are delta-neutral such that ineffectiveness arises only for relative large changes in the value of the hedged item itself.

Illustration of Option Valuation

I like the discussion of option valuation quoted below from Professor Brad DeLong --- http://econ161.berkeley.edu/Teaching_Folder/BA_130_F96/BAonethirty20.html 

Options:

  • Chicago Board of Trade Options Exchange was founded in 1973; an immediate success.
  • Buy options (if you are a firm) to offset idiosyncratic risk that may lead to financial distress.
  • Buy options (if you are an individual) if you need psychiatric help.
  • Options pricing theory also helps value growth opportunities. "Disguised" options.

 


 

Calls, Puts, and Shares:

  • A call option gives its owner the right to buy stock at a specified exercise or strike price on or before a specified exercise date. European options--only on the particular date; American options--on or before that date.
  • A put option gives its owner the right to sell stock at a specified exercise or strike price on or before a specified exercise date. European options--only on the particular date; American options--on or before that date.

Intel Options Prices in July 1995; Stock Trading at $65 a Share

 

 Exercise Date

Exercise Price

Price of Put

Price of Call

 10/95

$65

$6.25

$4.625

1/96

$65

$8

$5.875

1/96

$70

$5.875

$8.5

Value of call at expiration = max(price of share - exercise price, 0)

Value of put at expiration = max(exercise price - price of share, 0)

Bachelier diagrams//payoffs to owners/payoffs to writers

[buy call, invest PV of exercise price in safe asset] has the same payoff as [buy put, buy share]

V[call] + PV[exercise price] = V[put]+[share price]

[buy call, sell put] has the same payoff as [buy share, borrow PV of exercise price]

Synthetic Option:

Buy put = buy call + sell share + invest PV of exercise price

Bankruptcy as shareholders' exercise of a put option

 


 

What determines option values?

Value of call is less than share price; value of call is greater than payoff if exercised immediately

  • When the stock is worthless, the option is worthless
  • When the stock price is very large, option price approaches stock price minus PV of exercise price. [thus the value of an option increases with the rate of interest and the time to maturity]--buying on credit
  • The option price exceeds its minimum value--higher by an amount that depends on the variance

 


 

Why DCF Doesn't Work for Options:

Because the riskiness of an option changes every time the stock price moves.

 


 

Valuing Options:

Price options by constructing a synthetic option.

Suppose we have our $65 Intel stock, and buy a call option with a strike price of $65 and an expiration date six months from now. r of 5% per year. If Intel stock can only (a) fall by 20% to $52 or rise by 25% to $81.25, then

Option value = 0 in bad case; $16.25 in good case. Spread=5/9 spread of stock price. Suppose you bought 5/9 of a share and borrowed the PV of 5/9 of a share in the bad case from the bank--borrow $28.18, the PV of $28.89.

Then you have the same payoffs as the option. Value of 5/9 of a share today is $36.11, minus $28.18 = $7.93. We have just valued our option. The number of shares to replicate the spread from an option is the hedge ratio or option delta. (If the option sells for more than $7.93, you have a money machine by selling options and covering.

Value of put option--option delta = -4/9; payoff = +$13 in low state; = 0 in high state; sell 4/9 of a share and lend out $35.23 (collect $36.11 in six months). $35.23 - 4/9 x $65 = $6.34.

V[call] + PV[exercise price] = V[put]+[share price]

$7.93 +$65/1.025 = $6.34 + $65

 

Selected IAS 39 Paragraphs on Valuation and Testing for Hedge Effectiveness
144. There is normally a single fair value measure for a hedging instrument in its entirety, and the factors that cause changes in fair value are co-dependent. Thus a hedging relationship is designated by an enterprise for a hedging instrument in its entirety. The only exceptions permitted are (a) splitting the intrinsic value and the time value of an option and designating only the change in the intrinsic value of an option as the hedging instrument, while the remaining component of the option (its time value) is excluded and (b) splitting the interest element and the spot price on a forward. Those exceptions recognize that the intrinsic value of the option and the premium on the forward generally can be measured separately. A dynamic hedging strategy that assesses both the intrinsic and the time value of an option can qualify for hedge accounting. 

145. A proportion of the entire hedging instrument, such as 50 per cent of the notional amount, may be designated in a hedging relationship. However, a hedging relationship may not be designated for only a portion of the time period in which a hedging instrument is outstanding. 

Assessing Hedge Effectiveness

146. A hedge is normally regarded as highly effective if, at inception and throughout the life of the hedge, the enterprise can expect changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item to be almost fully offset by the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedging instrument, and actual results are within a range of 80 per cent to 125 per cent. For example, if the loss on the hedging instrument is 120 and the gain on the cash instrument is 100, offset can be measured by 120/100, which is 120 per cent, or by 100/120, which is 83 per cent. The enterprise will conclude that the hedge is highly effective. 

147. The method an enterprise adopts for assessing hedge effectiveness will depend on its risk management strategy. In some cases, an enterprise will adopt different methods for different types of hedges. If the principal terms of the hedging instrument and of the entire hedged asset or liability or hedged forecasted transaction are the same, the changes in fair value and cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged offset fully, both when the hedge is entered into and thereafter until completion. For instance, an interest rate swap is likely to be an effective hedge if the notional and principal amounts, term, repricing dates, dates of interest and principal receipts and payments, and basis for measuring interest rates are the same for the hedging instrument and the hedged item. 

148. On the other hand, sometimes the hedging instrument will offset the hedged risk only partially. For instance, a hedge would not be fully effective if the hedging instrument and hedged item are denominated in different currencies and the two do not move in tandem. Also, a hedge of interest rate risk using a derivative would not be fully effective if part of the change in the fair value of the derivative is due to the counterparty's credit risk. 

149. To qualify for special hedge accounting, the hedge must relate to a specific identified and designated risk, and not merely to overall enterprise business risks, and must ultimately affect the enterprise's net profit or loss. A hedge of the risk of obsolescence of a physical asset or the risk of expropriation of property by a government would not be eligible for hedge accounting; effectiveness cannot be measured since those risks are not measurable reliably.

150. An equity method investment cannot be a hedged item in a fair value hedge because the equity method recognizes the investor's share of the associate's accrued net profit or loss, rather than fair value changes, in net profit or loss. If it were a hedged item, it would be adjusted for both fair value changes and profit and loss accruals - which would result in double counting because the fair value changes include the profit and loss accruals. For a similar reason, an investment in a consolidated subsidiary cannot be a hedged item in a fair value hedge because consolidation recognizes the parent's share of the subsidiary's accrued net profit or loss, rather than fair value changes, in net profit or loss. A hedge of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary is different. There is no double counting because it is a hedge of the foreign currency exposure, not a fair value hedge of the change in the value of the investment.

151. This Standard does not specify a single method for assessing hedge effectiveness. An enterprise's documentation of its hedging strategy will include its procedures for assessing effectiveness. Those procedures will state whether the assessment will include all of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument or whether the instrument's time value will be excluded. Effectiveness is assessed, at a minimum, at the time an enterprise prepares its annual or interim financial report. If the critical terms of the hedging instrument and the entire hedged asset or liability (as opposed to selected cash flows) or hedged forecasted transaction are the same, an enterprise could conclude that changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged are expected to completely offset at inception and on an ongoing basis. For example, an entity may assume that a hedge of a forecasted purchase of a commodity with a forward contract will be highly effective and that there will be no ineffectiveness to be recognized in net profit or loss if:
(a) the forward contract is for purchase of the same quantity of the same commodity at the same time and location as the hedged forecasted purchase;
(b) the fair value of the forward contract at inception is zero; and
(c) either the change in the discount or premium on the forward contract is excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and included directly in net profit or loss or the change in expected cash flows on the forecasted transaction is based on the forward price for the commodity.

152. In assessing the effectiveness of a hedge, an enterprise will generally need to consider the time value of money. The fixed rate on a hedged item need not exactly match the fixed rate on a swap designated as a fair value hedge. Nor does the variable rate on an interest-bearing asset or liability need to be the same as the variable rate on a swap designated as a cash flow hedge. A swap's fair value comes from its net settlements. The fixed and variable rates on a swap can be changed without affecting the net settlement if both are changed by the same amount. 

 


Valuation of Swaps
---  http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm  

Value at Risk (VAR) =

various mathematical models for performing probability analysis of market risk.  See dynamic portfolio Management.   VAR references include the following: 

VAR disclosures are one of the alternatives allows under SEC Rule 4-08.  See Disclosure.

Click here to view a commentary on VAR by Walter Teets.

There are some VAR working papers at http://www.gloriamundi.org/var/wps.html 

This is an excellent Value at Risk document ---> http://www.gloriamundi.org/ 

All About VaR http://www.gloriamundi.org/ 
Financial risk managers can find value-at-risk book reviews, discussion groups, answers to frequently asked questions, news and presentations here, as well as articles such as “An Irreverent Guide to Value-at-Risk” and “Stress Testing by Large Financial Institutions: Current Practice and Aggregation Issues.”

See Risk Metrics 

VAR is related to risk "stress testing."  Freddie Mac was an innovator in risk stress testing --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm#FreddieMac 


How to use VAR, ETL in Excel

Estimating Risk Measures

I wish I could retroactively require an article to be read! If I could, this would be it for my Portfolio class (Fin422).

Writing in Financial Engineering News, Kevin Dowd explains how to use Excel to calculate VAR and other risk measures. This will be VERY HELPFUL in class!!!

For instance: "To estimate the daily VaR at, say, the 99 percent confidence level, we can use Excel’s Large command, which gives the kth largest value in an array. Thus, if our data are an array called “losses,” we can take the VaR to be the eleventh largest loss out of 1,000. (We choose the eleventh largest loss as our VaR because the confidence level implies that one percent of losses – 10 losses – should exceed the VaR.) The estimated VaR is given by the Excel command “=Large(losses,11)”."

good stuff! Read it!!!

From Jim Mahar's blog on May 23, 2005 --- http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/

Bob Jensen's threads on VAR are under the V-terms at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#V-Terms

VAR disclosures are one of the alternatives allows under SEC Rule 4-08

Here is a Good Summary of Various Forms of Business Risk  --- http://www.erisk.com/portal/Resources/resources_archive.asp 
 


 

Variable Interest Entities (VIE Accounting and FIN 46)
What's Right and What's Wrong With (SPEs), SPVs, and VIEs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm 

Variable Rate =

a rate that varies over time as opposed to a fixed rate.  The term is commonly used in FAS 133 to refer to debt contracts with interest that vary from period to period rather than stay fixed at a contractual rate.  Firms sometimes issue notes and bonds at variable rates in order to get a lower rate than fixed rates available to them in the capital market.  The variable rate is usually based upon some index such as the U.S. prime rate or the English LIBOR

Some debt has a combination of fixed and floating components.  For example, a "fixed-to-floating" rate bond is one that starts out at a fixed rate and at some point (pre-determined or contingent) changes to a variable rate.  This type of bond has a embedded derivative (i.e., a forward component for the variable rate component that adjusts the interest rate in later periods.   Since the forward component is clearly-and-closely related adjustment of interest of the host contract, it cannot be accounted for separately according to Paragraphs 12a and 13 of FAS 133 (unless conditions listed in Paragraph 13 apply).

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

W-Terms

Warrants =

options that typically are attached to other financial instruments such as bonds.  Warrants, like options, give the holders' rights into the future but not obligations.  There are a wide variety of warrant types including the following:

Cross-Currency Warrants
Currency Exchange Warrants (CEWs)
Debt with Springing Warrants
Detachable Warrants
Emerging Market Warrants
Equity Index Warrants
Eurowarrants
Ex-Warrants
Foreign Stock Index Options, Warrants, and Futures
Income Warrants
Index Warrants
Long Bond Yield Decrease Warrants (Turbos)
Money Back Options or Warrants
nonDetachable Warrants
Samurai Warrants
Secondary Warrants
Springing Warrants
Synthetic Warrants
Third Party Warrants
Window Warrants
Yield Curve Flattening Warrants

Weather = See Derivative Financial Instruments

Written Option =

an option written by an "option writer" who sells options collateralized by a portfolio of securities or other performance bonds. Typically a written option is more than a mere "right" in that it requires contractual performance based upon another party's right to force performance. The issue with most written options is not whether they are covered by FAS 133 rules.  The issue is whether they will be allowed to be designated as cash flow hedges.  Written options are referred to at various points in FAS 133. For example, see Paragraphs 20c, 28c, 91-92 (Example 6), 199, and 396-401.. For rules regarding written options see Paragraphs 396-401 on Pages 179-181 of FAS 133.  Exposure Draft 162-B would not allow hedge accounting for written options.  FAS 133 relaxed the rules for written options under certain circumstances explained in Paragraphs 396-401.  Note that written options may only hedge recorded assets and liabilities.  They may not be used to hedge forecasted purchase and sales transactions.

Paragraph 399 on Page 180 of FAS 133 does not allow covered call strategies that permit an entity to write an option on an asset that it owns.

A written option is not a hedging instrument unless it is designated as an offset to a purchased option, including one that is embedded in another financial instrument, for example, a written option used to hedge callable debt
(FAS 133 Paragraph 124).  A purchased option qualifies as a hedging instrument as it has potential gains equal to or greater than losses and, therefore, has the potential to reduce profit or loss exposure from changes in fair values or cash flows (FAS 133 Paragraph 124).  Under FASB rules, if a written option is designated as hedging a recognized asset or liability / the variability in cash flows for a recognized asset or liability, the combination of the hedged item and the written option provides at least as much potential for favorable cash flows as exposure to unfavorable cash flows (see FAS 133 Paragraph 20c or 28c).

A Case for Writing (rather than purchasing) Options
The Money Tree by Ronald Groenke and Wade Keller. Now I must confess, the reason I started this is because the authors are subscribers to the newsletter, but it has turned out to be a interesting look at selling calls on stocks that you already own. It is written as a novel, yet is full of financial strategies and terms. I am still not 100% convinced that opportunity costs are completely considered but definitely worth the time! I will let you know more when I finish it.
From TheFinanceProfessor on March 24, 2002.  See http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0967412811/finpapers/104-9378365-5272442 

See option, swaption, and covered call.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

X-Terms

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

Y-Terms

Yield Curve =

Go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

Z-Terms

Zero Coupon Method =  See yield curve.

 

| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z |

 

For a FAS 133 flow chart, go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133flow.htm 

 

Recommended Reading and Internet Links for FAS 133 and IAS 39

Go to the readings and links at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133links.htm 

Internet Links of Possible Interest

Go to the readings and links at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133links.htm 

Derivative Financial Instruments Frauds --- 
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm